Only a small portion of the cultivators from the other races in the Cantilever Gxy who were not in Cantilever City managed to escape.
Su Yang did a count. There were a total of 50 million low-grade immortal stones and 10 ,ooo medium-grade immortal stones.
There was also a low-grade immortal meridian, 30 low-grade immortal springs, and 30 elementaryw foundation stones.
These items were just short of fulfilling one-third of the requirements for the Grand Xia to advance.
In other words, hecked low-grade Houtian spiritual nts.
Putting aside the advancement of the world for the time being, just these 50 million low-grade immortal stones would allow the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect to notck any resources for a short period of time.
After reaching the Celestial Immortal realm, the speed of improvement would be very slow, just like Gu Xiu.
With Su Yang¡¯s unlimited resources, he could even directly create all kinds ofws so that Gu Xiu couldprehend them in front of him.
Under such circumstances, Gu Xiu was only a mid-stage Heaven Immortal.
However, in terms of time, it had not been half a day since Su Yang entered the Immortal Realm. It seemed that his improvement speed was not bad.
After entering the Heaven Immortal realm, it would be more difficult to continue improving his cultivation.
However, it was still very easy to raise a cultivator from the Great Vehicle Stage to the Heaven Celestial Stage.
So far, the Heaven Immortal realm cultivators of the Great Xia immortal sect had already gone to the restricted area of the gxy in the universe to help Su Yang conquer the closed-loop world.
With the token containing Su Yang¡¯s power, it was not difficult to conquer the closed -loop world.
At present, Su Yang already had ten points of four-dimensional sword intent in his hands.
This was a good start.
In the Immortal Realm, he had only consumed 200 billion living beings ¡®will an hour ago to raise his strength to the mid-stage Primordial Immortal realm.
Now that an hour had passed, the will of all living beings in his hands had reached a huge amount of 10 billion.
Compared to before, the harvest was slightly lower.
Su Yang also knew the reason. The foreign races who organized the ck Snake Gxy battle had already been beaten away.
The speed at which he could obtain the will of all living beings would definitely decrease in a short period of time.
However, no matter how much it dropped, obtaining ten billion living beings ¡®will in an hour was still very terrifying.
Of course, an hour in the Immortal Realm was equivalent to 24 days in the universe.
Other than these resources, there were also some Postnatal spirit treasures.
These were not of much help to Su Yang, so he let Gu Xiu deal with them himself.
At the same time, he also ordered Gu Xiu to continue nurturing sword wielders. Those who were willing to directly step into the Heavenly Immortal realm and explore the closed-loop world were to be nurtured with all their might.
Gu Xiu looked at the pile of resources that Su Yang had sent back from the Great Xia immortal sect. He knew that he would be busy again.
However, a satisfied smile appeared on his face.
This at least proved that he was valuable. If he really did not need to do anything and only needed to cultivate, then he had to consider how long he could stay under Su Yang.
After dealing with these resources, Su Yang also left behind ten low-grade immortal ores.
These ten low-grade immortal ores could help Su Yang forge a low-grade Postnatal spirit treasure-level immortal sword.
When wielding a sword, it can increase proficiency by 100 times.
This might not be very useful.
However, there was another effect, which was that it could increase the power of his sword moves by 50%.
This ability was not bad.
At the very least, he could make up for the lostbat strength of his clone.
The clone had 70% of the main body¡¯s power. If he made up for another 50%, he could actually be a little stronger.
If the clone was destroyed, the inferior-grade Postnatal spirit treasure level immortal sword would also be lost.
It was not a big deal. If he lost it and snatched it back, even if he could not snatch it back, he could still forge it again.
However, when his strength increasedter on, he would definitely destroy his enemies.
In the next moment, ten low-grade immortal ores floated in the air, and a nameless me appeared out of thin air. It was milky white but had an iprehensible high temperature. Even if Su Yang took a look, he would be moved.
In just ten breaths, the ten low-grade immortal ores were melted into molten iron and then molded in the void.
A physical sword of sparks appeared in front of Su Yang.
That¡¯s right, this physical immortal sword was condensed from the Starfire Sword.
At first nce, it looked pretty good.
Su Yang held it in his hand and tried it a few times. He was quite satisfied and then hung it on his back.
In the future, when he encountered a strong enemy, he could also draw his sword to deal with it. The 50% increase in power of this sword was not a small amount.
After doing all this, Su Yang contacted Qian Xiangdong and prepared to go to the Origin Sea.
¡°Senior Su, I wonder if you n to go alone or wait for someone else?¡± ¡°Is there any difference?¡±
¡°Uh¡ The fees are different. Opening the teleportation array requires 100 middle-grade immortal stones. If you are together, you can charge a little less. If you go alone, you have to pay this sum of immortal stones..¡±
Chapter 296 - 296: Entering the Origin Sea (2)
Chapter 296 - 296: Entering the Origin Sea (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Su Yang was stunned. He did not expect it to be a fee.
This was also because he rarely used teleportation arrays.
In fact, the consumption of the teleportation array was indeed quite high, so it also needed to be maintained for a fee.
The price of 100 middle-grade immortal stones was quite high.
Cultivators who were not strong enough might not even be able to take out this sum of immortal stones.
Su Yang also knew that this was normal, so he directly handed over 100 medium-grade immortal stones and chose to go alone.
After collecting the immortal stones, Qian Xiangdong immediately took Su Yang to the teleportation array to activate it.
Su Yang stood in the teleportation array. When the light shed, he disappeared from the Void Continent. When he reappeared, he was above an ocean.
This ce was definitely the Origin Sea, but the location was a regional teleportation.
The only thing he could guarantee was that the location he was teleported to was definitely within the Extreme Yang Region.
The entire Origin Sea was divided into thirteen regions, just like the Immortal Realm.
However, there were no human territories in these thirteen regions.
They were the nine alien races ¡®territories, the three demon races¡¯ territories, and an unexplored territory.
The nine alien races and the three demon races were constantly expanding their territories. The way they expanded was to explore the Origin Seas that had yet to be set foot in.
The entire Origin Sea was huge. The territory upied by the nine alien races and the three demon races was already veryrge.
However, he could explore new areas as he ventured deeper into the Origin Sea.
Until now, no one knew how big the entire Origin Sea was. When they went deeper, there were even Saint Realm source beasts. Even Saint Realm experts did not dare to go too deep.
The danger level of the Origin Sea was actually very high. However, the Origin Sea was rtively stable. Even if they encountered a high-realm source beast, as long as they did not take the initiative to attack and die early, it would not be a problem to escape under normal circumstances.
Su Yang was currently in the Extreme Yang Sea Region.
What he needed to do now was to find a way to find out where he was in the Extreme Yang Sea Region and then find the direction of the unexplored sea region.
After thinking for a moment, Su Yang began to take action.
Universe, Cantilever Gxy.
The three alien races had superrge nebs.
At this moment, the leaders of the three ns were gathered together.
¡°Have you received any new news from the Immortal Realm?¡±Blue me Nether asked.
The other two foreign races shook their heads.¡± No, I don¡¯t know what happened either. During this period of time, I sent a message to the higher-ups of the Immortal Realm, but all of them were like stones sinking into the ocean. There was no news at all.¡±
¡°It¡¯s the same on my side. Could it be that something has happened to the Immortal Realm?¡±¡±
¡°Let¡¯s wait a little longer. Perhaps something has dyed us. After all, the flow of time over there is different from ours.
¡°Alright. Although our Sector Weapons haven¡¯t been fully activated and we don¡¯t have thebat strength of a Genuine Immortal yet, our three families have six of them. Even if we use them a little, we can still fight a Genuine Immortal. ¡±
¡°When our Sector Weapons are fully activated, it will be the moment when the Human Sovereign Neb is destroyed.¡±
¡°You don¡¯t know what¡¯s good for you. You even dare to take the initiative to attack us¡¡±
After some discussion, no one got the answer they needed, so they could only give up helplessly.
However, this matter didn¡¯t affect them much now. The Realm Artifact forged in the Immortal Realm had already been sent back. Although they couldn¡¯t fully borrow the power of the Realm Artifact, they could at least borrow some.
At the same time, the many foreign races that organized the ck Snake Gxy battle also brought many of their nsmen to the Blue Fire Race¡¯s territory.
However, when they saw the situation the blue fire star cloud was in, they were dumbfounded.
¡°This¡¡¯
¡°Theses have been destroyed. Why do I feel that this ce is more dangerous than where we are?¡±
¡°Star Lord, did wee to the wrong ce?¡±
¡°No way. The star map shows that this is the territory of the Blue Fire Race.¡±
¡°Why don¡¯t we send someone to investigate the situation first?¡±
¡°Sure.¡±
With confused faces, the non-humankind beings started to investigate the situation.
Soon, they would receive thetest news.
The Human Emperor superrge neb was attacking the blue fire superrge neb.
In other words, they hade from another battlefield to this battlefield. Moreover, the danger on this battlefield was greater, and the danger they might encounter was even greater.
This had already involved a battle between Heaven Immortals and even True Immortals.
¡°Then what should we do?¡±
Many of the alien races who had walked out of the ck Snake Neb were confused.
Under such circumstances, how could they be at ease?
There was no room for them to stay here.
After thinking for a while, the nine higher-ups of the ck Snake Gxy spoke in unison.
¡°If we withdraw from other nebe, we can just go to other gxies. With our strength, we can wander around the universe and find a safe ce.¡± ¡°Then why don¡¯t we go to the Thunder Fire Gxy next door?¡±
¡°That was a gxy that waspletely made up of non-humankind beings.¡±
¡°The location here is not bad.¡±
¡°Hehe¡Cmity is always one step behind us.¡±
After confirming the safe location, the alien races that came out of the ck Snake Gxy immediately made up their minds and began a new migration.
At this moment, the many disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect were gradually clearing out the alien races.
He was also solving all the sins that could be seen.
Because there was no main battlefield, the sins were scattered and the efficiency was not very high. The speed at which they obtained sect contribution points was also greatly reduced..
Chapter 297 - 297: Entering the Origin Sea (3)
Chapter 297 - 297: Entering the Origin Sea (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Under such circumstances, the will of all living beings that Su Yang obtained was also greatly reduced.
However, Gu Xiu had already arranged for his disciples to constantlye into contact with other humans in the gxy¡¯s origin ground to make arrangements.
Arge number of swordwork cores were inserted into the human. At the same time, many missions and locations appeared on the mission panel of all the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect like bamboo shoots after a rain.
Other than opening up the battlefield, Gu Xiu was also increasing the overall strength of the Great Xia immortal sect.
Currently, the number of disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect had already reached 30 million.
This was an extremely huge number.
Furthermore, this was a person who had been chosen by the Heavenly Dao consciousness.
Every single one of them was an existence with good morals.
If one didn¡¯t take into ount their character and other nonpliance factors, this number would be at least ten times higher.
After reaching this step, it would be somewhat difficult for the Grand Xia immortal sect to continue expanding and recruit more disciples.
In the future, it would definitely be a gradual growth process and would not suddenly soar.
Unless they went to others to recruit people.
Otherwise, 30 million was the current limit of a disciple in the Great Xia immortal sect.
This kind of decision was not something Gu Xiu could handle. He also reported this situation to Su Yang.
Su Yang¡¯s main body was in the Great Xia immortal sect. After knowing this situation, he did not n to go to others to recruit more people.
If he reached his limit, then he would temporarily reach his limit.
This number was currently sufficient, and they had not fully grown. After these disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect had fully grown, they would consider expanding to others ording to the actual situation.
After informing Gu Xiu of this decision, Gu Xiu knew what to do.
Origin Sea.
Su Yang, who arrived here, roughly understood his location and environment after a little deduction.
If he wanted to reach the unexplored area, he could just fly east.
After half an hour of flight, Su Yang also left the Extreme Yang Sea and arrived at the unexplored sea.
After arriving at the unexplored sea area, he would have to rely on himself to explore.
They were searching for a ce where resources gathered, which was also a ce where source beasts gathered.
For Su Yang, it was very simple to find it.
Other cultivators might need to rely on various methods or search slowly by themselves, but Su Yang only needed to use the power of karma to deduce.
After all, other cultivators did not have the same abnormal ability as Su Yang.
It could not be ruled out that other cultivators had cultivated the power of karma to this level, but that kind of existence was definitely a minority among the minority.
If one were to deduce, they would also have to be graded.
At present, Su Yang was not interested in resource points below the Primordial Unity Golden Immortal realm. Since he had already arrived here, he would definitely start with resource points that matched his realm.
Su Yang also directly deduced the resource points at the level of a Primordial Immortal.
Soon, a karmic line appeared in Su Yang¡¯s eyes. As long as Su Yang followed this karmic line, he would be able to find a resource point at the level of a Primordial Immortal.
It was that simple, convenient, and fast.
With a direction, Su Yang immediately took action and flew in that direction.
The Primordial Immortal resource point that Su Yang had locked onto.
At this moment, an intense battle was erupting here.
A total of nine Primordial Immortals were fighting fiercely above the Origin Sea.
Among them, there were three humans, two non-humans, and four source beasts.
For a time, the battle was intense.
It could be said that rivers and seas were overturned, and the world changed color. All kinds of powerful immortal techniques were used.
The four source beasts were d in heavy armor. They were huge and had the power of lightning revolving around them.
With the home ground advantage, even if he fought against three humans and two non-humans, he would not be afraid of losing a Primordial Immortal.
It was extremely fierce and domineering.
At this time, Su Yang also slowly came here. When he saw the situation in the field, he was a little puzzled.
It was normal for there to be Origin Beasts, non-humankind beings, and humans in this ce. However, it was extremely abnormal for the humans and non-humankind beings to join forces.
How could this be?
Was there anything he didn¡¯t understand?
The nine Primordial Immortals who had fought fiercely with Su Yang also saw it. However, Su Yang did not make any strange movements, so they did not care.
If Su Yang dared to make a move, he would definitely be hunted down by them.
They believed that Su Yang would not take the opportunity to attack.
He did not dare to take the opportunity to attack.
In fact, as they had thought, Su Yang did not do anything after he arrived. He just observed on the spot.
The only difference was that Su Yang did not dare to make a move. He just wanted to understand the situation here.
¡± The humans and the Outsiders have joined forces to attack the source beasts¡
Su Yang did not understand, but he did not interfere. He just watched from the side.
Five against four. It seemed like they had the upper hand, but in reality, they had no advantage.
The source beasts had the geographical advantage and their bodies were extremely powerful.
The three humans and two non-humankind beings held back for a long time. They could use a big move to cause some injuries to the source beast, but they could not kill it.
If they couldn¡¯t deal with the source beasts quickly, the four source beasts would be able to recover from their injuries in a short time.
Under such circumstances, it was only a matter of time before the humans and non-humankind were defeated.
As expected, after a while.
The humans and the non-humankind had also discovered this situation.
¡°We can¡¯t go on like this. Why don¡¯t we ask that human cultivator over there to help?¡±One of the non-humans suggested.
¡°Sure, Li Haisheng, go and invite him. The price¡ Same as you, 100,000 high-grade immortal stones. As for how much you give, that¡¯s up to you.¡±The other alien looked at one of the three humans.
Li Haisheng¡¯s eyes shed slyly as he understood.¡±Alright.¡± Nodding his head, he left the battlefield and came to Su Yang.
¡°Fellow Daoist, I¡¯m Li Haisheng. Can I help?¡±
¡°I won¡¯t let you help me for nothing. How about 50,000 high-grade immortal stones?¡±
Su Yang¡¯s heart skipped a beat. As expected of the Origin Sea, it was worth 50,000 high-grade immortal stones.
That was five million middle-grade immortal stones and fifty billion low-grade immortal stones. The fifty million low-grade immortal stones that he had worked so hard to collect were simply child¡¯s y.
However¡ 50,000 high-grade immortal stones were only a small amount of resources for Primordial Immortals..
Chapter 298 - 298: Sorry, I’m Not Selling
Chapter 298 - 298: Sorry, I¡¯m Not Selling
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
In the face of Li Haisheng¡¯s invitation, Su Yang did not directly agree and asked, ¡°How many immortal stones will this resource point be worth after we attack it?¡±
Li Haisheng didn¡¯t hide anything and said directly,¡±¡±lf this resource point is fully developed, it will be worth at least one million high-grade immortal stones.¡±
¡°So I can only get five percent?¡±Su Yang immediately found it funny.
¡°You can¡¯t say that.¡± Li Haisheng continued, ¡°We¡¯re almost done here. You only need to help a little and you can get 50,000 high-grade immortal stones for free. It¡¯s a very cost-effective thing for you.¡¯¡±¡®
Su Yang did not refute anything. He continued to ask, ¡°I won¡¯t talk about this for now. I want to ask why you are cooperating with the foreign tribes.¡± Li Haisheng was stunned. He did not expect Su Yang to ask such a question. ¡°This¡ Was there a problem with obtaining resources?¡±
¡°Fellow Daoist, are you not familiar with the situation at this level?¡± Li Haisheng quickly reacted.¡±
Seeing that Su Yang did not speak, Li Haisheng understood that Su Yang probably did not understand, so he exined briefly, ¡°Everything is just for resources. There¡¯s no deep hatred.¡±
¡°At our level, which one of us hasn¡¯t cultivated for hundreds of thousands of years or even millions of years? We¡¯ve seen life and death all the time.¡±
¡°The current situation has been fixed. We humans just can¡¯t have our own territory.¡±
¡°This situation is not something that you and I can change. We can only adapt to this rule.¡±
¡°If The Lord can change, then perhaps the situation will change in the future, but not now.¡±
Li Haisheng only said a few words, but he told Su Yang the current situation.
The suppression of the non-humankind was indeed a fight for resources.
It was just that the human race could not stop it.
With their level of power, they could not change the overall situation.
He could only be a yer and adapt to the rules.
Unless you have the ability to change the entire chessboard, don¡¯t think about those things.
It was very realistic, but it also seemed to be natural.
From Li Haisheng¡¯s words, Su Yang also felt the indifference of an immortal cultivator.
After hundreds of thousands of years of cultivation, under the terrifying power of time, it was already good enough that his Dao heart was not lost and firm.
All other feelings would fade away, except for his own emotions.
However, perhaps this was also a helplesspromise.
Their strength could not change the situation at the top, so they could not change the situation of the entire Immortal Realm.
¡°Fellow Daoist, are you willing to help?¡± Seeing that Su Yang was silent, Li Haisheng spoke again.
Faced with Li Haisheng¡¯s invitation again, Su Yang shook his head.¡±l¡¯m sorry, I won¡¯t attack.¡±
If he wanted to change the current situation of the human race, Su Yang did not need to think so much.
He only needed to use his own strength to obtain enough resources.
He would use his own strength to break the shackles that the human race was currently wearing.
When he broke the shackles and broke all the impossibilities, there would naturally be people who would follow his path.
He was a little cold. Actually, it did not matter much what the other humans did. He only needed to take care of himself.
To be more realistic, as long as he was strong enough, so strong that no other races dared to provoke him, the other humans would naturally be affected by him and enjoy the benefits he brought.
When he became very powerful, the entire human race would also be able to experience what it meant to be able to ascend to the heavens.
Right now, the human race and the other alien races were in a rtively weak bnce.
The human race was the weakest. They could not own their own territory or upy resource points for mining.
They could obtain resources through exploration.
However, they were also exploited by the other alien cultivators.
The sad thing was that the ordinary human cultivators had no ability to resist and could only ept it.
In fact, he was already used to it.
Only when there was a change at the top of the pyramid would the situation change.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, a normal social structure was a normal triangle. If there was a problem at the bottom, then the top would not be spared.
However, this was a world of cultivation, and the social structure was an inverted triangle.
A few top experts supported countless cultivators to move forward. Countless human cultivators could only enjoy the various benefits brought by the top experts under the support of the top experts of their own race.
If something happened to the top experts, then the human race would fall into
a storm and be at risk of being destroyed at any time.
If the top experts advanced further, then the other humans would also enjoy new treatment.
This was why the situation in the world of cultivation waspletely different from that of normal human society.
In the human dynasties, water could carry a boat, but it could also capsize it. In the world of cultivation, cultivators had the ability to turn the world upside down. They didn¡¯t need a boat as a carrier at all.
Individual power was the path pursued by the world of cultivation.
¡°Fellow Daoist, why do you have to go against the resources? How about this? I¡¯ll give you some of my share and increase it to 70,000 high-grade immortal stones.¡±
It was necessary to bring Su Yang over. If this matter was notpleted, then they probably would not be able to deal with the four source beasts.
If he could not deal with the four source beasts, his n to upy this resource point would fail. Then, he would lose the resources that should have belonged to him, let alone scam Su Yang.
Seeing that the other party was anxious, Su Yang was unmoved.¡±l won¡¯t make a move. If you give up, I will take over this ce..¡±
Chapter 299 - 299: Sorry, I’m Not Selling
Chapter 299 - 299: Sorry, I¡¯m Not Selling
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Li Haisheng was a little angry andughed.¡±
¡°If you attack with us now, you can still get a share of the loot. If you wait any longer, you won¡¯t get any benefits.¡±
Li Haisheng¡¯s invitation was mercilessly rejected by Su Yang again, which made Li Haisheng angry.
¡°You really don¡¯t listen to any good words.¡±
¡°Since that¡¯s the case, then you should take care of yourself.¡±
Li Haisheng was furious. Then, he ignored Su Yang and left.
Su Yang did not want to go, but he could not do anything to Su Yang.
After Li Haisheng returned to the team, he also informed everyone of the news.
The faces of the other two humans and the two non-humankind beings darkened.
¡°What does this guy want?¡±
¡°You¡¯re not helping and you¡¯re staying here. Don¡¯t tell me you want to pick up the loot?¡±
¡°He just said that if we give up, he will take over this ce.¡±
¡°Hehe¡l think he¡¯s only a mid-stage Primordial Unity Golden Immortal. His strength is about the same as mine.¡±
¡°ording to the current situation, it will be difficult for us to take down this ce.¡±
¡°Since this fellow Daoist is so confident, why don¡¯t we let him give it a try?¡±
¡°As long as he makes a move, it doesn¡¯t matter if he can¡¯t take it down. We can take the opportunity to swarm him and ask him to help us.¡±
¡°Not a bad idea. Then let¡¯s retreat first and let him take action?¡±
¡°Good!¡±
After discussing for a while, the five cultivators came up with this answer. They stopped and retreated to the side. They looked at Su Yang again and Li Haisheng passed the message.
¡°Fellow Daoist, we can¡¯t take this ce. Since you want to make a move, we¡¯ll leave it to you.¡±
¡°Are you sure that you won¡¯t have a chance after I make my move?¡±Su Yang exined calmly.
¡°Haha¡ ¡±
A disdainfulugh came from the other side of the phone, but it was quickly put away.
¡°Since this fellow Daoist is so confident, then you can make your move. We also want to see how you will take down this ce.¡±a foreign being said slowly.
It could be seen from his face that he did not believe that Su Yang could do this. At this moment, he waspletely prepared to watch the show.
Su Yang did not say anything else. Since the other party had stopped attacking, it was his turn.
A million Upper Grade Celestial Stones was a huge harvest. As long as he could get it, it would definitely be of great help to him.
As for the other party¡¯s attitude, there was no need to care at all.
Su Yang shed towards the four huge source beasts that were like thunder bulls.
The four Thunder Bull source beasts were shing with electricity. After Su Yang went over, the four Thunder Bull source beasts, who were already red with killing intent, immediately changed their target to Su Yang.
Su Yang pulled out the Starfire Sword from his back.
It was the low-grade Postnatal spirit treasure immortal sword that he had forged with ten immortal ores.
Using this sword could increase the power of his sword moves by 50%.
Su Yang raised his hand and shed out. A sword of sparks instantly gathered on the sword and shed forward.
This was only the beginning. Su Yang held the sword with one hand and did not stop. He shed out one sword after another.
In an instant, the space was covered by the Starfire Sword, forming a sea of swords that shed toward the four Thunder Bull source beasts.
The Starfire Sword continued to spread out, suppressing the entire space. The three human cultivators and the two non-human cultivators who saw this were shocked.
This person¡¯s methods were so powerful and strange!
Either he had a unique treasure or his cultivation method was special. No matter what, judging from the strength he had disyed, he was not someone they could offend.
For a moment, their displeasure from Su Yang¡¯s refusal toe and help them disappeared.
This was how realistic it was. When the other party¡¯s strength was too strong, even the heart would not be unhappy.
Everyone watched this scene in silence.
In just a moment, this ce was taken down by Su Yang.
The four source beasts had already been killed by the countless Starfire Swords. Scars appeared on their bodies, and white blood gushed out.
Some of them had their heads chopped off.
The few Primordial Immortals who watched this scene from the side were extremely shocked.
No wonder he had the confidence to reject them. With his strength, he had the qualifications to reject them.
At this moment, this Primordial Immortal resource point had already been taken down by Su Yang.
The two Primordial Immortals of the non-humankind moved forward.
¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I¡¯m not selling this resource point that I¡¯ve conquered.¡±Su Yang replied calmly.
¡°Not selling? Fellow Daoist, I wonder what you mean by this. ¡°Hearing Su Yang¡¯s answer, the faces of the two alien races immediately darkened.
However, they did not care too much.
If Su Yang really dared not to sell it, he would suffer.
Li Haisheng and the other two were also extremely surprised. ¡°Got it. If you don¡¯t sell it, we can¡¯t mine it ourselves. Don¡¯t you know this rule?¡±
Su Yang smiled.¡± This rule is not set by the human race, nor is it the rule of this world. It¡¯s just a joint effort by the alien races to suppress the human race.¡±¡® ¡°Since that¡¯s the case, why should I abide by this rule?¡±
Li Haisheng was a little anxious. No matter what his rtionship with Su Yang was, Su Yang was still a human cultivator.
¡°Fellow Daoist Su, don¡¯t be stupid. If you really dare to do this, you¡¯ll soon be attacked by the other races. This isn¡¯t something you can withstand..¡±
Chapter 300 - 300: Sorry, I’m Not Selling
Chapter 300 - 300: Sorry, I¡¯m Not Selling
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Li Haisheng urged anxiously, while the two foreign races watched from the side as they sneered.
Su Yang said indifferently, ¡°If they dare toe, let theme. I am a very vengeful person. If anyone touches me, I will definitely take revenge.¡±¡±
Su Yang nced at the two alien races and did not care too much about this.
The two alien races felt a chill in their hearts when they were swept by Su Yang. They felt extremely ufortable, but they did not take it to heart.
They would not attack Su Yang. There would be stronger experts to deal with
Su Yang.
They only felt that Su Yang¡¯s words were very funny.
A mere Primordial Immortal dared to be so arrogant.
He really didn¡¯t know his ce.
If it was a human Saint Realm expert who said this, they would not dare to say anything.
¡°Hehe¡Fellow Daoist Su, right? I¡¯ll say it onest time. I can use 50% of the price of these resource points to buy the mining rights of these resource points.¡±
¡°If Fellow Daoist Su insists on mining on your own, then I can¡¯t stop you.¡±
¡°However, the other alien races might not agree.¡±
This alien was clearly threatening, but he was also telling the truth.
¡°I¡¯ve made up my mind. If any alien cultivator wants to attack, feel free toe at me. I¡¯ll take them all by myself.¡±
¡°However, please tell the other Outsiders that they should think about the consequences before they act. I have a habit of killing my enemies.¡±Su Yang said coldly and ignored the two alien races. He turned around and entered the resource point.
He had to start preparing for mining. As for the danger of the alien races, he could bring it on.
Seeing this scene, the two alien races snorted coldly.¡±Very good¡Then I wish
Fellow Daoist Su a smooth mining.¡±
With a cold smile on their lips, they disappeared from the spot without looking at the other three humans.
¡°Sizh¡¡±
Li Haisheng and the other two looked at each other and sighed, feeling helpless.
¡°Speaking of which, where did this fellow Daoist Sue from?¡±
¡°It¡¯s rare to see such tough human cultivators these days.¡±
¡°Indeed, those human cultivators who like to fight head-on are mostly dead.¡± ¡°What do we do now? Should I remind him again?¡±
¡°Forget it. Look at his attitude just now. Does he need us to remind him? They would only think that we were meddling in other people¡¯s business.¡± ¡°That¡¯s true. In that case, I¡¯ll pray for my own good.¡±
¡°There¡¯s no need for us to stick our warm faces to cold buttocks.
Li Haisheng and the other two looked at each other and were a little unhappy. Originally, they could have a share of this resource point, but now it was all taken away by Su Yang.
They were naturally unhappy.
Now that Su Yang was even more arrogant, they would not meddle in other people¡¯s business.
¡°Humph¡ Let¡¯s go.¡±
In the next moment, Li Haisheng and the other two disappeared from the ce.
Inside the resource point.
Su Yang had already gone deep into it and found a ce to gather resources.
This ce was formed by an extremely huge high-grade immortal stone mine.
It covered a hundred thousand miles.
It was not easy topletely mine this high-grade immortal stone mine.
With Su Yang¡¯s current strength, it would take at least a thousand years toplete the mining.
Normally, other Primordial Immortals would need at least 1,000 people to mine this ce in 1,000 years.
Su Yang alone was enough.
Even so, Su Yang still felt that this speed was too slow.
¡°I don¡¯t know how much my strength has grown in a thousand years¡¡±
¡°However, once I raise my strengthter on, my mining speed will naturally increase. There is no need to be anxious¡¡±
¡°However, we can first send the high-grade Immortal veins contained within this high-grade Immortal stone mine back to the world of the Grand Xia. Those are good stuff, and we can gather up to a hundred high-grade Immortal stones every day.¡±
¡°It is also a foundational item that the world of the Grand Xia needs to upgrade. ¡±
Su Yang came to the sky above this immortal stone mine and used the power of karma to deduce the hiding position of the high-grade immortal vein.
Then, he would directly destroy the solid immortal essence.
If a low-level cultivator saw this, they would be heartbroken. One had to know that every cubic meter of solid immortal essence in this high-grade immortal stone mine was equivalent to a high-grade immortal stone.
If it was destroyed by force, the solid immortal essence would also dissipate.
He then teleported back to the world of the Grand Xia and ced this high-grade Immortal meridian at the bottom of the Grand Xia Immortal Sect.
In an instant, the entire Grand Xia immortal sect shook slightly. After that, extremely dense immortal qi covered the entire Grand Xia immortal sect!
With Su Yang¡¯s strength alone, he had forcefully built the Great Xia immortal sect into a holynd where immortal realm cultivators could cultivate.
Even if one had reached the Heaven Immortal realm, they could still improve by cultivating here.
Gu Xiu, who was in seclusion, instantly sensed the changes in the Great Xia immortal sect.
¡°Swordmaster¡¯s strength is bing more and more terrifying¡¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t this immortal essence extremely precious?¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t they say that there aren¡¯t many of them in the universe?¡±
¡°Perhaps that¡¯s true for ordinary cultivators, but for swordmasters, there¡¯s no such restriction.¡±
¡°There are two kinds of cultivators in the world. One is the sword master, and the other is the other cultivators¡¡±
After Gu Xiu sighed, he calmed down and continued to work on his own matters.
After Su Yang inserted this high-grade immortal meridian into the Great Xia immortal sect, the Great Xia immortal sect weed a huge change.
It had be a holynd where immortal level experts could cultivate.
What was born here was no longer spiritual energy, but immortal essence!
Just a high-grade immortal meridian was enough to change the world of the Grand Xia immortal sect.
It seemed simple, but it was also because there was a huge difference between the two realms.
In the future, before the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect stepped into the Skyimmortal realm, their cultivation speed would be extremely fast.
Only after bing a Celestial Immortal would their speed decrease.
At the same time, just a single high-grade Immortal meridian was enough to satisfy the requirements for the Grand Xia to upgrade its Immortal meridians.
There was no need for low and middle-grade immortal meridians. This high-grade immortal meridian was enough.
Origin Sea
Su Yang set up a plundering sword formation and a defensive sword formation to guard this ce.
The next step was to wait and see which force would provoke him.
He could also attack the other party with a clear conscience.
Thunder Fire Pavilion
This was a second-rate force under the Extreme Yang Pce, and it had a Perfected Immortal guarding it.
¡°Venerable, a human has upied a resource point in the Origin Sea and wants to mine it.¡±
¡°Was there a warning?¡± Venerable Lei Huo asked.
Perfected Immortals were Supremacies.
¡°I¡¯ve already warned you. This is an image.¡±
In the hall, the scene of Su Yang rejecting the two Primordial Immortals appeared.
¡°Very good, Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign. You were the one whomanded the human race to cross the border first.¡¯
¡°Let Lei Huo Tianyu handle it.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
After some arrangements, a perfected Primordial Immortal left the Thunder
me Pavilion.
Entering the Origin Sea¡
Chapter 301 - 301: Big Luo Makes His Move!
Chapter 301 - 301: Big Luo Makes His Move!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After upying this Primordial Immortal resource point, Su Yang stayed here.
ording to his understanding, there would definitely be foreign racesing hereter.
He didn¡¯t have to wait for long before an alien stepped into the void.
This race was surrounded by blue lightning and mes.
The fusion of lightning and mes looked extremely powerful.
¡°I am the Thunder Fire Pavilion, Thunder Fire Sky. Are you the human who wants to develop this ce?¡±
Lei Huo Tianyu floated in front of Su Yang.
His aura spread out, and the strength of a perfected Primordial Immortal could be seen at a nce.
¡°Heh¡l don¡¯t know who the reckless person is, but I do want to develop this ce. I wonder if I have any ideas.¡±Su Yang was very calm.
¡°In that case, die!¡±
After confirming his identity, Lei Huo Tianyu did not dy and raised his hand. The power of lightning and fire merged into it and pped towards Su Yang.
In an instant, a huge palm of lightning and fire that covered a thousand meters in the sky rushed out.
Seeing this, Su Yang also drew the Starfire Sword from his back to counterattack. He raised his hand and shed several times.
Each sh was equivalent to a full-force attack from ate-stage Primordial Immortal.
In the blink of an eye, Su Yang had shed out dozens of times.
The attacks of both parties collided in the air. At the moment of collision, terrifying air currents transformed into circr waves that spread out.
The clouds within a radius of ten thousand miles were forcefully torn apart and pushed away, leaving behind a blue sky.
Waves also rose on the surface of the Origin Sea.
The attacks from both sides confronted each other in midair. After a moment, the palm formed by lightning and mes was forcefully shattered!
Lei Huo Tianyu was shocked.
How was this possible?
There was something wrong with this human cultivator.
Although they had just fought, with Lei Huo Tianyu¡¯s current vision, he could naturally see that something was wrong with Su Yang at a nce.
Every attack was a full-powered attack from ate-stage Primordial Immortal, which was equivalent to the cultivation realm of the human cultivator. Could it be that the Dharmic powers of this human cultivator were unlimited?
This thought shed through his mind, but it was quickly rejected by the Thunder Fire Tianyu.
¡°Impossible. At most, his Dharmic powers will increase by arge margin.
However, if he wants to achieve unlimited power, even if he has a Postnatal Numinous treasure or even a Postnatal cardinal treasure, he won¡¯t be able to do it. Unless this person has a Connate Numinous treasure¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s probably some special Postnatal cardinal treasure. As for a Connate Numinous treasure, that¡¯s impossible.¡±
In an instant, Lei Huo Tianyu analyzed many problems.
Although he was surprised by Su Yang¡¯s seemingly infinite mana, the battle had just begun!
Lei Huo Tianyu shed a few times and distanced himself slightly from Su Yang. Then, he struck out another palm.
This did not stop. Lei Huo Tianyu also struck out several palms in a few breaths.
A huge palm of lightning and fire filled with destructive aura filled the sky.
Seal off all directions of Su Yang.
Su Yang¡¯s expression was calm. He held the Starfire Sword and shed out one sword after another.
If the quality wasn¡¯t enough, he would make up for it with quantity.
For a time, the Origin Sea emitted intense battle fluctuations.
The intense battle fluctuations also attracted some nearby cultivators.
¡°Isn¡¯t that the Thunder Fire Pavilion¡¯s Thunder Fire Tianyu? Who is he fighting with?¡±
¡°It seems to be a human cultivator.¡±
¡°Human? That¡¯s true. What did this human do? Why was he attacked by Lei Huo Tianyu
¡°Something¡¯s not right. Do you think that human is only at thete-stage Primordial Unity Golden Immortal realm?¡±
¡°That seems to be the case. How can this person fight against the Thunder Fire Tianyu as ate-stage Primordial Immortal? Moreover, he seems to have the upper hand!¡±
¡°Maybe he has a powerful Postnatal cardinal treasure.¡±
¡°That¡¯s possible, but does anyone know that human?¡±
As Su Yang and Lei Huo Tianyu fought for longer and longer, more and more cultivators surrounded them.
Su Yang, who was at thete-stage Primordial Immortal realm, fought against Lei Huo Tianyu, who was at the perfected Primordial Immortal realm, and even had the upper hand. This scene also stunned the cultivators who surrounded him.
Don¡¯t look down on just a small realm, but at their realm, the difference of a small realm was also very huge.
Moreover, the Thunder Fire Tianyu was quite famous. He was an expert of the Thunder Fire Pavilion who had a chance of breaking through to the Perfected Immortal Realm.
It was said that his cultivation was infinitely close to that of a True Celestial of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
It was just that hecked some opportunities and had not broken through.
Even now, Su Yang hadpletely suppressed Lei Huo Tianyu.
If it were not for Lei Huo Tianyu¡¯s strength, he would have died in Su Yang¡¯s hands long ago.
In any case, the situation hadpletely reversed. Su Yang was suppressing Lei Huo Tianyu. If this continued, with Su Yang¡¯s unlimited mana, he would take down Lei Huo Tianyu sooner orter.
The surrounding foreign cultivators also noticed this.
After all, this was the edge of the Thunder Fire Pavilion¡¯s territory, so a Primordial Immortal of the Thunder Fire Pavilion quickly discovered this problem.
Some of the alien cultivators who had interacted with Lei Huo Tianyu immediately attacked.
¡°Human cultivators, don¡¯t be arrogant!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t think that just because you have a treasure, we can¡¯t do anything to you!¡±
He casually found an excuse and threete-stage Primordial Immortal members of the Thunder Fire Pavilion joined the battle.
Su Yang nced over and responded indifferently. What was the harm in having three more people?
Su Yang was not afraid at all with the Starfire Sword in his hand, but the frequency at which he waved the Starfire Sword became faster.
The number of Starfire Swords that were shed out also increased, and each sword had monstrous power!
Chapter 302 - 302: Big Luo Makes His Move! (2)
Chapter 302 - 302: Big Luo Makes His Move! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
There were also other human cultivators in the crowd. When they saw this scene, one of them could not help but grit his teeth and say, ¡°Captain, should we help?¡±
¡°This alien race just can¡¯t beat them and wants people to swarm them. They¡¯re really shameless.¡±
Hearing his subordinate¡¯s question, Chen Feiyun frowned and thought for a moment. In the end, he shook his head and said, ¡°We can¡¯t help. There¡¯s no point in us helping.¡±
¡°The main reason why this person fought with these alien races was because he wanted to develop this Primordial Immortal resource point by himself.¡±
¡°Doing this will only cause the alien cultivators to target us. So what if we help? If they could win now, they would wee even stronger alien cultivators in the future.¡¯
¡°If this person wants to leave, even the Thunder Fire Tianyu can¡¯t stop him.¡±
After a period of investigation, the surrounding cultivators also knew about the current situation.
At their level, they were actually very well-informed. If anything happened, they would know very quickly.
¡°You¡¯re right. It¡¯s impossible for this person to upy a resource point and develop it himself.¡±
The human cultivators who wanted to help nodded in agreement when they heard the captain¡¯s exnation.
Their help would at most change the current situation slightly, but what would happen after that?
It was better to let this person give up as soon as possible.
Just like that, Su Yang fought one against four, and the situation became evenly matched again.
Although he was surrounded by four people, Su Yang was still not at a disadvantage.
This scene also made the surrounding cultivators secretly speechless. At the same time, it also attracted the attention of some greedy people.
What kind of treasure did Su Yang have on him to be able to fight one against four without falling into a disadvantage? If he continued to fight, there might even be a turning point.
From the current situation, the surrounding cultivators also knew that Su Yang¡¯s magic power was dense. Every move he made did not seem to consume much energy.
In the center of the battle, Su Yang kept shing out the Starfire Sword in his hand.
The more Su Yang fought, the more carefree he felt. Up until now, this was the first time he had fought with a long sword. In the past, with a single thought, sword moves would condense in the void to kill his enemies!
He didn¡¯t know any fancy sword moves, but he had swung millions of swords!
How could he not be familiar with using his sword to fight?
Holding the Starfire Sword in his hand, he swung it one sword after another. The familiar and carefree feeling made Su Yang feel extremelyfortable.
In the void, Su Yang¡¯s speed of waving his long sword became faster and faster, and the speed of his Starfire Sword also became faster and faster.
The Starfire Sword River was forcefully shed out by him!
When the surrounding cultivators saw this scene, they were also shocked.
Every sword strike was unleashed with all his strength, and his speed did not slow down at all.
The Dharmic powers in this human cultivator¡¯s body seemed boundless and endless¡
With such a method, he forcefully shed out a sword river!
The might of the sword river filled the sky. No one dared to take it head-on!
Lei Huo Tianyu and the other three Thunder Fire Tribe cultivators also kept dodging and were once again at a disadvantage.
Lei Huo Tianyu gritted his teeth and said,¡± Why are you guys watching the show? Please attack and surround this person together. After killing him, I won¡¯t touch the treasures on him at all.¡±
After Lei Huo Tianyu spoke, the surrounding cultivators could not help butugh.
¡°Hahaha¡ Since that¡¯s the case, how about everyone attack together?¡±
¡°Good, the human race shouldn¡¯t do such a thing that crosses the line. Otherwise, it will definitely lead to a fatal disaster.¡±
The alien seemed to be talking about Su Yang, but he was actually talking to the other human cultivators around him.
There were only six human cultivators around. Although they were all Primordial Immortals, there were more than a hundred Primordial Immortals from the non-humankind!
The numbers werepletely unequal.
The six human cultivators looked at each other.
¡°Looks like this person is doomed.¡±
¡°This isn¡¯t something we can interfere with. Moreover, this person only has one avatar.¡±
They could naturally tell that Su Yang was only an avatar, but it was precisely because of this that they were even more shocked.
They couldn¡¯t interfere with the current situation, so they could only watch.
Su Yang nced over and saw that hundreds of alien races were preparing to surround him.
He couldn¡¯t help butugh out loud.
¡°Hahaha¡ You want to kill me with your stinky fish and shrimps?¡±
¡°Are you worthy?¡±
Su Yang floated in the air and looked around, not caring about the dangerous situation he was facing at all.
Don¡¯t forget that his sword intent was the omnipotent sword intent!
He only used the Starfire Sword and did not use other fancy sword moves. It was just that Su Yang did not want to, but it was not impossible!
¡°Human cultivator, don¡¯t be arrogant! Now that you¡¯re surrounded by us, you still dare to spout nonsense!¡±
¡°Cut the crap, kill him!¡±
Since the alien races had decided to attack, they would definitely not give Su Yang any chance.
They attacked at the same time, and hundreds of immortal techniques smashed down.
The six Primordial Immortals were also terrified when they saw this scene.
If it were them, they would definitely die.
However, the moment before all the immortal techniquesnded, Su Yang stepped into the void and left the ce. When he reappeared, he had already escaped the encirclement of all the Primordial Immortals.
Hundreds of immortal techniquesnded where Su Yang had been and exploded violently. The terrifying power swept through the entire scene. Just the aftershock was enough to kill a Primordial Immortal.
However, the scene of Su Yang escaping from the encirclement was also seen by everyone.
Su Yang¡¯s ability shocked everyone..
Chapter 303 - 303: Big Luo Makes His Move! (3)
Chapter 303 - 303: Big Luo Makes His Move! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°What a terrifying technique. He can even travel through such a space!¡±
Just now, their hundreds of immortal techniques had allnded in this area, so the space in this area was extremely unstable. It was very difficult to travel through it. If they were not careful, they would be torn into pieces in the space.
The void they usually passed through was a stable space. Anything that was unstable would be even more terrifying than the chaotic void current.
Su Yang looked at the many alien races and the corners of his mouth curled up.¡±Hehe¡Everyone, if you can¡¯t kill me, then it¡¯s my turn.¡±
Hearing Su Yang¡¯s words, the hearts of many foreign races turned cold, and a bad feeling enveloped their entire bodies.
The great battle began once again!
As soon as he finished speaking, Su Yang took the lead.
The Starfire Sword shed out from the void and covered over a thousand meters!
In just a moment, hundreds of Starfire Swords were shed out by Su Yang!
Seeing this scene, the weaker Primordial Immortals were terrified.
Just what kind of monster was this person?
Was the magic power in his body really endless?
No one would answer their questions. Only the endless swords of sparks attacked them!
The Grand Unity Golden Immortals immediately counterattacked.
Their attacks could also withstand Su Yang¡¯s counterattack.
However, they also understood one thing at this moment. They could not kill Su Yang!
They didn¡¯t need to fight too much. They could analyze many problems in one exchange.
Unless one of them had the strength to seal the entire void so that Su Yang could not travel through the void at will and could only withstand the immortal techniques of hundreds of them, only then would they have a chance to kill Su Yang on the spot.
However, none of them could seal the entire void.
¡°This person can¡¯t be killed. I won¡¯t apany you anymore.¡±
Some of the alien races sensed that something was wrong and immediately wanted to leave the battlefield and walk out.
The departure of this alien also moved the other alien races.
Originally, they felt that victory was in their grasp, so they wanted to participate and get a share of the pie. Now that they realized that it was not going to work, they did not want to continue.
However, as soon as the foreign being moved a little distance away, a huge sword of sparks flew out from the void in front of him and shed straight at him.
In an instant, before the alien could react, he was cut in half.
The non-humankind beings were shocked.
A sword that pierced through the void!
¡°Fellow Daoist of the human race, don¡¯t attack again. We won¡¯t get involved in this matter and leave, okay?¡±The non-humankind who wanted to retreat couldn¡¯t help but say.
¡°You attacked me when you had other victories in your hands. Now that the situation has reversed, you want to let this matter go. Aren¡¯t you thinking too well?¡±
¡°None of the people who attacked today can leave.¡±
Su Yang¡¯s calm tone echoed in the void, but it made many foreign races angry.
¡°Fellow Daoist, don¡¯t go too far. We have more than a hundred Primordial Immortals, including dozens of second-rate factions. Can you bear such a huge karma?¡±Someone from the alien races once again pointed out the stakes.
Su Yang couldn¡¯t help but sneer,¡±You should think about whether you can bear my huge karma!¡¯¡±¡®
¡°As for what will happen in the future, you won¡¯t be able to see it anyway. If there¡¯s aherworld, I believe you might know what will happen in the future.¡¯
Su Yang did not continue speaking. He shed at the void in front of him one sword after another, but this time, the Starfire Sword that Su Yang shed out directly entered the void.
There was no trace at all.
When the Starfire Sword appeared again, it was right in front of those foreign beings.
This strange and powerful ability made many non-humankind beings panic.
For a moment, many of the Outsiders felt extremely regretful. Why did they have to get involved in this matter? Now, it would be difficult for them to leave.
¡°Lei Huo Tianyu, hurry up and think of a way. If this continues, over a hundred of us will be killed by the other party alone.¡±
¡°Quickly inform the Venerable of your Thunder Fire Pavilion toe and save us.¡±
Seeing that Su Yang was going to be serious with them, they panicked. This could not go on, so they looked at Lei Huo Tianyu.
Lei Huo Tianyu also knew the seriousness of the matter. After Su Yang
disyed that strange attack, only a momentter, ten weak Primordial
Immortals had been killed on the spot.
¡°Everyone, don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ve already informed the Venerable One. We just need to hold on for a little longer.¡±
Hearing Lei Huo Tianyu¡¯s answer, the many alien races heaved a sigh of relief.
Even so, some of the weaker Primordial Immortals were still extremely terrified.
In just a moment, ten early-stage Primordial Immortals were killed on the spot by the Starfire Sword!
How could the remaining 20 early-stage Primordial Immortals not be on tenterhooks?
Even the mid-stage Primordial Immortal alien races felt a chill down their spines.
They could not block Su Yang¡¯s sword. They could only dodge or rely on the help of other foreign races to block it.
Originally, it was a matter that was almost certain to happen, and they could also get a share of the pie, so they participated.
Looking at it now, he was simply courting death.
No matter what they thought, Su Yang would not be polite to them.
He would not let go of anyone who deserved to be killed!
The Starfire Sword shed into the void, and it was extremely difficult to sense it. If it shed out from the void, it would be even more difficult to guard against.
It was possible for ordinary cultivators to do this.
However, the immortal technique that was sent into the void would consume arge amount of energy, and when it was shed out again, it would consume a
In the end, there was not much power left.
It was impossible to use it to fight against people of the same level.
However, Su Yang did it.
The alien races present were not ipetent. They could also see that Su Yang¡¯s understanding of the Void Law was extremely deep. At the very least, he had reached the level of a Primordial Immortal.
However¡Was Su Yang a dualw Primordial Immortal?
On the battlefield, Su Yang was like a god of death harvesting.
His figure continued to shuttle through the void, appearing in a different location every time.
His sword was also piercing through the void, always shing out in front of the alien.
It was impossible for the Outsiders to guard against it.
Some alien races wanted to run, but they would be chased down by Su Yang immediately.
In front of Su Yang¡¯s extremely high-level Void Law, they could not escape at all.
Even thete-stage Primordial Unity Golden Immortal alien races felt immense pressure at this moment.
It was getting harder and harder for them to resist. In less than fifteen minutes, only fifty of the hundred Primordial Immortals of the Outsiders had died¡
However, evente-stage Primordial Immortals and perfected Primordial Immortals could escape.
Su Yang¡¯s strength was not enough to instantly kill them.
However¡ There was no need for them to run.
Lei Huo Tianyu looked at the sky.
A crack suddenly appeared, and then a finger shot out through the crack.
The terrifying pressure made everyone tremble.
¡°That¡¯s¡A True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven has made his move!¡±
The six human cultivators watching outside the arena were stunned.
He had survived the attacks of over a hundred Grand Unity True Immortals and had gradually counterattacked.
How powerful was it to have the upper hand against a hundred people alone!
Now, he had even forced Big Luo to make a move¡
And this was just a clone!
Chapter 304 - 304: Revenge Doesn ‘t Last Overnight
Chapter 304 - 304: Revenge Doesn ¡®t Last Overnight
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Origin Sea
A finger descended from the sky with monstrous power and pressed down on
Su Yang.
At this moment, Su Yang was like an ant.
Lei Huo Tianyu watched everything with a cold smile.
¡°So what if it¡¯s special?¡±
¡°You¡¯re still an ant in front of a Venerable.¡¯
As his finger fell, the space around Su Yang waspletely imprisoned. Even with the powerful Void Law he had mastered, he could not escape.
Su Yang could not hide, so he did not hide.
He looked up, his eyes filled with indifference.
¡°True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven¡Thunder Fire Pavilion.¡±
¡°Then I¡¯ll start with you.¡±
As soon as Su Yang finished speaking, his finger fell. His avatar was instantly disintegrated, leaving an immortal sword floating in ce.
Apart from the immortal sword that he had been using, which could not be teleported back in time, the rest of the things had been teleported back to the Great Xia immortal sect by Su Yang.
The alien races, Chen Feiyun, and the six humans at the scene also heard Su Yang speak calmly.
They only felt that Su Yang¡¯s words were a little inexplicable, but they did not know what Su Yang meant.
Lei Huo Tianyu did not care so much and went forward to grab the sword in his hand.
However, Lei Huo Tianyu quickly frowned. ¡°Postnatal inferior-grade spirit treasure?¡±
¡°The quality is so low?¡±
The other Outsiders also gathered around. They originally wanted to see what this thing was like, but after hearing Lei Huo Tianyu¡¯s words, they were also surprised.
¡°No way, a Postnatal inferior-grade spirit treasure. If that¡¯s all, how can the human race be so brave?¡±
In the face of the doubts of the other alien races, Lei Huo Tianyu only showed the sword left behind by Su Yang to let everyone feel it.
When all the Outsiders sensed that this was indeed a Postnatal inferior-grade spirit artifact immortal sword, they were all stunned.
After a moment, someone said, ¡°Could it be that the reason why that human cultivator is so brave is not because he has any treasures on him, but because his clone is special?¡¯¡±¡®
This person¡¯s words also reminded the other Outsiders.
It was really possible.
¡°That might really be the case. It¡¯s a pity that I thought this person had some kind of treasure on him.¡¯
¡°Forget it. Even if there really is a treasure, it¡¯s not something that you and I can touch. It might be a good thing that there¡¯s no treasure now, so as to prevent us from feeling disappointed.¡±
¡°At the very least, we can still get a share of this Primordial Immortal resource point.¡±
After Su Yang waspletely dealt with, the Primordial Immortals of the Outsiders heaved a sigh of relief.
The intense danger of death no longer enveloped them.
However, when they looked at the corpses of the other Grand Unity True Immortals of the alien races and wanted to loot them, a new situation urred.
¡°Where are the storage equipment on these guys? Why are they all gone? Who took them ahead of time?¡±
Lei Huo Tianyu nced at the other Outsiders and spoke calmly.
¡°Which one of you took it? This was not something that one person could monopolize.¡±
¡°This¡¡¯
¡°I didn¡¯t take it.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t have it either.¡±
¡°We were all working together. We were all surrounded just now, so we didn¡¯t have time to take these people¡¯s storage equipment.¡±
The exnation of these alien races was not unreasonable. It was indeed the case.
They were all blocking Su Yang¡¯s attacks, so it was impossible for them to have time to snatch the storage equipment from these corpses.
Then what was going on?
However, with so many alien cultivators here, some people naturally noticed this problem.
¡°During the battle, I noticed that the human cultivator used the voidw to teleport away the storage equipment on the corpses.¡±
¡°None of us took it.
This person¡¯s words caused the scene to instantly fall silent.
With Su Yang¡¯s terrifying Void Law, it was indeed not a problem to do this.
In other words, the storage equipment on these corpses had been teleported to his main body by Su Yang.
¡°Forget it. He¡¯s too powerful. There¡¯s nothing we can do about it. However, this avatar is so special. If it dies here, it¡¯ll be enough to make that human cultivator¡¯s heart ache for a long time.¡±
The surviving Primordial Immortals left after dealing with the battlefield. In the end, this ce was left to Lei Huo Tianyu.
After the six humans saw Su Yang being killed by one of them, they left the ce directly. No matter what happened next, it had nothing to do with them.
However, what they saw today would be spread by them.
World of the Grand Xia
Su Yang felt the avatar that had been disconnected from him, but there was not much fluctuation in his heart.
He was not far from bing a True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
However, he still needed some time.
¡°Before I break through, I¡¯ll give you all a surprise¡¡±
Su Yang did not have the habit of swallowing his anger, especially after entering the Immortal Realm. He was not afraid of death when he acted in avatars.
Revenge couldn¡¯t be taken overnight. He had to act directly.
With a thought, another avatar was condensed by him.
He tore through the void on the spot and tore through the barrier of the Immortal Realm to enter.
He controlled his avatar to head to the Void Continent again to use the teleportation array to teleport to the Origin Sea.
Originally, he wanted to leave a sword essence teleportation array in the Origin Sea so that he could teleport at any time.
However, he had tried before, and he couldn¡¯t leave a sword essence teleportation formation in the Origin Sea.
None of the problems were important. The biggest problem was that he was not strong enough.
As long as he was strong enough, there would be noyers of obstacles.
If one had to investigate the reason, it was because the location of the Origin Sea was special, and his main body was not in the Immortal Realm. Naturally, he could not leave behind the sword intent teleportation formation..
Chapter 305 - 305: Revenge Doesn’t Last Overnight (2)
Chapter 305 - 305: Revenge Doesn¡¯t Last Overnight (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
This wasn¡¯t a big problem. He just needed to spend some time traveling.
He let his clone continue on his journey while he began to inspect his gains. In that battle, he had killed a total of 53 Primordial Immortals. It was not that he had not gained anything.
During the intense battle, Su Yang had already collected the valuable things on these people and teleported them back to the Great Xia world.
After taking it out and counting it, Su Yang suddenly felt that the harvest this time was not bad.
First, there were immortal stones. There were only high-grade immortal stones in the storage equipment of these Primordial Immortals.
There were a total of IR million high-grade immortal stones. With this huge amount of high-grade immortal stones, even if all the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect advanced to the Heavenly Immortal realm, they would notck cultivation resources.
One had to know that the Grand Xia immortal sect had a total of 30 million disciples. It was enough to show how huge this sum of immortal stones was.
Other than therge number of immortal stones, there was also a rtively valuable cultivation resource, which was the Law Stone.
Thisw stone was obtained from thew forbiddennd.
It was extremely precious and was also one of the most valuable cultivation resources after reaching the Heaven Immortal realm.
It could speed up theprehension ofws.
Some could even be directly refined. After refining, one could directly increase one¡¯swprehension.
Su Yang did some calctions. Using the Law Stones in these people¡¯s hands to create a Grand Unity Mystic Immortal was not a problem at all.
As for creating a Primordial Unity Golden Immortal, that was almost impossible.
Perhaps it was because these people mainly moved around the Origin Sea, so they had fewer Law Stones on them.
Other than that, there were some immortal meridians, immortal springs,w foundation stones, Postnatal spirit treasures, and Postnatal supreme treasures¡
There were countless treasures of all kinds.
Su Yang was toozy to count them and handed them all to Gu Xiu.
As of now, what the Grand Xiacked in order to advance was a foundational Houtian spirit root.
Aside from the foundational Houtian spiritual roots, the other requirements for the advancement of the Grand Xia had already beenpleted.
¡°There are no foundation-type Postnatal Spiritual Roots in the Origin Sea¡¡¯
¡°Forget it. I¡¯ll get it when I have time in the future. Moreover, I might be able to obtain something after destroying the Thunder Fire Pavilion.¡±
Su Yang did not n to take the initiative to collect such things for the time being.
In the future, his enemies would not be few. He only needed to kill them one by one and naturally, he would be able to collect the things he needed.
Another point was that he didn¡¯t need to upgrade the Grand Xia¡¯s level at the moment. He already had enough small chiliocosms.
Even if he continued to level up the world of the Grand Xia, it probably wouldn¡¯t be of any special help to him.
After all, the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect mainly relied on the resources they plundered from the Immortal Realm to increase their strength.
The help the world of the Grand Xia provided to the disciples of the Grand Xia Immortal Sect was already decreasing.
Currently, continuing to upgrade the world of the Grand Xia was something that could be done as long as there were sufficient resources.
After sorting out all the resources in his hand, Su Yang looked at his interface again.
Will of All Beings: 15.6 billion wisps
Four-Dimensional Will of All Beings: 56 wisps
15.6 billion living beings ¡®will was not enough. If he wanted to raise it to the Perfected Immortal Realm, he would need at least 100 billion living beings¡¯ will.
In that case, he would let the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect continue collecting.
Su Yang then checked the current situation of the Great Xia immortal sect.
The number of disciples in the Heaven Celestial Stage had already reached 12,000.
All of them were exploring the restricted area of the gxy to attack the closed -loop world.
It provided him with the will of the four-dimensional beings.
The other disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect were slowly radiating the entire Cantilever Gxy. Under Gu Xiu¡¯s control, arge number of sword cores were ced on the humans.
Gu Xiu¡¯s ability and eyesight were indeed not bad.
There were many things that he did not need to say and would take the initiative to do.
Moreover, they were all helpful to him.
This was good.
After checking the situation of the Great Xia immortal sect, Su Yang added a sword core and a sword intent token.
It was enough for the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect to use at will. It was not a problem for everyone to have one.
After settling this, Su Yang looked at the Immortal Realm again.
Controlling his avatar, Su Yang had already arrived at the Void Continent, the human territory.
He found a force that specialized in selling intelligence. After entering, Su Yang directly put forward his request.
¡°10,000 high-grade immortal stones.¡±
Su Yang waved his hand and took out 10,000 high-grade immortal stones without hesitation.
The other party did not say much and directly handed the information to Su Yang.
The organizations that sold information were only responsible for selling or purchasing information. They would never interfere in other matters.
In this way, Su Yang sessfully obtained arge amount of information from the Thunder Fire Pavilion after paying a sum of Immortal Stones.
¡°1,005 Grand Unity True Immortal resource points, 364 Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource points, 67 Grand Unity Golden Immortal resource points, and one Zenith Heaven True Immortal resource point¡¡±
¡°Then let¡¯s start with the Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource point¡
He did not n to plunder the resource points of the Primordial Immortals directly. It would be a waste to attack the resource points of the Primordial Immortals with his strength, and he would also be exposed in advance. Although he was not afraid of being exposed, there was no need to start from the weakest.
If he attacked the Primordial Immortal resource point, he was afraid that he would not be able to instantly kill the other party. If the other party reacted, he might not have a chance.
Therefore, Su Yang chose apromise, which was to start from the Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource point.
This time, he didn¡¯t n to use the plundering sword formation to slowly mine. He wanted to directly destroy the mine.
He directly pocketed all the immortal stones in the resource point.
As for those solid immortal opportunities, it did not matter even if they were destroyed.
After entering the teleportation array and paying the price of 100 medium-grade immortal stones, Su Yang descended into the Origin Sea again.
He would still randomly appear anywhere in the Extreme Yang Sea Region.
However, this did not affect Su Yang much. He used the karma sword intent to lock onto the territory of the Thunder Fire Pavilion.
After an hour, he arrived at the first Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource point of the Thunder Fire Pavilion.
Su Yang looked down and saw arge medium-grade immortal stone mine.
It covered a radius of 100,000 miles.
It contained about 20 billion middle-grade immortal stones.
This number was not bad.
Immortal Stone mines were divided into small, medium,rge, and superrge.
They corresponded to 5,000 kilometers, 50,000 kilometers, 100,000 kilometers, and a million kilometers.
Below him was arge middle-grade immortal stone mine.
Su Yang released his sword intent and enveloped the resource point. The people from the Thunder Fire Pavilion were instantly killed by him.
They could not even resist. This was the suppression of a Grand Unity Golden Immortal against a Grand Unity Mystic Immortal.
After killing the people of the Thunder Fire Pavilion in an instant, Su Yang used his sword intent to envelop the area.
¡°Boom boom¡¡±
Explosions continued to ring out from this location.
The solid immortal essence was forcefully shattered and dissipated between heaven and earth. Pieces of immortal stones flew out and were collected by Su Yang before being teleported back to the Great Xia immortal sect.
The immortal stone mine was rapidly disappearing.
Arge number of Immortal Stones were collected by Su Yang.
Thunder Fire Pavilion
At the same time, the disciples in charge of supervising the territory immediately discovered that something was wrong in their territory.
Hundreds of Soul Lamps shattered. Location-Large-scale Mid-grade Immortal Stone Mine No. 36
¡°Not good, something happened!¡±
The disciple in charge of supervision quickly pulled out thest image left behind by the soulmp.
It was a void. In other words, the dead members of the Thunder Fire Pavilion did not even know what had happened.
This meant that the enemy they encountered was at least a major realm stronger than them.
The supervising disciples followed the procedure and reported what had happened.
Although this was not a small matter.
However, it was not enough to make them panic.
After informing the higher-ups, the Thunder Fire Pavilion quickly sent a team to investigate.
Including the time they had to travel, it was only half an hour.
However, when the members of the Thunder Fire Pavilion arrived at therge-scale medium-grade Immortal Stone mine No. 36, there was only an empty space left¡
The immortal stone mine disappeared.
They instantly understood what was going on.
This ce had been subjected to destructive mining.
This resource point had beenpletely destroyed.
It wasn¡¯t as if such a thing had never happened before.
The people who came to check were just wondering who did this.
After confirming the problem here, they also reported the situation here.
He did not care too much about this.
But soon, the entire Thunder Fire Pavilion fell into anger.
After the first Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource point was destroyed.
The second one¡The third¡The fourth¡
More and more resource points werepletely destroyed!
¡°Who is targeting my Thunder Fire Pavilion?¡±
After Venerable Lei Huo learned of this, he was extremely furious.
He immediately began to investigate.
Chapter 306 - 306: Big Luo from the Heart
Chapter 306 - 306: Big Luo from the Heart
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Thunder Fire Pavilion
Venerable Lei Huo used his own ability to deduce the cause and effect of this matter.
Thews of the Great Luo appeared in front of him. As the Dao runes appeared, a powerful aura filled the space.
With Venerable Lei Huo¡¯s push, a picture appeared in the void in front of him.
In the picture was a human cultivator. He stood above a resource point in the Origin Sea and destroyed it with a wave of his hand, carrying out destructive mining.
The immortal stone mine was destroyed in just a few breaths. The precious solid immortal essence was all destroyed, leaving only arge amount of immortal stones.
With a wave of his hand, the human cultivator put the celestial stones into the void. In the next moment, he disappeared and headed to the next ce.
The scene changed, and the human cultivator had already arrived at the next resource point.
He would use the same method to easily kill the members of the Thunder Fire Pavilion guarding the resource point and then use destructive mining methods to plunder everything in the resource point.
This resource point was upied by the Thunder Fire Pavilion.
Venerable Lei Huo recognized the person who had used destructive methods to mine these resource points. It was the human cultivator he had killed not long ago.
¡°Su Yang¡¡±
¡°Very good. Do you really think that you can do whatever you want with your clone? I can¡¯t find your main body, right?¡±
Looking at the six Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource points that had been destroyed in just an hour and a half, Venerable Lei Huo was furious.
In the next moment, he took out a pearl enveloped in Yin and Yang Qi.
With the help of this bead, Venerable Lei Huo continued to deduce. This time, he was deducing Su Yang¡¯s main body.
He wanted to find Su Yang¡¯s main body and directly kill him to solve the problem.
However, he was soon dumbfounded.
¡°How could this be?¡±
¡°The Heaven Secrets Pearl can¡¯t deduce this person¡¯s whereabouts?¡± Venerable Lei Huo had already deduced, but the result of the deduction was chaotic and unknown.
This meant that the Heaven Secrets Pearl did not bring him the result he wanted.
This was not good news for him.
Under such circumstances, he could not do anything to Su Yang.
Since he could not deduce the result, Venerable Lei Huo did not hesitate and put away the Heaven Secrets Pearl.
¡°Even if I don¡¯t know the location of your main body, it¡¯s already very exhausting to condense an avatar of this level. I want to see how many times you can condense it.¡±
Venerable Lei Huo no longer hesitated. He used the Zenith Heaven Law to lock onto Su Yang¡¯s position and then pressed out with his finger.
Origin Sea
After destroying six Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource points in session, Su Yang was on his way to the next resource point when he suddenly felt a fatal crisis.
His body was once again locked in ce, and a familiar feeling came from the sky.
A crack appeared in the void above. After the crack appeared, a huge finger shot out from the crack.
It pressed down on him. With his current strength, he could not resist an attack of this level. In an instant, he lost contact with this clone again.
¡°It¡¯s quite powerful, but unfortunately, it can¡¯t kill its way into the mortal world.¡±
Su Yang slowly spoke in the Great Xia Immortal Sect. His main body was in the universe and was already in an invincible position. The experts of the Immortal Realm could not return to the universe, so how could they kill him?
For other cultivators, if they wanted to condense an avatar with 70% of their strength, they would need to use precious materials and might even involve various aspects.
An avatar that possessed 70% of one¡¯s strength was usually extremely precious, and it was also extremelyplicated to create.
However, Su Yang was different.
If he wanted to create a clone, it was just a matter of a thought.
There was no consumptions at all.
Under such circumstances, he could naturally do whatever he wanted.
The next moment, a brand new clone appeared in front of Su Yang.
He controlled his clone to continue attacking the Origin Sea.
Venerable Lei Huo of the Thunder me Pavilion could deduce the location of his clone because his clone had been tainted by the karma of the Thunder me Pavilion in the Sea of Origin.
Now that his new clone had not been tainted by the karma of the Thunder me Pavilion, Venerable Thunder me naturally could not deduce the location of his new clone.
Unless he destroyed the resource points upied by the Thunder Fire Pavilion again, his location would be exposed again.
But so what?
Now, the will of all living beings in his hands had already increased to 40 billion.
When he gathered 100 billion and increased his level again, he would step into the Zenith Heaven Realm.
At that realm, even if there was a gap between him and Venerable Lei Huo, it was absolutely impossible for Venerable Lei Huo to kill him with a single finger.
Fifteen minutester, Su Yang arrived at the Origin Sea again.
He repeated his previous actions.
With a wave of his hand, he destroyed the Grand Unity Mystic Immortal resource point guards below.
Then, he would carry out a destructive mining of the resource points here, destroying all the solid immortal essence and directly taking away arge number of immortal stones.
However, as soon as Su Yang made his move, Venerable Lei Huo in the Thunder Fire Pavilion already knew.
¡°How did this person do it? To be able to form an avatar so quickly?¡±
At this moment, Venerable Lei Huo was also a little shocked. Su Yang¡¯s speed of condensing avatars was too fast.
It was as if he did not need to make any preparations or consume anything.
However, there was another possibility. These avatars had been condensed in advance and were just being used now. In that case, this phenomenon could be exined.
Venerable Lei Huo did not care so much and killed Su Yang again..
Chapter 307 - 307: Big Luo from the Heart (2)
Chapter 307: Big Luo from the Heart (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Although the losses this time were less than the previous time, it was only a resource point.
But this time, Venerable Lei Huo had been watching from the beginning.
It was essentially the same as thest time, but the reaction time was different.
In other words, Venerable Lei Huo could not stop Su Yang from destroying his resource points.
This was bad news for him.
If the consumption of Su Yang¡¯s avatar was really not high, then the resource points he upied would suffer.
As for the specifics, they would naturally knowter.
However, the more one feared something, the more it would happen.
Fifteen minutester, his subordinate sent another message that the resource point had been breached.
Su Yang attacked again. It was still a clone.
Venerable Lei Huo continued to attack.
Or directly kill him.
There was no change in his strength.
However, the Thunder Fire Pavilion had one less resource point.
A sense of powerlessness rose in Venerable Lei Huo¡¯s heart. At the same time, he felt extremely angry. ¡°A mere Primordial Immortal¡¡±
¡°How dare you..
Then, Venerable Lei Huopletely shed with Su Yang.
Whenever Su Yang appeared and destroyed the resource points of the Thunder Fire Pavilion, Venerable Thunder Fire would also attack and destroy Su Yang.
The second time¡
The fourth time¡
The seventh time¡
The thirteenth time¡
Twenty-sixth time¡
After repeating this dozens of times, Venerable Lei Huo¡¯s heart grew colder and colder.
Could Su Yang really condense an avatar without any consumption?
Or did he have some kind of treasure?
No matter what the reason was, Venerable Lei Huo knew that he was in big trouble.
It was even more impossible to get rid of Su Yang.
He had already destroyed Su Yang¡¯s avatar more than 26 times.
However, Su Yang¡¯s clones were still appearing endlessly.
At the same time, it also meant that the Thunder Fire Pavilion had lost more than 26 resource points.
Under such circumstances, he felt more and more uneasy.
If they could not find Su Yang¡¯s original body and Su Yang could continue to condense avatars like this, wouldn¡¯t the Thunder Fire Pavilion be defeated?
This was not the worst. Venerable Lei Huo also thought of an even worse situation. What if Su Yang¡¯s strength increased a little more?
What kind of situation would Thunder Fire Pavilion face during the day?
For a moment, Venerable Lei Huo felt a chill in his heart.
After a moment of silence, Venerable Lei Huo made a new choice.
If he couldn¡¯t kill them, what could he do?
He could only admit defeat¡
During this period of time, Su Yang¡¯s actions and what happened in the Thunder Fire Pavilion were not only known to Su Yang and the people of the Thunder Fire Pavilion.
It was very difficult to block the news in the Immortal Realm.
There were many ways to obtain all kinds of information.
Moreover, some forces that were in charge of collecting information had more methods to obtain information from them.
Some intelligence personnel who were responsible for keeping an eye on the Thunder Fire Pavilion had already reported what had happened.
He didn¡¯t know how the other factions would react.
However, in the Void Continent¡¯s Secret Pavilion, the person in charge of collecting this information was somewhat surprised.
This was because they found out that the person who did this had just bought information about the Thunder Fire Pavilion from them not long ago. After buying the information, he immediately took revenge¡
This was a ruthless person.
They couldn¡¯t make anyments after thinking about the situation from the beginning to the end.
This was because they did not know if Su Yang really wanted to mine the resource points himself or if he was nning to bait the Thunder Fire Pavilion into attacking him.
No matter what, from today onwards, Su Yang¡¯s name would definitely spread to a small area.
They could quickly form avatars, and each avatar was very powerful. They were very vengeful and could not be easily provoked.
Within the Origin Sea.
Su Yang controlled his avatar to destroy another resource point of the Thunder Fire Pavilion.
After the destruction, Su Yang did not do much. Under normal circumstances, the Zenith Heaven expert of the Thunder Fire Pavilion should have locked onto his location in a second.
Then, he would kill his clone.
It was impossible for him to escape, so Su Yang did not have any thoughts of resisting.
However, this time was different from before.
This time, he was not directly killed. There was still a strange phenomenon in the sky, but this time, it was not a finger.
An expert from the Thunder Fire Tribe stepped out.
Su Yang had a feeling that this was probably the Zenith Heaven expert of the Thunder Fire Pavilion.
¡°Human cultivators, how about we stop here?¡±After Venerable Lei Huo appeared, he spoke in a deep voice. One could hear that he was not very willing.
That was indeed the case. Venerable Lei Huo was extremely aggrieved. How could he not be aggrieved when he was forced to such a state by a human cultivator who was one realm lower than him?
Su Yang smiled.
If he knew that he was not to be trifled with, wouldn¡¯t he be bullied to death if he didn¡¯t have such strength?
¡°What do you think?¡±
Although Su Yang did not answer directly, Venerable Lei Huo knew that Su Yang did not intend to stop.
¡°If you have any requests, you can ask. I admit my mistake.¡±Venerable Lei Huo spoke again with a very proper attitude.
This time, he was not displeased at all. It could even be said that he had already lowered his posture extremely.
One had to know that he was a Zenith Heaven Venerable!
Beforeing, Venerable Lei Huo had already decided that since he was admitting his mistake, he would admit his mistake properly and not cause any trouble.
He had no way to deal with Su Yang, so he naturally had no means to threaten him. He could only hope that Su Yang would stop.
It was worth it to pay a price for this.
Venerable Lei Huo¡¯s attitude also stunned Su Yang.
He did not expect a Zenith Heaven realm martial artist to be tortured by him until he surrendered.
Wasn¡¯t it too simple?
However, if he thought about it carefully and switched roles, he might have made the same choice if he encountered an unkible and difficult character.
However, no matter what, Su Yang admired Venerable Lei Huo¡¯s actions.
This was putting down the face of a Zenith Heaven realm expert.
It was not something that ordinary people could do.
It was one thing to see things clearly, but it was another to be able to do it.
Everyone understood the great principles, but who could do thingspletely ording to them?
After a moment of silence, Su Yang gave his answer.
¡°If you want me to stop, you can agree to three of my requests.¡±
¡°Tell me.¡±
¡°First, that Primordial Unity Golden Immortal high-grade immortal stone mine that¡¯s worth a million high-grade immortal stones¡¡±
¡°I¡¯ll pay you the price. I¡¯ll give you a million high-grade immortal stones.¡±
Before Su Yang could finish his words, Venerable Thunder Fire gave an answer. ¡°Secondly, the Thunder me Pavilion cannot provoke human cultivators.¡±
¡°No problem.¡±
Venerable Lei Huo agreed readily.
If they didn¡¯t take the initiative to provoke them, then so be it. However, if the human cultivators took the initiative to provoke them, the Thunder me Pavilion could still take action.
¡°Third, I want ten inferior-grade Postnatal spirit treasure-level foundation-type spirit herbs.¡±
¡°This¡¡± Venerable Lei Huo frowned and thought for a moment. In the end, he agreed, ¡°Sure.¡±
¡°I agree to all three of your requests.¡±
Su Yang clicked his tongue after hearing this. Venerable Lei Huo did not even return the price. Was his request too low?
¡°In that case, let¡¯s drop this matter. I won¡¯t attack the forces under the Thunder
me Pavilion anymore.¡±
¡± But you understand the premise.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, Fellow Daoist. Since I¡¯ve already agreed to this, I naturally have no reason to go back on my word.¡±
Venerable Lei Huo answered bluntly. Since things had alreadye to this, he naturally had no intention of causing trouble. Moreover, Su Yang¡¯s requests were not too much.
He had no reason to refuse.
There was naturally nothing to say next. The two of them handed over the three requests.
Other than the second one, the other two requests were some resources. Su Yang waited for a moment.
In less than 15 minutes, Venerable Lei Huo returned with what Su Yang had requested.
One million superior-grade immortal stones and ten foundational Postnatal spirit treasure-level spirit herbs.
After obtaining these things, this matter came to an end.
Originally, Su Yang was thinking about destroying the Thunder Fire Pavilion in the end.
He did not expect Venerable Lei Huo to be so tactful. It was not good for him to continue attacking.
After taking the item, this matter would end here. Su Yang was not a bloodthirsty person. The other party had already admitted defeat and even agreed to his request, so it should end here.
With the resources, Su Yang also turned his attention to the world of the Grand Xia.
Originally, he was still thinking about how to get his hands on ten inferior-grade Postnatal spirit treasure level spirit herbs.
He did not expect to get it in such a way.
As a result, he had fulfilled the requirements for the Grand Xia to advance..
Chapter 308 - 308: Middle World, Universe Consciousness!
Chapter 308: Middle World, Universe Consciousness!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡® The conditions to advance the world have been met¡Then let¡¯s begin.¡±
¡® Heavenly Dao Awareness, beginning to advance.¡±
Su Yang summoned the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao.
¡°Understood, Master.¡±
The Heavenly Dao consciousness immediately agreed.
There was a hint of excitement in his voice.
Su Yang naturally sensed this excitement.
It was said that the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao had no emotions.
It seemed that this was not the case.
The so-calledck of emotions was perhaps because there were many things that were not worth the excitement of the Heavenly Dao consciousness.
Especially anything in the world.
However, when something useful to the world appeared, the Heavenly Dao consciousness would still have its own emotional fluctuations.
Whether or not one¡¯s emotions fluctuated depended on whether or not the item was valuable to them.
While Su Yang was thinking, the excited Heavenly Dao consciousness had already begun a new round of world advancement.
This time, the world upgrade would take a month.
Last time, it was ten days, but this time, it had increased by quite a bit.
Su Yang¡¯s main body was guarding the world of the Grand Xia, so there would not be any idents.
Controlling his avatar, Su Yang once again entered the Origin Sea to search for resources.
The world of the Grand Xia would allow him to advance on his own. If there was any danger, he would naturally deal with it.
Su Yang¡¯s side fell into a short period of stability, but in the 16th district of the Extreme Yang Region of the Immortal Realm, because of his actions. A huge earthquake was happening.
After agreeing to Su Yang¡¯s conditions, Venerable Thunder Fire immediately informed all the members of Thunder Fire Pavilion and their subordinate forces when he returned, telling them not to take the initiative to be enemies with the Human Race.
After this notice was sent out, all the members of the Thunder Fire Pavilion were puzzled. However, as members of the Thunder Fire Pavilion, they could only obey.
If that was the case, it would not affect the entire 16th district of the Extreme Yang Region.
The key was that the intelligence forces that had been paying attention to themotion between Su Yang and the Thunder Fire Pavilion had also noticed this. After an in-depth investigation, they found that Venerable Thunder Fire had actually surrendered!
One had to know that Su Yang was only at thete-stage Primordial Immortal realm. What kind of method was it to force a Perfected Immortal to submit with the strength of ate-stage Primordial Immortal?
This had never happened before in the history of the Immortal Realm.
This could be said to have created history.
After an in-depth investigation, the various factions that had gathered information clearly knew the ins and outs of the entire matter.
Su Yang¡¯s terror was also disyed in the eyes of all the people in charge of collecting intelligence.
An endless number of clones.
Unable to lock onto the main body¡¯s position.
After these two points fused together, Su Yang became extremely terrifying. It was no wonder that Venerable Lei Huo would admit defeat.
If they did not admit defeat, then the Thunder Fire Pavilion would continue to suffer endless losses.
This was indeed the best choice.
However, many forces secretly admired Venerable Lei Huo. A mighty Zenith
Heaven expert could actually lower his status and choose to admit his mistake.
If they were faced with such a situation, would they be able to do what Venerable Lei Huo did?
If he asked himself, it might not work.
At their level, face was also something they cared about.
Unless they really couldn¡¯t beat him, how could they mistake him?
Even if Su Yang really had unlimited avatars that could not find his location, they would rather pay a higher price to protect their territory than admit their mistake to a mere Primordial Immortal.
After many intelligence organizations received this news and spread it out, they were shocked.
Su Yang quickly got a brand new title.
Undying Immortal!
[Description: Suspected to have unlimited clone ability and extremely vengeful.]
Su Yang did not know about these things. At this moment, he continued to explore the Origin Sea, and his goal was still the Primordial Immortal resource point.
They would find the location of the resource point, attack it, and set up a sword array to develop it.
Su Yang had already arrived at a new Primordial Immortal resource point.
With his powerful strength, after spending some time, Su Yang sessfully took down the resource point here.
Next was the second resource point¡
The third resource point¡
In just an hour or so, Su Yang directly upied three Primordial Immortal resource points.
Three high-grade high-grade immortal stone mines.
One small, two medium-sized.
The immortal stones were 100,000 and 1 million respectively.
Adding on the solid immortal source, the storage could double.
After all, solid immortal essence was also a cultivation resource.
Roughly an hour had passed in the Immortal Realms. The world of the Grand Xia was nearing the end of its upgrade.
Over an hour in the Immortal Realm, 29 days had passed in the universe. Right now, the Grand Xia was only one step away frompleting its advancement.
In the process of the Grand Xia¡¯s advancement, many dangers had urred.
Endless bug tide¡
Millions of Evil Spirits¡
They were like cosmic lifeforms that walked on the stars¡
The inner space shattered once again, and the terrifying life inside.
The first few were easy to deal with, they were the dangers of the universe.
Even if more appeared, Su Yang could deal with them directly.
It did not pose any threat to Su Yang.
However, the life forms in thatyer were extremely terrifying existences.
If not for the fact that after leaving the inner world and entering the universe, his strength would have suffered an endless suppression, directly falling from the unknown realm to the Perfected Immortal realm.
Even Su Yang would not be a match for the life form on that level.
This time, there were a total of six lifeforms in the inneryer.
They were all hairy monsters.
After easily getting rid of these inner lives, Su Yang obtained another 16 streaks of Immortal Qi.
In addition to the previous one.
Su Yang had a total of 17 Immortal Qi in his hand.
However, Su Yang did not know the function of this thing.
At least until now, Su Yang did not know what this thing was used for..
Chapter 309 - 309: Middle World, Universe Consciousness! (2)
Chapter 309: Middle World, Universe Consciousness! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
For now, he could only put it away.
Su Yang quietly waited in the world of the Grand Xia for his advancement to bepleted.
It was already thest moment, and the crisis that should have appeared had already appeared.
Although thest moment was the most critical moment, with Su Yang around, there would naturally be no idents.
And so, after waiting for another day, the Grand Xia¡¯s advancement wasplete.
He had sessfully advanced from a small world to a middle world.
The moment hepleted his advancement, a mass of void and chaotic consciousness suddenly appeared in front of Su Yang.
Su Yang stared at the chaotic consciousness that suddenly appeared in front of him and was a little surprised.
This thing had appeared in front of him silently.
There were no signs. Even with his current realm, he couldn¡¯t sense anything.
A voice appeared in Su Yang¡¯s mind.
¡°Starlord of the Grand Xia, you have to advance once more. Right now, it¡¯s still not enough. We can¡¯t form a contract.¡±
Su Yang was puzzled at first, but then the interface that had never revealed any information voluntarily revealed some information to Su Yang for the first time.
With the world of the Grand Xia as a medium, the interface and the consciousness of the cosmos could form a contract.
The contract was beneficial and would be of great benefit to Su Yang.
The prerequisite was for the Grand Xia to advance once more, to reach the level of a Greater World within the mortal domain of the cosmos.
¡°Understood.¡± After knowing this situation, Su Yang also answered directly.
Then, the chaotic consciousness also disappeared.
This thing was not Chaos Consciousness.
It was the consciousness of this universe, the consciousness of the universe!
From the looks of it, perhaps the interface had contacted the universe¡¯s consciousness.
This was why the universe¡¯s consciousness appeared.
The existence of the interface was something that Su Yang could not understand at the moment.
Su Yang would not add to his troubles and insist on understanding and digging
deeper.
He believed that sooner orter, he would know the nature of this thing.
The world of the Grand Xia hadpleted its upgrade.
Su Yang began to inspect the new world of the Grand Xia.
After bing a middle world, the world of the Grand Xia had be even more powerful and vast¡
Given the current strength of the Grand Xia, it was more than enough to nurture Golden Immortals.
That¡¯s right. It was the power of the Grand Xia itself.
With the vast number of Immortal meridians and Immortal springs, the world of the Grand Xia was filled with Immortal elemental energy, and Immortal stones of all sorts of grades were born.
This was in terms of energy.
Next was the immortalws.
Under the amplification of the vast amount of foundation stones, the world of the Grand Xia contained enough Immortal Laws to allow cultivators toprehend the Laws of the Golden Immortal and step into the Golden Immortal Stage.
This was the current world of the Grand Xia.
With Su Yang¡¯s help, he directly broke the ironw of the universe and broke this ancient rule.
Su Yang did not care much about these things. After all, with so many resources invested, it was inevitable that he would improve.
Su Yang was most concerned about the next advancement condition.
Advancing to the Greater World and forming a contract with the universe¡
He opened the world panel.
[Grand Xia world]
[Level: Middle World]
[Upper limit of realm: Golden Immortal]
[Advancement Requirement 1: Top-grade foundational spiritual nt (0/10)] [Advancement Requirement 2: Supreme Grade Immortal Meridian (0/1000)] [Advancement Requirement 3: Supreme Grade Immortal Spring (0/10,000)] [Advancement Requirement 4: Top-tier Rule Foundation Stone (0/1000)]
[Advancement Requirement 5: Source Spring Eye (0/1)] [Advancement Requirement 6: Sacred Law Heart (0/1)] There weren¡¯t many requirements for advancement, only six.
¡°The conditions to advance are truly terrifying¡
¡°However, it seems normal to upgrade a world from a Middle World to a Greater World. ¡±
In other words, the conditions were not harsh.
It was because what Su Yang was doing now was too unreasonable!
¡°Speaking of which¡ln the universe, the strongest known world was the small chiliocosm. ¡±
¡°But why?¡±
¡°Why is there no Middle World or Greater World in the universe?¡±
Su Yang was also puzzled about this.
Logically speaking, the universe was so vast that there should be Middle Worlds or Greater Worlds.
However, Su Yang had already used his own methods to investigate.
Indeed, there wasn¡¯t.
There must be something he didn¡¯t know about.
As for why¡
In the end, his current strength was still insufficient. It was futile to think too much.
Then he would work hard to increase his strength first.
Su Yang looked at the interface.
¡°After causing so much trouble in the Immortal Realm for so long, it¡¯s about time for me to step into the next realm after ten hours¡¡±
¡°Once you reach the Zenith Heaven, go to the Pavilion of Prophecy and buy some information. See what the Grand Xia needs to advance, and what kind of power you can use to acquire them.¡± ¡°I wonder if the Zenith Heaven Realm canplete some of them.¡±
[Will of All Beings: 110 billion]
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Life: 3021]
Looking at his interface, even the four-dimensional will of all living beings had reached more than 3,000.
If he used it to increase his strength, he could also increase his own strength.
However, he didn¡¯t use the four-dimensional sword essence now.
He would continue to umte them and upgrade them when he needed them.
His willnded on the will of all living beings.
¡°Upgrade!¡±
Sword Intent LV3700¡lv3800¡. Iv3900¡.. Iv4000!
The moment his sword intent level reached Lv. 4000, Big Luo¡Sess!
In an instant, his sword intent stepped into a brand new realm.
The most direct feeling was that the moment he stepped into this realm, the power of the sword essence he mobilized stepped into another level.
This feeling waspletely different.
If the nomologicalws that the previous sword intent had mobilized were only the size of a strand of hair.
Now, it was as thick as a utility pole!
¡°Origin Immortal Laws¡Crossing a major realm meant that the level of power was on apletely different level.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. At this level, no matter how many Primordial Immortals there are, it¡¯s still useless against Zenith Heaven.¡±
¡°No wonder I couldn¡¯t even struggle in front of a Zenith Heaven expert.¡±
¡°If my true body was in the Celestial Realm, I probably would have died countless times.¡±
After stepping into this realm, Su Yang was also secretly d.
Fortunately, his main body was in the universe, and the other party could not do anything to him.
Even the Half-Saints and Saint Realm experts could not do anything to him.
Although he had already stepped into the Zenith Heaven realm, he was only at the early-stage Zenith Heaven realm. His strength was far from enough.
Not to mention the Half-Saint Realm and the Saint Realm, even the Zenith Heaven Realm had the middle stage, thete stage, and even the perfection stage.
At his current realm, having unlimited magic power and unlimited sword intent was also an advantage, but it wasn¡¯t too great.
At this realm, thepetition was aboutprehension ofws and whether or not one had a powerful Numinous treasure.
However, no matter what, since Su Yang had already stepped into the Zenith Heaven Realm.
He could bluntly say that if a Perfected Immortal wanted to kill him, he would have to be a top-notch Perfected Immortal.
¡°Since that¡¯s the case, let¡¯s make a trip to the Void Continent and look for the Pavilion of Heavenly Secrets to research the items the Grand Xia needs to advance.¡±
Su Yang retreated from the Origin Sea and returned to the Void Continent.
He found the Secret Pavilion, which specialized in selling information.
This time, the person who received him from the Secret Pavilion was the same as before.
Therefore, Su Yang was recognized immediately.
A Primordial Immortal forced a Perfected Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven to admit that he was an Immortal!
¡°I want to know how to obtain the items on this list and what kind of strength is required?¡±
Because of his previous experience, Su Yang began to make requests directly after he came in.
He took out the requirements for the advancement of the Grand Xia.
After the other party took a look, he immediately replied,¡± Senior, the information on these things is quite valuable. Each of them is worth a lot. If you need the exact location and information on each of them¡100 million top-grade immortal stones can be used to obtain the information that senior needs.¡±
The person in charge of reception reported the price.
This price also shocked Su Yang.
Good heavens, was this robbery?
100 million top-grade immortal stones. Even a Zenith Heaven expert could not afford this, right?
However, Su Yang thought about it carefully. Some of them might not even be missed by a Saint Realm expert. This price seemed very reasonable. The main reason was that he needed an urate location and information.
This was the real problem.
Then he would change his train of thought.
¡°These six things, how about counting them separately? How much do I have to pay for each of them?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t need the exact location. I just need the approximate area, where I can get it, and what strength I need.¡±
Su Yang lowered his requirements a lot.
He only needed to know the approximate location and method.
At that time, he could deduce it himself.
Right now, it was still too difficult for him to deduce the entire Immortal Realm.
¡°If that¡¯s the case, the price is much lower¡¡± The receptionist from the Pavilion of Heavenly Secrets said..
Chapter 310 - 310: The birthplace of the Immortal Spring
Chapter 310: The birthce of the Immortal Spring
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Of the six pieces of information you asked for, two belong to the Zenith Heaven Realm, two belong to the Half-Saint Realm, and two belong to the Saint Realm.¡±
¡± If we buy them separately and don¡¯t need the details¡¡± ¡°A Great Immortal level is worth a million high-grade immortal stones.¡± ¡°10 million top grade immortal stones for a half saint.¡±
¡°A Saint Realm expert costs one million Supreme Grade Immortal Stones.¡±
Although the price had been greatly reduced, the price offered by the other party still made Su Yang click his tongue.
This information was really expensive.
He was only in the Zenith Heaven Realm now, so he didn¡¯t need information about Half-Saints and Saints.
Then he would buy two Zenith Heaven Rank ones first.
These two pieces of information would probably keep him busy for a while.
After he was done, he would think about what to do next.
¡°In that case, give me the information on the two Perfected Immortals first.¡±Su Yang took out two million high-grade immortal stones and handed them to the other party.
After the members of the Secret Pavilion received the Immortal Stones, they also handed the two jade slips to Su Yang. ¡°Senior Su, this is the information you wanted.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
There was nothing much to say about a transaction.
After getting the information, Su Yang left the ce.
The Secret Pavilion member in charge of this transaction recorded the transaction¡¯s details.
They were responsible for gathering information, so anything they did had its value.
[The Undying Immortal buys information on the level of a True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven and asks for information on the level of a
Half-Saint and a Saint.]
After walking out of the Secret Pavilion, Su Yang immediately began to check the information he had purchased.
After opening the two jade slips, two messages appeared in his mind.
One was the news of the immortal spring, and the other was the news of the immortal vein.
Even True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven could obtain these two items.
Among them, the supreme-grade immortal spring was rtively simple.
He could even obtain an early-stage Perfected Immortal.
Among them, top-grade Immortal meridians could only be obtained by perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortals.
These two things could be obtained in the same ce, which was good news for Su Yang.
As long as he entered the depths of the Origin Sea, he could find the two things that Su Yang needed.
The prerequisite was that he had enough strength to obtain these two things.
Of the six requirements for the Grand Xia to advance, these two were the lowest.
The difficulty of obtaining a top-grade immortal spring was the lowest.
¡°It looks like I still have to enter the sea of essences.¡¯
¡°However, it¡¯s not like we didn¡¯t gain anything. At least we know the exact location.¡±
¡°Otherwise, with my current strength, it would be a little difficult for me to cover the entire Immortal Realm with the power of karma to find these six things. ¡±
Deep in the Origin Sea.
That was the gathering ce of True Immortals from the Immortal Realm, and there were even Half-Saints there.
¡°Although my strength has grown quite quickly.¡± ¡°But why does it feel like it¡¯s not enough?¡±
¡°Strange¡¡±
Su Yang shook his head. This was also rted to his needs. The more precious the things he wanted, the stronger the enemies he would encounter.
¡°The target is the celestial spring. Let¡¯s go to the depths of the Origin Sea to take a look¡¡±
As soon as Su Yang thought of this, he quickly left this ce and rushed towards the depths of the Origin Sea.
That was a ce where all the Zenith Heaven experts of the Immortal Realm gathered. What kind of scene would that be?
In the blink of an eye, half a day had passed.
The Origin Sea was very huge. Even if Su Yang was now a Perfected Immortal, it would still take him half a day to travel.
After half a day, Su Yang arrived at the depths of the Origin Sea.
Further ahead was the core area of the Origin Sea. That ce was not something Su Yang could explore for the time being.
After arriving at the depths of the Origin Sea, Su Yang continued to hurry. He still had to go to the ce where the immortal spring was born.
The main purpose of his visit this time was to understand the situation and get the resources he could get.
If he was not strong enough, he would not force him.
With the speed at which his strength increased, there was no need to be too anxious.
One step at a time would do. If one¡¯s strength was not enough, then one would have to wait for a period of time.
When the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect gathered enough will of all living beings for him to increase his strength again, there would naturally be no restrictions on the resources he could gather.
With this thought in mind, Su Yang also came to the birthce of the immortal spring.
After sessfully arriving, Su Yang began to deduce the location of the top-grade immortal spring with the help of the power of karma.
The information he had bought only had a rough range, but it did not have a specific location. This was also the w of buying information at a low price.
Of course, this w was nothing to him.
Since he could use the power of karma to deduce, he would not waste his immortal stones to buy information.
After some deductions, millions of karma lines instantly appeared in front of him.
Each karma line represented the location of a supreme-grade immortal spring.
¡°Good fellow, this ce is indeed worthy of being a ce that produces immortal springs¡
Su Yang did not expect so many top-grade immortal springs to appear.
After thinking about it carefully, it did seem reasonable. After all, this ce could already be said to be a top-notch resource point in the Immortal Realm.
If there were not many resources and could not even satisfy a person¡¯s requirements, then this ce was not worthy of being a top-notch resource point in the Immortal Realm.
After thinking of this, Su Yang also understood.
Since there were so many supreme-grade immortal springs, he would start from the nearest location.
Su Yang immediately took action and flew towards the nearest location.
However, this ce was worthy of being a top-notch resource point in the
Origin Sea..
Chapter 311 - 311: The Birth Place of the Immortal Spring (2)
Chapter 311 - 311: The Birth ce of the Immortal Spring (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
On the way to the nearest supreme-grade immortal spring, source beasts could be seen resting in the Origin Sea every short distance in Shuyang.
There were immortal springs gathering around these source beasts.
These immortal springs were at least middle-grade, and high-grade could be seen everywhere.
Only top-grade immortal springs were not so easy to find. At this time, Su Yang was also on his way to find top-grade immortal springs.
Su Yang had no desire to keep the middle-grade or even high-grade immortal spring for the time being.
These things were not very useful to him. It could even be said that they were useless. Only the top-grade immortal spring was beneficial to him.
And that was for the Grand Xia¡¯s advancement.
Soon, he arrived at the location of the first supreme-grade immortal spring.
At the location of the supreme-grade immortal spring, there was a source beast guardian that had already stepped into the Perfected Immortal realm.
He suddenly sensed that this source beast was only at the early-stage Perfected Immortal realm.
If they were in the same realm, Su Yang did not think that any existence would be his match.
Unless he borrowed external help.
External strength was currently one of Su Yang¡¯s shorings.
This was also because he did not have enough umtion.
Compared to those ancient cultivators who had cultivated for hundreds of thousands of years, millions of years, or even tens of millions of years, his foundation was pitifully small.
He didn¡¯t have any powerful magic treasures or trump cards. He had only relied on his sword will to walk until now. Other than sword will, he didn¡¯t rely on any other external objects.
If it wasn¡¯t for the fact that he was aloof and didn¡¯t want to rely on anyone, there would be no one to rely on.
His sword intent was improving too quickly, and he couldn¡¯t move ordinary magic treasures with his sword intent, so he could only rely on his own sword intent.
This was nothing. Su Yang was still very confident in himself. Even if the opponent could use a powerful magic weapon to fight with him, as long as it was not too ridiculously abnormal.
Su Yang was still confident in himself. As long as the other party could not kill him in an instant and he could injure the other party, then this battle would be over.
It was just a matter of how long it would take.
After observing the situation here, Su Yang also made a move.
He charged towards the True Immortal Origin Beast below.
After Su Yang revealed his killing intent and attacked, the extremelyzy Zenith Heaven True Immortal source beast lying below and absorbing the power released from the immortal spring also targeted Su Yang.
The Origin Beast¡¯s eyes were filled with thews of the Great Luo, and its sharp eyes stared straight at Su Yang.
¡°Roar!¡±
Seeing Su Yang make a move, the source beast roared.
With just a roar, the location of the cave began to shake.
Ripples spread from the source beast¡¯s location towards Su Yang.
Su Yang waved his sword with one hand.
Sparks instantly gathered. This sword had the power of a True Immortal of the Great All -Embracing Heaven.
This item was over a thousand meters in size. Its size was extremely
exaggerated from the perspective of a mortal, but it was not that huge from the
perspective of his current realm.
However, the size of the sword was just an appearance. The most important thing was the power contained in the sword. That was the most practical thing. Otherwise, no matter how huge it was, it would only be superficial.
Every sword move that Su Yang was using now must be at the level of a True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
As this move was unleashed, it advanced forward, andyers of space shattered along with it.
The terrifying power stirred the sea.
The source beasts below were also shocked, and they immediately attacked to resist.
A blue beam of light shot out from the source beast¡¯s mouth.
It collided with Su Yang¡¯s Spark.
In terms of power, the attacks from both sides were on par.
There was no difference. They were all early-stage Perfected Immortals.
Therefore, this time, the attacks of both sides exploded in midair, and powerful energy ripples surged out.
Su Yang did not care and shed again.
This time, Spark didn¡¯t charge forward. Instead, he entered the void.
When the source beast saw this scene, its pupils constricted as it felt extreme danger approaching.
With his strength, he naturally sensed that Su Yang¡¯s sword had already escaped into the void and was heading toward him.
However, knowing was one thing, and being able to stop them was another.
This source beast was not proficient in the Law of the Void. Even if it knew that Su Yang¡¯s sword was hiding in the void and shing at it, it would not be able to dodge it.
He had no way to stop it. He could only wait for the sword to break through the space before he could block it.
This situation caused the source beast¡¯s fur to stand on end.
He didn¡¯t bring this supreme-grade immortal spring with him, even though it was only a source beast.
However, as a Perfected Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven, he naturally understood that if he took the supreme-grade immortal spring away, the human who came here would definitely pursue him.
He wasn¡¯t confident that he could escape from a cultivator who had mastered the Laws of the Void at the level of a Perfected Immortal.
If Su Yang did not master the Void Law, then he would definitely take the top-grade immortal spring away.
Forget it now.
Su Yang felt strange as he watched the source beast disappear in front of him
in the blink of an eye.
¡°This source beast is quite interesting¡¡±
¡°However, it¡¯s not just this source beast. The environment of the Immortal Realm is like this. If you can¡¯t defeat it, you run. No resources are as important as your own life.¡±
¡°The cultivators who entered the Celestial Realm are very clear about this.¡± ¡°Only by staying alive can you enjoy the resources.¡±
Although Su Yang had only been in the Immortal Realm for a short time, he had alreadypletely felt the environment of the Immortal Realm.
Whether it was Venerable Lei Huo or this source beast.
He had no intention of fighting to the death.
If things couldn¡¯t be done, the best policy was to leave. This was thew they followed.
Since this source beast at the level of a True Immortal of Zenith Heaven had already escaped, Su Yang had no intention of chasing after it.
Killing that source beast wouldn¡¯t bring him any more benefits. All he needed was this supreme-grade immortal spring.
The other party had tactfully left this thing behind, which meant that he did not want to continue pestering him and had taken the initiative to admit defeat.
Su Yang came to the top-grade immortal spring.
After arriving here, he immediately felt an extremely majestic energy spreading out from the supreme-grade immortal spring.
Endless¡
This was the foundation of the world. It was also something that all the major factions and cultivators pursued¡
Su Yang waved his hand and put it away.
This was only a single supreme-grade immortal spring.
The world of the Grand Xia needed ten thousand top-grade immortal springs to advance, and it would most likely take quite some time to gather all of them.
However, there were more than a million supreme-grade immortal springs here, which was enough.
It was not important to spend some time on it.
After settling the first top-grade immortal spring, Su Yang continued to move.
The second supreme-grade immortal spring¡
The third supreme-grade immortal spring¡
The sixth supreme-grade immortal spring¡
In an hour, Su Yang obtained six top-grade immortal springs.
During this process, Su Yang was naturally dissatisfied with this speed.
At first, he didn¡¯t think too much about it. He didn¡¯t care if it was slow, as long as he could gain something.
However, on the wav to the seventh t0D-zrade immortal sDring, Su Yang suddenly realized that something was wrong.
¡°This¡ Hundreds of supreme-grade immortal springs gathered in one ce?¡± After discovering this situation, Su Yang finally reacted.
Not every single one of these supreme-grade immortal springs could only have one.
Whether there were more or not depended entirely on whether they gathered together.
The seventh supreme grade immortal spring was a ce where many supreme grade immortal springs gathered together.
The reason for this was because there was a source beast group gathering here.
There were over ten thousand source beasts, ranging from Primordial
Immortals to Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
The immortal springs were not only top-grade immortal springs, but also middle-grade and high-grade ones.
As long as he could attack this ce, Su Yang would immediately be able to obtain more than 200 top-grade immortal springs.
However¡ Su Yang did not intend to attack directly.
In that case, he might not be able to take it down.
Among these 10 ,ooo source beasts, there were more than 200 source beasts that had reached the Perfected Immortal Realm, which was the same as the number of supreme-grade immortal springs.
Among them was ate-stage True Immortal Origin Beast.
In a fight, even if he had unlimited sword intent, he would not have the advantage.
In that case, he had to use some other methods.
With this thought in mind, Su Yang used the hidden sword move.
In the next moment, the concealmentws of the Perfected Immortal level were unleashed.
Su Yang¡¯s figure disappeared on the spot.
Not to mention seeing it, it would be difficult to sense it if it was not a realm higher than Su Yang or if it had some special means.
¡± Now, let¡¯s see if there are any source beasts with superior perception¡¡±
¡°If not, I won¡¯t be polite here.¡± ¡°Empty them, empty them all¡¡±
Chapter 312 - 312: Who Stole Our Spoils of War?
Chapter 312 - 312: Who Stole Our Spoils of War?
After Su Yang concealed his figure, he headed deep into the source beast gathering ce.
These source beasts weren¡¯t huge, about the size of a normal person.
It looked like a beetle and had a blue light on its body.
It was the aura of the Origin Sea.
Just by looking at it, one could feel that this source beast possessed an extremely strong defense.
As for his attacking methods, he didn¡¯t know.
As he got closer, Su Yang could see the blue patterns on the Beetle Source Beasts.
Different realms had different numbers of lines.
There was only one blue pattern on the back of the Taiyi True Immortal Beetle.
Grand Unity Mystic Immortals had two.
Primordial Immortals had three.
True Immortals of the Great All -Embracing Heaven had ten.
They were distributed on both sides of his back like knife marks.
Su Yang looked at it for a while and did not care about it anymore. He walked towards the center of the ce.
The supreme-grade immortal spring was his target.
On the way, Su Yang did not even look at the other quality immortal springs.
From Su Yang¡¯s point of view, he was swaggering through the Beetle Source Beast territory.
These Beetle Origin Beasts had no way of knowing Su Yang¡¯s existence.
Even if Su Yang passed by them.
Just like that, Su Yang arrived at the depths of the beetle source beast territory.
There were 243 supreme-grade immortal springs here.
Extremely dense immortal essence was continuously released.
The density of the air here had changed from a gaseous state to a liquid state.
If it wasn¡¯t absorbed in time, this ce would slowly be a gathering ce for liquid immortal essence.
It became a holynd for cultivators to cultivate.
This was the difference between immortal springs and immortal meridians.
The energy converted from the immortal spring would form an immortal essenceke.
Because the energy converted by the immortal meridians was too huge, it would form immortal stone veins and solid immortal essence.
There were also some special characteristics.
There was a difference, but it was not too big in Su Yang¡¯s opinion.
They were all things that produced energy.
Right now, there was a top grade immortal essence in front of him.
If he wanted to, he could just put it into his bag right now.
But now, there was a problem in front of him.
If he were to make a move, his concealment methods would be rendered ineffective on the spot.
The Beetle Origin Beasts gathered here would react and tear him apart at once.
This put him in a difficult position.
In this case, he would only be able to steal a few top-grade immortal springs at a time, and then he would have to start all over again.
Su Yang fell into deep thought. What should he do now?
Just as he was in a dilemma, he suddenly sensed that many cultivators had arrived at the outskirts of the beetle source beast territory.
These cultivators were all from other races, and judging from their uniforms, they were all very uniform.
The fiery red color had a hint of golden mes.
This was¡A member of Extreme Yang Pce?
There were too many cultivators in the Immortal Realm, and there were too many major factions.
Su Yang naturally could not remember everything, but he still remembered the characteristics of the nine alien races and the three demon races.
There were golden mes amidst the fiery red. This was a member of the Extreme Yang Pce!
As the first batch of Extreme Yang Pce members appeared, more and more members began to gather.
Soon, it exceeded 100,000.
From Grand Unity Mystic Immortals to Zenith Heaven True Immortals. ¡°This is¡Are you preparing to attack this ce?¡±
With this answer in his heart, the corners of Su Yang¡¯s mouth could not help but curl up.
¡°Alright¡ If I can lure all these Beetle-origin Beasts out, it will be a great help to me.¡±
Thinking of this, Su Yang immediately waited.
When the Extreme Yang Pce team attacked, that would be his chance.
Extreme Yang Pce team
Venerable Bone me stood at the front, waiting for the team to gather.
This happened in the blink of an eye.
100,000 members of the Extreme Yang Pce were gathered here.
They had been nning for months to attack the beetle territory.
This trip was bound to be sessful.
With the arrival of the Extreme Yang Pce members, all the source beetles that werezily absorbing immortal essence became alert.
They all entered battle mode and looked at the Extreme Yang Pce team.
¡°Ssss¡
The source beetle let out a warning sound.
Venerable Bone meughed coldly.¡± There¡¯s no need to shout. We want this immortal spring. If you know what¡¯s good for you, then scram. Otherwise, it¡¯s uncertain how many of your tribe will die.¡±
An extremely powerful being among the Origin Beetles stepped forward.
This Origin Beetle was actually in the Great Circle of True Immortal Da Luo!
A powerful aura gushed out and pressed down on Venerable Bone me.
Since Venerable Bone me dared to bring his team here, how could he not have made sufficient preparations?
Immediately, his aura was released, and the strength of a perfected Perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortal was revealed.
The auras of two Perfected Immortals collided in midair.
The powerful aura caused the sea to tremble continuously.
As the auras collided.
All the source beetles gathered together and formed a line with the members of the Extreme Yang Pce.
Venerable Bone me observed everything. The answer given by the source beetle leader was very clear.
If he didn¡¯t do it today, he definitely wouldn¡¯t be able to get this territory.
He would not be able to get these immortal springs.
In that case¡Then there was nothing else to say.
¡°Kill them!¡±
As soon as he said that, the scene turned into a tragic battlefield.
The battle began in an instant.
Under the leadership of Venerable Bone me, the members of Extreme Yang Pce began to attack the source beetle territory!
Immortal techniques filled the sky, and terrifying power wreaked havoc.
In this realm, there was no such thing as probing. From the beginning, the battle had entered a white-hot stage¡
For a time, both the members of the Extreme Yang Pce and the source beetle side were fully immersed in this battle.
A battle of this level could not be neglected. If one was careless, they would die miserably on the spot..
Chapter 313 - 313: Who Stole Our Spoils of War? (2)
Chapter 313 - 313: Who Stole Our Spoils of War? (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The consequences were not something they could bear.
This was also the opportunity that Su Yang needed.
Deep within the Origin Beetle Territory.
Su Yang looked at the empty surroundings and sighed.¡±l didn¡¯t expect such a good thing to happen.¡±
¡°If that¡¯s the case, then I won¡¯t be polite.¡±
After sensing for a moment, he confirmed that all the source beetles had left the core area and were out to defend against the enemy.
Su Yang was also relieved and prepared to do something big.
If he took the supreme-grade immortal spring away in front of the Origin Beetle, he would be able to escape.
No matter how small themotion was, it would still be detected by the source beetles.
But now that the source beetles had left, the risk of him being discovered was greatly reduced.
As long as the beetle wasn¡¯t paying attention, there was no risk of being discovered.
These Origin Beetles were not good at perception. In addition, they were far away from the core position. In addition, Su Yang¡¯s actions were extremely covert, so they would also use methods to hide.
Under all kinds of circumstances, if nothing unexpected happened, he would not be discovered at all.
Perfect condition achieved!
Thank you, everyone from Extreme Yang Pce.
Su Yang muttered in his heart and then began to take action.
The hidden sword intent covered this area, making it illusory.
It was invisible to the naked eye and undetectable to the divine sense. It was as if he had disappeared from this world in an instant.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, this was not safe enough.
Therefore, Su Yang added the Illusory Sword Intent again and transformed the original scene here.
Everything existed, but the scene would be fixed here.
They were all illusions.
After using his sword intent to do this, Su Yang was relieved.
¡°This way, we can start collecting top-grade immortal springs in peace.¡± After making these preparations, Su Yang began to make his move.
He secretly stored away the top-grade immortal springs, then teleported back to the world of the Grand Xia.
While Su Yang was collecting, he was also observing the situation outside.
Just in case he was discovered.
The battle between the Extreme Yang Pce and the source beetle was extremely intense.
It was white-hot from the start.
One side was defending their territory, while the other side was fully prepared and had full confidence in ending the battle.
As a result, both sides were fighting to the death.
Under such circumstances, how could the battle not be intense?
¡°He is really vicious. Tsk tsk¡¡¯
¡°This Origin Beetle isn¡¯t that smart. It doesn¡¯t know how to run away.¡± ¡°But you can¡¯t say that. After all, this Origin Beetle has arge family.¡±
¡°Previously, those source beasts acted alone.¡±
¡°This is the difference.
¡°However, I have to say that the Extreme Yang Pce is really strong. This is probably only a small team of the Extreme Yang Pce. After all, the Extreme Yang Pce has a Saint Realm expert guarding it, and there are many Half-Saints.¡¯
¡°Under such circumstances, this team definitely can¡¯t be the trump card of the
Extreme Yang Pce.¡±
Su Yang watched the situation as he quickly harvested the top-grade immortal spring.
With his speed, it didn¡¯t take long for him to collect all 243 supreme-grade immortal springs.
After that, Su Yang quietly left the ce.
He did not leave any traces behind.
After Su Yang left, the battle between the source beetles and the Extreme Yang Pce continued.
However, during battle, most of the source beetles felt uneasy.
From time to time, he would look at his own nest.
They were very puzzled. Why did they feel that something was wrong?
What was wrong?
The Origin Beetles couldn¡¯t help but look at their nest.
But¡ There didn¡¯t seem to be any problems. Their nest was still the same, and there weren¡¯t any special changes.
Although he sensed that something was wrong.
Normally, they would definitely investigate and find out what the problem was.
However, the battle they were facing now was too intense. They could not
divert their attention to other things.
He could only give up.
However, even if they fought with all their might, they still could not stop the invasion of the Extreme Yang Pce team.
The strength of the two was not on the same level at all.
How could the Origin Beetles resist?
Soon, the source beetles began to retreat and suffer heavy casualties.
Faced with such a situation, the remaining source beetles could only choose to retreat.
The Perfected Immortal Origin Beetle let out a roar and fled with the remaining Origin Beetles.
They fled in the direction of their nest.
He nned to leave with the immortal spring.
Although the source beetle horde could not defeat the Extreme Yang Pce team, the Extreme Yang Pce could not stop them if they wanted to escape.
At this realm, it was basically impossible to kill a cultivator of the same realm without fighting to the death.
Only when there was a huge difference in strength would there be casualties.
The source beetle horde had escaped, but the members of the Extreme Yang Pce would not let them escape.
Now was the time for them to harvest. How could they let the Origin Beetles run away with the immortal spring?
Wouldn¡¯t that make theme for nothing?
¡± Kill them!¡± Venerable Bone me grinned.¡± We can¡¯t let them run away with the things!¡±¡±
¡°Hurry up! Follow me!¡±
Just as the Extreme Yang Pce team was about to charge forward, they heard the furious roars of arge number of source beetles.
This made the members of Extreme Yang Pce even more excited.
Anger?
This time, my Extreme Yang Pce will definitely eat you!
It was normal for a source beetle to be angry.
They were going to destroy the source beetle¡¯s nest. It would be strange if the source beetle wasn¡¯t angry.
The members of the Extreme Yang Pce quickly followed, and at the same time, they were very excited.
Next, it was time for them to wee their harvest!
The members of Extreme Yang Pce continued to push forward. They had already begun to harvest the middle-grade and high-grade immortal springs.
The source beetles that wanted to take the immortal spring were torn apart by me Extreme yang pce cultivators wnoasea arter mem 11Ke maa aogs. Supremacy Bone me led the Perfected Immortal towards the core.
He was ready to harvest the supreme-grade immortal spring.
Although the roar of the Perfected Immortal Beetle made him feel a little strange, now was not the time to think about it.
What they needed to do now was to stop the Perfected Immortal Beetle from taking away the supreme-grade immortal spring.
If the Perfected Immortal Beetle took the supreme-grade immortal spring away, their trip would have been in vain.
However, they soon realized that something was wrong.
The source beetles that were a step ahead of them had no intention of stopping and taking the immortal spring.
Instead, he directly left this ce.
¡°This¡ Have you given up on the immortal spring?¡± Venerable Bone me was somewhat puzzled.
But in the next second, he knew why.
The core area was actually enveloped by an illusionw.
After stepping into the Illusion Realm, he could see the true situation of the core region.
There was no supreme-grade immortal spring, it waspletely barren, not even a single one.
What was happening?
Venerable Bone me was stunned for a moment, but he quickly reacted.
Someone had taken advantage of the situation and stolen their gains one step ahead of time.
¡°Who¡Who is it?¡±
¡°Who stole our spoils of war?¡±
Venerable Bone me lost hisposure and roared. He finally understood why the Perfected Immortal Beetle had roared in anger just now.
Someone had taken advantage of the time when they were fighting and destroyed their nest one step ahead of time!
All the top-grade immortal springs had already been taken by that guy who was fishing in troubled waters.
Venerable Bone me was burning with rage. He gritted his teeth and said, ¡°Don¡¯t let me know who it is¡Don¡¯t let me catch you!¡±
This was the first time he had suffered such a huge loss since bing a
Zenith Heaven.
He had to get to the bottom of it.
Let¡¯s not talk about this for the time being.
However, the price of this operation was starting to give him a headache.
This operation wasn¡¯t a big one for the Extreme Yang Pce.
But to him, it was already considered vast.
The price they paid was not small.
Some of the price was paid in advance. After he brought the supreme-grade immortal spring back, half of it had to be paid to the higher-ups.
Now that he didn¡¯t even have a single top-grade immortal spring, how was he going to exin himself when he went back?
At this thought, Venerable Bone me began to have a headache.
He hated that guy even more.
After Su Yang took the supreme-grade immortal spring from the Origin Beetle¡¯s territory, he left.
He had no intention of staying behind to watch the battle.
If he had the time, he might as well collect more top-grade immortal springs.
The great sess of this operation also opened the door to a new world for Su
Yang.
¡°Since this is possible¡Then continue.¡±
The corners of Su Yang¡¯s mouth curled up, feeling extremelyfortable.
As for guilt¡What guilt?
The moment cultivators embarked on this path, they would begin to fight and kill.
Only the strong were worthy of having arge amount of resources.
Su Yang immediately used the karma sword intent and began to deduce the location where arge number of top-grade immortal springs gathered. At the same time, he also deduced whether there was a battle.
Satisfying two points was the most suitable for him.
There wererge amounts of supreme-grade immortal springs where cultivators and source beasts were fighting.
Only then would he be able to reap the benefits.
This was the territory of the Extreme Yang Sea Region, so¡Even if Su Yang deduced a suitable location, it would probably be the Extreme Yang Pce attacking.
Chapter 314 - 314: Waiting Two Days Is Enough
Chapter 314 - 314: Waiting Two Days Is Enough
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After having a new idea, Su Yang began to deduce it immediately.
With such a convenient method like the Karma Sword Technique, it did save Su Yang a lot of time.
After some deduction, Su Yang soon deduced a location.
This was a ce with thousands of top-grade immortal springs.
It was obviouslyrger than the source beetle¡¯s territory.
However, that was more to his liking.
After locking onto the location, Su Yang¡¯s figure disappeared from where he was and rushed towards the locked location.
In the blink of an eye, Su Yang appeared in a brand new location.
Su Yang hid in the void and quietly observed this ce.
The battle on this battlefield was not too intense.
It was indeed a great battle, but both sides were restraining themselves and testing each other. It seemed that they did not really fight.
Currently, they were only fighting existences at the Grand Unity Mystic Immortal and Grand Unity Golden Immortal levels.
The Perfected Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven did not make a move, as if he was waiting for something.
Su Yang did not care what they were waiting for. Now, he only knew that if the two sides did not fight, it would be difficult for him to reap the benefits.
What should he do to make them take action?
Su Yang observed the battlefield. Hundreds of thousands of Grand Unity Golden Immortals and Grand Unity Mystic Immortals were fighting¡
The True Immortals of both sides were watching the battle from the side.
There were more than a thousand Perfected Immortals on the source beasts ¡®side, and there were also more than a thousand Perfected Immortals on the Extreme Yang Pce¡¯s side.
The two sides did not make a move on the battlefield, but their auras were already constantly shing in the void.
Su Yang observed for a while.
In short, the existences below the Perfected Immortal Realm fought fiercely,
but the Perfected Immortal Realm did not have the intention to make a move. If this continued, it would be impossible for him to fish in troubled waters and reap the benefits of the fisherman.
What should he do?
Taking the initiative to cause trouble?
It didn¡¯t seem like it would work.
He just didn¡¯t know if he could use the Illusion Sword Intent and the Concealment Sword Intent to quietly take the immortal spring away from the source beast of the True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven level¡
Su Yang immediatelyughed and shook his head.
If his strength increased a little more, there might be a chance for him to reach the Great Circle of the Zenith Heaven True Immortal Stage.
Now, it was impossible.
Thinking of this, Su Yang looked at his interface.
[Will of All Life: 154.2 billion]
[Four-Dimensional Sword Intent: 13,000]
Half a day had passed in the Immortal Realm, and so had the day in the universe. The two wills of all living beings in his hands had both grown quite well.
150 billion living beings ¡®wills were not bad.
However, it was still not enough to increase his realm.
Su Yang felt that if it really didn¡¯t work, he would wait for two days.
Two days in the Immortal Realm was enough for him to raise his realm to the perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortal realm. Thinking of this, Su Yang calmed down.
He quietly observed the battlefield.
At the same time, in the internalmunicationwork of the Extreme Yang Pce, where the immortal spring was born.
The news of what happened to Venerable Bone me was spreading rapidly.
Extreme Yang Pce Spiritual Force Space
¡°Hahaha, Venerable Bone me, aren¡¯t you being too funny?¡±
¡°We were fully prepared, but in the end, we were intercepted in advance?¡±
¡°How embarrassing¡¡±
Venerable Bone me¡¯s face turned red, but he could not refute.
That was the truth. He did not even have the confidence to refute. No matter how many excuses he had, he was just trying to cover up his ipetence.
Instead of beingughed at by others, it was better to dive and pretend to be dead.
You can mock me however you want, I will pretend I didn¡¯t hear or see anything.
It would be interesting if he stubbornly retorted.
Although they were mocking him, the other members of Extreme Yang Pce who were fighting in the birthce of the immortal spring also became cautious.
At the very least, he couldn¡¯t let their gains be taken away by others while he was working hard to kill the enemies.
If such a situation really happened, they would probably go crazy from anger.
At the same time, they alsomunicated in private to see if anyone else had experienced the same situation as Supremacy Bone me.
However, they soon realized that only Venerable Bone me was in such a situation.
As a result, theughter of the Sovereigns in Extreme Yang Pce grew louder.
Venerable Bone me was even more silent. universe
With the participation of the Great Xia immortal sect, the battle of the ck Snake gxy had already achieved a perfect victory.
After the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect won the battle in the ck Snake Gxy, they also looked at the entire Cantilever Gxy.
With Gu Xiu holding the core of the sword to connect the bridge, it had gradually covered arge number of nebs after more than a year.
It gradually covered one-tenth of the Cantilever Gxy.
The strength of the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect also increased extremely quickly.
After more than a year, Hong Tian was the first to break through to be a Heaven Immortal.
Breaking through the barrier between the immortal and mortal worlds, bing the first existence in the Grand Xia immortal sect to rely on his own hard work to cultivate to the Heavenly Immortal realm.
Currently, the Great Xia immortal sect had already participated in the battle of the Cantilever Star System.
Together with Human Emperor Xingyun, they would deal with the three superrge neb alien races led by the Bluefire Star Cloud.
At the beginning of this battle, Human Emperor Neb and the Ounder
Alliance were evenly matched.
The Human Emperor Neb had a Perfected Immortal, Ye Lei.
Although the Blue Fire Race led the Outsiders Alliance, they had six World Artifacts in total. However, their World Artifacts hadn¡¯t been fully activated yet, so they could only borrow some power.
It allowed them to surpass the realm of Heaven Immortals, but they could not reach the realm of True Immortals.
Only in a six-on-one situation could he fight against Ye Lei.
Only then would he be able to prevent a True Immortal like Ye Lei from stirring up the battlefield.
Under such circumstances, the situation temporarily fell into a strange calm.
There were confrontations, but they were all limited.
However, after the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect joined the battle, everything suddenly changed..
Chapter 315 - 315: Two Days Is Enough (2)
Chapter 315 - 315: Two Days Is Enough (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect will not spoil you.
If he attacked, he would definitely win!
There would definitely be gains.
In the past, whenever the Outsiders were defeated, there would always be stronger experts who woulde out to disrupt the situation.
The human race would not be able to take advantage of the victory to pursue.
This time, the disciples of the Grand Xia Immortal Sect made a move.
The sword-bearer of the Great Xia immortal sect would appear and teach the other party how to be a qualified alien.
You¡¯re a Celestial Immortal?
In that case, my sword wielder at the True Immortal realm is not just for show.
In short, the level of danger marked on the mission board of the swordwork was the same.
If it exceeded the danger level, the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect would ask the sword wielder to help.
So¡ If the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect took action, it meant that they had a 100% chance of winning!
Under such circumstances, the Ounder Alliance started to retreat.
The appearance of the Grand Xia immortal sect caused the Outsider Alliance to panic.
The sudden appearance of Heaven Immortals, True Immortals, and arge number of human experts.
The Outsiders Alliance was caught off guard.
Arge number of territories began to fall.
And now, it was starting to copse.
In a hall of the Outsider Alliance.
¡°What should we do? Blue Fire Heavenly Mountain, haven¡¯t you contacted the existences in your Immortal Realm?¡±
As soon as these words were said, many existences gathered in the hall looked at the front of the hall.
The current situation on the battlefield was not very optimistic.
He was already retreating step by step. He could not continue like this.
Since when could the human race be so arrogant?
¡°No, there¡¯s no news¡¡± Blue Fire Sky Mountain¡¯s entire face drooped, and he was also very depressed. He looked at the other two superrge neb controllers and said, ¡°What about you guys? You didn¡¯t contact the higher-ups?
The two foreign beings shook their heads and gave an answer that no one wanted to hear.
Unable to contact the higher-ups of the Immortal Realm, this made their situation extremely bad.
Even though they didn¡¯t want to believe it.
However, their instincts told them that something had happened to the upper echelons of the Immortal Realm.
It was not impossible for such a situation to happen, but the probability of it happening was extremely low.
Now, they were hoping that this was just an illusion.
¡°Then what should we do next?¡±
Some alien races brought up this topic again.
They had no choice but to face this situation and discuss it.
Blue Fire Sky Mountain, as the leader on the surface, responded.
¡°How about this, I¡¯ll go to the Thunder Fire Gxy and ask for reinforcements.¡±
¡°In the Celestial Realm, my Blue Fire Tribe has some connections with the Thunder Fire Tribe. I also have their contact information.
¡°As the overlord of a gxy, the Thunder Fire Tribe is even more powerful. They have thousands of Perfected Immortals. As long as they are willing to help us, this crisis can be resolved.¡±
¡°At the same time, I can also inquire about the situation in the Immortal
Realm. ¡±
After Blue Fire Sky Mountain spoke of this n, the many alien races immediately rxed.
¡®Alright, as long as I can resolve this crisis¡¡¯
After the meeting ended, Blue Fire Sky Mountain tore through the void and left.
He rushed towards the neighboring Thunder Fire Gxy.
The other non-humankind beings continued tomand the battle.
No matter how bad the situation on the battlefield was, they couldn¡¯t just give up.
He still had to resist what he had to resist.
After a period of time.
The Blue Fire Sky Mountain also came to the Thunder Fire Tribe¡¯s territory.
The Thunder Fire Tribe had been quite enthusiastic when he first arrived.
After all, there was indeed a connection between the two races. Although there was not much contact, they would not be so arrogant to the Blue Fire Sky Mountain.
However¡Things didn¡¯t go in the direction that Blue Fire Sky Mountain had imagined.
When these two words came out of the Thunder Fire Tribe¡¯s mouth, it was like a heavy hammer smashing into Blue Fire Sky Mountain¡¯s heart.
It made him feel a little dazed.
They had been having a good chat, and such a small matter was not worth mentioning to the Thunder Fire Tribe, so why couldn¡¯t they?
¡°This is an order from the existence of our race¡¯s Immortal Realm. We can¡¯t take the initiative to attack the Human Race anymore.¡±
¡°Otherwise, my Thunder Fire Tribe would definitely help you in this matter. However, we can¡¯t do it now that we have orders from above.¡¯
¡°This¡¡± Blue Fire Sky Mountain¡¯s heart thumped again.
The news from the Immortal Realm that they couldn¡¯t attack the human race?
Was this a signal?
Could it be that the human race had gained power in the Immortal Realm?
They couldn¡¯t afford to offend them?
For a moment, Blue Fire Sky Mountain thought of many things.
There were also many things he was worried about.
But on second thought, his worries were unnecessary.
He had alreadypletely gone against the human race.
What was the use of thinking about it now?
What he needed to do now was to think of a way to ovee the crisis in front of him.
Since he couldn¡¯t get the help of the Thunder Fire Tribe¡¯s strength.
Then could he ask for some information?
Therefore, the Blue Fire Mountain changed its direction and asked about the situation of the Blue Fire Race in the Immortal Realm.
The Thunder Fire Withered Tree did not reject the Blue Fire Sky Mountain¡¯s request.
He agreed readily and went to ask the higher-ups for help.
This was because the time flow in the Immortal Realm was different from that in the universe.
About ten dayster, Blue Fire Sky Mountain received a reply.
However, this reply almost made Blue Fire Sky Mountain faint.
The Thunder Fire Withered Tree looked at the Blue Fire Sky Mountain with a heavy expression.
¡°Fellow Daoist Tian Shan, the news has been sent back, but you have to be mentally prepared. ¡±
The bad feeling in Blue Fire Sky Mountain¡¯s heart became even more serious, but the truth was already in front of him. ¡°Fellow Daoist Ku Mu, please speak..¡±
Chapter 316 - 316: Two Days Is Enough (3)
Chapter 316 - 316: Two Days Is Enough (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°ording to the investigation of the experts of our n¡¯s Immortal Realm¡
Cantilever City, where the Blue Fire Race was located, had been destroyed by human experts.¡±
¡°Even if the Blue Fire Race is still alive, they have temporarily lost the means to contact us.¡±
The Thunder Fire Withered Wood said tactfully.
He didn¡¯t say that the Blue Fire Tribe in the Immortal Realm might have all died.
However, Blue Fire Sky Mountain knew that the entire Cantilever City where the Blue Fire Tribe resided had been wiped out.
The Blue Fire Race in the Immortal Realm was basically dead.
In this case, the experts of the other races in the Cantilever Gxy would also be killed.
No wonder he couldn¡¯t contact the existence in the Immortal Realm¡
No wonder he couldn¡¯t fully use his Realm Artifact¡
No wonder Human Emperor Neb dared to initiate an attack¡
So that was the reason.
¡°Fellow Daoist Ku Mu, has the Human Race gained power again in the Immortal Realm?¡±
¡± Nothing much has changed.¡± The Thunder Fire Withered Tree shook his head.¡± However, there are always some humans who don¡¯t care so much. It¡¯s also possible that there¡¯s someone in Cantilever City who offended a human expert, which led to this situation.¡¯¡±¡®
Blue Fire Sky Mountain nodded in understanding. This might be the only good news for him at the moment.
No matter what, since this was the case, he had to resolve the current crisis first.
If the Thunder Fire Gxy was unwilling to help, he could only look for the existences of other gxies.
In the past million years, the Blue Fire Tribe had not only befriended the Thunder Fire Tribe.
However, they were closer to the Thunder Fire Tribe and were near the Cantilever Gxy. In addition, the Thunder Fire Gxy was powerful.
That was why he had thought of asking the Thunder Fire Tribe for help. ¡°In that case¡Then he could only go to the Sky Water System for help.¡± Blue Fire Sky Mountain set off again, heading towards another gxy.
Atter a period ot time.
Blue Fire Sky Mountain also brought the reinforcements he invited back to the Cantilever Gxy.
With the True Immortals of the Sky Water Gxy joining the battle, the originally one-sided battle was slightly stabilized.
However, in the following period of time.
The disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect had shown them what a terrifying growth speed was.
In the beginning, the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect who appeared on the battlefield were only at the Tribtion Transcendence realm. There were some at the Dacheng realm, and there were basically very few Heaven Immortals.
asionally, a few Celestial Immortals or True Immortals would appear.
However, the Outsider Alliance had also discovered a pattern. The Celestial Immortals and True Immortals seemed to have some sort of restriction on their attacks.
This restriction was that as long as they did not send reinforcements, these Heaven Immortals and True Immortals would not appear.
After discovering this restriction, they also made corresponding measures to deal with it.
Only then did the situation turn for the better.
However¡Even with the help of the Sky Water Gxy, they still could not counterattack.
Moreover, this stalematested for a very short time.
A yearter.
The strength of the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect was also rising.
There were many Heaven Immortals who had the lowest strength from the Tribtion Transcendence realm to the Great Vehicle realm.
Under such circumstances, the Ounder Alliance was once again forced into a state of retreat¡
In the blink of an eye, another half a year had passed, and the Ounder Alliance hadpletely copsed.
The battle was one-sided.
The disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sectpletely controlled the situation.
In this battle, Human Emperor Neb had changed from a dominant position to a coerced follower. The disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect had taken over the battlefield.
Be the leader!
All of this had happened in just a year and a half!
Immortal Domain-origin Sea-the birthce of the immortal spring.
Su Yang had waited for two days, and now the will of all living beings in his hands had also improved.
[Will of All Beings: 321.1 billion]
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Life: 41,000]
The two wills of all living beings had both increased by quite a bit.
¡°More than 300 billion¡He should be able to reach the Great Circle of the
Zenith Heaven True Immortal Realm, right?¡±
¡°Come on¡Upgrade!¡±
Chapter 317 - 317: Perfected Zenith Heaven!
Chapter 317 - 317: Perfected Zenith Heaven!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Upgrade!¡±
As Su Yang¡¯s thoughts fell, the four-dimensional will of all living beings on the interface decreased rapidly.
His sword essence level was also rising rapidly.
Iv4000¡ Iv4100¡ Iv4200¡ Iv4300¡..
Iv4400¡ Iv4500¡ Iv4600¡ Iv4700¡
Iv4800¡ Iv4900!
Su Yang watched as his level soared all the way until it reached Lv4900.
This was also because the wills of all living beings in his hands had been exhausted, leaving only 8.5 billion.
The change in level was one of the most intuitive feelings.
Another point was his own feelings towards the sword intent.
At this moment, Su Yang could clearly feel that his sword intent power had crazily crossed several levels in a very short period of time.
Although Su Yang was only improving in a small realm, his improvement in a small realm was much greater than any of the previous major realms!
This was a True Celestial of the Great All-Embracing Heaven! Just as Su Yang had guessed, this will of all living beings had sessfully advanced to the perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortal realm.
[Sword Intent (Perfected Zenith Heaven Immortal): LV4900 (0/40 billion)]
This was the realm of his sword intent.
Su Yang felt the vast sword intent in his mind.
Powerful, extremely powerful, unprecedentedly powerful.
Previously, Su Yang was worried that he would be discovered if he snatched the immortal spring in front of the True Immortal source beast.
Su Yang was not worried at all.
This kind of thing would not happen now.
With his current strength and the ability to use his sword intent to connect with all techniques.
Su Yang had mastered all thews of the Perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortal realm.
Under such circumstances, Su Yang would not be detected even if he did whatever he wanted in front of the source beast.
Unless an existence above the Zenith Heaven made a move, he was invincible in this realm!
Illusion, chaos, confusion, falsehood, weaving, construction¡
Fake and true, sometimes true and false¡What was the most perfect illusion?
It was real!
But since it was real, why was it fake?
Su Yang raised his hand to condense a top-grade immortal spring and smiled.¡± Because I made it up¡¡±
¡°An item that has its appearance can¡¯t be of great use.¡±
¡°However, it¡¯s enough to be used as a recement.¡±
Su Yang was very satisfied with the method he hade up with.
With this method, there would not be any problems with the following actions.
Su Yang was not in a hurry to make a move. He looked at the interface again.
He chose to upgrade his four-dimensional sword essence.
With the improvement of the four-dimensional sword intent, the power of the sword intent token he created would also increase.
Then, he would hand it over to the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect and let them destroy the closed-loop world faster.
His four-dimensional sword intent was only at a few levels now. Although the sword intent token he had created could provide help to the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect in the closed-loop world, it was still not enough.
However, it wasn¡¯t too big.
He still had to let the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect follow some of the rules.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, that was still a waste of time.
What Su Yang needed was that he did not need the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect to think so much.
He directly killed the final closed-loop user of the closed-loop world and ended the closed-loop world.
This was the most efficient way.
He ced his thoughts on the four-dimensional will of all living beings.
¡°Upgrade!¡±
As soon as his thoughtsnded, the four-dimensional will of all living beings began to rapidly deplete.
More than 40,000 four-dimensional beings ¡®wills were instantly used by Su Yang to level up.
[Four-Dimensional Sword Intent (peak Nascent Soul): IV90!]
In that case, with his sword intent token, it would not be difficult for the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect to kill evil gods in the mortal domain of the universe.
Su Yang had now figured out a more advanced use of the four-dimensional sword intent.
It wasn¡¯t the four-dimensional sword essence itself, but it had fused with the sword essence he had mastered.
For example, his current strength was a Perfected Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
Then, the four-dimensional sword intent of the Refined Void Martial Stage would fuse with the sword intent of a Perfected Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
Then the next sword move he used would be the Indestructible Sword Move!
It was an indestructible sword move at the level of a True Immortal of Zenith
Heaven.
Adding on some trackingws¡
This ability was the most terrifying aspect of the four-dimensional sword essence.
However, his four-dimensional sword intent was still far from reaching the Refined Void Martial Stage.
This was also the reason why he wanted to speed up the collection of the four-dimensional will of all living beings by the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect.
This kind of power could help him be truly invincible among his peers.
Even¡ Fighting someone at his level!
It was not impossible.
Su Yang still did not understand this power.
It seemed to be a re-cultivation, but it was actually not a re-cultivation.
This was because this four-dimensional power could be fused with his current power.
A new attribute was generated.
This power also had an ability that belonged to him.
It was very special and high-level.
Su Yang had some guesses. Perhaps it was a power that could only be essed at a higher level.
Now that he hade into contact with it in advance, this situation had urred.
Now that he hade into contact with it in advance, this situation had urred.
As for now¡What he should do was to work hard to increase his strength.
The Great Xia immortal sect
As Su Yang updated the sword intent token, Gu Xiu also immediately sent this news to the sword wielder who was responsible for attacking the closed-loop world.
If they came back to update their sword intent tokens, they could throw away the ones they had now.
There were 50,000 sword wielders in the closed-loop world. It was not that they did not have enough resources, but that they did not have enough people to digest the resources.
There were only 50,000 people, and that was because Su Yang did not publicize this information.
He was only releasing this channel. Whether he joined or not was entirely up to him.
With some screening, there were only 50,000 people. If hepletely let go and took the initiative to ask for it..
Chapter 318 - 318: Perfected Zenith Heaven! (2)
Chapter 318 - 318: Perfected Zenith Heaven! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
More than ten times.
The main thing was that Su Yang did not like the feeling of improving his disciples quickly.
This was like indirectly destroying a person.
They had their own lives and should not belong to anyone else.
They should not be restricted, fixed, or frozen, bing his ves¡
Therefore, Su Yang gave the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect a very high degree of freedom. Even the swordsmen had a high degree of freedom.
Even if she worked for him now, she would only be working for him and would be paid.
A quick increase in strength was equivalent to a sry paid in advance.
Now that he was helping Su Yang without any reward, he was paying off his debt.
After that, they would still have their own lives.
This was Su Yang¡¯s creed towards his own people.
He naturally wouldn¡¯t talk so much about his enemies.
Gu Xiu was Su Yang¡¯s most intimate assistant.
He quickly arranged everything.
Many sword wielders who attacked the closed-loop world returned to the Great Xia immortal sect one after another to change their sword intent tokens.
After they exchanged their sword intent tokens one by one.
They were also very surprised.
With this level of sword intent token, they did not need to think about anything else when attacking the closed-loop world.
He could just make a move.
After taking the new sword intent token, their speed of attacking the closed-loop world in the universe began to increase exponentially.
Fortunately, with their strength as Heaven Immortals, they could travel very quickly in the universe.
With the help of Su Yang¡¯s sword intent teleportation array, they continued to expand outwards, and the sword intent teleportation array continued to expand outwards.
Every time they reached a location, they would set up a sword essence teleportation formation.
It was so that the next time he came, he could teleport directly.
With Su Yang¡¯s strength as a Perfected Immortal of the Great All-Embracing
Heaven, he could easily cover countless light years and gxies in the
universe¡
As long as the sword intent arrived, the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect could be teleported over at will.
This was the reason why the Grand Xia immortal sect could quickly spread throughout the universe.
Everything was based on Su Yang.
Whether it was letting them step into the universe.
Whether it was to let their strength reach their current level.
Whether it was to rapidly increase the status of the human race.
To put it bluntly, it was all thanks to Su Yang¡¯s strength that he was able to do these things!
As the saying goes, the general trend of the world cannot be changed or reversed.
The saying that one person¡¯s strength was like a mantis trying to stop a chariot in front of a ferocious beast might work in other ces.
It was also the correct way to put it.
However, to Su Yang, it was a joke.
In the face of absolute power, nothing could not be changed.
Anything that couldn¡¯t be changed was just ack of power.
Even if it was the world¡¯s power, in their eyes, the strong were the world¡¯s power¡
Mortal dynasties fell apart because the rebels were strong enough. If they didn¡¯t have the strength, how could they rebel?
Even if they were to borrow the power of the world, it would be because the rebels were very intelligent.
Power was never just about strength.
If a dynasty could suppress the world, it meant that the dynasty was powerful.
So¡ The strong were the true power of the world!
This situation was even more obvious when it came to cultivators.
Just like how Su Yang could change the situation of the human race by himself.
Even if it was just a small change, it was indeed changing.
When Su Yang¡¯s strength became stronger and stronger, this change would be more and more intense.
Until¡The strongest!
After the sword wielder who conquered the closed-loop world obtained the new token, he quickly created value for Su Yang.
At this rate, his four-dimensional sword essence would probably be able to reach the Refined Void Martial Stage in no time.
From there, he could use the Indestructible Zenith Heaven sword technique! Su Yang was looking forward to it, but he was already done with the Great Xia immortal sect.
He would let the Great Xia immortal sect develop steadily and continue to provide him with value.
As for him¡He was about to start attacking the immortal spring.
With his current strength, he could do whatever he wanted in the ce where the immortal spring was born!
After waiting for two days in the Immortal Realm, he could finally make a move.
As soon as his thoughtsnded, a powerful sword will covered his entire body. For a moment, his figure was between illusion and reality.
It was illusory because no existences in the Zenith Heaven realm could discover him.
It was real because he was real.
After doing this, he walked straight into the source beast territory.
Then, he walked straight to the center.
The source beasts along the way naturally couldn¡¯t discover him.
They easily arrived at the core area.
There were thousands of supreme-grade immortal springs all over the ce.
Apart from the immortal spring, there were also many source beasts that had reached the Perfected Immortal Realm.
now¡ It was the most critical moment.
Sess depended on this.
Although in theory, Su Yang did not think that there would be any problem.
However, theory was just theory. Whether it would work or not could only be known after trying.
Taking a deep breath, Su Yang began to make his move.
The hidden sword intent that he had deduced to the extreme was activated and enveloped a top-grade immortal spring in front of him.
The sword intent contained thews of concealment, illusion, and falsehood¡
After this move was used, it did not rm the nearby Perfected Immortal source beast.
Seeing this, Su Yang understood that he had seeded¡
Even though he had deduced the results countless times, Su Yang still felt excited after he really did it.
He had already made his move, but the source beast couldn¡¯t discover him. In other words, it couldn¡¯t see through his methods.
In this way, wouldn¡¯t the top-grade immortal spring in the illusion be free for Su Yang to pick?
Just like that, Su Yang casually put the top-grade immortal spring here into his bag.
After the first sessful experience, Su Yang became even more unscrupulous.
They began to move quickly.
He easily took away the top-grade immortal springs.
Thousands of top- grade immortal springs were all settled by Su Yang in a short while.
After settling this, Su Yang left.
As for whether the source beasts and the members of the Extreme Yang Pce would continue fighting, that was none of his business.
After Su Yang left.
The True Immortal source beasts in the core area opened their eyes and looked at the top-grade immortal spring in front of them.
What was going on?
Why didn¡¯t this top grade immortal spring convert immortal essence?
them¡ Why couldn¡¯t he sense the birth of immortal essence?
The Perfected Immortal source beasts felt strange, but they looked at the supreme-grade immortal spring in front of them. It was intact and did not disappear or have any problems.
All the auras were normal¡
Why did this suddenly happen?
As more and more Perfected Immortal source beasts opened their eyes, they gradually became irritable.
After a period of time, these source beasts continued to investigate the reason and finally tried to move the immortal spring¡
They finally realized the problem!
These supreme- grade immortal springs were actually fake!
The real supreme-grade immortal spring had already been taken to God knows where.
In other words, their supreme-grade immortal spring was gone!
How could they tolerate this!
¡°Roar!¡±
¡°Roar!¡±
¡°Roar!¡±
For a moment, many source beasts roared in anger.
They looked at the cultivators who were attacking their territory.
is¡ What these cultivators did!
It was definitely these cultivators who had taken away their supreme- grade immortal spring!
The source beast king¡¯s eyes were filled with rage as he growled.
¡°Kill¡ Light¡ Them!¡±
¡°Damned cultivators, why¡Why must you destroy our peace!¡±
For a time, more than a thousand Perfected Immortal source beasts charged out from the depths of the territory.
The members of the Extreme Yang Pce were caught off guard.
The weaker members of the Extreme Yang Pce who were attacking were all killed by a single attack.
True Immortal Zenith Heaven of the Extreme Yang Pce, who was watching over the battlefield, immediately felt that something was amiss.
¡°Not good!¡±
Unfortunately, it was already toote. These Perfected Immortal source beasts had wiped out more than 10,000 members of the Extreme Yang Pce with just a single charge.
Moreover, the number of casualties was still increasing.
The Supremacy of Extreme Yang Pce, who was guarding this ce, led the other Supremacies and instantly charged out. ¡°Damned Source w Beasts, you¡¯re courting death!¡±
¡°Cultivators, you are the ones who are courting death!¡±
The two sides did not talk much. The killing had already begun. Even if it was a misunderstanding, there was no possibility of peace talks. In an instant, the Zenith Heaven experts from both sides collided.
In an instant, it entered a white-hot state.
The battlefield was instantly shattered, and the Origin Sea flowed into the void.
Terrifying energy gushed out. Any weak source beasts or foreign races that were slightly closer would be killed by the shockwave.
The culprit who caused all of this had already left this ce.
He rushed to the next gathering ce of the top-grade immortal spring.
Chapter 319 - 319: The Half-Saint Attacks, Not in This World!
Chapter 319 - 319: The Half-Saint Attacks, Not in This World!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After Su Yang left this ce, he also went to the next gathering ce of the top-grade immortal spring.
Su Yang also directly deduced the next location.
However, this time, he didn¡¯t deduce the location of the immortal spring that required a battle between cultivators and source beasts.
Given his current situation, it didn¡¯t matter whether the source beasts and cultivators were fighting or not.
He could directly take the supreme-grade immortal spring without being discovered.
Under the rxed conditions, the deduction results quickly appeared in Su Yang¡¯s eyes.
A karmic line appeared in an instant, and Su Yang followed the karmic line.
Soon, they arrived at a source beast territory with thousands of top-grade immortal springs.
ording to the previous method, Su Yang easily took these top-grade immortal springs into his bag.
Furthermore, none of these source beasts had discovered his existence.
However, when Su Yang came here, he also realized that he was not the only one.
There must be members of the Extreme Yang Pce attacking this ce where so many immortal springs gathered.
However, the True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven did not make a move. It was the members below the True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven who attacked.
He could casually get some middle-grade and high-grade immortal springs.
It was as if they were waiting for an opportunity. When the opportunity arrived, they would make a move on the source beast territory.
These source beasts didn¡¯t care much. Before anything happened, they stayed in their own territory and didn¡¯t move at all.
Su Yang only paid a little attention to this. After taking the top-grade immortal spring, he left directly.
As for what would happen next¡
He couldn¡¯t care less.
Even if he didn¡¯t stay here, he could roughly guess that the source beast would be furious when it discovered that the supreme-grade immortal spring had been swapped.
What would happen if he was enraged¡Generally speaking, it would be a big battle.
As for who would bear the source beast¡¯s wrath?
Who else could it be other than the members of the Extreme Yang Pce attacking the source beast territory?
Just as Su Yang had spected.
Not long after he left, the source beasts here discovered that their supreme-grade immortal spring had been swapped.
Su Yang¡¯s current methods could prevent the source beast from discovering the problem for a short period of time.
However, the real top-grade immortal spring had already been swapped.
This fake top-grade immortal spring couldn¡¯t produce immortal essence. Just this abnormality alone would make the source beast notice it.
After some investigation, it was only a matter of time before he found out about the problem with the supreme-grade immortal spring.
When the source beast discovered that its own supreme-grade immortal spring had been swapped, it was immediately overwhelmed with anger.
They attacked the members of Extreme Yang Pce crazily.
Caught off guard, more than half of the Extreme Yang Pce members were instantly killed or injured.
The appearance of such a situation had turned the source beast territory into a battlefield.
The Extreme Yang Pce team, who had suddenly suffered a devastating blow, was also furious.
Putting aside the reason, there was no reason not to fight back when he was beaten!
He would investigate after he returned.
Just like that, the two sides didn¡¯t try toe up with any more reasons and directly started fighting.
The culprit, Su Yang, had already gone to the next location.
With Su Yang¡¯s current strength, the speed of collecting these top-grade immortal springs was very fast. It was not difficult. He could use the power of karma to deduce the specific location, and then he could collect them all.
Throughout the entire process, be it the source beasts guarding it or the cultivators attacking the source beasts ¡®territory, none of them were able to discover him, let alone obstruct him.
At this speed, it did not take long for Su Yang to gather 10,000 top-grade immortal springs.
¡°It¡¯s done so easily. I thought it would take some time.¡±
¡°As expected, as long as you have enough strength, there won¡¯t be too many problems.¡±
Strength was the foundation of everything. If one¡¯s strength was not enough, they would not be able to grasp the opportunity even if it was ced in front of them.
As long as he wasn¡¯t strong enough, all problems would be easily solved.
After collecting enough top-grade immortal springs, Su Yang simply left the ce. As for the chaos caused by this ce, Su Yang did not care.
Because of his actions, the earth beasts and the members of the Extreme Yang Pce had already fallen into arge-scale battle.
The two sides fought fiercely. One side thought that their treasures had been taken away.
The other side thought that the source beasts had attacked for no reason and was unwilling to suffer a loss.
In the words of the Extreme Yang Pce, if you want to fight, then fight. Do you think our Extreme Yang Pce is afraid of source beasts like you?
However, in such a battle, the source beasts were naturally no match for the Extreme Yang Pce.
As a top force in the Immortal Realm, the Extreme Yang Pce had Saint Realm experts. The members who appeared in this area were only at the level of small leaders.
At most, he was a Perfected Zenith Heaven Immortal. Not even a Half-Saint had appeared.
If the Extreme Yang Pce had been a little more serious and sent out a Half-Saint, the situation on the battlefield would have stabilized.
Of course, there was no need for a Half-Saint to do this.
Arge number of Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven had rushed over from the Extreme Yang Pce.
Under such circumstances, even if the Half-Saint didn¡¯t make a move, the scale of victory would still tilt in the favor of the Extreme Yang Pce!
As more and more members of the Extreme Yang Pce arrived, many battlefields had stabilized and the source beasts werepletely defeated.
This time, the cultivators of the Extreme Yang Pce had also unleashed their true strength. It was not enough to just defeat all the source beasts.
Following up on the victory, the pursuers gave the source beast a vicious warning.
In the past, if they chased the source beast away, they would not pursue it. However, this time, they chose to pursue it.
He ruthlessly vented the anger in his heart.
¡°I don¡¯t know what¡¯s wrong with this source beast. It suddenly attacked us and caused the deaths of more than ten thousand members..
Chapter 320 - 320: The Half-Saint Attacks, Not in This World! (2)
Chapter 320 - 320: The Half-Saint Attacks, Not in This World! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Beasts are beasts. Even if they have some skills, their minds are still dominated by bestial nature.¡±
¡°They still dare to attack us. Don¡¯t you understand why they are still alive?¡±
¡°Forget it, let¡¯s not bother about this. Let¡¯s take a look at our harvest first. Since we have already killed all these source beasts and chased them away, it¡¯s time to take a look at these top-grade immortal springs¡¡±
¡°There are quite a number of top-grade immortal springs. It is enough to turn a ce into a Ban Sheng training ground¡¡±
Many members of the Extreme Yang Pce arrived at the source beast territory with anticipation and began to inspect their gains.
However, they were soon dumbfounded.
¡°These top-grade immortal springs¡ls it fake?¡±
These people came to the core area where the supreme-grade immortal spring was located. When they looked at the supreme-grade immortal spring in front of them and wanted to take it, they suddenly found that the thing in front of them was just an illusion.
It was a fake item condensed by a powerful cultivator using his own unique method. It was not a top-grade immortal spring at all!
This discovery also made Daluo Supremacy of Extreme Yang Pce instantly understand why these source beasts had suddenly gone crazy.
So this was the problem!
But why did this scene seem so familiar?
This made them instantly think of Venerable Bone me, who had encountered such a situation two days ago.
Previously, they had mocked the venerable Gu Huo for being schemed against. However, they did not expect that they would also be schemed against in the blink of an eye. Moreover, they did not even notice it.
For a moment, the faces of many Daluo Supremacies turned green.
What was going on?
With the birth of the immortal springs, the chaotic source beast territory was pacified.
Many Zenith Heaven Supremacies of the Extreme Yang Pce also realized that something was wrong.
The supreme-grade immortal spring had already been swapped, which was the fundamental reason why the source beast was furious.
They had been schemed against and used by the source beasts. Not only had they not gained any benefits, but they had also suffered considerable losses.
In the following period of time, after their calctions, other than the location where Supremacy Bone me had suffered such a situation, there were eight other locations that had suffered the same situation.
It was all because the supreme-grade immortal spring had been swapped.
Those source beasts had gone mad and attacked the members of the Extreme Yang Pce, treating them as targets of hatred.
Regardless of whether the switch was intentional or not, they had suffered a loss, and this debt naturally had to be settled on that person¡¯s head.
For this reason, they had decided to deduce who had schemed against them and made them suffer such losses for nothing. This matter could not be let go just like that.
In the beginning, everyone only wanted to invite a perfected Zenith Heaven Venerable who was good at deduction to do the deduction.
However, this thought was quickly dispelled.
There was no other reason. It was just that the perfected Zenith Heaven realm could not deduce the result they wanted.
He could not even deduce any information.
This result surprised many Supremacies of Extreme Yang Pce.
What was the other party¡¯s background? Even a perfected Zenith Heaven could not deduce any information about him.
Could it be that a Half-Saint had made a move?
When this thought rose in the minds of many cultivators, they were also shocked.
Although there was only a step difference between a Perfected Zenith Heaven Immortal and a Half-Saint, this step alone was like heaven and earth.
Even a Half-Saint who had just broken through could easily kill hundreds of Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
The two were no longer on the same level.
The numerous Daluo Supremacies looked at each other.
He also wanted to seek an answer from the other party¡¯s eyes.
After a period of silence, a Daluo Supremacy stood up.
¡°Don¡¯t scare yourselves. The other party can¡¯t be a Half-Saint.¡±
¡°If that guy was a Half-Saint, he wouldn¡¯t have used such a despicable method to harm us.¡±
¡°If a Half-Saint wants the Supreme Grade Immortal Spring, he can just push it over.¡±
¡°I believe you and I both know this very well.¡±
¡°One more thing, after reaching the semi-sage realm, you don¡¯t need the top-grade immortal spring.¡±
¡°No Half-Saint woulde to get this kind of thing.¡±
Daluo Supremacy¡¯s words were like a wake-up call for everyone present.
Yes, if the other party was a Half-Saint, there was no need to use such despicable methods.
They couldn¡¯t stop them if they attacked directly, and neither could those source beasts.
¡°So that guy must have some kind of concealment technique or treasure.¡±
¡°I see. I was shocked by that guy.¡±
¡°If that¡¯s all, then we¡¯ll have to take revenge.¡±
¡°Good!¡±
After a discussion, the group of Daluo Venerables who had suffered losses decided to ask the Half-Saints of Extreme Yang Pce to help them deduce this matter. They had to figure it out!
Soon, this matter was brought to the attention of a Half-Saint of the Extreme Yang Pce.
This Half-Saint was a Half-Saint who was good at deduction in Extreme Yang Pce.
At the request of many Daluo Venerables and after paying a sufficient price, Third Sun Half-Saint agreed to help.
¡°Please wait for a moment. I¡¯ll start deducing for you now.¡±
In Extreme Yang Pce, Half-Saint Third Sun began to deduce the situation very efficiently after he agreed to the request.
Many pictures and nomologicalws shed in front of him. At this moment, Third Sun Half-Saint seemed to have entered a strange state. Three suns rose behind him.
The three suns shone brightly and illuminated each other. Many scenes were also produced by the suns.
Half-Saint Three Suns looked rxed at first, and he was confident about it.
However, as time passed, his expression became more and more solemn.
He muttered in his heart, What¡¯s going on? Why couldn¡¯t he deduce the other party¡¯s location?
The other party had onlye to the Immortal Realm with an avatar. What about his main body?
Half-Saint Third Sun easily locked onto Su Yang¡¯s avatar, but no matter how hard he tried, he couldn¡¯t lock onto Su Yang¡¯s actual body.
This strange situation shocked Sanyang Half-Saint.
An extremely impossible guess appeared in his mind.
Could it be¡This human cultivator¡¯s true body wasn¡¯t in this world.
Could it be that he came down from the Upper Realm?
Was it a four-dimensional world or an inner world?
Half-Saint Sanyang slowly opened his eyes under the expectant gazes of the Daluo Venerables.
¡°Senior Third Sun, how is the situation?¡±
Half-Saint Third Sun looked at him slowly and said calmly, ¡°¡±l¡¯ve deduced it, but I haven¡¯t deduced it¡
As soon as he said this, all the Daluo Supremacies present were stunned.
What was the meaning of this?
¡°The other party is only a clone walking in this world. I can¡¯t deduce where the main body is. Whether it¡¯s because of the treasures he has or because of his own strength, you can¡¯t provoke him anymore.¡±
Half-Saint Third Sun warned these Daluo Venerables and then disappeared. He didn¡¯t need to exin too much because these Daluo Venerables had paid the price.
For a moment, the remaining ten perfected Zenith Heaven cultivators looked at each other.
They naturally listened to Third Sun Half-Saint¡¯s warning andpletely gave up the idea of finding trouble with Su Yang.
If they said that they couldn¡¯t afford to offend him for half their lives, then why did they still provoke him?
They were unhappy, but it didn¡¯t mean that they were stupid.
Under such circumstances, they could only give up.
¡°But where did Third Sun Half-Saint go?¡±
While everyone was confused, Half-Saint Third Sun appeared in front of Su Yang¡¯s clone in a sh.
Origin Sea.
Su Yang was originally heading to the ce where the immortal meridians condensed.
He was preparing to collect supreme-grade Immortal veins, which was one of the requirements for the Grand Xia to advance.
Halfway through, an utmost powerful being slowly appeared in the void in front of him.
The other party traversed through space and unintentionally emitted a terrifying aura. It was enough to let Su Yang understand that their strength was not on the same level.
Only a Half-Saint or a Saint Realm expert could do this.
No matter which one it was, it was not important. What was important was why the other party was stopping him.
Half-Saint Sanyang looked at Su Yang and said slowly,¡±¡±l¡¯m Third Sun, a Half-Saint of Extreme Yang Pce. Your real body is not in this world. I want to know if you¡¯re from the four-dimensional world or the inner world.¡±
Su Yang obtained a lot of information from the other party, but he felt that the other party seemed to have misunderstood something.
Chapter 321 - 321: Saint Stage Evil God, Ten Layers of Closed Loop!
Chapter 321 - 321: Saint Stage Evil God, Ten Layers of Closed Loop!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Origin Sea
Su Yang and Sanyang Half-Saint were opposing each other.
¡°Inner world¡Four-dimensional world?¡±
Su Yang looked at Half-Saint Third Sun.¡± I¡¯m not from either of these ces, so I¡¯m not afraid of the universe¡¯s consciousness.¡¯
This surprised Half-Saint Three Sun.
It didn¡¯te from those two ces? Then this person¡¯s true body¡Where?
Universe?
Or was the other party deceiving him?
After pondering for a moment, Half-Saint Sanyang looked at Su Yang deeply.
¡°Since that¡¯s the case, I naturally can¡¯t interfere in this matter. However, isn¡¯t it a bit too much for you to harm a member of my Extreme Yang Pce?¡±
¡°I only seized some top-grade immortal springs. What¡¯s wrong with that?¡± Su Yang said indifferently. As for the members of your Extreme Yang Pce, that has nothing to do with me. Don¡¯t use me of anything.¡±
¡°Since you can lock onto my position, you can naturally deduce the specific reason.¡±
¡°From the beginning to the end, I did not deliberately harm the Extreme Yang Pce. I only took what I needed.¡±
In the face of Su Yang¡¯s answer, Half-Saint Third Sun could not refute it for a moment. The result he deduced was indeed so.
At this moment, Su Yang and Half-Saint Sanyang looked at the distant sky at the same time.
What was that?
The two of them raised their heads and looked over. In the distant sky, a ck cloud was rapidly sweeping toward them.
Evil aura pervaded the air. It was definitely not a good thing.
Before the two of them could figure it out, this ck cloud appeared above them. At the same time, under this ck cloud, there was endless ck qi that directly enveloped the two of them.
In just an instant, the space waspletely shrouded in ck fog.
Although Su Yang¡¯s consciousness was clear, he could not control his avatar and could only let this power manipte him. This power gave him a familiar feeling.
Evil God¡The closed-loop world¡
This feeling was exactly the same as when he entered the closed-loop world.
However, he was now in the depths of the Sea of Origin. How could he be sucked into the closed-loop world?
When the darkness in front of him gradually dissipated, the control of his body gradually returned.
A brand new environment appeared in front of Su Yang.
This was a small vige in the mountains.
It was daytime.
Now, his Daluo Sword Essence had beenpletely suppressed and could not be used at all.
It wasn¡¯t like the closed loop world of the Evil God where it could be forcefully used.
Fortunately, other than his Daluo Sword Essence, he still had the four-dimensional sword essence.
Therefore, even now, he was notpletely powerless.
This situation made him very certain that he had entered the Evil God¡¯s closed -loop world.
But why?
He was clearly in the depths of the Origin Sea, but he was still sucked in. Wasn¡¯t this too unreasonable?
He was not the only cultivator who had appeared in this small mountain vige. There were other cultivators as well.
Su Yang used his divine soul to envelop the entire small mountain vige.
Under the scan of his divine soul, there were a total of thirteen cultivators.
Half-Saint Third Sun was among them.
Among the thirteen cultivators, three of them were humans, while the remaining ten were from other races.
From their confused eyes, Su Yang could be very sure that these people were not existences in the closed-loop world.
This discovery also made Su Yang¡¯s heart skip a beat. This closed-loop world did not seem simple.
Based on the confusion in their eyes, it could be confirmed that they were all forcefully teleported to this closed-loop world.
So how big was this closed-loop world?
Was it just the entire depths of the Origin Sea or¡The entire Origin Sea?
These were secondary for the time being. The most ridiculous thing was that Su Yang found that he had no way to forcefully leave this closed-loop world unless he directly abandoned his avatar.
He condensed another avatar and entered the Immortal Realm again.
Su Yang did not do so immediately. He wanted to see what this closed-loop world was up to.
He could abandon his clone and leave this closed-loop world, but other cultivators could not do so.
Wouldn¡¯t he die here?
Su Yang¡¯s heart skipped a beat. This crisis was probably harder than he had expected.
Just as Su Yang was puzzled, a voice sounded in his mind.
[I am the consciousness of the universe. Cultivators, this crisis is caused by an evil god who has entered the Saint Realm¡]
This Saint Stage Evil God used his powerful strength and joined forces with hundreds of millions of Evil Gods to construct ten closed-loop worlds, enveloping the entire depths of the Sea of Source. All cultivators in the depths of the Sea of Source cannot avoid it and cannot escape by force.
[Now, you only have two choices.]
First, break through the tenyers of the closed-loop world and survive.
Second, die in this closed-loop world.
[This Saint Realm Evil God¡¯s main goal is the Spring of the Origin. We must not let him seed. Do your best to survive and shatter this closed loop world.]
[Contact many closed-loop life forms and explore more areas. I will provide you with all the help I can.]
As the voice in his mind gradually disappeared, a virtual panel appeared in front of Su Yang.
[First Level Closed Loop] [Smash Requirement: Eliminate the existence in the darkness.]
[Time limit: 3 days]
[Activity Area: Mountain Vige]
[Danger Level: Lv 6 Qi Cultivation Realm]
This was the guidance given to them by the universe¡¯s consciousness, telling them the main direction to attack.
At the same time, he also told them the danger level.
If that was the case, it would not be of much help to cultivators whose strength had beenpletely sealed..
Chapter 322 - 322: Saint Realm Evil God, Ten Layers of Closed Loop! (2)
Chapter 322 - 322: Saint Realm Evil God, Ten Layers of Closed Loop! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Even if he told them the direction, if they did not have enough strength, they would still die in the closed-loop world.
Su Yang did not have to worry about his own safety, but he had to admit that this closed- loop world was extremely dangerous.
¡°Saint level evil god? The target is the Source Spring?¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t this something I need too?¡±
Su Yang instantly reacted. He seemed to need this thing too.
If he could break this closed loop world, would he have a chance to get the Source Spring?
Su Yang¡¯s mind started to move. However, with his current strength, even his level 90 four-dimensional sword intent was not enough to deal with the Saint Evil God.
With the appearance of the universe consciousness, the other 13 cultivators who had arrived with Su Yang also understood their current situation.
Instantly, the thirteen cultivators ¡®expressions changed drastically.
They were forcefully pulled into the closed-loop world and could not exit. They had only two choices: live or die.
This situation that had never happened before made them feel a little panic.
Right now, they were feeling very bad.
However, these thirteen cultivators had cultivated to this realm and had seen many storms.
Now, they had no choice but to act ording to the rules of the closed-loop world.
Looking for a chance of survival in the closed-loop world.
Other than the 14 of them, there were 124 other vigers in the vige.
Su Yang could clearly feel that some vigers were very special and were probably the key to breaking the situation.
However, this was a glimmer of hope for others, so Su Yang did not care at all.
With his current four-dimensional sword intent, he could easily resolve the crisis of the sixth qiyer.
ording to the information provided by the universe¡¯s consciousness, this danger came from the darkness, which meant that it would only appear at night.
However, even if it could be solved now, Su Yang did not intend to solve it immediately.
He wanted to wait until thest day.
As for why¡That was naturally to stall for time.
Although his four-dimensional sword intent had reached level 90, which was the Nascent Soul realm, he was still in the Nascent Soul realm.
However, he was still too weakpared to the Saint Realm Evil God.
Even in the closed-loop world, a Saint Realm Evil God could have the strength of the Great Vehicle Stage.
Fortunately, this Saint Realm Evil God would only appear in the tenth level of the closed-loop world. Now that he was only in the first level of the closed-loop world, he still had time to increase his strength.
In the universe, the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect were continuously providing him with four-dimensional sword intent.
This was the reason why he had enough confidence.
It was precisely because of this that he needed to dy time until his four-dimensional sword essence reached the Great Vehicle Stage.
For every closed-loop world, Su Yang would only clear it at thest moment.
After arranging the n, Su Yang did not care so much.
In his own house, he enjoyed himself.
On the other side, the thirteen cultivators had already begun to move.
They knew the terror of the closed-loop world and knew that they could not take any wrong step. Otherwise, they would fall into a bottomless abyss and be eternally consigned to eternal damnation. There was no possibility of turning over a new leaf.
For this reason, the thirteen cultivators were all focused.
As they continued to move around the mountain vige, the thirteen of them learned of each other¡¯s existence. At the same time, they strengthened each other and joined forces.
Half-Saint Third Sun looked at the thirteen people gathered together and said,¡±
It seems that we are the ones who entered the first closed loop.¡±
¡°Fellow Daoists, I¡¯m sure you know how terrifying a secluded cultivation world is. I wonder if you have any four-dimensional magic treasures?¡±
Four-dimensional magical equipment was something that could be dropped from an Evil God¡¯s body after attacking a closed-loop world.
Generally, cultivators who often attacked the closed-loop world would definitely have such things on them.
This was also a test by Half-Saint Third Sun. He wanted to see if there were any powerful cultivators among them.
Unfortunately, the thirteen cultivators looked at each other and shook their heads.
Everyone shook their heads in unison and fell silent. This was not good news. In other words, none of them often attacked the closed-loop world.
This was very disadvantageous to them.
It could be said to be the worst situation.
Half-Saint Third Sun could only say helplessly,¡± If that¡¯s the case, we¡¯ll be in danger. Everyone, let¡¯s move quickly. Let¡¯s see where our chance of survival lies in this Mountain Vige.¡±
¡°If you discover anything, you can share it with us.¡±
¡°I have a discovery that I can share with you first.¡±
¡® Try toe into contact with the life in the Closed Loop World as much as possible, including exploring the unknown regions. As long as we encounter a life force that can allow us to pass through the Closed Loop World, the universe¡¯s consciousness will give us a hint and tell us what to do.¡±
¡® This is what the universe¡¯s consciousness said, to help us as much as
possible.¡±
Half-Saint Third Sun¡¯s words made the eyes of the other twelve cultivators light up.
This was great news for them.
¡°Phew¡ Finally, there¡¯s good news. This way, we won¡¯t be like headless flies, missing out on many opportunities.¡±
¡± In that case, let¡¯s explore the entire Mountain Vige first. As long as we don¡¯t miss any corner, we will have a chance to survive.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right.¡±
After exchanging some information, the thirteen cultivators immediately got into action..
Chapter 323 - 323: Saint Realm Evil God, Ten Layers of Closed Loop! (3)
Chapter 323 - 323: Saint Realm Evil God, Ten Layers of Closed Loop! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
They didn¡¯t have any other trump cards, so they couldn¡¯t waste any time.
ording to the firstyer of closed-loop information given by the universe consciousness, the danger came at night.
It was noon, so they still had time.
No matter what these people did, Su Yang was sitting leisurely in his room and enjoying himself.
After a period of time, one of the cultivators came to his house to interact with him.
However, he did not know that Su Yang was not a life form from the closed -loop world.
¡°Brother, do you need any help?¡±
¡°No need.¡±
¡°Uh¡ Your house¡¯s environment is quite unique. Let me take a look¡¡±
After being rejected, Half-Saint Third Sun didn¡¯t leave immediately. He chose to walk around Su Yang¡¯s house to see if he could find anything else.
Su Yang did not stop him and just let him take a look.
He casually dealt with it and did not let the other party discover anything unusual.
It was not intentional. It was not important whether he hid his identity or not.
It was just that Su Yang was toozy to interact with him.
In the blink of an eye, it was night time.
As night fell, the temperature plummeted.
The other cultivators whose strength waspletely suppressed could already feel a bone-piercing cold.
Fortunately, after half a day of exploration, they thought they had found the source of life.
In the middle of the vige, there was a special room where thirteen cultivators were all squeezed together.
The temperature in this room did not change, and they did not feel the bone-chilling cold outside.
Unlike these cultivators, Su Yang was still in the house where he had just descended.
With his Nascent Soul realm strength, a mere cold naturally could not affect him.
As time passed, it waste at night.
Half-Saint Third Sun and the others guarded the room.
The main structure of this house was made of Red Sun Wood.
After a day of exploration, they had already found the key to breaking through the situation. As long as they were given time, their strength would gradually increase to the sixth level of Qi Refinement.
However, they didn¡¯t have enough time, so they could only stay in this house and use the power of this house to help them resist the danger at night.
It waste at night.
All the vigers in the vige had already fallen asleep.
But with the first scream, the entire vige woke up from its silence.
Half-Saint Sanyang and the others understood.
Danger wasing!
Now, it was up to them to see if the house they had fought for could help them survive the first two nights.
As long as they survived the first two nights, they would be able to use the various resources they had collected this afternoon to raise their strength in this closed-loop world to the sixth level of the Refinement Realm and break through the situation.
As time passed, the screams outside became louder and louder. asionally, they stopped.
Third Sun Half-Saint sensed that the being in the darkness must be outside their house.
Other than Half-Saint Third Sun, the other cultivators also felt this.
Everyone held their breath and did not dare to breathe. They looked nervously at the door and paid attention to everything around them.
Fortunately, what they were worried about did not happen, which made them heave a sigh of relief.
Because after a while, the screams outside continued.
Su Yang, who was resting in the house, also felt a cold airing from outside the house.
He raised his head slightly and looked outside. It was a strange life form.
It had the appearance of a human, but its body was covered with tree roots. They continued to pierce through like a tree root turning into a human.
¡°Get lost!¡± Su Yang frowned and shouted.
As soon as the word fell, a terrifying sound wave swept out and directly hit the strange life form. In an instant, it sent him flying and smashed into a house. The entire house copsed in an instant.
¡°Hiss!¡±
Suddenly, a strange scream resounded throughout the entire Mountain Vige.
Half-Saint Sanyang and the others who were hiding in the middle of the vige panicked.
Why was this sound getting stranger and stranger?
Was this something a human could post?
After Su Yang resolved this crisis, he continued to rest, preparing to stall for time until his four-dimensional sword intent became stronger.
However, as time passed, midnight passed.
The entire closed-loop world became illusory.
Su Yang was keenly aware of this.
What had happened?
Soon, Su Yang lost control of his body again and was pushed out of the closed -loop world.
He returned to the original location of the Origin Sea.
Half-Saint Sanyang appeared in front of him.
This¡
Su Yang looked at the sky of the Origin Sea and saw that it had returned to its original appearance.
This meant that those evil gods had already left.
Didn¡¯t that mean that the evil god¡¯s n had seeded?
The Source Spring was taken away by that Saint Realm Evil God?
Even though he did not know the exact situation, Su Yang estimated that it was the case. Otherwise, the Heretic God would not have retreated.
Half-Saint Sanyangs expression kept changing. He didn¡¯tmunicate with Su Yang and disappeared in the next moment.
After a moment of silence, Su Yang did not stay here and continued to search for the supreme-grade immortal meridian ording to his n.
As for the Spring of the Origin, it wasn¡¯t something he could n for now. Since it had already been taken away by the Saint Realm Evil God, there was no need to worry about it.
Although the universe consciousness had said that it was dangerous, it seemed like they couldn¡¯t force their way out.
However, the Saint Realm Evil God could throw them out.
He just didn¡¯t know what would happen after the Holy Land Evil God took the Source Spring.
Judging from the universe consciousness¡¯s tone, it didn¡¯t seem to be too good.
Chapter 324 - 324: Everyone, Do You Dare to Enter the Trap?
Chapter 324 - 324: Everyone, Do You Dare to Enter the Trap?
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
immortal realms
After the Saint Realm Evil God made his move, the thirteen Sacred Sovereigns in the Immortal Realm noticed this at the same time.
¡°Saint Stage Evil God¡Why can¡¯t you just stay put?¡±
¡°If this continues, who will be the true ruler of the entire Immortal Realm?¡±
In a divine court wrapped in milky white chains, a Sacred Sovereign looked outside.
His eyes seemed to contain the entire Immortal Realm.
Nothing in the Immortal Realm could escape his eyes.
This included what the Saint Realm Evil God had just done.
In the void, there seemed to be other existences who heard the Sacred Sovereign¡¯s words.
Some words came from the void.
That was a conversation that only The Lord could hear.
¡°Sacred Sovereign Order, I¡¯m afraid we can¡¯t dy any longer. Instead of letting the evil god continue to grow, it¡¯s better to take a gamble.¡±
¡± When these evil gods gather what they¡¯re missing and step into the Great Dao
Realm, we won¡¯t have a chance.¡±
¡°Saint Venerable Extreme Yang is right. Instead of letting them continue to grow, it¡¯s better to take a gamble.¡±
¡® That¡¯s right. Rather than dying slowly, it¡¯s better to fight to the death. At least we still have the strength to fight now.¡±
¡°In that case, fellow Daoists, let¡¯s discuss how we should go all out and fight..
Voices kept ringing in the void. They were voices that only Saint Realm experts could hear.
They kept discussing, denying, and proposing¡
In the end, there was an extremely firm voice.
¡°Fellow Daoists, do you dare to y big?¡±
¡°How is it?¡±
¡® Using the war in the universe as the base point, pull them into the four-dimensional world, pull them into the Evil Gods, pull them into the Celestial Realm¡¡±
¡°Once you achieve Dao, you will die and your Dao will disappear!¡±
¡°Do you dare to enter the trap?¡±
¡°Hahaha¡ Interesting, interesting, why not!¡± ¡°If Sacred Sovereign Order has made such a choice, what do we have to fear?¡± ¡°Entering the game¡Then let¡¯s enter the game!¡±
¡± In this situation, the Great Dao has appeared, and the ruler has appeared. He will be the master of this universe!¡±
¡°It should be like this¡lt¡¯s been dragged on for too long.¡±
¡± Then let¡¯s do it. With the war in the universe as the base point, pull in the four-dimensional world, the Evil Gods, the Celestial Realm, the cultivators¡
¡°With the lives of the two worlds as the game, the winner will be respected!¡± ¡± The master of the fixed universe, break the shackles of the Celestial Realm!¡± In the void, thirteen voices alternated as if they had made a decision.
After a moment of silence, a thought resounded throughout the Immortal Realm.
This time, it was a voice that all the cultivators in the Lower Province could hear.
[The seventh round of the space war is starting¡]
[The Thirteen Saints of the Immortal Realm can only be activated when seven
Saints are willing to participate. After activation, the battle rules can be set.]
¡°Saint Venerable Extreme Yang is willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Sacred Sovereign Order is willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Sacred Sovereign Netherworld is willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Divine Power Sacred Sovereign, I¡¯m willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Space-time Sacred Sovereign, you¡¯re willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Saint Venerable Destruction is willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Sacred Sovereign Creation is willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Yin-yang Sacred Sovereign, willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Sacred Sovereign Devour is willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Human Dao Sacred Sovereign, willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Sacred Sovereign Star Devouring is willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Undying Saint Venerable, I¡¯m willing to join the game!¡± ¡°Saint Venerable Tian Chong is willing to join the game!¡± Countless cultivators were shocked and did not understand why the war in the universe had suddenly started.
This was never something that could be easily decided.
There must be a reason for this.
However, they did not know.
At this moment, Su Yang, who was heading to the gathering ce of the immortal meridians, also stopped.
He looked at the sky.
The war in the universe started again. He didn¡¯t expect it to happen at this time.
Su Yang thought that after he became stronger, he would personally start a war in the universe and sweep away all the races.
He would lead the human race to be the strongest in the universe.
Now, it seemed that all the things that he had thought about were just thoughts. Only reality was true.
But now¡What would happen in this space war?
The thirteen Saints joined forces to activate¡
Su Yang had a feeling that this matter might have something to do with the Saint Realm evil god that had just happened.
Otherwise, it would be too much of a coincidence for the war to start right after this incident.
The following rules of the battle made Su Yang even more certain of this.
With the agreement of the thirteen Sacred Sovereigns, it was time to formte the rules of the battle.
From this moment on, voices could be heard in the void.
¡± The space battle has been sessfully initiated. Please specify the location of the battle.¡±
¡°The location of the battle was formed by the fusion of the Immortal Realm and the four-dimensional world. The resources of the two worlds were concentrated, and the evil gods and cultivators participated in it to create the battlefield.
[The location of the battle is being determined. Unknown power is changing¡ Change ineffective, forced lock, battle location confirmed, Celestial Realm and
Four-Dimensional World partially merged to form the Celestial Dimension Realm, high-level resources from both realms descend on the battlefield, please formte three battle rules]
¡® Rule 1: Evil Gods are unable to use the closed loop world in the Immortal Dimension Realm. Immortal energy can kill Evil Gods. Killing Evil Gods will earn points based on their strength, and the final winner of the universe war will be determined by the points.¡±
[Rule 1 is being confirmed¡] Failure confirmed, four-dimensional power intervened, and the rules were re-established¡Changing¡ Changeplete.] [Rule 1: The Immortal Dimension is divided into three regions: the Dark Regions, the Wilderness, and the Immortal Domain. Immortal cultivators can obtain points by killing evil gods, and evil gods can also obtain points by killing immortal cultivators. The points determine the winner. Along the way, they can use the points to exchange for cultivation resources.]
[Dark Regions: The main gathering ce of Evil Gods. Evil Gods can use four-dimensional power. Immortal Cultivators can only use four-dimensional power when they enter.]
[Wilderness: Immortal Realm, the ce where the resources of the four-dimensional world descend. The four-dimensional power and the immortal power are of the same level and can kill each other.]
[Celestial Realm: A ce where immortal cultivators gather. Evil Gods can only use immortal power when they enter.]
The voice in the void slowly fell, and the first rule waspletely fixed..
Chapter 325 - 325: Everyone, Do You Dare to Enter the Trap? (2)
Chapter 325 - 325: Everyone, Do You Dare to Enter the Trap? (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The sudden change did not surprise the thirteen Saints of the Immortal Realm.
They had dragged all the Evil Gods in the four-dimensional world down with them, so they naturally had to pay a corresponding price.
They were already mentally prepared for this.
The voice sounded again.
¡® Rule number two, Immortal Cultivators can use the four-dimensional energy obtained from killing Evil Gods to fuse with the Immortal Dao energy.¡±
[Confirming Rule 2¡] Four-dimensional force interfering, changing¡Changeplete.]
¡® Rule 2: Four-dimensional cultivation items and immortal resources will descend from the wilderness. Immortal cultivators can refine them directly and fuse them into their immortal energy to change the attributes of their energy. It is the same for evil gods who obtain immortal resources. When the four-dimensional energy or immortal energy has not reached the upper limit of their own energy, they can directly digest it.¡±
Just like Rule One, Rule Two was also changed.
The Zenith Heaven Evil God obtained immortal resources and could directly digest them until he reached the Zenith Heaven True Immortal Realm.
When immortal cultivators obtained four-dimensional resources, they could also directly increase their four-dimensional realm until they were on par with the power of the immortal path.
However, there was nothing they could do. They could notin and could only ept it.
The appearance of this rule made Su Yang a little puzzled.
The definition of four-dimensional power was even more vague.
If this was a higher level power, why would it be pulled down by the power of the immortal path?
If this was a higher level of power, why would the evil gods need to cultivate the power of the immortal path?
The spections in his mind before seemed to have been overturned by himyer byyer at this moment.
Everything¡lt didn¡¯t seem to be as simple as he thought.
¡® Rule 3: Set the time for the battle. Ten million years. Condition for participation: True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.¡±
If they wanted to use this opportunity to kill Evil Gods and upy the four-dimensional world, the longer the better.
As time passed, they would have enough time to cultivate.
In space battles, their cultivation speed was definitely faster than the evil gods.
That was the home ground of the Immortal Cultivators.
However¡ The Evil God naturally wouldn¡¯t let the 13 Saints have their way.
[Rule 3 is being formted¡Four-dimensional forces are interfering, changing the rules¡Changeplete.]
[Rule 3: The duration of the universe war is 100 years! The condition for participation is a True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven!]
[The rules of the universe battle have been formted. Activating¡]
[The Immortal Dimension has been sessfully condensed. Evil Gods and
Immortal Cultivators can enter the game on their own after reaching the Perfected Immortal Realm.]
[The victor of this battle will obtain the control of the Immortal Realm and the four-dimensional world.]
The voice gradually disappeared, and the matter temporarily came to an end.
In the sky, where all the cultivators of the Immortal Realm could see, a brand new world gradually took shape.
Even if no one exined, they all knew.
That was the Immortal Dimension Realm, the location of this universe war.
This universe war wasn¡¯tpulsory, and everyone didn¡¯t have to participate.
However, every cultivator knew that this cosmic war was more important than any of the previous six.
This time, there would only be a winner. There would be no failure, no end in sight..
If the immortal cultivators of the Immortal Realm won, it would be fine.
If the Evil God won, then the Celestial Realm would be finished and would fall into the Evil God¡¯s hands.
This matter that would affect the Immortal Realm and all cultivators was decided by the Thirteen Sages.
Those who had not reached the Saint Realm were not even qualified to give their opinions.
It was very unfair to therge number of Immortal Cultivators.
However, this was the truth. In this world, only the strong had the right to speak.
Everything was decided with a single word from the utmost powerful being.
In this ce, there was no fairness. What mattered was strength.
If you have the strength, you can also use your own strength to fight against anything you don¡¯t want.
But if there was none, they could only obey.
Su Yang looked at the Immortal Dimension Realm and muttered, ¡°The battle in the universe¡¡± I definitely have to participate in this.¡±
¡°However, a hundred years is still too early. It doesn¡¯t matter when we join.¡± ¡°Only strength can decide everything.¡±
¡± I just don¡¯t know if the points can be exchanged for resources. Will there be any resources that I need?¡±
Just as this thought appeared in Su Yang¡¯s mind, a panel appeared in front of him.
[Points Obtained]
[Da Luo: Beginner 1 point, Intermediate 2 points, Advanced 3 points, Perfection 5 points]
[Half-saint: Beginner 100 points, Intermediate 500 points, Advanced 1000 points, Perfection 3000 points]
[Saint Realm: Initial Stage 100 ,ooo points, Intermediate Stage 300 ,ooo points, Advanced Stage 500,000 points, Perfection Stage 1,000,000 points]
[Remark: Evil Gods can only kill Immortal Cultivators. Immortal Cultivators can only kill Evil Gods.]
There was only one way to obtain points, and that was to kill.
This was because only True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven and above had entered the Immortal Dimension World.
Therefore, there were only three realms.
None of this was important. Su Yang opened the interface and looked for the resources he needed.
[Top-grade immortal meridian: 100 points per meridian] [Top-grade foundation-type connate spirit nt: 10,000 points per nt]
[Top-tier Rule Cornerstone: 1,000 points per piece] [Origin Spring Eye: 100,000 points per serving]
[Saint-level Law Heart: 100,000 points per copy]
The items required for the advancement of the Grand Xia could all be exchanged for with points.
This was great news for Su Yang.
Through the exchange ratio of points, Su Yang could clearly see some problems.
In this universe war, it seemed that the ones who suffered the most casualties were the Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
Whether it was the Evil Gods or the Immortal Cultivators, the ones who suffered the most casualties were the True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
This was an existence akin to cannon fodder.
They didn¡¯t have the right to choose. The various major powers would definitely request that True Immortals from their side participate.
This was a major event that would engulf the two realms, and they had no way of escaping.
He did not know if it was luck or misfortune for existences below Zenith Heaven.
He was lucky because he didn¡¯t have to participate in the brutal ughter.
Unfortunately, he didn¡¯t even have a chance to fight for himself.
The main battlefield of the Evil Gods and Immortal Cultivators would definitely be the wilderness at the start.
The resources of the two realms that descended from the wilderness were things that evil gods and immortal cultivators fought over.
Both sides needed resources to umte and wait for the final battle.
The resources he obtained in the Immortal Dimension Realm could be quickly digested and directly increased his strength.
The existence thatpleted the transformation would be able to charge into the ce where the other party gathered.
After the Evil Godpleted the transformation of its power, it could enter the Immortal Realm and kill immortal cultivators.
After the Immortal Cultivatorspleted the transformation of their powers, they could charge into the Dark Regions and kill Evil Gods.
Whoever won would be the first toplete the transformation.
Within a hundred years, the party thatpleted the transformation to a higher degree would definitely be the winner.
Therefore, in these hundred years, the wilderness would be the most tragic battlefield for both sides.
They had to fight, and they could only fight!
After roughly understanding the rules, Su Yang could understand the importance of this space war.
Under normal circumstances, if Su Yang was only a Perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortal in a hundred years, he would not be able to affect this universe battle.
However¡ However, Su Yang was different.
A hundred years in the Immortal Realm¡The Saint Realm was enough.
Now, a problem was ced in front of him.
Could his clone enter the Immortal Dimension World?
If his clone could enter the Immortal Dimension Realm, then the other cultivators could as well.
If his clone couldn¡¯t enter the Immortal Dimension Realm, then he would have to consider whether he should enter the Immortal Dimension Realm.
He didn¡¯t want to take risks with his main body for the time being.
¡°Then let¡¯s take a look first¡
Su Yang directly tried tomunicate with the Immortal Dimension Realm.
Now that the universe battlefield had been formed, they could enter it directly throughmunication.
[Detected that the immortal cultivator is an avatar. He has 70% of the main body¡¯s strength. The avatar¡¯sws have reached the realm of a Perfected Immortal. Passed. You can enter.]
When this voice sounded, Su Yang¡¯s heart skipped a beat.
His conditions were just right.
Other cultivators or evil gods should be able to use such conditions to allow their avatars to enter the Celestial Realm.
Although his strength was just right, it was definitely not a coincidence. Whether it was a coincidence or not, this was exactly what he wanted.
Then he would enter the Immortal Dimension Realm to see how this cosmic war would unfold.
Since the avatar could enter, Su Yang naturally had nothing to hesitate about.
In the next moment, Su Yang¡¯s avatar disappeared from where he was and instantly entered the Immortal Dimension World.
At the same time, in the four-dimensional world, in the Immortal Realm. Many Perfected Immortals entered one after another.
The four-dimensional world¡lt was not a high-level world, but a world with special powers.
To the four-dimensional world, the Immortal Realm was also special.
The two worlds were different, yet simr.
In the end, all paths lead to the same destination.
Chapter 326 - 326: Immortal Dimension Realm!
Chapter 326 - 326: Immortal Dimension Realm!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Current Location: No. 1, Immortal Realm 97 Cities
Current Stage: First Stage: 1,000 evil dens and 1,000 immortal cultivator cities.
[The first stage willst for a year. During the first stage, the 97 cities of the Immortal Realm will correspond to Evil Lair No. 97. The party that obtains the most killing points in a year will win. The winning party will continue to enter the second stage, and the losing party will not be able to enter Evil Lair No. 1.]
Destroying the enemy¡¯s stronghold in advance will also bring us to the next stage.
From now on, any existence can see the points ranking. It is divided into three parts: the Immortal Cultivator ranking, the Evil God ranking, and the overall ranking.
As Su Yang entered No. 1, he immediately received all the information about this space battle.
The information he received after entering was far moreprehensive than the information he received in the outside world.
At the very least, he didn¡¯t know about these 1,000 evil caves and 1,000 cities of Xiuxianists when they were in the outside world. Moreover, this cosmic war wasn¡¯t resolved in one go. It was divided into many stages.
Right now, he was only in the first stage.
If they wanted to obtain victory in the first stage and enter the second stage, they had to defeat the Evil Den within the specified time.
Or he could directly destroy the entire evilir with his powerful strength.
Whether he could do it or not was not mentioned for the time being. At the very least, this was the requirement.
Other than that, there was no more information or hints.
Now, Su Yang was in a room in the city of immortal cultivators.
He could sense that in an instant, arge number of cultivators had appeared in the entire 97 cities.
Even if one had to reach the True Immortal Realm of Zenith Heaven to participate in this cosmic war, it still couldn¡¯t stop the immortal cultivators who had umted for tens of millions of years in the entire Immortal Realm.
It had been tens of millions of years since thest war.
The resources in the entire Immortal Realm were not scarce. Instead, they were extremely huge.
In other words, the number of Saint Realm experts had always been fixed at thirteen, and the number of Half-Saints and Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven had always been increasing.
No one knew the exact number.
But now, the number of cultivators who had entered Immortal Cultivator City #97 had already reached a million.
And this number was still increasing, soon reaching three million.
This was one of the thousand cities of the Immortal Cultivators.
If this number was magnified by a thousand times, there would be at least three billion Perfected Immortals.
However, if this number was included in the entire universe, it seemed to be fine.
Su Yang didn¡¯t know how many Half-Saints there were, but True Immortals of the Zenith Heaven were the minimum requirement to enter, so there were at least three million True Immortals of the Zenith Heaven in City 97.
Su Yang understood the situation on his side, but he did not have specific information about the situation in the evilir.
In the past, it was very difficult for evil gods to enter the Immortal Realm. They had to leave the four-dimensional world and enter the Immortal Realm again.
There wereyers of obstacles, so only a small portion of Evil Gods could enter the Celestial Realm from the four-dimensional world.
Now that the 13 Saints of the Immortal Realm had directly pulled the entire four-dimensional world into this cosmic war, the evil gods of the four-dimensional world could easily participate in this cosmic war.
No one knew how many evil gods there were in the entire four-dimensional world. They could not even count how many Perfected Immortals there were in the Immortal Realm, let alone the evil gods in the four-dimensional world.
They would only know the details after the battle.
Su Yang did not care too much about this.
No matter how many there were, it was ultimately a matter of strength. As long as his strength far exceeded the other party¡¯s realm, then even if the other party had trillions, he could easily kill them alone.
In this world where one had absolute individual power, quantity was not a very important issue.
Now that he had already participated in this cosmic war, what he should think about was how to win. Then, the first thing he should do was to go to the wilderness to obtain resources to increase his strength.
The rules were already very clear when they were outside. The evil gods had a stronghold, and the Immortal Cultivators had a stronghold. All kinds of high-level resources from the two worlds would descend in the wilderness. They needed to fight for resources in the wilderness and kill each other.
This was not a white-hot battle from the beginning. There was still a
possibility of increasing his strength throughout the entire process.
As long as he could increase his strength in this process, then everything could still be changed.
Before the world was determined, everything would change.
Although Su Yang was very confident in his strength, he was still a little worried.
How strong was the city of cultivators that he had joinedpared to the evilir?
This seemed to be random, and he did not know how the Immortal Cultivators allocated the resources.
If there were no Saint Realm experts in his city, then wouldn¡¯t it be over if there were Saint Realm evil gods in the Evil Grotto?
Moreover, he did not know how many Saint Realm Evil Gods there were.
Now, he could only pray that he would not be so unlucky to encounter an evilir with a Saint Realm evil god as an opponent.
Otherwise, no matter how fast his strength increased, he was not confident that he could increase his strength to the Saint Realm within a month.
Of course, it was just that he did not have absolute confidence. If such a situation really happened, a month in the Immortal Realm might be enough for him to fight with his full strength in the universe.
Just as Su Yang was thinking, he suddenly felt all kinds of powerful energy auras emerging outside the city.
Su Yang¡¯s divine sense enveloped it..
Chapter 327 - 327: Immortal Dimension Realm! (2)
Chapter 327 - 327: Immortal Dimension Realm! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
He discovered that there were many energy vortexes appearing in the wilderness. At the same time, there were alsorge amounts of cultivation resourcesing out of the energy vortexes.
There were cultivation resources from the Immortal Realm and the four-dimensional world.
The resources of the two worlds kept emerging from it.
There weren¡¯t many of these energy vortexes.
There were only four to five thousand of them.
This didn¡¯t sound like a small amount, but in front of three million True Immortals of Zenith Heaven, it was pitifully small.
Moreover, other than the three million Daluo True Hearts, there were countless evil gods.
Given that both sides had equal numbers, there should be at least six million True Immortals of Zenith Heaven fighting over the items that woulde out of these four to five thousand energy vortexes.
After careful sensing, Su Yang found that these energy vortexes were also differentiated by levels.
It could be divided into three levels: small, medium, andrge.
The amount of cultivation resources that popped up was different ording to each level.
Just by seeing this energy vortex, Su Yang immediately had an answer in his heart.
The uing battle would certainly revolve around the energy vortex, which was something that the Immortal Cultivators and the Evil Gods would fight for. If they wanted to win the uing war in the universe, they would have to improve their own strength, so they could not let go of these resources.
However, soon, changes urred in the wilderness again. Other than these energy vortexes, secret realms were also born in the wilderness.
These secret realms contained arge amount of resources, and at the same time, there were some dangerous existences that were involved.
Demonic beasts, source beasts, immortal beasts, nomological creatures¡ There were even some dangers in the four-dimensional world that they did not understand.
This was a cosmic war that had been held for two years. Although these existences weren¡¯t the main characters of this war, they were still involved.
The number of these mystic realms was even fewer, only a few hundred.
From this point, Su Yang could see that the mystic realm was rarer than the energy vortex, so the resources in the mystic realm must be richer.
However, the mystic realm was a one-time use. After snatching all the resources inside, the entire mystic realm would disappear.
Those energy vortexes were fixed existences that could continuously produce all kinds of cultivation resources. By upying an energy vortex, one could continuously obtain cultivation resources.
Neither evil gods nor immortal cultivators would give up on these two methods of obtaining resources.
Su Yang did not act immediately. He did not need these resources much. His cultivation did not rely on these resources.
He only needed to wait for the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect to give him more rewards.
What he needed to do now was to obtain more points. Then, he needed to choose one of the directions to attack based on his own situation.
Since the energy vortex was a fixed existence, there would always be evil gods. He could choose to attack at any time.
These energy vortexes were definitely resources that the variousrge factions fought for.
Only top-tier factions had the qualifications to guard the energy vortex.
Only the thirteen Holy Lands of the Immortal Realm would attack the energy vortex and upy it.
It was the same for the evil gods.
Since only the top forces would attack the energy vortex, then the troops they sent must be extremely strong. It would be extremely difficult for Su Yang to take it down, or rather, it was impossible. With his current strength, it would be a waste of effort to provoke these top forces.
Even if he wouldn¡¯t pav anv price, he wouldn¡¯t gain too many benefits either. It was obviously not a wise choice.
Those secret realms were different. They were filled with arge number of resources. At the same time, whoever snatched them would get them. Thus, there would definitely be more Perfected Immortals and Evil Gods pouring into the secret realms.
The immortal cultivators and evil gods that entered were uneven, and existences of all levels and powers would definitely enter.
It could be said that the secret realm was extremely chaotic and filled with killing.
This ce was also what Su Yang needed.
In this ce, he could disy his strength without any scruples.
He could kill evil gods more recklessly and would not be targeted easily. If he attacked the energy whirlpools and provoked the organized evil gods, he would be targeted easily and would not gain much.
He wouldn¡¯t be targeted so easily in the secret ne. Even if he provoked those evil gods, it wouldn¡¯t be easy to target him.
After considering everything, he was sure that attacking the secret realm was the most suitable choice for now.
When he was strong enough and hadplete information, he could make a better choice.
For now, it was better to follow the main group and head to those secret realms together.
At present, the number of Perfected Immortals in Immortal Cultivator City No. 97 had already reached four million. Although the rate of increase had slowed down, it was still increasing.
With more than four million Perfected Immortals and the Evil God¡¯s Perfected Immortals, it was a terrifying scene to fight for just over 300 mystic realms.
They just didn¡¯t know how big this secret ne would be. If it was too small, it might not be able to satisfy their needs.
Before the war in the universe began, Su Yang had never thought that there would be such a huge Perfected Immortal in the Immortal Realm.
This was a number that he had never thought of.
Not to mention 400 million, he didn¡¯t even think about 4 million.
Even though he had experienced Perfected Immortals walking everywhere in the depths of the Sea of Origin, he had not expected there to be so many of them.
This was a cosmic war that involved all the immortal cultivators. No one would let their guard down. They were fighting for the Immortal Realm and for their own race.
During the flight, Su Yang casually opened the rankings.
Ranking List of Immortal Cultivators in City 97
Zhou Tianyu. Race: Space-time Race. Current Points: 3,764. Power: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.>
Luo Tian Monkey. Race: Divine Power Race. Current Points: 2,643. Strength: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.>
Race: Destroyed > Current Points: 1,897 > Strength: Half-Saint Great Circle
¡°3,673,654: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current Points: o. Strength: Perfected
Zenith Heaven.¡±
Su Yang could obtain a lot of information just by ncing at the rankings.
There were already Half-Saints who had taken the lead and started to hunt evil gods to obtain points.
Su Yang took a look and saw that the top ten were all in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
Something was wrong. The top 100 were all at the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
However, there were only 13 Refined Saint Stage powerhouses in the entire Immortal Realm.
This meant that the breakthrough from Half-Saint to Saint Realm required some special things, or it was extremely difficult, which was why no one had ever made a breakthrough.
Or perhaps there were some conditions that Su Yang did not understand.
No matter what, there must be a lot of Half-Saints. Just from the number of Half-Saints in the Great Circle, one could tell.
There were more than a hundred Half-Saints in the Great Circle, not to mention the others who hadn¡¯t reached the Great Circle.
This ranking also revealed another piece of information to Su Yang, that was, there were no Saint Realm experts in City 97.
After discovering this, Su Yang also looked at the Evil God Points Rankings.
Su Yang was relieved when he found out that the people on the Evil God¡¯s side were also in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
As long as there were no Saint Realm Evil Gods, he was not worried.
With a thought, Su Yang also arrived at one of the hundreds of mystic realms in the wilderness.
This mystic realm covered a radius of 10,000 miles. Anyone within a radius of 10 ,ooo miles could directly enter the mystic realm. It was not a small space, and everyone had to squeeze in.
After arriving at the area covered by the mythical realm, Su Yang could clearly see that countless evil gods hade here like them and chose to enter.
Su Yang did not dy and entered with a thought.
As soon as he entered the mythical realm, Su Yang saw various cultivation resources wandering around.
Top-grade immortal meridians, top-grade immortal springs, top-grade immortal stones¡
These precious resources could be found everywhere.
There were also all kinds of Perfected Immortal-level Law Stones that could be sensed from the ground.
There were also all kinds of Postnatal cardinal treasures¡
He could even sense that there were Connate Numinous treasures in this mystic realm!
Su Yang looked into the depths. There was a peach blossom tree that stood tall in this world.
¡°That¡¯s¡Connate spirit nt!¡±
Other than these cultivation resources that he recognized, there were also many cultivation resources that he did not recognize, as well as some things that were filled with four-dimensional aura.
Any True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven could be a Half-Saint after digesting the resources in this mystic realm.. As for which step he could take, it would depend on his own luck!
Chapter 328 - 328: Tragic Slaughter, Vast Sea of Evil Gods!
Chapter 328 - 328: Tragic ughter, Vast Sea of Evil Gods!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The moment he stepped into this mystic realm, Su Yang¡¯s consciousness enveloped it and he suddenly discovered that countless resources were distributed throughout the entire mystic realm.
He had all the cultivation resources needed to advance from a Perfected Immortal to a Half-Saint.
Any immortal cultivator or even an evil god would be able to break through to the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm as long as they had all the resources in the secret realm.
Moreover, this time, everyone could quickly refine the cultivation resources obtained from the cosmic war and quickly increase their strength.
However, it was not easy to obtain these resources. In addition to the countless resources scattered throughout the entire mythical realm, Su Yang also saw countless dangers.
Law creatures, four-dimensional demon beasts, source beasts, immortal beasts¡
These existences were also mixed in this mystic realm, guarding all the resources.
Su Yang retracted his divine sense.
There were many resources in this mystic realm, but only those who could obtain them belonged to him.
The Connate Spiritual nt in the core area was obviously not something he could fight for now.
When he was observing just now, Su Yang had already seen dozens of Half-Saints attacking the Connate Spiritual nt.
Among them were cultivators and evil gods.
Looking at the environment in front of him, the mostmon ones were immortal meridians, immortal springs,w stones, these were the most basic cultivation resources.
There was also some four-dimensional spiritual energy and four-dimensional spiritual liquid¡
This kind of resource looked very low-level, but it was the mostmon cultivation resource in the four-dimensional world. Their status wasparable to immortal meridians and immortal springs.
He was now at the periphery of this secret ne world, and other immortal cultivators and evil gods had already begun to appear around him.
After a rough observation, Su Yang found a problem. The number of evil gods was far more than the immortal cultivators.
Su Yang did not know the situation in other ces for the time being, but in the situation around him, there were two or three times more evil gods than immortal cultivators.
This was not good news. If the situation was the same in other ces, they would have to face enemies several times more than them.
If the Immortal Cultivators were generally stronger than the Evil Gods, then this would be an opportunity for the Immortal Cultivators.
However, that was not the case. The strength of immortal cultivators might be weaker than evil gods.
Moreover, at this stage, they were at least at the Perfected Immortal level.
Under such circumstances, it was extremely bad for the immortal cultivators of the Immortal Realm.
However, Su Yang was relieved.
What was bad for other cultivators might be an opportunity for him.
The quantity would not affect him. Instead, it would only allow him to obtain more points.
While he was thinking, the battle was about to start.
The evil gods and immortal cultivators who entered the mystic realm had nothing to say after seeing each other. They immediately started fighting.
Su Yang did not think too much and chose to make a move directly.
The Evil God¡¯s body was simr to a human¡¯s, but there was something strange about it.
For example, a huge bulge, an extra arm, pale skin, or wrinkled skin¡
Overall, it looked like a human, but because of some strange characteristics, it looked extremely terrifying.
This was the appearance of an evil god.
With a thought, Su Yang¡¯s sword intent appeared.
In an instant, the Starfire Sword River enveloped his body and condensed!
A terrifying sword will swept through the void. With his strength as a Perfected Immortal of the Zenith Heaven, he still had a ce among the millions of
Perfected Immortals of the Zenith Heaven.
Moreover, his uniqueness was not only his powerful strength, but also his inexhaustible powerful sword intent.
Each sword strike was a full-powered attack from a True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
Ordinary evil gods could not withstand such a powerful move.
In the wilderness of the Immortal Dimension Realm, although the power of Xiuxianists and evil gods were different, they were on the same level.
The four-dimensional powers of the evil gods were no longer immortal and immortal cultivators could still kill evil gods with immortal power.
Under such circumstances, the restrictions that the Evil Gods had ced on the Immortal Cultivators in the past finally disappeared.
Therefore, even if Su Yang used the power of the immortal path, he could still kill these evil gods.
The Starfire Sword spread out, and every Zenith Heaven Evil God he locked onto would die on the spot.
However, his powerful strength was quickly noticed by the other Evil Gods who were also at the Great Circle of the Zenith Heaven True Immortal Realm.
Immediately, several Evil Gods in the Perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortal Realm rushed up and surrounded Su Yang.
¡°Hahaha¡ Good timing!¡±
Seeing this scene, Su Yang did not care at all and raised his sword to meet it.
One against a hundred, what is there to fear?
In an instant, Su Yang¡¯s surging heroic spirit met the enemy in advance!
At this moment, the Evil God side had the advantage in numbers.
The main strategy was to bully the few with numbers.
Su Yang was not the only one who encountered this situation. The other immortal cultivators soon encountered the same situation.
The other Immortal Cultivators immediately understood what the problem was.
Their numbers weren¡¯t a match for the evil gods. Now that their realms were about the same, numbers were the key to victory.
A cultivator immediately shouted when he realized this.
¡± Fellow Daoists, retreat quickly. Our numbers aren¡¯t equal to the evil gods. If we continue fighting like this, we will suffer!¡±
¡± That¡¯s right. Fellow Daoists, please retreat to the side to discuss this. We can¡¯t act recklessly like this!¡±
After several powerful True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven spoke, the many Immortal cultivators in this area found their backbone and began to listen to their arrangements..
Chapter 329 - 329: Tragic Slaughter, Massive Evil Gods! (2)
Chapter 329 - 329: Tragic ughter, Massive Evil Gods! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
However, not long after they shouted that, they realized that the number of evil gods attacking them was rapidly decreasing.
What was going on?
They looked in one direction in confusion and soon saw a scene that shocked them.
¡°Who is that fellow daoist? Do you have any impression of it?¡± One of the
Perfected Cultivators said in a daze.
¡°How terrifying! ¡±
¡°I¡¯ve never seen this person before. Quickly investigate!¡±
As he spoke, the other existences also looked over and cried out in surprise.
As he looked over, he saw a human holding an immortal sword. He was looking ahead, surrounded by swords that seemed to be formed from the universe. In front of him were countless evil gods.
There were at least hundreds of evil gods.
Some of them had even escaped from their side.
If any of them were to face such a situation, they would soon be surrounded and killed. Even if they were perfected Perfected Immortals of the Zenith Heaven, they would not be able to escape from hundreds of opponents of the same level.
It was also because of this that Su Yang¡¯s performance shocked them.
What shocked them even more was that not only was Su Yang not afraid of hundreds of evil gods of the same level, he was not even at a disadvantage when they fought.
In the constant battle, Su Yang faced hundreds of evil gods alone. The sword that seemed to be forged from the stars in the universe around him was like an invincible sword.
He wasn¡¯t at a disadvantage against hundreds of Perfected Zenith Heaven Evil Gods!
Each sword had the power of a perfected Perfected Zenith Heaven Immortal.
He kept fighting and shing with those evil gods, standing alone.
Su Yang¡¯s strength shocked the other immortal cultivators present. At the same time, they secretly remembered Su Yang.
He believed that soon, Su Yang¡¯s identity and name would begin to spread.
Just like that, the evil gods in this area surrounded Su Yang in unison, causing the pressure on the other immortal cultivators to plummet.
¡°I found out. This person is called Su Yang, and he has the title of Undying Immortal. The reason is that he has mastered thew of clones, and no one can lock onto his main body. Now, he has also entered the Immortal Dimension World as a clone.¡±
The shocked True Immortals of Zenith Heaven did not just stand there in a daze. They did not do anything. Soon, they found out Su Yang¡¯s identity.
At their level, it was difficult to hide their identities. It was actually simple, but it was still very easy to find out if they did not deliberately hide their identities. After knowing Su Yang¡¯s current situation, many immortal cultivators were even more shocked.
¡°In that case, wouldn¡¯t this fellow Daoist not die at all? Wouldn¡¯t they be called Undying Immortals in the Immortal Dimension World?¡±
¡°That might not be the case. There are many people who know thew of clones. If he wants to continue using the title of Undying Immortal, it depends on whether he can quickly condense clones.¡±
¡°Previously, the reason why he was able to obtain the title of Undying Immortal in the Immortal Realm was because his clones could be condensed quickly. It was as if there was no consumption at all. Otherwise, there would be many clonews. Why would he be able to obtain the title of Undying Immortal?¡±
¡°That¡¯s true. If he can still quickly condense a clone, it might not be impossible for him to continue using this title.¡±
¡°However, I think he was only a Primordial Immortal before. Now, he¡¯s a perfected Perfected Zenith Heaven Immortal. His realm is already different. I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s impossible for him to continue condensing avatars so easily.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll knowter if it works or not. Let¡¯s just pay attention and observe for now.¡±
¡°That makes sense.¡±
¡°But should we retreat now?¡±
¡± There¡¯s no need to retreat. With this fellow cultivator blocking most of the evil gods for us, it will be much easier. However, we still need to think about how to deal with this situation.¡±
¡°The number of Evil Gods seems to be two to three times that of us. From the situation of the entire Mystic Realm World, this situation is very likely that the entire four-dimensional world is crushing the Immortal Realm. I¡¯m afraid we have to think of a way in the future.¡±
¡°Otherwise, this war in the universe will be dangerous¡¡±
Many immortal cultivators took advantage of the gap between Su Yang¡¯s massacre in front of them to discuss the current situation.
They had just started, but they already felt great pressure. The situation was very unfavorable for them, immortal cultivators.
There were too many evil gods. In terms of strength, they might be on par, but in terms of numbers, they crushed them.
When the difference between their realms was too great, they could ignore the number. But now that the difference between their realms was not too great, they had to look at the number.
However, even if there were many difficulties ahead, the first thing they thought of was not to give up.
If there was a problem, then solve it. If there was a problem, then solve it!
They had gone through countless hardships since they were weak. How could they give up so easily?
Immortal cultivators were going against the heavens, changing their own weakness and making themselves stronger. How could they retreat?
The battle continued to erupt. Su Yang did not know what the others were doing.
However, as he disyed his strength, he was noticed by even stronger evil gods.
Even if they were all at the perfected Zenith Heaven, there were still differences. Some perfected Zenith Heaven cultivators were extremely powerful, but some were at the bottom of this realm.
Realm was a type of battle prowess, but battle prowess was not limited to realm.
Otherwise, everyone would only need topete in terms of realm.
This was impossible. What affected one¡¯sbat strength was the immortal technique and the quality of the Numinous treasure one used..
Chapter 330 - 330: Tragic Slaughter, Massive Evil Gods! (3)
Chapter 330 - 330: Tragic ughter, Massive Evil Gods! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
In the arena, Su Yang had already killed hundreds of Perfected Zenith Heaven Evil Gods with his sword.
The Heretic God¡¯s head rolled and ck blood sttered on the ground.
Soil, weeds¡They were all stained with ck blood.
A strange aura emanated from the blood.
If it was in the Mortal Realm, this would definitely lead to a new disaster.
However, this was the Immortal Dimension Realm, so this blood couldn¡¯t cause any waves.
At this moment, a new change suddenly appeared.
After Su Yang killed hundreds of Perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortals, a Perfected Zenith Heaven Evil God with a Connate Spiritual Treasure blocked Su Yang.
After borrowing the Connate Numinous treasure in his hand, the Evil God¡¯s aura was extremely powerful.
In terms of aura alone, he hadpletely crushed Su Yang.
It had to be said that Su Yang could crush his peers in terms of realm, but when his opponent in the same realm took out a high-grade spiritual treasure, he could also crush him.
At this moment, his weakness was revealed.
His foundation was insufficient, and his umtion was insufficient. The biggest w was that although sword intent could transform into all kinds of techniques, he could not use spirit treasures to increase the power of sword intent.
He could create an immortal sword on the interface, but the current immortal sword could only increase his power by 50%. It was far from enough.
When he felt his own ws, Su Yang shook his head helplessly.¡± As expected, the mostfortable battle is still the suppression of the realm. Whether it¡¯s fighting across realms or being invincible in the same realm, it¡¯s not asfortable as the suppression of the realm.¡±
¡± My realm can probably be improved again. I can at least reach the Half-Saint
Realm. ¡±
¡± I wonder how the consumption will change after breaking through to the Half-Saint Realm.
After breaking through to Half Level, his level had reached LV5000. ording to the changes recorded previously, after reaching this level, the consumption would also increase.
Su Yang shook his head and stopped thinking about this. He looked at the other party, and the Perfected Zenith Heaven Evil God opposite him was also looking at him.
Although the two sides had yet to fight, the confrontation of their auras had already begun the moment they looked at each other.
The two sides did not engage in verbal confrontation. This waspletely unnecessary for their current realm.
In this universe war, there was only life and death¡
There was only one winner between the Immortal Cultivators of the Immortal Realm and the evil gods of the four-dimensional world.
In this situation, there was only one word to say, and that was to fight!
Su Yang looked at his interface. Although he had umted a lot of will of all living beings, he was still a little bit away from breaking through to Half-Saint.
After all of them were used up, his sword intent level had reached level 4990.
He was still ten levels away¡He would be able to break through to the Half-Saint Realm.
After he broke through to the Half-Saint Realm, it would not be difficult for him to kill the Perfected Zenith Heaven Evil God in front of him, even if the other party had a Connate Numinous treasure.
Therefore, at this moment, Su Yang and the Perfected Zenith Heaven Evil God began to fight.
In an instant, this world had turned into a battlefield!
The power of the battle between the two sides was extremely great, causing the void to constantly tremble¡
If ordinary Perfected Immortals were to participate, they would probably not even be able to withstand the aftershocks of the core region.
It was the aftershock, not the core.
The Starfire Sword River soared through the sky!
It was a ck saber.
It looked ordinary, but it could easily shatter the Starfire Sword.
This was also the reason why they were in a stalemate.
Even¡ With the help of the Connate Numinous treasure, the other party suppressed Su Yang.
This was also a rare situation where Su Yang was in a stalemate with his peers and even fell into a disadvantage.
Regarding this, Su Yang was not in a hurry. He quietly waited for the will of all living beings to increase.
Iv4991¡. Iv4992¡. Iv4993¡..
Every once in a while, the will of all living beings provided by the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect would allow Su Yang to advance by one level. At this rate, he would reach the Half-Saint Realm in two hours at most!
However, the evil god didn¡¯t seem to be in a hurry.
Su Yang did not know why the other party was not anxious.
However, he only wanted to say that he was waiting for himself to break through to the Half-Saint Realm.. What were you waiting for?
Chapter 331 - 331: Half-Saint!
Chapter 331 - 331: Half-Saint!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Immortal Dimension Realm
[Total Points Rankings]
[Four-Dimensional World: 16.4 million points]
Celestial Realm: 6.78 million points
When many Immortal Realm cultivators saw the difference in points on the overall rankings, they fell into self-doubt.
About two hours had passed since the battle, and the intensity of the battle was far beyond anyone¡¯s imagination.
Judging from the points, at least a million Perfected Immortals had died.
Most importantly, their Immortal Realm was at aplete disadvantage. There was no possibility of turning the tables.
¡°This is just the beginning, and we¡¯re already nearly three times behind the four-dimensional world. This¡ What should we do?¡±
Some people felt a deep sense of helplessness and despair when they saw the points.
At this moment, they felt that the 13 Saints of the Immortal Realm had made a wrong decision.
¡°Lord Sacred Sovereigns have made the wrong choice. This will definitely bring us into eternal damnation¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s over, everything is over¡¡±
Some despairing voices appeared on the battlefield, but they were quickly cursed by the other cultivators until they disappeared.
¡°Are you all trash? This is just the beginning, and you¡¯re already giving up on yourself?¡±
¡°The other party is only slightly ahead. We just have to work hard to catch up.¡±
¡°This is just the other party taking advantage of their numbers to catch us off guard. As long as we make a good n, we might be able to fight back.¡±
¡± And having more evil gods isn¡¯t a bad thing. As long as we be stronger, we will kill more evil gods and gain an advantage.¡±
¡°What we need to do now is to stabilize the situation and increase our strength!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. We¡¯re only at a slight disadvantage now. Why are you so
dejected?¡±
Many voices resounded throughout the entire Immortal Dimension Realm.
Some people had already lost their confidence, thinking that it was only a matter of time before they lost this universe war.
However, there were still many people who harbored hope.
Just like how they had gone through so much hardship from the time they were weak to now, they had never given up.
It was just the beginning. There was a possibility of reversal before the world was uncertain.
In any case, the Immortal Cultivators who had lost their confidence did not withdraw from the battle.
This battle had to be fought, and it could only be fought. Even if he died, he could not retreat.
If they went all out, they might still be able to turn the tables.
However, if they did not give it their all, they would lose all hope. After the four-dimensional world obtained victory, they would be ruled by the Evil Gods, and they would be puppets in the four-dimensional Evil God¡¯s closed -loop world.
Losing his mind and being manipted by the Evil God, bing a chess piece in the Closed Loop World, bing a powerful stepping stone for the Evil God¡
After a brief moment of panic, the Immortal Cultivators gradually calmed down.
They knew that the key to turning the tide of the battley in the wilderness battlefield.
As long as they could obtain enough precious resources from the wilderness battlefield, some of them could break through to a stronger level¡
In terms of numbers, they couldn¡¯t beat the evil gods. The only thing they could fight was quality.
As long as they could suppress the evil gods in terms of realm, they still had a chance.
This was something that many Immortal cultivators understood very well.
The 13 Saint Stage powerhouses standing at the top also understood this better.
At this moment, they had gathered together to observe the current situation in the Immortal Dimension Realm.
Since they dared to set up this trap, they naturally had some confidence to break it.
In the void of the Immortal Dimension Realm.
The thirteen thrones formed a circle.
At this moment, there was a Sacred Sovereign phantom on each throne.
¡°Everyone, I¡¯m sure you¡¯ve already seen the current situation in the Immortal Dimension Realm.¡± Sacred Sovereign Order was the first to speak.
¡± It¡¯s time to activate our backup n. There¡¯s no point in continuing to hide.
Witn our past attacKS on tne Evil GO(S ancl tne tour-dimensional sprit treasures we obtained, we still have a chance to catch up.¡±
¡°You¡¯re right, Sacred Sovereign Order. We still have one chance to change the rules.¡± Sacred Sovereign Destruction, who was shrouded in ck fog, said.
¡± ording to the deduction, the chance to change can only be in the wilderness, and it must be absolutely fair.¡±
¡°Everyone, think about how to change it.¡±
For a moment, the Sacred Sovereigns present were all thinking about how to change it.
However, the first to speak was the human Sacred Sovereign.
This person was dressed in white, and his aura had never fluctuated. He had always been calm.
He rarely spoke in the meetings of many Saint Realm powerhouses, but this time, he took the initiative to speak.
¡± Let the wilderness be divided into the sun and the moon. The night belongs to the evil gods, and the day belongs to the immortal cultivators. The restrictions are like the evil caves and the immortal cultivators ¡®cities.¡±
As the Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign spoke, although the other Sacred Sovereigns were a little unwilling, they knew that this was the only reasonable change. Other changes that were more inclined to the Immortal Cultivators would definitely be obstructed by the evil gods.
The change in the rules mentioned by the Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign did not seem to favor the immortal cultivators too much, but in fact, there were still some.
The Immortal Cultivators had been attacking the Evil Gods for countless years. They had countless four-dimensional Dharma treasures and four-dimensional Numinous treasures.
With the help of the four-dimensional spirit treasure, even if the night belonged to the evil gods, they could still kill their way into the wilderness as long as they were careful.
But if the evil gods wanted to enter the wilderness during the day, it was impossible in a short period of time.
Even if there were, it would only be a minority.
Because very few evil gods cultivated immortal energy, it was more beneficial for them.
The Sacred Sovereigns on the thirteen thrones in the void fell silent for a moment before nodding in agreement..
Chapter 332 - 332: Half-Saint (2)
Chapter 332 - 332: Half-Saint (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Then this matter is settled.¡±
¡°Next, we¡¯ll think of a way to nurture more Saints. Perhaps some of us can step into a higher realm.¡±
¡°Before the battle situation is reversed, everyone should not fight among yourselves.¡±
¡°Kindness, I¡¯ll pass down the order.¡±
After confirming and settling the matter, the thirteen Sacred Sovereigns took out a wisp of special aura.
If Su Yang was here, he would definitely be able to recognize that this was the Immortal Qi.
Just 13 wisps of Immortal Qi and the consciousness of the universe descended here.
The thirteen Sacred Sovereigns released their immortal energy and handed it to the universe¡¯s consciousness. At the same time, they also brought their demands over.
The universe consciousness followed this ironw even more. After getting the thirteen wisps of immortal energy, it immediately took action.
[Adding rules¡]
[The night belongs to the evil gods, and the day belongs to the immortals¡] Four-dimensional force blocking¡]
In the void, the Immortal Qi was being absorbed by the consciousness of the universe, and the changes of thews were also happening.
Just as the thirteen Sacred Sovereigns had expected, the four-dimensional world was still interfering.
However, this time, the four-dimensional world was destined to return empty-handed.
The thirteen wisps of Immortal Qi in the void split into three wisps and disintegrated in the void. A special power spread.
It turned into an invisible giant palm and pped out with a bang.
As the palm struck out, an extremely special scream resounded in the ears of the thirteen Sacred Sovereigns.
The hearts of the thirteen Sacred Sovereigns trembled. What a terrifying method.
To them, the most important war in the universe, the most important matter of the two worlds, was probably just child¡¯s y in the eyes of the universe consciousness.
Regardless of whether it was the four-dimensional world or the Immortal Realm cultivators, they all belonged to the universe consciousness. Thus, in the eyes of the universe consciousness, their battles were just subordinates fighting for favor.
Even so, they had no choice but to fight for this favor.
Notpeting¡They would never have a real chance.
After the palm strike, the voice of the universe consciousness sounded again. [The rules have been changed. It will be implemented in two hours.]
[The day belongs to the Immortal Cultivators, and the night belongs to the Evil Gods. During the day, only the power of the Immortal Dao is allowed, and the night only allows the use of four-dimensional power.]
After this rule waspletely changed, the 13 Saint Stage powerhouses heaved a sigh of relief.
¡°I¡¯ve already done what I can. Next, we¡¯ll have to rely on our own methods.¡± ¡± Let¡¯s move. We need elites or we can break through ourselves.¡±
¡± If a Great Dao Realm expert appears in the battle, then this battle will be over¡¡±
¡°Hahaha¡ Everyone, let¡¯s see who can advance to the Great Dao Realm first!¡±
¡°If those evil gods step into this realm first, then we will die!¡±
As Sacred Sovereign Destruction¡¯s arrogantughter sounded, the 13 Sacred Sovereign phantoms disappeared one after another.
There was no way out in this universe war.
It was different from any other time in the past.
They had to show whatever trump cards they had and did not dare to hide anything.
Peach Tree Secret Realm.
This secret realm was named after the innate spirit nt in the center.
After nearly two hours, Su Yang looked at the level panel. Thest level of experience had been gathered.
At this moment, the evil god opposite him was still unwilling to let him off, attacking as much as he wanted.
Upgrade!
[Iv4999.. Iv5000!]
Sword Intent (Early Half-saint): 0/3 trillion (All living beings ¡®wills will increase by 100 times when wielding the sword) 0/100 (Chaotic Qi-Note: 100 billion living beings¡¯ wills +10,000 four-dimensional living beings ¡®wills can be condensed one point, or collected by yourself) Note: This upgrade will directly upgrade to Intermediate Half-Saint.
Note: You will be provided with one Connate Spirit Ore and 100 supreme-grade immortal meridians. You can create an exclusive sword-type growth Connate Numinous treasure.
The moment his strength increased, Su Yang once again felt that his strength hadpleted a leap.
This was a fundamental leap.
It meant that he had stepped into a higher level.
At the same time, the interface also notified him that he could forge a higher-level sword-type Connate Numinous treasure.
It was still growth-oriented, but it required some conditions.
As long as there were conditions, there was a possibility ofpleting it. The most terrifying thing was that there was no chance to be stronger.
The matter of the immortal sword was put aside.
Su Yang looked at the new level upgrade requirements.
After reaching the Half-Saint realm, the interface changed in order to make it easier to disy the requirements for the upgrade. Perhaps it was also because Su Yang had always found it troublesome.
It was no longer disyed in terms of level. The number of wills of all living beings required to advance between a small realm was directly disyed.
For example, advancing from the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm to the middle stage of the Half-Saint Realm required a total of three trillion living beings ¡®will.
Other than the will of all living beings, there was another requirement.
¡°Chaos Qi¡The new requirements can be found by oneself, or they can bebined with the wills of ordinary beings.¡±
Su Yang knew that after reaching the Half-Saint Realm, there would be more requirements if he wanted to advance further.
Therefore, he was already mentally prepared.
Even though the requirements had increased a little, it was still easier for him to increase his strength than any other immortal cultivator.
However, he had never studied this Chaos Qi before.
If he needed it to improve himself, the other Half-saints would need it too.
He would know if he asked around.
In the past, he did not need the resources that immortal cultivators needed. Perhaps it was because those resources were too low-level and were not necessary for the interface.
Or perhaps the interface could not make use of those resources.
At this level, such high-level resources were slowly being used by the interface..
Chapter 333 - 333: Half-Saint (3)
Chapter 333 - 333: Half-Saint (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
That was why this situation had happened.
No matter what, even if he didn¡¯t collect the Chaos Qi, even if the Chaos Qi was very rare and difficult to collect, he would still be able to collect it.
He also had the will of all living beings at the bottom.
If it really didn¡¯t work, he would synthesize it.
His realm had been upgraded in an instant, and he did not need any process of adaptation.
The moment hepleted the upgrade, he could already use thews that only Half-Saints could touch.
His sword intent covered all the Half-Saint¡¯sws.
This was the power of a Half-Saint.
Su Yang looked up at the evil god that had been in a stalemate with him for a long time.
¡°After fighting for so long, it¡¯s time to finish you off¡¡±
The Heretic God on the other side was fighting vigorously. He activated the Connate Spiritual Treasure in his hand and kept shing at Su Yang.
She had been suppressing Su Yang.
However, he suddenly felt that something was wrong.
The sense of danger of death enveloped his entire body. This feeling made him feel extremely ufortable.
In his strange eyes, there was a hint of seriousness as he stared at Su Yang.
He didn¡¯t understand why this human, who had been suppressed by him and hadn¡¯t made any strange movements, suddenly gave him such a strong sense of danger.
Was he going to use some treasure or some special ability?
The perfected Zenith Heaven Evil God didn¡¯t know, but at this moment, he was fully focused.
He would not allow any idents to happen because of his carelessness.
With this thought, the Heretic God became much more cautious.
However, no matter how cautious he was, it was futile in the face of absolute strength.
In the eyes of the Evil God, the sword river that was constantly condensing in front of Su Yang disappeared.
However, this was only a temporary disappearance.
In an instant, another sword shed out from the human in front of him.
However, this sword made the Heretic God¡¯s face turn pale.
¡°Not good!¡±
¡°Half¡
Before the evil god could finish eximing, it was killed by Su Yang with a casual sword.
It was useless even if he ced the Connate Numinous treasure in front of him.
Even though there was only a thin line between the Perfected Great All-Embracing Heaven and the Half-Saint Realm.
However, this thin line was like the difference between heaven and earth.
They were onpletely different levels. This difference was not something
that a mere Connate Numinous treasure could offset.
The sword fell and the evil god died on the spot.
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Life +10000]
After killing the Evil God at the Perfected Immortal Realm of Da Luo, Su Yang directly obtained 10,000 four-dimensional wills.
Su Yang took a look at the four-dimensional will of all living beings.
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Life: 1,210,000]
After taking a look, Su Yang¡¯s heart skipped a beat. Damn, there were so many four-dimensional wills?
A True Celestial of the Great All-Embracing Heaven Evil God could probably provide 10,000 wills of four-dimensional beings, which was reasonable.
He just didn¡¯t know how far his four-dimensional sword essence could reach.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, the four-dimensional sword intent still needed to be improved.
However, if he used it to fuse with the Chaos Qi, he would definitely notck it. Instead, it was the will of ordinary beings that could not keep up.
It was more than enough to casually kill the wills of the four dimensional beings.
If he could raise his four-dimensional sword intent to the Perfected Immortal Realm, he could directly charge into the evilir.
However, there were arge number of Evil Gods in the wilderness, so he didn¡¯t need to hurry to improve. He could use the Half-Saint¡¯s Sword Intent to sweep across the area.
Just as Su Yang was thinking this, the voice of the universe¡¯s consciousness appeared in the void again.
¡® Rule Change: The day in the wilderness belongs to the Immortal Dao, and the night belongs to the Evil God. This rule will take effect after two hours.¡±
Su Yang was stunned. The rules had changed?
ording to this rule, the wilderness at night belonged to the evil gods, while the day belonged to the immortal cultivators.
This was¡Did the Saint Stage powerhouse realize that the current situation was unfavorable to the Immortal Cultivators?
Su Yang instantly understood something.
This was pretty good. At least it gave the Immortal Cultivators more opportunities.
More importantly¡ln this case, it seemed necessary to upgrade the four-dimensional sword essence again.
Chapter 334 - 334: Two Half- Saints Entering the Evil Cave!
Chapter 334 - 334: Two Half- Saints Entering the Evil Cave!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Peach Tree Secret Realm
The moment Su Yangpleted the increase in his strength, he attacked.
It was also noticed by the other cultivators who had been paying attention to him.
Many cultivators looked at this scene in disbelief.
¡°Half-Saint!¡±
¡°Even if the Undying Immortal¡¯s main body is breaking through, why can his clone break through directly?¡±
Everyone was puzzled, but they quickly gave a reasonable exnation. The Undying Immortal had an extremely special clone ability. Now that the main body had made a breakthrough, it was normal for the clone to share the results.
Many Immortal Cultivators were confused and gave reasonable exnations.
Su Yang¡¯s powerful attack excited many immortal cultivators.
Now that they were at a disadvantage, they needed this kind of expert to stand up.
However, they had already heard the universe consciousness changing the rules.
The first would be daytime, which meant that the danger brought by the Evil Gods would temporarily disappear.
The new rules were a form of protection for them.
They could understand that this was the attack of a Saint Stage powerhouse.
After learning the new rules, the other Immortal Cultivators became even more cautious.
After waiting for two hours, they could explore this mystic realm without worry.
Unlike other immortal cultivators, Su Yang fought more aggressively.
The other immortal cultivators were afraid of death. They wouldn¡¯t attack the evil gods before they had absolute confidence.
Su Yang was just an avatar, so there was no such thing as being afraid of death. Moreover, he still needed to kill as many evil gods as possible.
Killing evil gods would benefit him more.
Those who could obtain the will of the four-dimensional beings could also obtain points.
Killing two birds with one stone, he naturally had to use the time when he could use immortal energy to kill evil gods to work harder.
His current four-dimensional sword intent was only at the Nascent Soul Realm, but it was equivalent to the Evil God of the Golden Immortal Realm.
He only needed to raise the four-dimensional sword intent to the Tribtion
Transcendence realm, which was equivalent to reaching the Half-Saint realm.
At present, he had more than a million four-dimensional wills of living beings in his hands. It seemed like a lot, but Su Yang was also very clear that it was far from enough to rely on these one million four-dimensional wills of living beings to raise the four-dimensional sword intent to the Tribtion Transcendence realm.
He had to kill as many Evil Gods as possible before they retreated. He had to try his best to obtain enough four-dimensional living beings ¡®will before they retreated so that he could raise his four-dimensional sword intent to the Perfected Immortal Realm.
That way, he could kill his way into the night and fight with the evil gods, gaining the upper hand and leading everyone.
Otherwise, he could only wait for the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect to provide it for him. Only when there is enough four-dimensional will
There was never too much of this kind of thing that could increase one¡¯s strength.
The more, the better.
A True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven Evil God could probably provide him with 10,000 wills of four-dimensional beings.
He set a small goal of earning tens of millions of four-dimensional beings ¡®wills.
Then, he would naturally attack with all his might!
Su Yang narrowed his eyes slightly and fell into a serious state.
After making up his mind, Su Yang quickly activated his sword intent and began to chase after the evil god.
With his Half-Saint sword intent, it was not difficult for him to kill these Evil
Gods who were only at the level of Perfected Immortals.
With a casual sh, several evil gods died in his hands.
Su Yang was still very dissatisfied with this speed.
Unfortunately, he didn¡¯t have a better way now, so he could only do this.
These evil gods at the level of True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven were not fools. They still gathered together and waited for Su Yang to kill them even though they knew that they were no match for them.
The moment they realized that they could not defeat Su Yang, they scattered and quickly disappeared from where they were.
They fled in different directions.
All Su Yang could do was raise his sword and chase.
Luckily, he was strong and could easily catch up to them and kill them.
Su Yang¡¯s unscrupulous pursuit quickly attracted the attention of some powerful Half-Saint Evil Gods.
He also tried to stop Su Yang.
At this moment, in front of Su Yang, an evil god who had reached the early
stage of the Half-Saint Realm blocked his way.
Su Yang kept sizing up this evil god, looking eager to fight him.
However, Su Yang knew very well that he could not take down this evil god who had reached the Half-Saint realm in a short period of time. Moreover, he probably could not stop the other party if he wanted to escape.
At his realm, Su Yang could crush the other party, but it was very difficult to kill the other party. Moreover, the Half-Saint Evil God had a Primordial Spiritual Treasure in his hand.
Even if it was only a low-grade Primordial Spiritual Treasure, it could increase the strength of the Half-Saint Evil God a little. In this way, it was even more impossible for Su Yang to kill the other party.
In this case, Su Yang had no intention of fighting this Half-Saint Evil God.
He would talk about it when he had time. Right now, he wanted to seize every second and kill as many evil gods as possible.
So¡ When faced with this Half-Saint evil god, Su Yang chose to avoid the battle.
He used his Half-Saint sword intent and disappeared.
Before the Half-Saint Evil God could even react, he saw that Su Yang had already disappeared from in front of him.
By the time he reacted and turned his head, Su Yang had already caught up with the Zenith Heaven True Immortal Evil God who had escaped not long ago.
As the sword fell, the True Immortal Evil God was cut in half by Su Yang and died on the spot.
¡°Immortal Cultivators, rats!¡±
The Half-Saint Evil God roared in rage.
He rushed forward again, wanting to stop Su Yang.
It was a good idea, but he was only at the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm, so he wasn¡¯t very good at speed..
Chapter 335 - 335: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave (2)
Chapter 335: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
She was easily shaken off by Su Yang. She could not even touch the corner of Su Yang¡¯s clothes.
Su Yang¡¯s strategy was very clear. If he couldn¡¯t kill him, then he wouldn¡¯t tangle with him. He would only kill those he could kill.
With this thought in mind, Su Yang¡¯s figure kept shing in the battlefield. Every time, he would disappear from where he was and appear in another direction.
Moreover, there would definitely be an evil god at the level of a Perfected Immortal in that direction.
Just like that, Su Yang raised his sword and killed many evil gods at an extremely fast speed.
The early-stage Half-Saint evil god who had been trying to stop Su Yang also knew that he could not stop Su Yang with his strength.
Seeing that he could not do anything, he cursed in his heart. Then, he did not dy any longer and directly retreated.
The other evil gods in the field were also retreating. Even if Su Yang kept attacking, the number of evil gods he could kill was limited.
Since he couldn¡¯t stop them, he would just let him kill them.
There were no more powerful evil gods here besides this early stage Half-saint.
Therefore, Su Yang did not encounter any other obstacles.
Time flew by, and in the blink of an eye, two hours had passed.
At a nce, there were no more evil gods in the Peach Tree Secret Realm.
The entire mystic realm gradually returned to calm from the intense battle.
Next, they would have twelve hours to explore the entire Peach Tree Secret Realm. How much they could gain depended on their own strength.
After killing arge number of evil gods with his full strength, Su Yang first organized his gains.
In this short period of time, he had killed close to 1,000 evil gods.
He had obtained a lot of resources, but there were very few that he could use.
After counting, he found that there were only 13 supreme-grade immortal meridians that could be used.
Other than that, Su Yang could not use the other gains.
Whether it was a Postnatal spirit treasure, a Postnatal supreme treasure, or even a Connate spirit treasure, Su Yang could not use them because of the special power he cultivated. Even if they were precious, they could only be put aside to eat dust.
However, Su Yang also thought of a problem. He could not use these Postnatal
spirit treasures and Postnatal supreme treasures, but he could sell them.
This kind of thing was very precious.
A Connate Numinous treasure could be exchanged for at least 100 supreme-grade immortal meridians.
The resources that he could not use did not mean that they were useless.
In the past, the resources were too low-level, so Su Yang did not care.
However, he would still pay some attention to resources of this level now.
He put away the resources first. Now was not the time to sell them. Moreover, he nned to take advantage of the time to ask about the Chaos Qi.
Su Yang looked at the entire Peach Tree Mystic Realm. The current immortal cultivators were seizing every minute and second to attack various resources. If he went up to them, they might not have time to pay attention to him.
Now was obviously not the right time. When night fell, these Immortal Cultivators would have nothing to do. That would be his chance.
Su Yang then checked his points and ranking.
Points: 965
District 97 Overall Ranking-Evil Gods and Immortal Cultivators
Zhou Tianyu. Race: Space-time Race. Current Points: 16,500. Power: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.>
[Second ce: MO Zhongyue. Race: Four-dimensional life form. Current points: 15,400. Strength: Half-Saint Great Circle.]
[Third: Magic Vein Rock. Race: Four-dimensional Life. Current Points: 14,600. Strength: Half-Saint Perfection]
[Fourth ce: MO Jiuying. Race: Four-Dimensional Life Form. Current Points:
14,100. Strength: Great Circle of the Half-Saint Stage.]
Su Yang, Race: Human, Current Points: 965, Strength: Early Half-Saint
Su Yang looked at his points and rankings, and he had a little understanding of the current situation in this battle.
The cultivators didn¡¯t have the advantage. From the top ten, eight of them were evil gods.
Other than the first ce, which was upied by them, there was also the ninth ce.
This was the situation in battle area ny-seven.
Moreover, there was his situation.
He was ranked in the top 8,000 with his strength of the initial stage of the semi-sage realm.
The eight thousand people in front of him might not be stronger than him, but they were at least on the same level as him.
Su Yang had never thought that there would be so many Half-saints, and this was just one battle zone.
However, just as he had never thought that there would be so many Perfected Immortals, he quickly epted this setting.
The Immortal Realm had umted for tens of millions of years. If there was really no shortage of Half-Saint resources, it was very reasonable for there to be so many Half-Saints.
He was ranked in the 8000s. Although this ranking was determined by points, it could roughly reflect the strength of the cultivators in this battle zone.
After all, points could only be obtained by killing opponents. There was absolutely no falsehood. The value of this ranking was very high.
The higher the ranking, the more realistic it would be. At the beginning of the battle, there might still be some special situations, but theter the battle, the less special situations there would be. Even if there were, it would only be very rare.
Su Yang did not pay too much attention to this ranking.
Instead of spending meaningless time to understand these things, it was better to improve himself.
Su Yang looked at his interface.
Four-Dimensional Will of Life: 5,630,000
Su Yang was not very satisfied with this number.
Su Yang felt that just these words were not enough to raise the four-dimensional sword intent to the Tribtion Transcendence realm.
¡°Forget it. I¡¯ll level up first and see how much I¡¯m stillcking¡¡± Su Yang shook his head and stopped being conflicted.
It did not matter if it was really not enough. The speed at which the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect obtained the will of four-dimensional beings was not slow. After he provided even more powerful help, the Immortal Realm could bring him 100 ,ooo four-dimensional beings ¡®will every two hours..
Chapter 336 - 336: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave (3)
Chapter 336: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The first phase of the battle in the universe wouldst for a year, which was enough for him to upgrade his four-dimensional sword essence.
He opened the interface and looked at the four-dimensional sword intent. Su Yang directly chose to level it up.
Upgrade!
Four-Dimensional Sword Intent (Third Level Crossing Cmity): LV330 (0/24,200 Four-Dimensional Will of All Living Beings)-Lockdown.
Temporarily unable to be upgraded. Sword Intent Half-Saint Beginner Stage.
Four-Dimensional Sword Intent can only be upgraded to Third Level Crossing Cmity.
The moment hepleted the upgrade, Su Yang looked at his four-dimensional sword intent in surprise.
He could actually reach the third level of the Tribtion Transcendence realm.
However, there was also a problem. The four-dimensional sword essence was actually restricted by the realm of the sword essence.
His sword essence was only at the initial stage of the Half-Saint Realm, so he couldn¡¯t improve his four-dimensional sword essence.
This was something Su Yang did not expect.
However, this also made Su Yang even more certain.
Four-dimensional power was a special power, but it was definitely not a high-level power.
However, at the moment, his sword essence hadbined with the four-dimensional sword essence, so he had the four-dimensional sword essence of the initial stage of the semi-sage realm.
No¡The power after the fusion should not be a four-dimensional sword intent. It should be a special kind of power.
However, Su Yang did not know how to call this power, but he had thebination of the immortal path and the four-dimensional power.
Su Yang had always put aside things that he could not figure out.
When he was strong enough, the secret would no longer be a secret.
It was a secret now because he was not strong enough.
Putting down his thoughts, Su Yang began to study his next move.
Now that he already had the four-dimensional power of the early stage of the Half-Saint realm, even if the wilderness belonged to the evil god, Su Yang could still enter the wilderness to hunt the evil god.
From there, they would obtain more resources and lead the way.
Even¡ Now, he could charge into the evil cave and attack those evil gods that were retreating.
There was no need to worry about so many problems at all.
Thinking of this, Su Yang calmed down and the corners of his mouth curled up slightly.
¡°Not bad¡Not bad.¡±
Su Yang looked at the wilderness and lost interest in this ce for a moment.
If he continued to stay in the wilderness, the most he could do was collect some resources.
He might be able to collect the top-grade immortal meridians or chaos qi he needed.
However,pared to directly charging into the evilir, staying in the wilderness was not beneficial to Su Yang.
If he killed the evil gods in the evilir, Su Yang could obtain points and the will of all living beings in the four-dimensional world. These two things were
helpful to him.
Needless to say, the four-dimensional will of all living beings was the foundation for Su Yang to increase his strength.
Points were also a good thing. He could exchange points for all kinds of immortal cultivation resources, including chaos qi.
Su Yang had already checked. A wisp of Chaos Qi was worth 10,000 points.
The price was very high, but it was also a channel for direct exchange.
This kind of points had a wide range of uses, so Su Yang did not have to worry so much.
Su Yang looked at the various things in the Peach Tree Mystic Realm and determined that there was no need to stay here any longer. Then, he got up and left.
Compared to the various resources that appeared in the peach tree mystic realm, the evil god was the resource that he needed the most.
Su Yang traveled through the void and quickly disappeared from the Peach Blossom Mystic Realm.
No one knew about this.
At this moment, in the peach tree mystic realm, all the cultivators were actively attacking the mystic realm.
He had to solve the dangers that he could solve and seize the resources that he could seize.
Now that they had the upper hand, they could take the resources that were easy to obtain first.
It could be said that this move of the Sacred Sovereign had brought great benefits to the immortal cultivators.
After leaving the Peach Tree Mystic Realm, Su Yang headed straight for the evil cave.
Although they were billions of miles apart, at his current realm, it would only take a moment.
Su Yang had already arrived at the location of the evilir.
In front of him was a world shrouded in darkness.
After entering the evilir again, Su Yang immediately felt a special force surging over, trying to suppress the ordinary sword intent in his body. However, when the four-dimensional sword intent fused with it, this feeling instantly disappeared.
Without that feeling of suppression, Su Yang still had the strength of the early stage of the semi-sage realm in this evil cave.
Then¡ The hunt was about to begin!
However, in order to avoid some trouble, Su Yang used his sword intent to change his appearance.
In an instant, Su Yang changed from a normal human to an evil god, and many strange characteristics appeared on his body.
Coupled with the concealment of thew, it was impossible to distinguish Su Yang¡¯s uniqueness just by looking.
But even if the Evil Gods found out that he was a human, there would be no problem.
Su Yang just wanted to avoid some trouble and make it more convenient for himself, but it did not mean that he was afraid of trouble. If he was discovered, he would use force!
After fixing his appearance, Su Yang directly entered the evil cave and began to search for traces of the evil god.
Soon, he discovered evil gods.
At this moment, the benefits of changing his appearance began to show.
Even if he met arge group of evil gods, some of them were stronger than him.
The other party did not notice his abnormality and would also ignore him. Some would only size him up and would not do anything else after realizing that they did not know him.
All of this was the benefit of changing his appearance, allowing Su Yang to sessfully sneak into the evilir.
The most crucial part wasing.
When Su Yang discovered some lone evil gods¡
He would attack with all his might without any hesitation.
Su Yang¡¯s appearance was extremely deceptive.
The True Immortal Evil God, who was not on guard at all, could not react at all.
In an instant, it was disintegrated by Su Yang and disappeared into the world. It would not make any sound or cause any trouble..
Chapter 337 - 337: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave (4)
Chapter 337 - 337: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave (4)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The problem was easily solved.
[Points +1]
Four-Dimensional Will of All Beings +3,000
This was what an early-stage Zenith Heaven True Immortal Evil God could bring to Su Yang.
A Perfected Zenith Heaven True Immortal Evil God could provide 10,000 four-dimensional beings ¡®will, but an early-stage Zenith Heaven True Immortal Evil God only had 3,000.
Because he had to be careful and find a suitable target, Su Yang¡¯s speed of killing the evil gods was not very fast.
These evil gods liked to gather together and there would be Half-Saints leading them.
If he attacked directly, he might not be able to seed. Perhaps this clone would even be killed.
He was indeed able to create an infinite number of avatars, but he did not want to waste time on his journey. After his avatars died, he had to at least travel again. There was no harm in being a little cautious.
Just like that, Su Yang sessfully hid in the evil cave.
He continued to hunt evil gods, picking teams that could instantly kill them.
He didn¡¯t let any evil gods find him and tried not to expose his existence.
His points and the will of all living beings in the fourth dimension kept increasing.
District 97¡¯s leaderboard had stopped changing after the Evil Gods left.
However, no one noticed that the points under one of the names were constantly changing.
Every time a period of time passed, his ranking would rise by one.
The speed wasn¡¯t particrly fast, but it was very steady and kept rising.
[8,500: Su Yang¡] [8,300: Su Yang¡]
[8063rd: Su Yang¡]
[7,653: su Yang¡!]
District 97, wilderness.
A brand new mystic realm slowly condensed. As soon as this filter appeared, it emitted a special aura.
Chaos, unknown¡
It was as if he was looking at the endless unknown darkness¡
Soon, immortal cultivators arrived and prepared to explore this new mystic realm.
New secret realms would appear in the wilderness every once in a while. The
Immortal Cultivators had already grasped this rule, so they were not surprised.
However, just as they were about to enter, they quickly discovered the problem.
The first to arrive here were some Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven. They were the most numerous, so the first Immortal cultivators to discover this ce were only Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
However, when they wanted to enter this mystic realm, they were directly rejected and were not allowed to enter.
At the same time, a message entered their minds.
¡°Chaotic Secret Realm?¡±
¡± What is the Chaotic Secret Realm?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know¡¡±
There were a total of two Perfected Immortals who hade here, and they had all received this message.
However, they were still confused.
¡® However, only Half-Saints can enter this ce. It¡¯s definitely an extremely precious mystic realm. Hurry up and inform the higher-ups!¡±
¡°Good!¡±
The two immortal cultivators did not know what the Chaotic Secret Realm meant. They were only Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing
Heaven.
However, the feedback from this mythical realm was very clear.
Only Half-saints could enter.
Just as the two Xiuxianists were about to leave and inform the higher-ups, they suddenly discovered a ck spatial rift beside the Chaotic Secret Realm.
Hundreds and thousands of evil gods surged out.
These evil gods had all reached the Half-Saint level the moment they stepped into the wilderness. Because of the change in the rules, their strength was reduced to almost zero.
These evil gods didn¡¯t stop for even a moment and all rushed into the Chaotic Secret Realm.
Before the two immortal cultivators could react, the evil gods had all entered the Chaotic Secret Realm.
Their brains were spinning rapidly, but they could not think of any answer that matched the current situation.
However, they knew that they had to inform the higher-ups as soon as possible!
He couldn¡¯t dy even a moment!
Thinking of this, the two Immortal Cultivators no longer thought about it and hurriedly contacted their higher-ups!
A new change had urred!
They didn¡¯t know the reason, but they knew very well that a Saint Realm powerhouse among the Evil Gods had made a move!
Their Saint Realm powerhouses could change the rules to create favorable conditions for them, so why couldn¡¯t the Evil Gods?
He could definitely make some changes.
This Chaotic Secret Realm might be rted to those Saint Realm Evil Gods.
This situation didn¡¯t happen in just one battle zone. In the entire Immortal Dimension Realm, 1,000 battle zones had chaos secret realms appearing at the same time!
The thirteen Saints of the Immortal Realm had also discovered this situation.
They sat on their thrones and looked down.
Below them were 1,000 battle zones. The situation inside was all in their eyes. The appearance of the Chaotic Secret Realm did not cause any waves in their hearts.
Some of the Sacred Sovereigns smiled.
¡°As expected, just as we expected, the Chaotic Secret Realm has appeared¡¡¯
¡± There¡¯s nothing we need in these Chaotic Secret Realms right now, but when the final stage, the mostplete Chaotic Secret Realm, appears, that thing will definitely appear.¡±
¡°Everyone, cut the crap. Hurry up and arrange for people to enter the Chaotic Mystic Realm. The Great Dao opportunity has not appeared yet¡
¡°But the opportunity of the Saint Realm has already arrived.¡±
¡® I¡¯ve calcted that there will be fifty wisps of Saint Realm Origins in total.
They will be distributed in the 1,000 battlefields below.¡±
¡± But we won¡¯t know which battle zone it is until the Saint Origin appears.¡±
¡® Even so, the Qi of Chaos in the Chaotic Secret Realm can improve the strength of our Half-Saints.¡¯
From the conversation between the 13 Saint Realm experts in the void, it could be heard that they had expected this.
Orders were issued one after another.
The entire Immortal Dimension Realm had been turbulent at the beginning, but now it was filled with undercurrents..
Chapter 338 - 338: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave ? (5)
Chapter 338 - 338: Two Half-Saints Entering the Evil Cave ? (5)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The crisis never stopped.
There was only the difference between the surface and the dark¡
The Immortal Cultivators, Evil Gods, and Half-saints all headed to the Chaotic Secret Realm.
Evil Cave No. 97
Six hours had passed since Su Yang arrived.
In these six hours, he had been killing evil gods and his speed was getting faster and faster.
In six hours, his ranking had reached 3,336 in Battlefield 97!
His total points had reached 6,453!
The 3,000-odd people were at least in the middle stage of the Half-Saint
Realm, and there were even figures in thete stage of the Half-Saint Realm.
There were no early stage Half-Saints in the next thousand.
However, Su Yang forcefully charged into it and suppressed many mid-stage Half-Saints with his strength of the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm.
The speed would only increase.
However, after six hours, Su Yang also discovered a problem.
In the beginning, he could always see some powerful Half-Saint Evil Gods among the bunch of Evil Gods.
There was nock of middle stage,te stage, and asionally, there were even Evil Gods at the perfected stage of the Half-Saint realm.
But now, Su Yang could no longer see any traces of the Half-Saint Evil God.
It had been a while since he had seen someone in the early stage of the semi-sage realm.
So¡ Where did the Half-Saint Evil Gods go?
Did something happen that he didn¡¯t know about, or were those evil gods plotting something?
The Half-Saint Evil God¡¯s disappearance made Su Yang¡¯s courage gradually increase.
At this moment, he wanted to attack the group of thousands of evil gods.
In these six hours, Su Yang could be considered to have understood some of the evil god¡¯s habits.
Likes to gather, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10,000, 100,000¡
The more they gathered, the stronger the evil gods in the group would be.
For example, a group of 1,000 evil gods would have an early stage Half-Saint.
There would be an intermediate stage Half-Saint in the 5,000, and so on¡
This was normal.
Therefore, Su Yang had always looked for groups of hundreds of evil gods to attack.
The speed of harvesting evil gods wasn¡¯t very fast.
Now, Su Yang realized that the Half-Saint Evil God was gone.
Whether it was a group of 1,000 evil gods or 5,000 evil gods¡
There was no sign of the Half-Saint Evil God.
This made Su Yang¡¯s heart race.
If the Half-Saint Evil God really didn¡¯t appear, then he would have to go all out!
He indeed did not know what had happened, but he was just a clone. He had the cost of trial and error.
It didn¡¯t matter even if he attracted a powerful Half-Saint Evil God after he made his move. He just needed to be more stable next time.
And if he really lured out a powerful evil god, he could use this opportunity to understand what was going on.
Thinking of this, Su Yang made up his mind.
He looked at a base where thousands of evil gods gathered.
Su Yang also had a little understanding of the reason why the evil gods liked to gather together.
That was because of the closed-loop world they had constructed.
The more evil gods that participated, the more real and powerful it would be. To them, it was a way to increase their strength.
It was a special cultivation method.
When there were no special circumstances, they would gather together to cultivate.
Since he had already decided to take action, there was nothing else to say.
If he attacked the base where thousands of evil gods gathered, themotion would not be small.
He could just make a move.
What was the big deal about being discovered? There were no Half-Saint Evil
Gods here anyway¡
In midair, Su Yang revealed himself.
The moment he floated in the air, he was immediately discovered by the evil gods in the stronghold.
A mental transmission was transmitted to Su Yang¡¯s ear from the void.
¡°What are you doing?¡±
Su Yang grinned. The Starfire Sword cut through the dark clouds and descended from the sky, floating behind him.
The power of a Half-Saint was unleashed without restraint.
¡°Nothing much. Please die.¡±
Su Yang replied indifferently. At the same time, the sword also fell from the void.
The sword descended in an instant, razing thend below to the ground.
Thousands of evil gods were easily killed by Su Yang.
There were no Half-Saints among them. How could they fight him?
[Points +3212]
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Life +29,810,000]
[Rank increase: 3021]
In an instant, Su Yang¡¯s ranking soared from more than 3300 to just over 3000.
As for the four-dimensional will of all living beings, this thing was no longer precious to Su Yang.
Because it could not be used, it could only be stored on the interface.
Because the ordinary sword essence did not improve, the four-dimensional sword essence could not be improved.
However, there was no need to fuse them into Chaos Qi now.
He didn¡¯t have enough will of all living beings in his hands, so it was meaningless to condense it into chaotic qi.
Thus, he could only leave it there.
After destroying this evil god¡¯s stronghold of thousands, it was like opening Pandora¡¯s box for Su Yang.
He could no longer stop.
His gaze was already on the evil god stronghold.
At the same time, the hugemotion was also discovered by the other evil gods.
But so what?
Without a Half-Saint to stop him, he could act without fear!
In the next moment, many evil gods arrived and saw Su Yang. They saw the stronghold that had been razed to the ground.
¡°Immortal Cultivators!¡±
¡°Who gave you the courage toe here?¡±
In just a few breaths, hundreds of Perfected Zenith Heaven Evil Gods surrounded the ce.
Su Yang nced around and there was indeed no Half-Saint Evil God.
This was also the reason why he did not leave.
He didn¡¯t need to run if there were strong evil gods and he didn¡¯t need to run if there weren¡¯t.
Su Yang grinned and looked at all the evil gods.
¡® There doesn¡¯t seem to be any Half-Saints among you¡¡±
¡°Hehehe¡¡¯
Chapter 339 - 339: Number One!
Chapter 339: Number One!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Hundreds of evil gods stared at Su Yang.
Su Yang¡¯s words seemed inexplicable, but they instantly made them shudder.
The evil gods ¡®pupils constricted and a bad feeling rose in their hearts.
They were now¡There was indeed no Half-Saint guarding the ce!
Sure enough, in the next second, the bad feeling in their hearts waspletely disyed in front of them.
In front of them, Su Yang moved.
A sharp sword shed out from the void, easily cutting through the void.
The power of a Half-Saint appeared.
Powerful!
It was so powerful that it made people despair!
The sword shed out, instantly causing the scene to fall silent.
It wasn¡¯t that these existences were scared silly or stunned.
At their level, it was impossible for such a low-level mistake to ur.
However, when the swordnded, there were no evil gods left.
[Points +605]
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Life +1.21 million]
¡°Not bad¡¡¯
Su Yang casually put away all the resources on these existences.
The sword intent that had reached the Half-Saint Realm spread out in an instant and covered it ording to Su Yang¡¯s idea.
Gather information about the Evil God¡¯s settlement in this area.
Since he no longer concealed his strength, and he had caused such a hugemotion, he didn¡¯t provoke the other Half-Saint Evil Gods.
This meant that the Half-Saint Evil God hadpletely left this ce. Su Yang did not know what he was doing.
But he knew that this was his chance!
Then there was no need to hide it.
The sword essence of the Half-Saint Realm waspletely released, covering arge area easily.
Evil God groups of all levels appeared in his mind.
Su Yang only had one question to consider. Which direction was the evil god group closest to him?
This was not difficult- In the next moment. his mind had already locked onto a target.
His figure also disappeared on the spot at this moment.
When he reappeared, he was already in another evil god stronghold.
This was a stronghold of tens of thousands of evil gods, and arge number of Zenith Heaven True Immortals gathered there.
However, there was no sign of the Half-Saint Evil God.
This was also the scene that Su Yang wanted to see the most.
Su Yang¡¯s lips curled up, but he did not say anything.
Under his control, Spark tore through the void and appeared in the same way as he tore through the dark clouds above the evilir. He broke through the darkness and charged out of the darkness¡
Destroy the darkness¡Bringing light¡
With a single strike, all the evil gods here were killed by Su Yang.
[Points +20432]
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Beings +320,000,000]
[Ranking increase: 1001]
As the sword fell, his points increased by more than 20,000.
Su Yang originally thought that he would be ranked first and would appear too high-profile.
But the result surprised him.
He wasn¡¯t ranked first, only around 2,000.
Su Yang did not pay much attention to the points rankings.
He didn¡¯t know what the changes were.
However, even if there was no information, Su Yang still had an answer in his mind.
It must have something to do with the missing Half-Saint.
The Half-Saints on the Evil God¡¯s side had disappeared. He didn¡¯t know what they were going to do.
However, since they had all disappeared, it involved all the Half-Saints.
He wasn¡¯t well-informed because he basically didn¡¯t have much interaction with other cultivators.
Even if everyone knew about it, he would still be like this,pletely unaware.
He did not know, but the other cultivators definitely knew.
Right now, the Half-Saint Immortal Cultivator was definitely fighting with the Half-Saint Evil God.
He just didn¡¯t know where they were fighting and why.
Su Yang was not in a hurry to find the answer.
Soon, a Half-Saint Evil God woulde looking for him with the answer.
After all these thoughts, Su Yang finally looked at the situation in front of the leaderboard.
District 97 Overall Ranking-Evil Gods and Immortal Cultivators
Zhou Tianyu. Race: Space-time Race. Current Points: 76,500. Power: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.>
[Second ce: MO Zhongyue. Race: Four-dimensional Life Form. Current
Points: 65,400. Strength: Great Circle of Half-Saint.]
[Third ce: Magic Vein Rock. Race: Four-dimensional life form. Current points: 54,600. Strength: Half-Saint Great Circle]
[Fourth ce: MO Jiuying. Race: Four-dimensional Life Form. Current Points:
54,100. Strength: Great Circle of the Half-Saint Stage.]
[Fifth: Luo Tian Monkey. Race: Divine Power Race. Current Points: 46,643.
Strength: Complete Stage of Half-Saint]
¡± At most 70,000 points?¡±
¡°The gap isn¡¯t that big. Looks like I¡¯ll definitely be number one.¡±
After looking at the points of the first ce, Su Yang was a little disappointed.
He had thought that he would have a lot of points, but it was only around 70,000.
In this case, it was probably impossible for him to keep a low profile.
Low-key or not¡lt didn¡¯t matter.
Points were the most important.
He wouldn¡¯t give up his points just to keep a low profile.
Under the cover of the sword intent, Su Yang had already found the next evil god stronghold. It was still a ce where tens of thousands of evil gods gathered.
Su Yang¡¯s figure disappeared in an instant and rushed in the next direction.
Every time he attacked, he used his full strength. If these evil gods didn¡¯t have any special methods, they wouldn¡¯t even be able to send out messages. As for whether the Half-Saint Evil God knew of his existence¡
It didn¡¯t matter. He had already earned a lot!
Outside Evil Cave No. 97.
Many True Immortals of Zenith Heaven had gathered, their eyes filled with determination. They were all members of the various major powers.
They all had four-dimensional spirit treasures on them, which were enough for them to unleash their full strength.
However, this four-dimensional Numinous treasure was at most at the level of a Perfected Immortal.
It could only allow True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven to unleash their full strength.
If they had entered the evilir with such strength before, they would definitely have to be very careful..
Chapter 340 - 340: Number One!(2)
Chapter 340: Number One!(2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
They could only move quietly and not expose themselves at will.
But the situation was different now.
They had received news from the higher-ups that all the Half-Saints in the evilir had left.
It was just like how the Half-saints of the Immortal Cultivators had all left.
The battlefield of the Half-Saints was in the Chaotic Secret Realm.
The matter outside the Chaotic Secret Realm¡The Half-Saints would not participate, and they had no time to care.
The Half-saints of both sides wanted to gain an advantage in the Chaotic Secret Realm.
A Half-Saint was able to gain a slight advantage over a Perfected Immortal, even if they worked a thousand times harder.
Under such circumstances, how could a Half-Saint be distracted to participate in the matter of a Perfected Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven?
However, even if Half-Saints didn¡¯t care, they couldn¡¯t.
Evil Gods could ignore the situation of Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven, but Immortal Cultivators could not.
Right now, any advantage was what they needed, and they could not miss it.
Giving up any advantage could lead to aplete loss.
They were all going all out, so how could the Heretic God let down his guard?
How could the evil gods be careless about this?
It was just that they had already made perfect preparations.
Four-dimensional spirit treasures were only at the level of Perfected Immortals, and they could only allow Perfected Immortals to enter the evil cave.
This was what the Half-Saint Evil God was most assured about.
What was the use of just a few Perfected Immortals entering the evilir?
Even the Immortal Cultivators were no match for them in an all-out war. Were the rats here to die?
Moreover¡ At the border of the evilir, there were still some tricks left behind by the evil gods.
It was a Connate cardinal treasure, a mirror, and a mirror called the Eye of Truth.
It was left behind when they set off for the Chaotic Secret Realm.
It could guard the entire border of the evilir. If a Half-Saint stepped through the border and entered the evilir, it would be a huge threat.
The Half-Saint Evil Gods fighting in the Chaotic Secret Realm would know immediately.
With all kinds of subordinates, how could immortal cultivators stir up any storm?
At the border of the evilir, three thousand Perfected Immortals of Zenith Heaven were gathered.
It was all the elites of the Immortal Cultivators in the no. 97 battle area and the meticulous preparation of the Immortal Cultivators.
¡°Everyone¡For the Immortal Realm!¡±
¡°We have to use our strength to give the Celestial Realm an advantage. We might not be able to do much, but we have to do it!¡±
¡°Fellow Daoists, let¡¯s go!¡±
¡± To kill evil gods, if there¡¯s a problem, we should focus on saving our lives. ording to our n, we should hide our aura, change our form, and find a small group of evil gods¡¡± Move out!¡±
The 3,000 Perfected Immortal cultivators of Da Luo began to move.
They entered the evilir ording to the n.
A momentter, they went deep into it and arrived at the evil god¡¯s resting ce.
¡°Captain, look at this ce. Why is there a ten thousand mile sword scar?¡±
¡°It seems like a big battle has happened?¡±
As they went deeper, they discovered some problems.
The leader of the Cultivation practitioners did some research and discovered some problems. However, he had a better understanding of the situation.
¡± You¡¯re wrong. How could there be a war?¡±
¡® It¡¯s just a powerful evil god trying a new move.¡±
¡°If you don¡¯t believe me, do you see any traces of fighting here?¡± The other Cultivation practitioners also noticed the captain¡¯s words.
Indeed, there were no signs of a fight.
¡°That¡¯s true. There are no signs of a fight at all. It¡¯s impossible for a big battle to happen in the depths of this evilir.¡±
¡± It should be the Heretic God experimenting with a new move. But this move is so strong that it feels like only a Half-Saint can do it. Everyone, be careful.¡±
¡® Even if the higher-ups say that the Half-Saint Evil God has left, we still have to be careful.
¡°Understood¡
Just like that, the small group continued to advance, and they became even more careful than before.
However, they were soon puzzled.
More and more sword scars appeared. In their eyes, it was already a little abnormal.
Moreover¡ They had been here for some time and had explored many areas.
But he didn¡¯t see any evil gods.
This was not normal.
¡°Captain¡What kind of evil god is this, experimenting with new moves everywhere?¡±
¡°This is already the seventh ce, right?¡±
The team leader frowned. What his team member said made sense, but he couldn¡¯t see what the problem was.
¡°Be careful first. I don¡¯t know what the problem is.¡±
This person shook his head. If he couldn¡¯t see any problems, then he could only tell everyone to be careful.
¡°Understood.¡±
¡® However, Captain, look at how brave an early stage Half-Saint is. He actually made it into the top 100!¡±
Soon, some members of the team who were paying attention to the leaderboard noticed a problem.
¡°Hiss! How did this human cultivator do it?¡±
¡± The top 100 are all in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm. How did he, an early stage Half-saint, get in?¡±
¡°Su Yang? Humans? Have you heard of this person?¡±
Many cultivators looked at the rising names on the rankings and asked.
However, no one stepped forward to say that they knew each other.
What surprised them the most was that Su Yang¡¯s ranking was still rising at a strange speed.
Originally, it was still in the 90th ce, but with a swoosh, it had advanced by 50 or so ces and reached the 40th ce.
Su Yang surprised all the cultivators who saw this scene.
¡± Maybe he had a fortuitous encounter in the Chaotic Secret Realm. After all, only Half-Saints can explore that ce.¡±
¡± But even if he had a fortuitous encounter, it¡¯s still too shocking. Is this person really at the initial stage of the semi-sage realm?¡±
¡°Strange, it¡¯s really strange.¡±
¡°You don¡¯t say. This isn¡¯t the only strange thing we¡¯re encountering now.¡±
¡± For example, there are no evil gods in the evilir. There are only sword marks filled with destructive aura. Isn¡¯t this strange?¡±
¡® That¡¯s true, but fortunately, this person is on our side. The weirder the better, and the more evil gods he kills, the better.¡±
¡°That makes sense.¡±
The cultivators continued on their journey after a discussion.
However, as time passed, something happened that made their eyes pop out.
After a period of peaceful travel.
A cultivator felt bored and subconsciously opened the rankings to check. At first nce, he thought he had seen wrongly.
He rubbed his eyes, then closed the leaderboard and reopened it.
After confirming that what he saw was true, he immediately told the news.
He couldn¡¯t let him be the only one shocked.
¡°Look at the first ce on the rankings!¡±
The other cultivators felt strange.¡± What¡¯s there to see? Isn¡¯t it just Zhou Tianyu?¡± Big shock small¡¡±
District 97 Overall Ranking-Evil Gods and Immortal Cultivators
[First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 130,000. Strength: Early stage of Half-Saint!]
[Second ce: Zhou Tianyu. Race: Space-time Race. Current Points: 86,500.
Strength: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.]
¡°How is this possible?¡±
¡°What¡¯s the situation with this human?¡±
¡® How is it possible that the initial stage of the Half-Saint Realm can suppress all the experts in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm?¡±
¡± What happened in the Chaotic Secret Realm?¡±
¡°I really want to know. Unfortunately, we can¡¯t enter and can¡¯t go deep into the first crime scene.
¡°Tsk tsk¡This human is really terrifying. Su Yang, I¡¯ll remember this.¡±
¡°Sigh¡ Speaking of which, we haven¡¯t made any progress since we entered this evil cave. We can¡¯t see any evil gods. There are only powerful sword marks and the destroyednd.¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t that so?¡±
In fact, it was not just these Perfected Immortals who were shocked.
the chaotic secret realm
Many Half-Saints fell into deep self-doubt as they looked at the number one existence on the ranking list.
There was only one question in his mind. How did Su Yang do it? Zhou Tianyu looked at the rankings and the name above him.
¡°Su Yang¡Who is it?¡±
¡® The human race is indeed not to be underestimated. Even if their vitality was greatly damaged tens of millions of years ago, there will still be monsters appearing.¡±
¡® How did you do it when you¡¯re already at the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm?¡±
¡°Interesting, interesting, hahaha¡l really want to fight you and discuss the Dao!¡±
¡°Then let me see if you canpletely suppress me!¡±
After being crushed, Zhou Tianyu was not disheartened. Instead, it aroused his desire to win.
It would be meaningless to keep upying the first ce.
He wanted this feeling, this feeling of having an opponent!
On his body, silver-white energy flowed, and specialws flowed.
The power of time and space appeared in the world.
The moment he stepped into the void, he appeared in front of a Half-Saint Evil God.
It was ate stage Half-Saint Evil God. He wasn¡¯t weak.
However, in front of Zhou Tianyu, he couldn¡¯t be weaker.
He stretched out his hand and the evil god¡¯s head was directly twisted off.
Resist?
He couldn¡¯t even move.
If one came to the scene and felt it carefully, they would realize that the space and time here were frozen!
Chapter 341 - 341: Primal Chaos Stone Tablet!
Chapter 341: Primal Chaos Stone Tablet!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Battlefield No. 97 Rankings -Evil Gods and Immortal Cultivators
¡°First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 130,000. Strength: Early stage of the semi-sage realm.¡±
This ranking could be said to be noticed by all the Immortal Cultivators and Evil Gods.
The evil gods naturally noticed the existence that had suddenly reached first ce.
¡°Where is he? Since he has obtained so many points, he must have killed many of ourpanions. Have you investigated clearly?¡± MO Zhongyue asked the other evil gods.
At this moment, they were gathered in the Chaos Secret Realm and on the Ancient Chaos Road.
Hearing MO Zhongyue¡¯s question, the other evil gods were silent for a moment before giving their answers.
¡°I¡¯ve already asked someone to investigate the situation in the Chaotic Secret Realm, but there¡¯s no one-sided massacre in any location. There¡¯s also no abnormal situation.¡±
¡± It¡¯s indeed strange that this human monk can get so many points. However, the investigation time is still short. Perhaps there are some problems that we haven¡¯t discovered yet.¡±
MO Zhongyue looked ahead with a calm expression.¡± Investigate as soon as possible and find the reason. It¡¯s best if we can find this human cultivator.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
After giving the order, MO Zhongyue still felt that something was wrong.
He looked outside the Chaotic Secret Realm.
There was a strange feeling in his heart.
Frowning, he spoke again.
¡°Since there¡¯s nothing wrong with the Chaotic Mystic Realm, let¡¯s investigate the evilir and see if the problem lies there.¡±
¡°The points in his hands definitely can¡¯t be obtained out of thin air. 130,000 points. If he was an early-stage Perfected Immortal, he would have killed at least 130,000 of ourpanions.¡±
¡°Understood. I¡¯ll get someone to investigate now.¡±
No evil god doubted it, no evil god thought it was useless.
Regardless of whether this was necessary or not, this was an order from MO Zhongyue. As the strongest among them, the weak had to follow the orders of the strong.
After Su Yang¡¯s name reached the top of the ranking in the 97th battle zone, it immediately attracted the attention of all the evil gods and immortal cultivators in the entire battle zone.
They had different reactions.
The Immortal Cultivators did not have much of a reaction. They just felt that killing Su Yang was more beneficial to them. Some of the Immortal Cultivators worked even harder.
They wanted to catch up and contribute their strength.
There were indeed many immortal cultivators who were curious about how Su Yang did it. He suppressed so many experts with the early stage of the semi-sage realm.
However, curiosity aside, they were all doing their own things.
The Heretic God¡¯s reaction waspletely different.
Not only were they shocked, but they also wanted to find Su Yang.
Su Yang had reached the first ce, which meant that he had to kill enough of theirpanions to reach the first ce.
Moreover, Su Yang¡¯s strength was only in the early stage of the semi-sage realm. This was an even more terrifying problem.
What they needed to do now was to find Su Yang, figure out what had happened, and finally get rid of him.
It was also because of this that most of the Half-Saint Evil Gods in Battlefield 97 were busy with this matter.
They had to admit that Su Yang gave them a strong sense of danger.
Just as all the existences in the 97th battlefield were paying attention to this situation.
What happened next shocked them even more.
¡°First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 150,000¡¡± ¡°First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 162,403¡¡±
¡°First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 176,300¡¡±
¡°First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 189,000¡¡±
Almost every once in a while, Su Yang¡¯s points would increase by more than 10,000.
And it showed no signs of stopping.
In other words, this person was crazily ughtering evil gods!
For a moment, the Immortal Realm cultivators who were originally rtively calm were no longer calm.
Who was he?
Where was he? What was he doing?
How could he obtain so many points with the strength of the initial stage of the semi-sage realm?
This illogical situation attracted the attention of all the cultivators.
Many people were tempted.
If they could know why Su Yang could do this, if there was any secret behind it.
If they could also grasp it¡
Then could they also harvest points so quickly?
Thinking of this, they seemed to see hope for the Immortal Realm to win.
For a time, many cultivators of the Immortal Realm wanted to find Su Yang and know how he did it.
However, when they started searching..
However, they realized that they did not have any information about Su Yang at all.
This person seemed to have appeared out of thin air.
After investigating for a while, they finally knew a little about Su Yang¡¯s background.
However, after knowing Su Yang¡¯s background, they became even more shocked.
Some time ago, Su Yang¡¯s strength was only at the Primordial Unity Golden Immortal realm.
This period of time wasn¡¯t a hundred years or a thousand years. It was just a few days ago¡
¡°An Undying Immortal can create countless clones. Could it be that this is his true body that has entered the Immortal Dimension Realm?¡±
¡® If it¡¯s the main body, it¡¯s reasonable for it to be an early-stage Half-Saint from a Primordial Immortal in a few days.¡±
Many cultivators had already received news of Su Yang, but there were very few records of him.
After reading the information from the beginning, they had some spections.
However, when they continued to watch, they suddenly realized that the actual situation might bepletely different from what they had imagined.
¡°This Su Yang came to the Immortal Dimension Realm as a clone. At the beginning, someone saw him..¡±
Chapter 342 - 342: Primal Chaos Stone Tablet! (2)
Chapter 342: Primal Chaos Stone Tablet! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°In the beginning, Su Yang¡¯s avatar was only at the Perfected Great
All-Embracing Realm. He broke through to the early stage of the Half-Saint
Realm in the battle.¡±
¡°This¡ It doesn¡¯t make sense. I¡¯ve never seen such a situation in my millions of years of cultivation.¡±
¡°His body¡What exactly exists?¡±
As many immortal cultivators found out about Su Yang, more and more existences understood Su Yang better.
They also gradually realized that Su Yang was not simple.
From the moment it appeared, it was not simple.
Some existences dug deeper and even found information about Su Yang who had just stepped into the Immortal Realm and fought against the Fiery Sun Divine Court.
When he learned that¡ln the beginning, Su Yang was only a Golden Immortal.
Less than a month had passed.
Everyone fell silent.
They were not stupid. They knew very well that they could make Su Yang do this.
He must have a treasure!
But¡ What kind of treasure could make Su Yang¡¯s strength increase so much?
Connate cardinal treasures were definitely not possible, but could Chaos spirit treasures work?
Doubts arose in their hearts.
Even though they could not touch the Spiritual Treasure of Chaos at all, it was a supreme treasure that only the experts of the Saint Realm were qualified to touch.
It also made them suspect that it was impossible.
When they thought of this, some cultivators could not help but feel greedy.
if¡ If they could get such a treasure from Su Yang, would their strength increase like this in the future?
That¡¯s right¡Su Yang, where are you?
Ancient Path of Chaos
Zhou Tianyu looked at the points ranking, looking at the name that was only one rank below him.
It was clearly just a step away, but now it was like the sky.
Now, his points were only 80,000, and Su Yang¡¯s points were already more than his.
How could he surpass this?
He didn¡¯t care about the difference.
He could catch up with the gap.
However, he really had no idea about the difference between the heavens and the earth.
Moreover, the gap was still widening, and Su Yang¡¯s points were still increasing.
Under such circumstances, Zhou Tianyu only felt deeply helpless.
¡°I really don¡¯t know where this monster came from¡l can¡¯t even find any useful information.¡¯
¡°Human¡How terrifying.¡±
Zhou Tianyu had already read Su Yang¡¯s information, but there was nothing useful about it.
It only recorded what Su Yang had done.
But what use was that?
What about Su Yang¡¯s identity?
Where was his position?
What about his background?
Where was he now?
Why was he able to harvest so many points?
There was not a single piece of useful information.
In this regard, Zhou Tianyu¡¯s fear of the human race deepened.
As a member of the Spacetime Race, it was easier for him to understand some secrets.
In addition, he had fought with the human race before, which made him extremely interested in the human race.
He had studied the human race in depth, but the little information he had obtained made him afraid to continue studying.
Some truths about the war in the universe that the human race started tens of millions of years ago¡
The nine ns of the Immortal Realm clearly had the absolute advantage, but they did not dare to continue pressuring the human race. Was it really because they did not have enough benefits?
Did he think that he couldn¡¯t do anything to the humans?
How could everything be so simple?
Any bit of truth could make him understand the terror of the human race.
Of course, this kind of terror hidden in the depths was not known by the world. It could not easily appear, and it could not easily help the human race.
It was also because of this that the human race¡¯s situation was not too good, but it was not to the extent of extinction.
As for the specifics, Zhou Tianyu did not dare to continue exploring after an Investigation.
The supreme being of the Spacetime Race also told him not to continue investigating.
However, the supreme beings of the Space-time Race clearly knew more.
He only told him not to offend the human race too much, but there was no need to be afraid.
Zhou Tianyu no longer thought about this. No matter what kind of opportunity Su Yang had, it had nothing to do with him.
Right now, it was better for him to grasp the opportunity in front of him.
¡± The Ancient Chaos Path, the three great test grounds, talent,prehension, battle prowess¡
¡± Is there a chance to obtain the Saint Realm Origin after obtaining the Qi of
Chaos?¡±
¡°I can¡¯t miss it.¡¯
He did not understand any of this. It was just that the information the Sacred Sovereign gave him told him not to miss it and that he had to go all out.
In a sh, Zhou Tianyu arrived at the first assessment site.
It was a ce to test one¡¯s talent. It was very simple. It looked at one¡¯s age and current realm. Only Half-Saints could be tested. Those who could enter the Chaotic Secret Realm had the strength of Half-Saints.
Zhou Tianyu felt that it was a little too childish for talent to be determined by one¡¯s current age and realm.
Could it be that he was young, but he had enough resources to forcefully increase his strength?
Could it be that he was very lucky and his strength soared all the way to this realm, and that was also considered talent?
Zhou Tianyu didn¡¯t understand, but he didn¡¯t have enough strength. He could only ept this setting.
There was a ck stone tablet standing there. There were only some ck patterns on the ck stone tablet and some chaotic aura lingering around it. There was nothing special about it.
Tens of thousands of cultivators and evil gods gathered around.
At this moment, they were not fighting.
It was not for any other reason. It was just that he could not fight here because of the restrictions of thews of chaos.
Otherwise, a chaotic battle would have already begun.
Zhou Tianyu stepped forward and touched the stone tablet with one hand.
Zhou Tianyu
[Age: 1,309,653 years old. Strength: Half-Saint Perfection. Talent:
Middle-grade. Reward: 10 wisps of Chaos Qi.]
Information appeared on the stone tablet. At this moment, Zhou Tianyu looked at the stone tablet again and saw that there were many names on the stone tablet.
¡°My talent is only middle-grade?¡±
Zhou Tianyu was puzzled. At the same time, he felt unconvinced.
He looked at the stone tablet.
His position was indeed just like his talent, only in the middle.
He kept looking up.
970,000 years old, Half-Saint perfection, mid-grade talent¡
800,000 years old, perfect Half-Saint, middle-grade talent¡
600,000 years old, perfect Half-Saint, middle-grade talent¡
510,000 years old, Half-Saint Great Circle, Mid -Grade Talent¡
490,000 years old, perfect Half-Saint, high-grade talent¡
After a simple nce, Zhou Tianyu felt even more depressed.
It turned out that his talent was only at the middle-grade. If he was any weaker, he might not even be considered middle-grade.
Thinking of this, Zhou Tianyu felt a little disappointed, but he quickly epted it.
At least he wasn¡¯t at the bottom.
Then who was in front?
And what kind of talent did he have?
Zhou Tianyu skimmed through the middle section and looked at the top.
[Primal Chaos Stone Tablet]
[1: Lu Shengtian. Race: Human. Strength: Great Circle of the Half-saint. Age:
Talent: Genius.]
[Second: Lin Fan. Race: Human. Strength: Half-Saint Great Circle. Age: 260. Talent: Genius.]
Third: The New Age. Race: Human. Strength: Great Circle of the Half-Saint. Age: 670. Talent: Genius.
This¡
After looking at the top of the rankings, Zhou Tianyu waspletely shocked.
¡°How did this happen?¡±
¡°Why are the people at the front all humans?¡±
¡± Moreover, how could he reach the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm at the age of a few hundred?¡±
The Primal Chaos Stone Tablet¡¯s ranking had an unprecedented impact on Zhou Tianyu.
¡°This thing has never appeared in the Immortal Realm before, so it¡¯s not a product of the Immortal Realm. It¡¯s from the four-dimensional world?¡±
¡± That¡¯s not right. There are no humans in the four-dimensional world. Where did this Primal Chaos Stone Tablete from?¡±
¡°But¡ If the human race has such a top-notch expert and top-notch genius, then why is the human race in such a situation?¡±
¡°Perhaps these geniuses aren¡¯t in the Immortal Realm or in this universe.¡± This was the only answer that Zhou Tianyu could think of after some thought.
No matter what, his fear of the human race had deepened.
Zhou Tianyu looked at the leaderboard and Su Yang¡¯s name.
If he came to test¡Where would he be ranked?
He shouldn¡¯t be too far ahead. After all, he was only at the initial stage of the semi-sage realm.
Evil Cave Boundary
MO Qianqiu returned with the order and looked at hisrades who were guarding the ce.
¡® Have there been any Half-Saints from the Celestial Realm going in?¡±
¡°Milord, no, the Eye of Truth did not react.¡±
MO Qianqiu felt much more at ease after hearing this.
If that was the case, there shouldn¡¯t be any problems in theirir. ¡°Okay, you continue to watch. I¡¯ll go back and take a look.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
MO Qianqiu entered the Evil Cave¡¯s territory in a sh and nned to patrol around. If there were no problems, he would return to the Primal Chaos Secret Realm.
Since the evilir was so quiet, there was definitely no problem.
MO Qianqiu looked ahead. The evilir was rather quiet and there were no signs of fighting.
However, in order to report back, he still had to patrol.
Chapter 343 - 343: Why Don ‘t You Believe Me?
Chapter 343: Why Don ¡®t You Believe Me?
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Evil Cave
MO Qianqiu flew in the air at an extremely fast speed, intending to patrol the Evil Cave¡¯s territory.
However, he soon realized that something was wrong. He stepped in the air, his eyes slightly confused.
¡°What happened?¡±
¡® Why are there so many sword marks on the ground? Where are my nsmen?¡±
Different from the cultivators, MO Qianqiu didn¡¯t pay much attention to the sword marks.
However, as he continued to discover these sword marks.
As an evil god, he naturally understood the situation of his race.
ording to the pattern of these sword marks, it was very likely that the strongholds had been destroyed one by one!
MO Qianqiu¡¯s heart trembled and he had a bad feeling.
A dim aura spread from his body and instantly enveloped this area.
¡°Backtrack!¡±
Under the cover of the mighty power, some scenes appeared in front of him.
They were scenes from before.
These images kept rewinding, and soon, the answer that MO Qianqiu needed appeared.
It was a giant sword that seemed to cut through the universe.
This was a ce where tens of thousands of evil gods gathered.
The sword instantly covered the area and then fell¡
Afternding, the entire stronghold was destroyed. A deep abyss appeared on the ground, and a sword scar appeared¡
All the evil gods were destroyed at that moment.
Time continued to flow backward, and the scene continued to move backward.
MO Qianqiu saw it¡This was done by a human! ¡°Human cultivators¡¡±
MO Qianqiu was so angry that his body trembled.
No wonder the evilir was so quiet, no wonder he did not hear any sound when he walked in..
He instantly understood who this figure was.
It was Su Yang, who was ranked first on the leaderboard!
¡°Damn it!¡±
MO Qianqiu, who had regained his senses, was furious.
They had entered the Primal Chaos Secret Realm to fight, and they had prepared all sorts of defensive measures against their nest.
But now, the other party had directly broken through their defenses and used some unknown method to directly enter theirir.
They massacred their nsmen.
¡°Early stage of the Half-Saint realm¡Don¡¯t let me find you!¡±
MO Qianqiu immediately decided to track down Su Yang.
ording to the points that Su Yang was still increasing on the leaderboard, he must still be in the evilir.
With his strength in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, why would he be
afraid of Su Yang?
Just wait!
MO Qianqiu used a secret technique to mobilize the other evil gods in the evilir to quickly find Su Yang¡¯s location.
He kept searching and locking onto the location. In just a moment, a location appeared in MO Qianqiu¡¯s mind.
When there were no traces or directions.
Even with their current realm, it was very difficult for them to find a person.
However, with some prerequisites, everything became simple again.
For example, now, they already knew that Su Yang was in the evilir, and there were also traces left behind by Su Yang.
After some deductions, even if the traces were hidden, they would still be exposed.
The prerequisite for being able topletely conceal it was to not expose any clues at all¡
¡°Found you¡¡±
MO Qianqiu murmured and disappeared from the spot in the blink of an eye.
Immortal Cultivator Team
It had been some time since they entered the evilir.
However, during this period of time, they were very suspicious of whether they hade to the wrong ce.
Why didn¡¯t he see a single evil god?
There was only a path of sword marks, an abyss that was forcefully cut out?
What exactly happened?
As time passed, many questions appeared in the hearts of these cultivators.
The Immortal Dimension Realm was huge, but the direction was also very simple.
They could not have gone wrong. This was definitely where the evilir was.
In the beginning, they were still carefully exploring, but as time passed, they only saw one abyssal sword scar.
As such situations kept happening, they were extremely eager to figure out what was going on.
Therefore, the leader of the group gritted his teeth and decided to head straight into the depths.
Today, they had to find an evil god stronghold and see what was going on!
With this thought in mind, they immediately took action.
Very quickly, they found a gathering point of evil gods.
The leader felt relieved.
¡± I told you that this must be the evilir, but we didn¡¯t know how they gathered. Now, we¡¯ve finally found the ce where the evil gods gathered¡¡± The other members had the same thought.
Perhaps their previous location was just not within the range of the Evil God Convergence.
That was why they couldn¡¯t find any evil gods.
Now that they had found the gathering ce of the evil gods, they could show their skills.
However, they soon saw a scene that left them dumbfounded.
¡± There are at least tens of thousands of evil gods here. We have to be careful when we move¡¡± The leader ordered his men.
¡°Understood.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
Just as the members expressed their understanding, a different voice sounded.
¡°Captain¡You see¡¡±
¡°What¡¯s wrong? Why are you so nervous?¡±
Many Perfected Immortals looked in the direction of this person in puzzlement.
However, in the next second, they were also shocked.
In the pitch-ck sky, a sharp sword that could cut through the darkness appeared at this moment.
In an instant, the clouds in a radius of ten thousand miles were cut apart, and a sharp aura swept across.
The sword descended instantly, and in less than a breath, it destroyed the evil god stronghold they had just discovered.
Only a huge abyss of sword marks was left on the spot.
In an instant, the doubts that had gued him along the way were resolved.
So that was how those sword marks came about¡
¡°This¡ Captain, I¡¯m afraid we don¡¯t have to be careful.¡± Someone gulped and said..
Chapter 344 - 344: Why Don ‘t You Believe Me? (2)
Chapter 344: Why Don ¡®t You Believe Me? (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Don¡¯t I understand? Do I need you to say it?¡± The captain rolled his eyes at him.
At the same time, he had an answer in his heart.
This must be Su Yang, who was ranked first on the leaderboard!
However¡Didn¡¯t they say that there was no four-dimensional spiritual treasure that could allow a Half-Saint to disy his full strength?
How did Su Yang do it?
Perhaps he had some special means.
There were so many powers in the universe that even the Sacred Sovereign did not dare to say that he had seen them all. How could he dare?
Previously, he had been curious about how Su Yang did it and whether there was any special opportunity in the Chaotic Mystic Realm.
Now, it seemed that it was not what he thought.
He had only used a special method to pick up a huge bargain at this special time.
As long as there was a Half-Saint Evil God, Su Yang would not be so arrogant.
He killed tens of thousands of evil gods and stole their nest.
It was funny, this evil god was too confident and didn¡¯t even leave a guard.
Now, his house had been stolen.
All sorts of thoughts ran through the minds of the Immortal cultivators who saw this scene.
But they were also d that this unfortunate thing only happened to evil gods and didn¡¯t implicate them.
They just watched as Su Yang casually killed tens of thousands of evil gods with a sword and then left this ce.
The three thousand Immortal cultivators all understood.
No wonder they had been walking through the Sword Scar Abyss. So that was how they came.
Su Yang was one step ahead of them and had long killed arge number of evil gods. It had nothing to do with them.
¡°Captain, what do we do now? Do we continue?¡±
¡°Forget it, let¡¯s go. Report this information to the higher-ups. This is no longer a ce we can stay.¡±
¡°With Su Yang around, we have no meaning to exist. There are no evil gods for us to kill.¡±
¡± If we continue to stay here and wait for the Half-Saint Evil God to react, we will be in danger.¡±
¡°That makes sense. Then let¡¯s retreat quickly.¡±
For a moment, the team that had entered this ce immediately understood the situation.
No matter what happened next, it was not something they could participate in.
Staying here would only increase the risk.
They could see this very clearly.
Therefore, they chose to retreat immediately.
Soon, their figures disappeared from where they were and rushed towards the border of the evilir.
Just as they left, a figure shrouded in ck aura stepped out of the void.
After seeing the abyss of sword marks on the ground, a voice filled with monstrous anger sounded.
¡°Damn it!¡±
In the void.
After Su Yang casually dealt with another gathering ce of evil gods, he felt extremelyfortable.
¡°350,000 points¡Not bad, not bad¡¡±
¡°Come, let me see the second ce. 90,000¡After all, not everyone can be like me.¡±
Su Yang casually nced at the second ce and did not take it to heart. Those who were surpassed by him were no longer qualified to be his opponents.
In the end, he would not even be qualified to catch up to him.
Because his growth speed was too fast, so fast that those who were left behind by him could not see his back.
He had done some calctions. As long as he had 500,000 points, he would be able to purchase everything he needed to advance to the next level of the Grand
Xia.
When the time came, he would be able to see what sort of connection the Grand Xia would have with the consciousness of the cosmos after it advanced once more.
He was looking forward to it.
Since it was the interface, it would definitely be extremely beneficial to him.
Thest time he had done so, he had most likely be a World Lord, gaining the help of everyone in the world of the Grand Xia.
What about this time?
A universe master?
Su Yang had a bold idea.
However, he quickly shook his head and rejected it.
That was impossible. First of all, his strength was not up to standard. At most, it was a cooperative rtionship.
As for universe masters¡There might be a chance in the future.
Su Yang thought about it casually and rushed to the next gathering ce of evil gods.
After all, he still needed 150,000 points to exchange for enough resources.
Hmm?
Suddenly, the sword intent gave him a warning of danger.
Danger?
Su Yang instantly thought that the Half-Saint Evil God wasing?
But that was true. Up until now, he had killed more than 100,000 evil gods.
There were tens of millions of evil gods in the 97th battlefield.
However, one in a thousand died in one go. This was also a huge number.
If the Half-Saint Heretic God couldn¡¯t react in time, he would be really stupid.
Even if he was careful and used all his strength every time, he would try to erase any traces. But the evil god definitely had a way to know.
It was only a matter of time.
Su Yang did not think that he could secretly kill all the evil gods.
¡® I just don¡¯t know how this Half-Saint Evil God knew¡¡±
Su Yang was a little curious.
Before Su Yang could continue thinking, the void in front of him was torn apart in the next moment.
A strange figure walked out.
The aura of the perfected Half-Saint Realm spread and pressed directly on Su Yang, making him feel great pressure in an instant.
¡°Su Yang¡¡±
His name came out of the other party¡¯s mouth.
Su Yang was not surprised. He had already done this, and the information that should be exposed had already been exposed.
Moreover, there was the existence of the ranking board.
¡°Is my n easy to kill?¡±
¡± Not bad. They¡¯re all points and resources. They¡¯re worth something.¡±
Su Yang said indifferently. He was just an avatar, so there was no need to panic.
So what if he was stronger than him?
If it could not threaten his main body, it would be useless.
Seeing Su Yang¡¯s attitude, MO Qianqiu was also a little puzzled.
Although he was not considered powerful among the Half-Saint Realm, he was not someone Su Yang could ignore.
What was the reason for Su Yang to be so bold and not panic even now?
MO Qianqiu instantly understood after some deductions. ¡°So this is just a clone of yours. What a good move.¡±
¡± But it¡¯s not easy to form a Half-Saint clone, is it?¡±
Su Yang felt the surrounding void. It had beenpletely sealed. It was impossible for him to leave.
The strength of a Half-Saint in the Great Circle crushed him too much.
He was toozy to think about running away, so it was fine to talk to the other party.
¡°Not bad. It¡¯s quite simple. I can condense it casually.¡±
¡°Ha¡You¡¯re so stubborn.¡± ¡± You think I¡¯m an idiot?¡± MO Qianqiu said disdainfully. Could a Half-Saint clone be formed casually? Even the sage realm can¡¯t do it. How can you grasp the hugews involved now?¡±
Su Yang was speechless.
uh¡ Was he lying?
Forget it. They couldn¡¯t do what he could easily do. This reaction was normal.
¡°Alright, you¡¯re right. It¡¯s quite difficult.¡±
It was difficult to waste even a second of his time.
¡°However, I¡¯m quite curious. Where did all of you go?¡±
Facing Su Yang¡¯s idiotic question, MO Qianqiu fell silent again.
It was impossible for any force to not know about the Chaotic Secret Realm.
Even if they didn¡¯t have any power to rely on, they could just ask around.
Are you ying dumb with me here?
Was it necessary?
MO Qianqiu and Su Yang¡¯s conversation was just to stall for time, wanting to deduce where Su Yang¡¯s main body was.
Otherwise, just killing a clone was meaningless, and it would not be able to relieve the hatred in his heart.
However, after trying it out, he got an answer that made him frown. Not in the Immortal Dimension Realm, nor in the Immortal Realm¡
Where was that?
Or perhaps the other party had a supreme treasure on him that could disrupt his deduction and cause him toe to such a conclusion.
MO Qianqiu was certain in his heart.
This was the correct answer.
Since he could not deduce Su Yang¡¯s location, he had to continue stalling for time.
¡± Although I can¡¯t deduce your location now, don¡¯t be too proud. The moment our race wins this battle, it will definitely be your death!¡±
After MO Qianqiu finished speaking, he pointed at Su Yang, who was trapped.
A finger with a dense destructive aura pressed on Su Yang¡¯s forehead.
In an instant, Su Yang¡¯s avatar died and dissipated¡
After dealing with Su Yang¡¯s clone, although MO Qianqiu was still unhappy, it had already happened, so he didn¡¯t dwell too much on it.
He got up and left, preparing to return to the Chaotic Secret Realm to report.
World of the Grand Xia
¡°I¡¯m still 150,000 points short¡¡± Su Yang whispered.
At the same time, with a thought, a new clone took shape.
¡± I already said that I can easily form a clone. Why wouldn¡¯t I believe it?¡±
He controlled his avatar, tore through the barrier of the Immortal Realm, and entered the Immortal Realm again.
Then, he entered the Immortal Dimension Realm.
This was the way to enter by locking in the soul aura, so Su Yang would still be in the 97th battle zone when he entered again.
A momentter, Su Yang came to the evilir domain again.
¡°Hehe¡l¡¯m back..¡±
Chapter 345 - 345: Gathering the Advancement Materials!
Chapter 345 - 345: Gathering the Advancement Materials!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Without much effort, Su Yang returned to the evilir territory again.
He had to continue killing evil gods and obtain enough points to exchange for the resources he needed.
Currently, the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect could provide him with the will of 10 billion living beings in an hour on average.
In the Immortal Realm, he could obtain 200 billion living beings ¡®wills in a day. It was not bad.
However, it would take him at least half a month to advance from the initial stage of the semi-sage realm to the middle stage.
This was only counting the will of all living beings and not the chaotic qi.
If he did not want to collect the Chaos Qi himself and wanted to rely on the fusion of the wills of all living beings to obtain it.
Putting aside the four-dimensional will of all living beings, he had plenty of it.
However, ordinary living beings ¡®wills required a total of 100 billion to fuse a single strand.
100 wisps were worth 10 trillion.
ording to his current collection speed, he would need at least 50 days.
Altogether, that was about 65 days.
This was still the time of the Immortal Realm. If it was converted to cosmic time, it would be about 42 years.
It was precisely for this reason that he wanted to see what sort of benefits the world of the Grand Xia would bring him after it was upgraded. He wanted to see if he would be able to collect the wills of all living beings faster.
But no matter what, once he had collected enough points to help the world of the Grand Xia advance, he would go and collect chaos qi.
Right now, his goal was to gather the resources needed for the advancement of the Grand Xia.
He had always done one thing before moving on to the next.
¡°150,000 points¡Killing fifteen Evil Gods in a settlement with tens of thousands of them would be a piece of cake.¡±
¡± That Evil God in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm should have left, right?¡±
¡°However, regardless of whether he left or not, he still has to be killed.¡± In any case, his clone did not die. This was his greatest confidence.
After releasing his sword intent, Su Yang began to search for the ce where the evil gods gathered.
Although there were many evil gods, at least tens of millions.
However, the entire evilir was also veryrge.
Boundless. Even a Half-Saint could forget about covering the entire evilir. There was still a difference between using his consciousness topletely envelop the area and using some methods to search arge area.
Using methods to search arge area was using immortal techniques to conduct a specific search. There were some conditions and restrictions. However, what Su Yang was doing now waspletely different. He directly used his sword intent to cover arge area and searched every inch of the ground very violently.
Any existence that was enveloped by the sword intent would be unable to hide.
This was what Su Yang was doing now.
The sword intent covered arge area, and soon, many evil god strongholds appeared in his senses.
Su Yang also disappeared in an instant.
At the border of the evilir.
MO Qianqiu made some slight changes to the Eye of Truth.
After he reported the information here, he received an order to release the full power of the Eye of Truth. He did not care about the consumption.
In this case, he would need to spend 10 million Supreme Grade Immortal Stones a day, which was extremely huge.
However, this was also to prevent such a situation from happening again in the future.
After the Eye of Truth was fully activated, the entire evilir would be enveloped, and not only the borders would be explored.
Even the entire interior of the evilir would be included in the scope of the investigation.
This way, they could avoid being ambushed without even knowing.
This time, it was the abnormality of the leaderboard that they discovered.
However, there were actually drawbacks to this.
Previously, as long as a Half-Saint appeared in the range of the Eye of Truth, they would discover it.
Now, only Half-Saints who were within the range of the Eye of Truth would be locked onto by the Eye of Truth.
However, this was mainly just a precaution. The difference between the two wasn¡¯t big in MO Qianqiu¡¯s eyes.
As long as there were any changes in the territory, he would be able to know immediately.
However, he was responsible for guarding this ce for the next day.
The nest still needed to be guarded by experts. If something happened, it had to be resolved immediately. It could not spread.
No one knew if such a situation would happen in the future.
However, they had to take precautions.
The decision was that those in the perfected stage of the Half-Saint Realm who did not have a Great Dao divine power would take turns to guard the ce, one day at a time.
This was absolutely fair.
In this way, MO Qianqiu became the first person to guard it.
After setting the coverage range of the Eye of Truth, MO Qianqiu prepared to take a leisurely rest.
After all, this was a rare opportunity.
There was no need to kill or fight.
After this day, he would once again throw himself into battle.
However¡ MO Qianqiu hadn¡¯t even sat down.
Immediately, he felt the Eye of Truth tremble violently. At the same time, an image appeared in front of the Eye of Truth.
MO Qianqiu frowned and looked over.
A familiar scene appeared on the screen.
A figure appeared in the sky above an evil god stronghold. After that person appeared, a huge sword descended from the sky and instantly wiped out the entire evil god stronghold.
Ten thousand miles ofnd turned into a ten thousand miles abyss.
And that figure was extremely familiar to him..
It was Su Yang!
MO Qianqiu was shocked,¡¯How could this be¡¡¯ I just killed his clone, and he appeared again so quickly?¡±
¡± Can I really create a Half-Saint Avatar at will?¡±
¡± Impossible. Even if it could be done, there must be a limit. There must be a cost, or it could be a clone that was prepared in advance.¡±
¡® How can there be an existence in this world who can infinitely condense Half-Saint avatars?¡±
¡°If there really is one, then what realm is it?¡± ¡°Do we still need to continue this battle?¡±
MO Qianqiu thought of many things.
In the end, he felt that Su Yang might have a special method to quickly condense an avatar, but it was definitely not without a price..
Chapter 346 - 346: Gathering the Advancement Materials! (2)
Chapter 346 - 346: Gathering the Advancement Materials! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°I¡¯ll kill as many clones as you send. I want to see how many clones you can condense.¡±
MO Qianqiu sneered in his heart and immediately took action.
Su Yang had already appeared. Of course, he could not watch Su Yang continue to ughter his nsmen.
Inside the Evil Cavern
[Points +18221]
Su Yang made his move and took out a stronghold where tens of thousands of evil gods gathered.
He sensed that something was wrong at the first moment.
His position was locked.
¡± It seems like this evil god has made a moreplete monitoring method for the entire territory.¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine if I don¡¯t attack when I¡¯m concealing my aura, but once I do, I won¡¯t be able to conceal it anymore¡¡±
After using his own ability to make a deduction, Su Yang instantly understood what had happened.
In the next instant, MO Qianqiu appeared before him once again.
¡°Oh, we meet again. You came so quickly.¡± Su Yang smiled.
¡°Su Yang, I¡¡± MO Qianqiu¡¯s face darkened.
Without waiting for MO Qianqiu to finish, Su Yang¡¯s smile gradually became strange.
¡°See you next time.¡±
¡°Bang!¡±
Su Yang¡¯s avatar instantly exploded and dissipated into the world.
MO Qianqiu was stunned on the spot.
¡®This¡¡¯ Suicide?
Did he really not care about a clone?
MO Qianqiu was extremely puzzled.
Moreover, from Su Yang¡¯s words, he felt that Su Yang would definitely control his avatar to enter the evilir to kill his nsmen.
¡°Damn it..
The more he thought about it, the more helpless MO Qianqiu felt.
She knew what Su Yang wanted to do and what his next n was.
However. he was helpless and could only watch Su Yang act.
This feeling made MO Qianqiu extremely ufortable.
¡°No, I have to contact Lord MO Zhongyue¡¡±
MO Qianqiu gritted his teeth. Since he couldn¡¯t solve it, he would report it to the higher-ups. He couldn¡¯t care less about the final oue. He contacted MO Zhongyue and reported what happened here again.
the chaotic secret realm
MO Zhongyue stopped in her tracks, her deep eyes shing with thousands of thoughts.
He already knew about the information that MO Qianqiu sent back.
In the face of Su Yang¡¯s strange ability, he did not seem to have a better solution.
¡°Strange humans¡
¡± It really can create countless clones. Is it some kind of Great Dao Divine Power or something else¡¡±
MO Zhongyue gave the order.
He had MO Qianqiu guard the ce and kill him every time he appeared.
There was nothing he could do. Su Yang was obviously very good at concealment methods, and his strength was extremely strong. If he didn¡¯t make a move, he wouldn¡¯t even be able to find him.
After the attack, one of the strongholds would definitely be wiped out.
The best oue was that Su Yang¡¯s clone was limited, otherwise, the evilir would definitely not be able to defend itself.
He couldn¡¯t ignore it, and he couldn¡¯t invest a lot of energy into it.
It was enough to let MO Qianqiu guard it.
The evilir would let Su Yang do the harm.
As long as they could gain an advantage in the Chaotic Secret Realm, they could also win.
MO Zhongyue made a decision in an instant.
After MO Qianqiu received the order, he followed it.
He had already guessed this oue.
However, he had to report it to MO Zhongyue and let her make the arrangements.
If he acted on his own, even if he made the best decision, he might still be punished.
However, Demon Moon¡¯s decision had nothing to do with him.
The Immortal Cultivators
After the report from the team that had entered the evilir, the Immortal Cultivators in the 97th battle area soon knew about Su Yang¡¯s situation.
¡® So he was killing evil gods in the Evil Cavern¡¡±
¡± Half-Saint strength. Taking advantage of the Half-Saint Evil God¡¯s absence, I was lucky enough to obtain so many points. It¡¯s just a trick. I don¡¯t have any strength to speak of.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. When the Half-Saint Evil God reacts, Su Yang won¡¯t be able tost long.¡±
After knowing Su Yang¡¯s situation, many people decided to judge Su Yang.
She cared less about Su Yang.
However, it was now publicly acknowledged that Half-Saints could not enter the evilir.
There must be something special about Su Yang being able to do this.
Many existences still wanted to know how Su Yang did it.
So they began to arrange for people to contact Su Yang.
She wanted to know this secret from Su Yang.
Evil Cave
MO Qianqiu was in charge.
After a while, Su Yang attacked again just as he had guessed.
By the time he discovered it, a stronghold of tens of thousands of evil gods had been destroyed.
Although he rushed over as soon as possible, he could not stop Su Yang from making his first move.
After Su Yang saw him, he did not hesitate at all and directly self-destructed on the spot.
MO Qianqiu¡¯s heart turned cold. The more Su Yang acted like this, the more confident he was.
But what could he do?
Thinking of this, MO Qianqiu¡¯s heart gradually calmed down.
He couldn¡¯t stop it, and he couldn¡¯t care less.
Kill him¡ Let¡¯s see how long you can jump around.
When they gained a huge advantage in the secret realm of chaos, they would kill all the Immortal Cultivators in the no. 97 battle area.
After all the evil gods returned and guarded the entire evilir, Su Yang would no longer have any chance.
He didn¡¯t care about you now, but there was no need. Did he really think that the evil gods couldn¡¯t do anything to you?
MO Qianqiu calmed down and stopped panicking.
Su Yang did not know what the evil god was thinking, nor did he care.
He only needed to carry out his n.
Forming clones, killing evil gods,mitting suicide¡
This cycle continued.
The third time¡ + 12231 points!
The fourth time¡ + 18882 points!
The fifth time¡ + 15332 points!
Su Yang¡¯s points were constantly rising, and he was getting closer and closer to his goal of 500,000.
Every time he condensed an avatar and took action, it would take Su Yang about fifteen minutes..
Chapter 347 - 347: Gathering the Advancement Materials! (3)
Chapter 347 - 347: Gathering the Advancement Materials! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Just like that, after about an hour and a half, Su Yang¡¯s sword fell again, and another stronghold of tens of thousands of evil gods waspletely destroyed by him.
[Points +14223]
[Total Points: 510,000]
District 97 Overall Ranking-Evil Gods and Immortal Cultivators
¡°First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 510,000. Strength: Early stage of the semi-sage realm.¡±
[Second ce: Zhou Tianyu. Race: Space-time Race. Current points: 100,000.
Strength: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.]
¡°Phew¡lt¡¯s finally enough.¡¯
Su Yang looked at his points and heaved a sigh of relief when he found that he had enough.
It was actually quite boring to keep repeating such actions.
And he didn¡¯t like it that much.
He preferred to use his powerful strength to directly sweep across. If this continued, even if his clone did not die, he would still feel a little unhappy.
If it weren¡¯t for the fact that he had set a goal to meet the requirements for the world to advance as soon as possible, Su Yang would have long refused.
During this period of time, he also found time to inquire about the whereabouts of the Half- Saint.
It turned out that they had all gone to the Chaos Secret Realm to obtain Chaos Qi and more high-level resources.
No wonder she didn¡¯t have time to bother with him.
Now that he had collected enough points, the next step was naturally to enter the Chaotic Secret Realm.
Killing these evil gods would only give him points and not help him much.
However, if he entered the Chaotic Secret Realm and obtained the Chaotic Qi, it could bring him an increase in strength.
After all, a strand of chaotic energy was equivalent to the will of 100 billion beings.
If he could collect more Chaos Qi, he could also speed up the improvement of his strength.
After he destroyed the evil god¡¯s stronghold, MO Qianqiu appeared in front of him.
MO Qianqiu looked at Su Yang coldly, waiting for him to self-destruct again.
He was already used to this process.
However, his eyes gradually changed because he realized that Su Yang did not self-destruct this time.
¡°I look forward to our next meeting.¡±
Su Yang stared at the other party for a while, said something, and then self-destructed again.
The next time they met would be MO Qianqiu¡¯s death.
As for whether MO Qianqiu understood the meaning behind his words, that wasn¡¯t important.
¡± What?¡± When MO Qianqiu saw this, his eyes returned to calmness.¡± It¡¯s baffling.¡±
Su Yang¡¯s words seemed to be threatening, but did he care about the threat of an early stage Half-Saint?
So what if he had an infinite number of avatars, which was equivalent to being immortal?
It could not threaten him at all.
Although he was a little annoyed by Su Yang, it was only for a day.
He did not know who would be the next to be tortured.
MO Qianqiu was guessing. At the same time, he was also wondering who would be thest unlucky person to be tortured.
He hoped that he would note to the second round. If he had the advantage in the Chaotic Secret Realm earlier, he would note here to be tortured.
When he entered the Primal Chaos Secret Realm, he would definitely go all out!
World of the Grand Xia
Su Yang first condensed an avatar and entered the Immortal Realm, then the Immortal Dimension Realm, and then directly went to the wilderness to find the Chaotic Secret Realm.
He had to do it sooner orter anyway.
He had his clone hurry along, and in the process, he would exchange for the various resources that the world of the Grand Xia needed to advance. 510,000 points. In the blink of an eye, he was left with 10,000 points. However, only the total points were recorded on the leaderboard. The points spent would not disappear.
Therefore, Su Yang was still number one on the leaderboard.
¡® Heavenly Dao Awareness, beginning to advance.¡±
In front of Su Yang, the high-level resources that he had exchanged floated.
Top-grade immortal spring, top-grade immortal meridian, top-gradew foundation stone, foundation-type top-grade connate spirit nt, origin spring eye, saint- gradew heart¡
They were all gathered, releasing an unparalleled energy storm.
If he did not use points to exchange for it, Su Yang would not be able to gather all the resources with his current realm.
As the World Lord of the Grand Xia, Su Yang could clearly feel the excitement and excitement of the Heavenly Dao consciousness.
¡°Understood, Master!¡±
Chapter 348 - 348: Chaotic Secret Realm
Chapter 348 - 348: Chaotic Secret Realm
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Under the control of the will of the Heavenly Daos, the six types of resources required for the advancement of the Grand Xia began to fuse into the world of the Grand Xia.
Connate spirit nts were spread out in ten different directions, protecting and stabilizing the world of the Grand Xia.
It was the first to stabilize the entire world, making the entire world extremely solid.
This kind of solidity and stability was the stability of space and the core of the world. It would not affect the normal life of the world¡¯s living beings.
After stabilizing the space and world core, he began to set up the immortal spring and immortal vein¡
Su Yang watched all of this silently.
With the will of the Heavenly Daos present, he didn¡¯t need to worry about these things. He only needed to watch as these things were ced in their proper positions, allowing the world of the Grand Xia to grow stronger.
This time, it would take a long time for the world to advance.
However, it was only a year¡¯s time. To any cultivator who had reached this realm, a year¡¯s time was nothing more than the blink of an eye.
Only Su Yang was a little special.
The world of the Great Xia needed a year to digest all the resources for advancement. Su Yang naturally would not wait for this period of time.
If his true body remained in the world of the Grand Xia, then nothing would happen to the world of the Grand Xia. He could just let it slowly evolve.
During this period of time, he could focus his attention on the Immortal Dimension Realm.
¡°It¡¯s time to enter the Primal Chaos Secret Realm¡¡±
Su Yang¡¯s deep eyes looked in the direction of the Immortal Realm.
There was no need to continue attacking the evilir.
He knew what those powerful Evil Gods were thinking. They were also thinking of gaining a huge advantage in the Chaotic Secret Realm and then crushing the Immortal Cultivators on Battlefield 97.
She didn¡¯t want to waste her energy on him.
This idea was quite good, but now Su Yang had already obtained enough points.
He had already achieved his goal, so he would not waste his time in the evilir.
Next, he would go to the Chaotic Secret Realm to collect resources and increase his strength.
Now, it was time to see whose strength would increase faster.
He was the one who had taken the initiative and obtained powerful strength to sweep through the entire battlefield.
The Heretic God was one step ahead and had the ability to sweep through the entire battlefield and kill all the Immortal Cultivators in the ny-seventh battle zone.
It was still unknown who would win.
Immortal Dimension Realm-Wilderness.
Su Yang looked at the chaotic void that enveloped hundreds of miles in front of him.
The void here was in the color of chaos. From the surface, it looked like a vortex that was constantly spinning. Anyone who came here would be sucked into it.
After getting close, Su Yang could also feel a suction force.
Of course, if one hadn¡¯t reached the Half-Saint Realm, they wouldn¡¯t be able to feel this suction.
Although his clone only had 70% of his strength, it was still a Half-Saint in essence.
In addition, after Su Yang killed many evil gods, he had already gathered enough materials to forge a Connate Spirit Sword.
This time, it was a growth-type innate spirit sword.
If he wanted to upgrade his current inferior-grade Connate Numinous treasure, he could absorb other Connate Numinous treasures to improve his quality.
Although it was only an inferior-grade primordial spirit treasure, it could double his strength. Moreover, it was soul-bound and could not be lost. It could return to his main body with a thought.
As long as he had enough materials, the quality of this innate spirit sword would continue to increase, and the amplification it brought to him would also continue to increase.
However, it was a little difficult for Su Yang to improve the quality of this Connate Spirit Sword.
Currently, he had already given this Connate Spirit Sword at least ten inferior-grade Connate Numinous treasures.
However, the quality of the innate spirit sword did not increase.
However, this was still fine. He would continue to collect resources in the future to improve the quality of the connate spirit sword.
At least the spoils of war he collected in the future would be useful. He would not have to throw all of them to Gu Xiu to take care of.
The Connate Spiritual Sword could be said to be his Natal Spiritual Sword. It was his exclusive weapon. Only this Natal Spiritual Sword could increase the power of his sword intent. Other Connate Spiritual Treasures and Connate Supreme Treasures could not increase the power of his sword intent.
This also meant that in the future, all treasures above the Primordial Spiritual Treasure would be refined by his Natal Spiritual Sword.
They became nourishment for his Natal Spiritual Sword.
This was actually good news for Su Yang. After all, he could finally use the spoils of war.
He was going to kill a lot of enemies next, which meant that there would be a steady stream of harvesting to him, and this was also an opportunity for the evolution of his Natal Spiritual Sword.
Su Yang looked at the Chaotic Secret Realm in front of him and no longer resisted the suction force. In an instant, his figure disappeared from where he was and entered this secret realm.
In the blink of an eye, Su Yang¡¯s environment changed.
This was a special space. At this moment, Su Yang could feel that he was in the starry sky.
Nothingness and chaos had no texture. Everything in his eyes was darkness¡
Only a few stars lit up this space.
¡°Is this the Chaotic Secret Realm? Where is the Chaos Qi?¡±
Su Yang observed his surroundings, but he had too little information and could not see anything.
However, it was not difficult to gather information since they were already here.
By using the sword intent to deduce the uniqueness of it, he would naturally be able to find where the Chaos Qi was.
The sword intent soon covered arge area of the void.
As the coverage area becamerger andrger, some special fluctuations finally appeared in Su Yang¡¯s mind..
Chapter 349 - 349: Chaotic Secret Realm (2)
Chapter 349 - 349: Chaotic Secret Realm (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
However, they were only Half-Saint cultivators, so Su Yang did not care and continued to expand the coverage of the suggestion.
However, Su Yang soon realized that something was wrong. These Half-Saint cultivators seemed to be rushing towards his position.
Under the cover of the sword intent, Su Yang could clearly see the movements of these people.
Therefore, when these people all rushed towards his position, he was very clear.
Su Yang frowned. What did these people mean? Why were they all rushing towards him?
Before he could think too much, three figures appeared in front of him.
¡°Fellow Daoist, it¡¯s not appropriate for you to release your aura like this.¡±
The human cultivators who came were also stunned when they saw Su Yang. Then, they said this.
Li Daogao was puzzled. Logically speaking, human cultivators shouldn¡¯t have such a high-profile person. They should be rtively low-key.
Releasing his aura so brazenly, although he could investigate the surrounding area, he would also be exposed.
No Immortal Cultivator would do such a thing unless they were absolutely safe or confident.
Hearing the other party¡¯s words, coupled with the current situation, Su Yang also understood this truth.
However, this was also because their situations were different, so they had different ways of dealing with such matters.
Su Yang was not afraid of exposing his position at all, nor did he need to be careful.
This was because he was only a clone and was not afraid of death.
Why was there a need to be cautious?
Just do it boldly.
Of course, the other party did not understand his situation and was even willing toe and remind him out of kindness. He could not be too arrogant.
¡°Fellow Daoist is right. However, we are here to search for the Chaos Qi. If we don¡¯t use our own strength to search, how can we search?¡±
Su Yang asked with some doubt. At the same time, he wanted to know the answer.
When Li Daogao heard this, he had a rough judgment of Su Yang.
¡°Fellow Daoist, you must be a lone cultivator, right? And you haven¡¯t taken the initiative to collect information?¡±
¡°Indeed.¡±
¡°It¡¯s no wonder. However, Fellow Daoist, although we cultivators only pursue the Great Dao, we can¡¯t be too shielded from the outside world.¡¯
¡°After all, the information on the road to the Great Dao is blocked. We might not even be able to grasp the opportunity of the Great Dao.¡±
¡°Understood, understood.¡± The other party was right, so Su Yang did not refute anything. He naturally knew the importance of information, but his growth speed was too fast, and he often could not keep up with the news. He could only learn from wherever he went.
Li Daogao persuaded him verbally.
Seeing that Su Yang was so tactful.
Then, he exined to Su Yang.
¡® In this Chaotic Secret Realm, besides the fixed Chaotic Ancient Path, where you can try to obtain Chaotic Qi through three trials, you can also kill Chaotic Ominous Beasts.¡±
¡± We just need to keep wandering in the Chaotic Secret Realm. If the Ominous Beasts of Chaos appear, there will naturally be a greatmotion.¡±
¡± The Ominous Beast of Chaos is like a firefly in the night sky in the Chaotic Secret Realm. We can know his position clearly. We don¡¯t have to release our aura and expose our position.¡±
¡°If you expose your aura so brazenly like this, you will be able to clearly know our existence if you encounter people like us who are not good at concealment techniques. However, if you encounter someone who is good at concealment techniques, you might not be able to find his location, but he will be able to clearly know your location. You might be schemed against, so you have to be careful.¡¯
Li Daogao saw that Su Yang was of the same race as the human cultivators, so he said more. Moreover, Su Yang¡¯s attitude was not bad. Saying thismon sense would not affect him much. On the contrary, he could make a good rtionship with him.
Su Yangpletely understood after listening to it. Then, he asked about the location of the Ancient Chaos Path.
Since the Chaos Ancient Path had three fixed locations that could obtain Chaos Qi, he might as well go to the Chaos Ancient Path and try it first.
If they encountered Ominous Beasts of Chaos on the way, they could kill them first. After all, the location of the Ancient Path of Chaos was fixed.
Li Daogao answered Su Yang¡¯s question without hesitation.
¡°I¡¯m Su Yang. Thank you for your exnation, Fellow Daoist.¡± Su Yang cupped his fists and bowed to Li Daogao.
Li Daogao also returned the greeting.¡± Fellow Daoist, you don¡¯t have to be so polite. We¡¯re both humans. It¡¯s only right for us to help each other.¡±
After a brief exchange of information and exchanging contact details, they bid each other farewell and went back to their own business.
Li Daogao and the other two were looking for Ominous Beasts of Chaos, while Su Yang nned to go to the Ancient Path of Chaos.
Moreover, this was the first time they had met, and they did not know each other at all. Naturally, they could not travel together.
If they wanted to travel together, they had to at least get to know each other a little, or they would only travel together if they had a familiar friend.
Su Yang was naturally not afraid that Li Daogao would plot against him, but Li Daogao might not be afraid.
Therefore, it was the best choice for them to leave aftermunicating with each other.
After both parties left, Li Daogao¡¯spanion suddenly came back to his senses.
¡°He just said that his name is Su Yang. Is he the Su Yang who ranked first on the rankings?¡±
¡°Hiss¡ ! ¡±
¡°I didn¡¯t think of it that way just now. It seems like it really is him?¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t this guy in the evilir? Why are you here again?¡±
¡± I don¡¯t know, but this kind of existence must have its own secrets. Its behavior is not something that you and I can specte on.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true. However, from the looks of it, he doesn¡¯t seem to be backed by arge faction. He doesn¡¯t even know the basic information. Could this kind of person be that person with monstrous luck?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t you already have the answer in your heart?¡±
¡® But I want to say that luck is one thing. It¡¯s more important to be able to catch it and use it for yourself.¡±
¡°There are some existences who are also blessed with heaven-defying luck, but if they can¡¯t withstand it, that will be a disaster.¡±
¡°That makes sense. We should focus on being ourselves. There are some things that we shouldn¡¯t think about.¡±
The three of them saw it very clearly.
It wasn¡¯t that they had high awareness, but that they didn¡¯t have the slightest chance.
If they had the chance to obtain Su Yang¡¯s opportunity, they would be allowed to make a choice.
Then the choice he made might be different.
Greed¡ There was nock of it in the human heart.
The so-called rationality was when one could see that there was no chance at all.
Su Yang was flying in the air on the way to the Ancient Chaos Path.
Now, he had also restrained his aura and was no longer so ostentatious.
Releasing his aura would not help him in the Chaotic Secret Realm. It would only bring him disaster.
Even if his clone didn¡¯t die, he didn¡¯t want to keep rushing.
While hiding his aura, Su Yang was also paying attention to the situation in the void.
Pay attention to the appearance of any Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
ording to the information given to him by Li Daogao, Ominous Beasts of Chaos were the materialization of Chaos Qi.
Killing the Ominous Beasts of Chaos would allow one to obtain the Qi of Chaos.
As for how much Chaos Qi a Chaos Ominous Beast could have, it depended on the strength of the Chaos Ominous Beast.
The stronger the beast was, the more chaotic Qi it contained.
Early stage of the semi-sage realm, 1 ¨C 2 wisps
Intermediate Half-Saint, 2 ¨C 3 wisps
Late stage of the semi-sage realm, 3 ¨C 4 wisps
Half-Saint Perfection, 4 ¨C 5 wisps
There was another kind of¡lt was called the Ji Realm.
It was not just a special realm, but there was a huge difference in strength.
The Half-Saint Realm was an existence that grasped the Great Dao Divine Power.
He had also learned this information during this period of time.
¡°Great Dao divine power¡lt requires the Great Dao seed as the core. Although my sword technique is the strongest sword technique in my current realm, the Great Dao divine power is clearly able to break through the shackles of the realm.¡±
¡°Then can I find this Great Dao seed and use it for myself?¡±
Su Yang had this idea in his heart, but at the moment, he did not have a way to obtain the Great Dao Seed, so he could only think about it first.
He could pay attention to it if he encountered it in the future.
Each Half-Saint Extreme Realm Chaotic Ominous Beast could provide ten wisps of Chaotic Qi.
After understanding a little about how to obtain the Chaos Qi, Su Yang felt a sense of difficulty.
At this realm, wanting to kill an existence of the same realm was not such a
simple matter.
The hope of a one-on-one fight was slim.
No wonder Li Daogao was in a group of three. The other teams must be in groups as well.
It was likely that there were very few people who existed alone like him.
Unless he was very confident in his own strength.
Su Yang thought to himself. Although it was a little difficult, it was fine for him.
If even he found it difficult, the other cultivators would definitely find it even more difficult.
It was better to go to the Ancient Chaos Path first.
The three trials, talent,prehension, and actualbat?
Interesting.
Chapter 350 - 350: Talent: Monster!
Chapter 350 - 350: Talent: Monster!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Chaotic Secret Realm.
After knowing the situation of the Ancient Chaos Path, Su Yang immediately chose to go to the Ancient Chaos Path to check the situation.
ording to Li Daogao, there were three ces in the Ancient Chaos Path where one could obtain Chaos Qi steadily as long as one was strong enough.
The Ancient Chaos Path was one of the three great trial grounds. The most important thing was not to look at one¡¯s current realm.
The first was talent, the second wasprehension, and the third was actualbat.
The talent test was based on age.
After learning about this situation, Su Yang immediately knew that his opportunity hade.
If his talent was determined by his age, then it would not even take him 50 years to reach his current realm¡
If he didn¡¯t count the time wasted by his predecessor, he hadn¡¯t even spent ten years cultivating to his current realm.
Compared to other immortal cultivators, who could easily reach hundreds of thousands of years or millions of years, it was simply heaven-defying.
Li Daogao told him that the more talented he was, the more chaotic Qi he could obtain.
Wasn¡¯t this specially prepared for him?
The second point wasprehension.
ording to Li Daogao¡¯s information.
The Comprehension Test tested the speed at which oneprehended immortal techniques.
The trial grounds would constantly make requests, allowing cultivators to use various immortal techniques ording to their requirements.
The more hepleted, the higher hisprehension.
The immortal technique used had to beprehended on the spot. This could not be taked in the trial ground, so there was no need to dream ot preparing in advance.
The trial grounds would set requirements ording to the realm of the trial-takers.
Overall, it was very difficult.
However, after Su Yang knew this rule, he smiled.
Testing hisprehension and disying a brand new move on the spot?
Was this difficult?
He could use whatever construction he wanted. No matter what the requirements of the trial ground were, Su Yang felt that he could easilyplete it.
Therefore, the second assessment was stable for Su Yang.
With these two points, his gains would not be small.
The third trial was actualbat.
The actualbat trial tested the participant¡¯sbat strength at the current realm.
Su Yang was even less worried about this assessment.
Under no special circumstances, his sword essence was definitely the strongest among those in the same realm.
After all, his sword intent could be anyw or power in the world.
Moreover, there was no such thing as consumption when using it.
Under such circumstances, who in the same realm would be his match?
The three trials were not a problem for Su Yang.
Su Yang was looking forward to what rewards he would get for passing the trial.
It was also because he knew the requirements of the three trials that Su Yang chose to go to the Ancient Chaos Path first.
There were no idents along the way. After a period of hurrying, Su Yang directly arrived at the location of the Ancient Chaos Path.
In the Primal Chaos Secret Realm, there was nond at all in other ces. It was all empty space, but this was the first time a starry sky path had appeared on the Primal Chaos Ancient Path.
This path was formed by thousands of stars andid out in the void.
Su Yang stepped into it. The moment he stepped into the Ancient Chaos Path, a notification appeared in his mind.
[You are not allowed to fight here. Otherwise, you will be expelled from the Chaotic Secret Realm.]
This was thew of the Ancient Chaos Path.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, the appearance of this rule was so that the three trials could proceed smoothly and not turn this ce into a battlefield.
However, Su Yang was very puzzled. What was the purpose of these three trials?
Since there were trials and requirements, there must be a purpose.
Who set the requirements for the trial?
And who set up the three training grounds?
Su Yang was not clear about this, but he knew that this was definitely not arranged by a Saint Realm expert.
It must have been set up by an even stronger existence above the Saint Realm.
Inner world?
Or was it theyout of this universe?
At present, Su Yang only had these two directions.
He only had these two guesses. He knew too little information, so it was normal that no more answers appeared in his mind.
No matter what, let¡¯s do the first test first.
Su Yang rushed forward along the Ancient Chaos Path and soon arrived at the first trial site.
[Chaos Stone b]
However, it wasn¡¯t his turn yet.
At a nce, there were at least a few hundred existences left in front of them.
There were cultivators and evil gods among them.
The two sides had a rare peaceful time together.
The atmosphere was tense, but no one dared to make a move.
Su Yang was at the end of the line, waiting for the existence in front of him toplete the test.
These existences did not have any special reaction to Su Yang¡¯s arrival. Those who were familiar with each other gathered together, waiting for their turn to take the test.
However, some existences still noticed Su Yang. After all,pared to them in groups, Su Yang came here alone.
However, he only paid a little attention to it and did not do anything special.
Su Yang observed the situation here. There were only a few hundred people left.
Obviously, the first trial was graduallying to an end.
After all, under normal circumstances, there would not be only a few hundred evil gods and cultivators, even if they were Half-Saints.
Looking at the leaderboard, it could be seen that there were at least 10,000 Half-Saints on both sides.
Su Yang¡¯s main attention was still on the location of the Chaotic Stone Tablet.
He paid attention to the existences who hadpleted the test one by one.
Demonic Wind Cloud. Race: Four-dimensional Life Form. Strength: Intermediate Half-Saint. Age: 3,650,000. Talent: Low-grade. Reward: Five wisps of Chaotic Qi.
Roden. Race: Destroyed. Strength: Mid Half-Saint. Age: 2,900,000. Talent: Low-Grade. Reward: Five wisps of Chaotic Qi..
Chapter 351 - 351: Talent: Monster! (2)
Chapter 351: Talent: Monster! (2)
Luo Mingsu. Race: Destroyed. Strength: Late Half-saint. Age: 1,090,000. Talent: Medium. Reward: 10 wisps of Chaos Qi.
MO Kongming. Race: Four-dimensional Life Form. Strength: Great Circle of Half-Saint. Age: 490,000 years. Talent: High-grade. Reward: 50 wisps of Chaotic Qi.
After observing for a while, Su Yang also had a better understanding of the situation of the Chaos Stone Tablet.
At the same time, he was looking forward to seeing what sort of evaluation he would receive from the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet at his age, and what sort of rewards he would receive.
The evaluation was secondary. The most important thing was the reward.
He was nearly 500,000 years old, and he could obtain 50 wisps of Chaotic Qi with just a high-grade talent. Then, with his talent, he should have at least 100 wisps of Chaotic Qi, right?
Su Yang still had some confidence in this.
After all, the actual situation was right here. If even a 500,000-year-old could obtain 50 wisps of chaotic qi, then it was normal for an existence who was not even 50 years old to obtain twice as much, right?
Su Yang even felt that if it was not ten times more, it would not be enough to make up for this huge gap.
While waiting, Su Yang focused his attention on the world of the Great Xia.
After some time had passed, the world of the Grand Xia was currently undergoing a process of advancement.
The World Barrier became even more solid, and the energy released was even greater.
It continued to spread in all directions. The distance that this energy spread was calcted in light years.
Countless universe bugs and universe demon beasts instinctively rushed over when they felt this huge energy.
Energy was the basic requirement for their survival and evolution.
They could not resist the huge energy object at all.
Su Yang sensed for a moment. The energy released by the advancement of the Grand Xia had already affected the entire Cantilever Gxy.
Moreover, it was still expanding outwards.
The impact was extremely terrifying.
Countless Zergs and universe demon beasts were attracted over¡
This kind of danger could easily destroy any in the Cantilever Gxy. However, to the world of the Grand Xia, it did not have much of an impact. In fact, Su Yang did not even need to personally take action.
The current Grand Xia Immortal Sect had also reached an unprecedented level of power.
The total number of disciples had already reached 100 million.
Putting everything else aside, there were more than a million who had reached the Heaven Immortal realm.
However, most of them were stuck at the Celestial Immortal realm. After reaching the Celestial Immortal realm, even if they had enough resources to cultivate, it would still take a long time. After all, in addition to resources, they also had toprehend the correspondingws.
The strongest among them was Gu Xiu. With the unlimited supply of resources, Gu Xiu¡¯s strength had already reached the level of a Primordial Immortal.
The most powerful existence in the universe was the True Immortal. Without special circumstances, there was no existence that surpassed the True Immortal realm.
With Gu Xiu holding the fort, Su Yang did not have to make a move.
The endless Zergs that were like waves in the sea were easily destroyed by Gu Xiu.
After being destroyed, the corpses of the insectoids weren¡¯t wasted. They were all absorbed by the world of the Grand Xia, turning into nutrients for its advancement.
It had always been the case in the past.
The universe bugs wanted to devour the upgraded worlds to obtain energy to strengthen themselves. In fact, they were also a kind of resource. After they were killed, they could also be used to upgrade the world.
Under such circumstances, the world of the Grand Xia grew stronger and stronger, and the world walls became more and more solid.
Su Yang did not pay too much attention to these things. His main attention was on the inner barrier.
During the two previous advancements of the Grand Xia, the inner barrier had been forcibly broken through.
The terrifying existences inside even ran out.
If not for the suppression of the universe¡¯s consciousness, Su Yang would definitely not be able to deal with an existence of that level at his peak with his previous strength.
Even with his current strength, he might not be able to deal with it. After all, so far, he did not feel that it was possible for him to explore the inner world.
It was also because of this that Su Yang focused his attention on the inner barrier.
If something really ran out, he had to know immediately.
He wasn¡¯t sure if the universe¡¯s consciousness couldpletely suppress the creatures that escaped from the inner world, and he wasn¡¯t used to entrusting his life and safety to other existences.
Although the inner barrier had been broken through during the two previous advancements of the Grand Xia, it had been reinforced each time.
The energy ripples produced by the advancement of the Grand Xia far surpassed the previous one, but they didn¡¯t cause any cracks to appear on the inner walls.
Su Yang understood in his heart that it was only a matter of time before this barrier shattered.
It hadn¡¯t shattered yet, but it hadn¡¯t reached the critical point yet.
Thinking of the life inside, Su Yang also summoned the immortal energy in his hand.
He knew that this thing was very advanced, but so far, even though he had reached the Half-Saint Realm, he still could not sense its use. This was also one of the reasons why Su Yang felt that he did not have enough strength to explore the inner world.
Looking at the wisp of gray aura floating in his hand, no matter how Su Yang sensed it, it was useless. He was like an ordinary wisp of aura.
Su Yang shook his head and stopped thinking so much. He focused his attention on the Chaotic Mystic Realm again.
Ancient Chaos Path, the first trial ground.
There was no other existence in front of Su Yang now.
Whether it was the evil gods or the other immortal cultivators, they had alreadypleted the test and were rushing towards the next trial site.
¡°In that case, it should be my turn now¡¡±
Su Yang muttered and then walked forward.
There was nothing special about this first test. It waspletely based on one¡¯s talent.
Or rather, it waspletely based on age and nothing else.
This also made Su Yang more puzzled. Could talent bepletely determined by age?
There might be some conditions that he did not know about, but that was not important. The current conditions were still very beneficial to him.
Su Yang ced his hand on the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet.
In the next moment, a golden light shed across the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet.
Part of it turned into a message and appeared in front of Su Yang. The other part of the golden light instantly traveled through the endless space and disappeared into the mystic realm.
In the Immortal Dimension Realm, all the Saint Realm experts who were hovering in the void and waiting for the final battle to take ce suddenly opened their eyes.
¡°Did something pass by?¡±
¡°How could this be¡ln this universe war, how can there be an existence that can break the seal?¡±
¡°Could it be that my perception was wrong?¡±
¡°Fellow Daoists, can you sense it?¡±
¡°There¡¯s no need to guess. Everyone, please take a look at the Chaos Secret
Realm, the Ancient Chaos Path, the first trial.¡± The Spacetime Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign already knew something. He looked at the Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign and said slowly.
The other Sacred Sovereigns were confused.
The human race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign¡¯s expression did not change, but he was extremely shocked in his heart.
When the Sacred Sovereigns in the void looked at the Primal Chaos Stone
Tablet and saw the true situation, they were all extremely shocked.
¡°Impossible!¡±
At that moment, even though they were Sacred Sovereigns, they still could not maintain theirposure.
[Chaos Stone b]
First: Su Yang, Race: Human, Strength: Early Half-Saint, Age: 26, Talent: Monster!
¡°26 years old¡How could he only be 26 years old? It really isn¡¯t just one word missing!¡±
¡°Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign, you have really hidden yourself well¡¡¯
After a short period of shock, many Sacred Sovereigns also epted this situation. After all, the truth was right in front of them.
They had no choice but to ept it.
The gazes of the many Sacred Sovereigns gathered on the human race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign.
For a moment, the Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign really wanted to say,¡±l don¡¯t know about this situation either. Do you believe me?¡±
At this moment, he was confused.
Su Yang¡ Where did hee from?
He really did not know anything!
¡°Hahaha¡ The human race¡¯s Sacred Sovereigns like to do this. It seems that this universe war is more than half stable. I just don¡¯t know if this genius who topped the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet can break through to the Half-Saint realm within a hundred years.¡± ¡± Now, those evil gods should panic.¡±
¡°But what is that golden light?¡±
¡°It must have been left behind by the existence who set up the Ancient Chaos Dao, but¡What kind of impact will it bring?¡±
The Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign did not exin much. In such a situation, no matter how he exined, these existences would not believe him.
In front of the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet.
Su Yang also saw his ranking.
¡°First ce¡Although I expected this, why are all the top ten humans?¡±
Chapter 352 - 352: Comprehension Test, Nine Steps!
Chapter 352: Comprehension Test, Nine Steps!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
In front of the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet.
Su Yang carefully observed the name on the stone tablet.
He suddenly realized that the top ten¡No, wait¡To be precise, the top 15 were all humans!
Only after sixteen did the figures of other races appear.
This ranking looked pretty good. Those who didn¡¯t know would definitely think that the human race was the overlord of this universe.
However, this was not the case.
This made Su Yang very puzzled.
How could the human race have fallen to such a state with so many geniuses?
There must be a problem.
Could it be that the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet had existed for a long time, and these people were all extremely ancient existences?
Or rather, the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet would appear in other ces as well.
Some things that Su Yang did not understand.
For example, the four-dimensional world.
For example, the inner world.
Or perhaps these people had already transcended this universe and entered a deeper level to pursue transcendence?
No matter what¡The existence of this Chaos Stone Tablet was enough to let Su
Yang know that there were still many things in the world that he did not know.
After checking the records on the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet, Su Yang turned to look at his harvest.
As his name appeared at the top of the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet, his reward fell.
It floated in front of him.
First, there were 500 wisps of Chaos Qi.
This was quite good. It directly satisfied his current advancement requirements.
Now, he only needed 100 wisps of Chaotic Qi to advance from the initial stage of the semi-sage realm to the intermediate stage of the semi-sage realm. This wave of rewards directly satisfied this point.
In fact, if he continued to advance in the future and did not need much chaotic qi, the remaining 400 wisps might be enough.
Other than the Chaos Qi reward, there was another thing.
He had asked Li Daogao about the reward, which was only the Qi of Chaos. Now, his situation was obviously different.
However, he also knew that the reason for the difference was the difference in talent.
After experiencing many things, Su Yang also understood that there was no absolute fairness in the world, only rtive fairness.
No matter where they were, outstanding people would always enjoy more resources.
For him to have one more thing, it was naturally because his talent was ranked above everyone else, or he had met a certain requirement.
Upon closer inspection, it was a token.
It was pure ck in color and there was a strangew circting on its body. Just by taking a look, Su Yang knew that with his current strength, he would definitely not be able to cause any damage to this token.
At his current realm, he could basically know the result with a nce.
On the front of the token was a ck pce. Just from this pattern, one could not see anything strange about it.
Many factions would forge such a token.
On the back of the token, there were two words engraved.
[Demon]
Su Yang took the token and felt strange.
The meaning of the words depended on the scene. Many words had different meanings in different scenes, such as the word ¡®demon¡¯.
He could be said to be a demon.
It could also be said to be monstrous.
The meaning waspletely different.
Other than these two things, the Chaos Stone Tablet did not give anything else. Su Yang waved his hand and put it away.
The Chaos Qi was a cultivation item, but Su Yang sensed this token and did not know what use it had.
In his perception, this was just an ordinary token.
Perhaps it would only be useful after entering the depths of the Ancient Chaos Path, or perhaps it had some other use. However, since it was given by the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet, it was definitely not a bad idea to keep it for now.
After putting everything away, Su Yang also looked forward.
Next, they would head to the second trial ground.
Comprehension Test
¡°I wonder what kind of method will be used to conduct the test. It is said that there are requirements. If one does not meet the requirements, they will not even have the qualifications to participate in the test¡¡±
Su Yang recalled Li Daogao¡¯s words. Obviously, ording to Li Daogao¡¯s tone at that time, he was the unqualified existence.
Otherwise, he wouldn¡¯t have shook his head and sighed.
This Ancient Chaos Path was a one-way passageway. After entering, one could only advance. Even if one was not qualified to participate in the next trial, one had to walk to the end and leave directly.
He couldn¡¯t return directly.
Su Yang strode forward, looking forward to the next assessment.
Afterpleting the first test, he had already gained so much. Under such circumstances, he naturally looked forward to the next test. Moreover, he was also very confident in the next test.
The Evil God Throne in the sky above the Evil God Domain.
At a nce, there were 99 Evil God Thrones.
There was something mysterious about these Evil God Thrones.
Some were enveloped by specialws, while others were not.
Upon closer inspection, one would discover that there were thirteen Evil God Thrones that were not enveloped by the specialws. The rest of the Evil God Thrones were enveloped.
The Evil God Throne, which was enveloped by a specialw, seemed to not exist in the world, making it impossible for people to detect it.
If one looked closely at the thrones, they would discover that in the center, there was an evil god throne that was bigger than the others.
One had to know that each of these Evil God Thrones represented a Saint Realm Evil God.
In the middle, there was an Evil God Throne that wasrger than the other Evil God Thrones. The meaning behind this was very obvious.
The master of the Evil God Throne was definitely stronger than the other Saint Realm Evil Gods present!
¡± Lord Saint King, something unexpected happened in the Chaotic Secret
Realm. A human cultivator has ascended to the top of the Primal Chaos Stele..¡±
Chapter 353 - 353: Comprehension Test, Nine Steps! (2)
Chapter 353 - 353: Comprehension Test, Nine Steps! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
A voice rang out in the void. It came from the thirteen Evil God Thrones that were not enveloped by specialws.
After the voice sounded, an evil god¡¯s shadow appeared on thergest throne in the center.
¡°Yes.¡±
¡± Yes,¡± the mysterious man replied.¡± Pay more attention to this human. Kill him if you have the chance.¡±
¡°Replying to Saint King, this human is a bit special. This is a clone, and ording to our investigation, this person might have mastered an extremely powerful clonew. His main body didn¡¯t enter the Immortal Dimension
World.¡±
¡°Then pass down the order. Have the people below keep an eye on him. Don¡¯t let him have any chance to obtain those precious resources.¡±
¡°No matter how talented you are in a hundred years, it¡¯s still useless without resources.¡±
¡°In a hundred years, the Immortal Realm will belong to my four-dimensional world. When I cultivate the heart of the Immortal Dao, that will be the opportunity for me to step into the Great Dao¡¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
¡® The Saints of the Immortal Realm thought that they had calcted everything, but they were just clowns. Without my permission, how could they drag the four-dimensional world into the war in the universe?¡±
¡°I want to absorb the four-dimensional world and strengthen myself in pursuit of the Great Dao. Isn¡¯t that the same for me?¡±
¡°Hahaha¡¡±
Although the Heretic God had some reaction to Su Yang, who could reach the Half-Saint realm at the age of 26, it was not a huge reaction.
He didn¡¯t panic as the Half-Saint of the Immortal Realm had guessed.
A 26-year-old Half-Saint was indeed special and talented. However, no matter how high the level of talent was, it would be illusory before it was unleashed.
With only a hundred years left and all resources sealed, so what if he was talented?
Battlefield 97, Ancient Chaos Path.
The ce for theprehension test.
Thisprehension test was made up of nine steps.
Each step could lead to the next area.
However, if one wanted to climb to the first step, one had to have a talent above the middle-grade.
Climbing the stairs also meant that he would have the chance to participate in the Comprehension test.
There were only about 1,000 people on the steps of the Comprehension test.
There were definitely more than ten thousand Half-Saints who had entered this ce, but only one thousand of them were left to participate in the Comprehension Test.
Just the first test, just a single restriction, had eliminated 90% of the people.
It could be said that the requirements were extremely high.
After all, those who could reach this stage were definitely not weak in terms of talent andprehension. However, 90% of them were still eliminated.
There were nine steps in the Comprehension test. The higher the level, the higher the requirements and the greater the rewards.
More than 1,000 cultivators were spread out on the nine steps, and most of them were on the first step.
There were also some on the second and third steps.
Looking at the fourth step, there were only six figures.
There was no one on the fourth step, which meant that the person with the highestprehension ability had only taken four steps on this step.
Among them, there were three evil gods and three cultivators.
The three evil gods frowned because they received a new order in their minds.
[Stop the human Su Yang from obtaining any cultivation resources. If necessary, you can pay any price. The mission level is the highest.]
MO Zhongyue, MO Wenyan, and MO Jiuying, the three outstanding evil gods of District 97, looked at each other.
They also read some of the information they needed from their eyes.
For a moment, the three of them began tomunicate in the void.
¡°Su Yang¡lsn¡¯t this human the one who wreaked havoc in our territory?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. ording to the news from my subordinates, the guy who killed our nsmen in our territory is called Su Yang.¡±
¡°This can be confirmed through the ranking list. However, why did the Lord notice him and order us to keep an eye on him?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know, but are we going to give up the assessment now and directly keep an eye on this person?¡±
¡°There¡¯s no need for that for now. Let¡¯s understand the situation first. The Lord didn¡¯t say anything either. We have to do it immediately.¡±
¡°Even if we want to take action, we have to gather more information first.¡±
¡± That¡¯s right. I¡¯ll pass the order to MO Qianqiu now and have him gather more detailed information.
After some discussion, the three evil gods made up their minds.
Although they had already received the orders from The Lord, they still had to think about how to carry them out.
No matter what mission they were on, the most important thing was information, so they had to gather information first.
After MO Zhongyue gave the order to MO Qianqiu, she continued to immerse herself in theprehension assessment mission.
However, their strange behavior was also noticed by the three Xiuxianists on the other side.
Zhou Tianyu was among the three immortal cultivators.
Even though they had sensed the anomaly on the Evil Gods ¡®side, they did not have any more information and could only temporarily remember it.
Evil Cave
MO Qianqiu, who was guarding the position of the Eye of Truth, received MO
Zhongyue¡¯s order.
¡°Collect information about Su Yang?¡±
At this moment, MO Qianqiu thought of something.
¡°Speaking of which, Su Yang hasn¡¯t appeared for a while. Previously, it was always 15 minutes. He would definitely appear once. What¡¯s going on?¡±
¡°Could it be that he¡¯s preparing to make a big deal out of it, or does he have some method to avoid the detection of the Eye of Truth?¡±
Thinking of this, MO Qianqiu immediately became nervous.
¡°No wonder Lord Protector gave me a new order. I think he sensed something wrong.¡±
MO Qianqiu immediately came back to his senses and thought of the meaning behind this order..
Chapter 354 - 354: Comprehension Test, Nine Steps! (3)
Chapter 354 - 354: Comprehension Test, Nine Steps! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
He couldn¡¯t just sit here and watch, so he immediately activated his Eye of Truth and started to scan every inch of the territory.
If the Eye of Truth was fully activated, its ability would still be rtively powerful. No matter how brilliant the concealment method was, as long as it was not beyond the Half-Saint level, it could lock onto the target. However, the range of its target was limited.
It could only scan a hundred miles at a time.
Most of the time, this function was rather useless, so it was rarely used.
However, the current situation was a little special. Even if it was a little more difficult and tiring, MO Qianqiu still had to take action.
¡°Hehe¡Su Yang, what are you nning?¡±
¡°I¡¯m here to find you.¡±
MO Qianqiu was secretly pleased with himself, thinking that he would definitely be able to foil Su Yang¡¯s n.
Su Yang was hiding in the dark now, so he must have wanted to make some preparations.
However, these were just his guesses. There was no direct evidence, so how could it be true?
Little did they know that Su Yang had already left the evil cave and entered the Ancient Chaos Path.
The Primal Chaos Ancient Path.
Su Yang stepped on this path that was like a star.
Soon, they arrived at the Comprehension Trial Ground.
With just a nce, he saw more than a thousand existences participating in theprehension test.
Evil Gods and cultivators were mixed in.
Because of the rule of not fighting, the two opposing parties were exceptionally harmonious.
Aftering here, Su Yang also knew the rules here.
First, if one wanted to participate in the assessment, one¡¯s talent had to be at the middle-grade or above.
If one¡¯s talent did not pass, they would not even have the chance to take the assessment. They could only leave this ce along the Ancient Chaos Path.
Those with sufficient talent would step onto the assessmentdder and prepare to take the assessment.
There were a total of nine assessment steps. The difficulty of each step increased, but each step passed would have a corresponding reward.
After passing the first step, one could obtain ten wisps of Chaos Qi.
This reward was even more than what a middle-grade talent could give.
Su Yang¡¯s interest was also greatly increased for a moment. After all, there were a total of nine stairs. As the difficulty increased, the rewards would also increase.
You have passed the second trial of the Comprehension Ladder. You are rewarded with 30 wisps of Chaotic Qi!
You have passed the third trial of the Comprehension Ladder. You are rewarded with 100 wisps of Chaos Qi!
You have passed the fourth trial of the Comprehension Ladder. You are rewarded with 300 wisps of Chaos Qi!
You have passed the fifth step of the Comprehension Ladder test. You are rewarded with 1,000 wisps of Chaos Qi!
You have passed the sixth trial ofprehension. You are rewarded with 3,000 wisps of Chaos Qi!
You have passed the seventh step of the Comprehension Ladder test. You are rewarded with 5,000 wisps of Chaotic Qi! A low-grade Great Dao divine power seed!]
[You have passed the eighthprehensiondder test. You are rewarded with a wisp of Chaos Qi and a medium-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed!]
[You have passed the ninthprehensiondder test. You are rewarded with 300 grams of Chaos Qi and a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed!] The higher you went, the more rewards you would get.
The Chaos Qi was still manageable. Su Yang could also obtain it by his own means, but the Great Dao Divine Power Seed made his heart burn.
This thing could increase the strength of a Half-Saint or even a Saint.
One of the conditions to be a Saint Realm expert was to master a low-level Great Dao Divine Power.
If one wanted to master a low-grade Great Dao Divine Power, one had to have a low-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed.
However, if he could pass the ninthprehensiondder test, he would be able to obtain a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed!
This Comprehension Step could only be received once, and it would depend on which step he took. However, Su Yang¡¯s gaze had already fallen on the ninth step of the Comprehension Step.
He might have other special methods to break through to the Saint Realm with the help of the interface.
However, that did not affect him from getting the reward in front of him.
Chapter 355 - 355: One Thought, One Technique
Chapter 355: One Thought, One Technique
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Stomp¡¡±
Su Yang took a step forward and stepped on theprehensiondder.
[Talent assessment in progress¡]
Talent level monster, passed. Enlightenment assessment initiated.
The moment Su Yang stepped on it, two voices appeared in his mind.
Then, it was the third one.
[Comprehending an immortal technique that has never been used before and using it within a day. The power requirement is equivalent to the current realm.]
After hearing the requirements of the assessment, Su Yang knew that it was a sure thing.
He was afraid that he would need toprehend the immortal technique given by theprehensiondder. In that case, his ability might not be able to help him very well.
Now, it seemed that since it was self-created, it was much simpler.
This kind of request was even more difficult for other existences. After all, it was creating something out of nothing, not imitating a cat.
However, it was simple for Su Yang. He only needed to consume some of the will of all living beings.
Now, Su Yang needed 100 million wills to create a Half-Saint sword move.
This consumption was still very terrifyingpared to before.
Fortunately, the speed at which the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect collected the will of all living beings was not slow. Currently, the will of all living beings in his hands had already reached 200 billion.
It might not be enough to increase his strength, but it was more than enough to create some sword moves.
After Su Yang stepped onto the firstprehension step, the more than 800 cultivators above did not notice Su Yang. They were all immersed in their own world.
Everyone¡¯s assessment mission was the same. Comprehending an immortal technique that they had never used before in a day, and it had to be equivalent to their current realm, this difficulty was quite high. In order to reward them, they could not be careless.
After all, the starting point was ten wisps of Chaos Qi. Usually, if they wanted to obtain a wisp, they would have to go through hundreds of thousands of years of nning.
Now, as long as they passed the test, they could directly obtain ten wisps, which could save them countless times.
Under such circumstances, how could they be disturbed by external matters?
He had to focus all his attention onprehending immortal techniques.
However, there were always some people who could notpletely calm down, or because they could not take half a step forward, they began to show an anxious mentality.
Thus, he broke away from the state ofplete concentration and noticed Su Yang, who had just stepped into the first step of theprehensiondder.
The Demonic Orchid Bird was very anxious. Up until now, he had no idea how toprehend the Half-Saint Spell.
This kind of Half-Saint spell that required self-creation made him very distressed.
This request was too difficult.
Fortunately, he was not the only one who found it difficult.
Just the first step of theprehensiondder had trapped more than 800 cultivators, and he was only one of them.
He could ept this fact.
The reward of the Chaos Qi was not so easy to obtain. It looked simple, but it was actually very difficult.
The Demonic Orchid Bird sighed in his heart. Although the assessment time had not ended, he already understood that it was too difficult for him to create a Half-Saint Celestial Art that matched his current realm with hisprehension ability. It was so difficult that there was no hope at all¡
At the same time, he also saw a human cultivator stepping onto theprehensiondder for the first time.
He couldn¡¯t help but wonder if this human cultivator could pass the test.
If it was possible, how long would it take?
Or rather, they were trapped here like him and had no hope ofpleting the first test.
He naturally hoped that this human cultivator would be like him and fail the first test.
However, he probably wouldn¡¯t be able to see that time. There were only twelve hours left until the end of his assessment.
This human cultivator had just stepped onto theprehensiondder.
As for whether this human cultivator would be able toplete the first test soon.
Heh¡ What a joke.
Half a day had passed since the opening of the Ancient Chaos Path, and this human cultivator had only just arrived. It was obvious that he was not well-informed.
Theck of information meant that this person couldn¡¯t be backed by any powerful forces. Under all these conditions, this human cultivator¡¯s strength wouldn¡¯t be very strong.
This human cultivator definitely couldn¡¯t¡
MO Lanyao guessed. However, before his guess waspletely confirmed, he saw the human cultivator pull out the long sword on his back and casually sh at theprehensiondder.
¡°ng!¡±
This sword carried a ferocious lightning power. It was like a lightning dragon as it shed at theprehensiondder, sessfully leaving a sword mark on the firstprehensiondder.
¡°This¡¡± The Devil Orchid Bird was shocked and couldn¡¯t help but exim,¡± How is this possible?!¡± He has only just stepped onto theprehensiondder. It hasn¡¯t even been fifteen minutes!¡±
It could be said that the Demon Orchid Bird had watched the human cultivator step onto theprehensiondder andplete the test in an instant.
As long as one could leave a sword mark on theprehensiondder, they would pass the test, just like the situation of the human cultivator.
Regardless of whether he believed it or not, the human cultivator had already taken a step forward and ascended to the second level ofprehension!
The Devil Orchid Bird¡¯s exmation also attracted the attention of the other cultivators.
When they understood the situation, they all looked at Su Yang.
The Evil God¡¯s side was paying attention to Su Yang. They needed to pay attention to him in the future.
The Immortal Cultivators were wondering who Su Yang was.
¡°Which human fellow daoist is this? Do you have any impression of it?¡±
For a moment, the first step fell into a short silence. No one answered this question.
Obviously, everyone did not know Su Yang¡¯s background, let alone Su Yang.
¡°Fellow Daoists of the human race, why do you have to hide it? At this realm, do you think your reputation will remain unknown?¡± Another cultivator from another race spoke again.
At this moment, someone finally stood up and replied,¡± Fellow Daoists, we humans aren¡¯t hiding this. We don¡¯t know this human who has reached the second step of theprehensiondder either..¡±
Chapter 356 - 356: One Thought, One Technique (2)
Chapter 356: One Thought, One Technique (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°However, in my opinion, he is somewhat simr to that fellow Daoist called
Su Yang.¡±
Although Su Yang¡¯s identity was mysterious, themotion he caused was also huge. It was normal for someone to understand him.
Putting everything else aside, Su Yang was still number one on the leaderboard. This was something that no one couldpare to. ¡°Su Yang? The Su Yang who is ranked first in our theater of operations?¡±
After the human cultivator said Su Yang¡¯s name, the other cultivators immediately thought of something and blurted out.
¡°That¡¯s right. ording to the information I collected, Su Yang looks like this person.¡±
After getting an urate answer, the Cultivation practitioners were not too surprised.
¡± No wonder. Since he¡¯s able to upy the first ce on the leaderboard, he must have something extraordinary about him.¡±
¡°It seems like he has just finished messing around in the evilir and is now running here.¡±
With some information, these cultivators immediately had a rough answer in their hearts. In fact, it was just as they had guessed.
Su Yang had indeede here after he had enough of the evilir.
¡°Speaking of which, which step of theprehensiondder do you think Su yang can taKef¡±
After knowing Su Yang¡¯s identity, a cultivator asked curiously.
¡± Although he¡¯s ranked first, there¡¯s still a part of his trickery.¡±
¡® However, he definitely has his own strengths. I feel that he should be able to quickly ascend to the third step of theprehensiondder. As for going further, I¡¯m not sure.¡¯
Someone thought for a while and gave a more appropriate answer.
This answer also made everyone present agree.
Su Yang was able to get first ce on the leaderboard because he had only killed the True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven Evil God. If it were them, they could do the same, but theycked Su Yang¡¯s special ability.
In this ce whereprehension ability was tested, there was no such thing as trickery. What mattered wasprehension ability. Only with goodprehension ability could one continue to advance.
¡°That¡¯s right. I think so too. To be able to reach the third step of theprehensiondder, hisprehension is already not bad.¡±
¡± I even feel that I can trap him for a very long time at the second step of theprehensiondder.¡±
¡± After all, his first ce in points was just a trick, don¡¯t you think so?¡± The Destroyed cultivator looked around at the other cultivators.
He didn¡¯t get any agreement, which made him feel very strange.
Looking at everyone, he saw that their faces were a little dazed.
What was going on?
He followed everyone¡¯s gaze and looked at the secondprehension step.
Su Yang casually shed out two swords and then stepped onto the thirdprehension step.
¡°This¡!¡±
For a moment, the Destroyed cultivator felt a burning pain on his face.
He had just vowed that Su Yang would be trapped in the secondprehension step for a period of time.
He easilypleted the second step of theprehension test.
This was simply a p to his face.
The kind that he couldn¡¯t resist.
For a moment, his face turned red and he felt a little ashamed.
The immortal cultivators knew more about Su Yang, so they were even more surprised.
However, they could still ept it.
The evil gods also noticed Su Yang at this time.
After all, Su Yang had just arrived here. Facing theprehensiondder used for the assessment, he easily took two steps as if he was walking on t ground.
After breaking through two assessment stages, he arrived at the thirdprehensiondder, which only had a few dozen people.
It would be difficult for such actions to not be noticed.
However, this was only the beginning for Su Yang. His next move shocked all the participants of the assessment!
Originally, many of the examinees thought that Su Yang would slow down after reaching the third step of theprehensiondder.
After all, even those who had already stepped into the fourth step of theprehensiondder had spent some time on the third step.
However, they miscalcted again.
Just as the eyes of many examinees gathered on Su Yang, they saw that Su Yang did not stop for even a moment. The moment he stepped onto the thirdprehension step, he casually shed out three more times.
Three sword marks appeared on theprehensiondder, representing that Su Yang had passed the assessment!
Just like that, Su Yang took another step forward and arrived at the fourthprehension step!
At this moment, only six figures could stand on the same tform as Su Yang.
The six examinees were no longer calm. Even though they were in the first tier and were the best among the many cultivators, they could not remain calm at this moment.
One had to know that they had wasted a lot of time on the third step of theprehensiondder, but Su Yang did not even need to catch his breath toplete the assessment.
Even though theprehension assessment had not ended and the results had not been determined, they knew very well that Su Yang¡¯sprehension talent was worlds apart from theirs!
He had crushed them by who knew how many levels!
They knew this in their hearts.
The three evil gods had a myriad of thoughts. They looked at each other and understood each other¡¯s thoughts.
No wonder The Lord ordered them to keep an eye on this human cultivator called Su Yang.
It seemed that this person didn¡¯t just have some lucky methods that made them helpless and obtain arge number of points.
There must be something extraordinary about him, such as his currentprehension ability.
Although Su Yang was only in the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm, this universe battle onlysted for a hundred years. Su Yang might not be able to make any impact.
However, if such a monster was given enough resources, there might be some changes..
Chapter 357 - 357: One Thought, One Technique (3)
Chapter 357 - 357: One Thought, One Technique (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The reason why a monster was a monster was because of the digestion and utilization of the same amount of resources.
A monstrous cultivator might only need fifteen minutes to refine the same resource, but other ordinary cultivators would need a long time.
The refining time was different, and the degree of absorption might also be different.
For the same resource, a monster could refine 99% of its energy, while an ordinary cultivator could refine 10%.
This was the difference.
No matter what, Su Yang had already appeared in front of them. If they had the chance, they would definitely stop Su Yang from obtaining arge number of resources too easily.
However, now that they were in the Ancient Chaos Path, there was not much they could do. They could only observe Su Yang to prepare for the next operation.
It was also because of this that the three evil gods focused their attention on Su Yang, wanting to sense the uniqueness of Su Yang.
Their actions were destined to be in vain. With their strength, how could they notice the difference between Su Yang and them?
On the other side, when Zhou Tianyu saw Su Yang, his eyes shed with a fiery fighting spirit.
¡°I¡¯m Zhou Tianyu. Are you Fellow Daoist Su Yang?¡±
On the same tform, Zhou Tianyu took the initiative to greet him.
Since the other party took the initiative to greet him, Su Yang also responded.
¡°I¡¯m Su Yang. Greetings, Fellow Daoist Zhou.¡±
After hearing Su Yang¡¯s answer, Zhou Tianyu smiled.¡± You are very strong. I didn¡¯t expect to meet you here.¡±
¡°You¡¯re not bad yourself.¡± Su Yang smiled.
After a round of nodding, both parties did not say anything else. Time was precious now, and their main focus was still onprehending the test given by theprehensiondder.
It was not toote to talk about greeting and making friends when he was free.
At this moment, the gazes of many examinees gathered on Su Yang.
They were all thinking about the same thing.
Would Su Yang be able to quicklyplete the assessment on the fourth step of theprehensiondder, or would he be trapped for a period of time?
If he could still quicklyplete the assessment on the fourth step of theprehensiondder, he would be too powerful!
Some people felt that it was not possible. After all, the difficulty of each step of theprehensiondder was different. The higher one went, the higher the difficulty.
Some examinees felt that it was possible because Su Yang¡¯s way of passing the first three assessments was too brutal.
It was not an exaggeration to describe it as easy.
Furthermore, the examinees for the second and third steps of the Comprehensiondder were very clear about this.
Although the difficulty of eachprehension step increased, the main thing was that the number of immortal techniques that needed to beprehended increased.
The first step ofprehension only required one toprehend an immortal technique within a specified time.
The second step ofprehension required one toprehend two immortal techniques¡
The third step ofprehension required one toprehend three immortal techniques¡
Simrly, the fourth step ofprehension was probably toprehend four immortal techniques in a day.
It seemed like it was only an increase in quantity, but the difficulty was definitely not so.
If one wanted to create an immortal technique, it depended on thewprehension that one had umted on a daily basis.
When hepleted the first step of theprehensiondder test, he had actually already consumed a portion of thewprehension that he had umted.
In the future, he would need to take out a brand new immortal technique on theprehensiondder. In fact, all the difficulties were stacked together.
The fourth step ofprehension seemed to only require one toprehend four brand new immortal techniques, but in fact, one needed to add up the previous ones.
In summary, if he wanted to pass the fourthprehensiondder, he would need toprehend at least ten immortal techniques in a short period of time!
This did not mean that the amount of time needed toprehend an immortal technique could be replicated ording to this time ratio.
Every self-created immortal technique consumed what he had umted on a daily basis.
In the beginning, it was apetition of deep umtion, but theter it was, the more important it was to understand.
If one¡¯sprehension was sufficient, they only needed to consume a small portion of their umtion to create an immortal technique.
On the contrary, the consumption would increase greatly.
So¡ Could Su Yang stillplete the assessment as easily as before?
Thousands of Half-Saints looked up at Su Yang. No matter what they thought, they only wanted to know if Su Yang could easilyplete the assessment..
Chapter 358 - 358: Ascending to the Summit
Chapter 358 - 358: Ascending to the Summit
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
[The fourthprehension test,prehend four immortal techniques of the same realm as yourself in one day.]
When he stepped on the fourthprehension step, Su Yang received this notification.
It was also the test given by the fourth step of theprehensiondder.
In fact, after experiencing the first fewprehension steps, Su Yang already knew that the difficulty of this step assessment was in the number.
Thinking about it carefully, the difficulty of this increase was extremely great, and the further he went, the more terrifying it became.
Fortunately, he was different from ordinary cultivators.
To him, it wasn¡¯t difficult. What was tested was only the amount of will he had stored.
With the Intrinsic Immortal Sword in his hand, he instantlypleted the sword move he needed.
¡± First sword, Wind!¡±
As Su Yang finished speaking, he also raised his hand and shed out the first sword.
It wasn¡¯t violent. Instead, it was very gentle. This sword move didn¡¯t seem to have the power of an early stage Half-Saint.
However, such a sword strike had easily left a sword mark on the fourth step ofprehension!
The hearts of the thousands of candidates present jumped.
He was here!
Just like that, a casual sword strike could meet the requirements!
What kind of monster was this!
On the side of the cultivators, some were pleasantly surprised, while some were not calm. They did not say that they were in a bad mood.
The Evil God¡¯s side was naturally different. After all, Su Yang could be said to be their enemy in this battle. The stronger the enemy, the less happy they were.
After Su Yang¡¯s first sword strike, the examinees ¡®gazes did not shift away.
Instead, they stared even more intently.
They knew that this was only the beginning. They were even more eager to see if Su Yang could continue andplete the assessment. They wanted to know how far Su Yang could go at this speed!
As for wasting time?
They wanted tough at this. With Su Yang¡¯s speed ofpleting the assessment in an instant, how could he waste their time?
Could it be that they were still counting on the immortal technique that they had never been able toprehend? To rely on this extra half a minute toplete theprehension?
That was simply a fool¡¯s dream.
This little bit of time would not affect their assessment at all, but it would allow them to witness a miracle and witness the progress of a monstrous talent!
No Immortal Cultivator or even Evil God would give up this opportunity.
Under their expectant gazes, Su Yang moved again.
¡® Second sword, Rain!¡±
It was still a casual sword strike.
Under theyers ofpression, the range of this sword was only a small area in front of Su Yang.
A small dark cloud was formed under Su Yang¡¯s sword, and then bean-sized raindrops fell rapidly like sharp swords.
Every drop of rain had the power of an early stage Half-Saint.
The second sword mark waspleted just like that.
In two breaths, Su Yangpleted theprehension of two immortal techniques.
Under the supervision of the Comprehension Stairs, the sword technique that Su Yang disyed must have been newlyprehended. If he had mastered it before, he would definitely be pushed out by the Comprehension Stairs.
No one would question the fairness of theprehensiondder.
If Su Yang could be protected by the Comprehensiondder, then there was no need for them topete or argue.
After Su Yang shed out the second sword, the auras of many examinees at the scene disappeared for a short time.
They stared at Su Yang, eager to see the next scene.
Even if they were not the ones being assessed, they could not help but immerse themselves in it. They wanted to see Su Yang climb to the top step by step or fall¡
In the third breath, the third sword descended.
¡± The third sword, Fire!¡±
This sword was made of surging mes. From the outside, it looked like the mes were burning intensely and did not seem to have any power.
However, many examinees could naturally see that the power of this sword
had reached the limit of the initial stage of the semi-sage realm!
If they were all at the initial stage of the semi-sage realm, they would have to suffer a miserable fate if they underestimated the power of this sword based on its appearance!
One had to know that the strength of many examinees present was basically at thete stage of the semi-sage realm or even the perfected stage. They were not too weak.
Other early-stage Half-Saints like Su Yang were not even qualified to take the assessment.
Only Su Yang¡¯s situation was different.
Under the watchful eyes of many examinees, this sword still left a sword mark on the fourthprehension step, which meant that this sword was effective.
The Immortal cultivators who were watching this scene felt rather excited.
¡°There¡¯s still onest sword left. As long as he can sh it out, Su Yang will step into the fifth step ofprehension!¡±
¡°From the looks of it now, Su Yang will step into the fifth step of theprehensiondder sooner orter. I just don¡¯t know if he can step into it immediately.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t think these are important. I want to know how far Su Yang can go with hisprehension.¡±
¡°With such monstrousprehension, he should be able to reach the top, right?¡±
¡°Climbing to the top? That¡¯s the ninth step ofprehension. If it¡¯s really possible, you can obtain a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed!¡±
¡°It¡¯s said that that¡¯s something that even the Sacred Sovereign needs to fight for!¡±
At this point, the examinees became excited.
Even if this thing was not something they could obtain, Su Yang obtaining it was equivalent to adding a boost to their camp.
In this universe war, it would allow them to gain a greater advantage.
Of course, this was only limited to the cultivators.
The evil gods were not in such a good mood. They could not wait for Su Yang¡¯s potential to be exhausted and hisprehension to be exhausted..
Chapter 359 - 359: Ascending to the Summit (2)
Chapter 359 - 359: Ascending to the Summit (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
However, reality always backfired.
Under their watchful eyes, Su Yang swung his fourth sword!
¡°The fourth sword, Earth!¡±
When the sword fell, a strange sound appeared in front of Su Yang.
The yellow soil surged like a dragon.
It stirred the earth and tore the sky apart!
The terrifying power was fully disyed. It was no longer as restrained as the previous three swords.
With just a nce, the examinees knew that this sword was stable¡
He would definitely pass the fourth trial!
What a terrifyingprehension ability!
Along the way, he had been able to easily climb several steps up the stairs as if he was walking on t ground.
He was truly a monster in this world!
One had to know that every examinee present was known as a prodigy and a monster.
For them to be able to grow all the way until now, they naturally had their own advantages.
Weren¡¯t they also known as geniuses?
However, at this moment, they had to admit that Su Yang was an even more talented and monstrous existence than them!
They had no choice but to admit defeat when they saw Su Yang step onto theprehensiondder and easily pass the assessment with a single thought and a sword.
Even at this moment, the six existences on the fourth step ofprehension-Mo Zhongyue, MO Wenyan, MO Jiuying, Zhou Tianyu, Luo Tianhou, and Kuang Fengyun-were already shocked beyond words.
Shocking waves surged in their hearts. It was precisely because they were all on the fourth step of theprehensiondder and had fought their way up that they knew how difficult the assessment was!
They were also more aware of Su Yang¡¯s terrifyingprehension!
Under the gaze of thousands of pairs of eyes, Su Yang stepped onto the fifthprehension step.
[For the fifth test ofprehension, pleaseprehend five immortal techniques of the same realm as yourself in one day.]
The moment he stepped on the fifthprehension step, Su Yang received the assessment information. There was no change, only an additional immortal technique requirement.
¡°If this is the case, it will not be difficult for me¡
Many candidates stared at the fifth step of the Comprehensiondder.
Staring at Su Yang¡¯s figure, they wanted to know if Su Yang could continue using the Immortal Technique with One Thought!
Although Su Yang had not made a move yet, they firmly believed that Su Yang would continue with his previous attitude.
There was no other reason. They had yet to see Su Yang¡¯s exhausted appearance.
From the beginning to the end, they were rxed and rxed. It was as if they wanted to create a new Origin Immortal Art.
However, the situation was different. What Su Yang created now was a Half-Saint immortal technique.
¡°The first sword!¡±
After Su Yang took action with his Intrinsic Immortal Sword, some of the examinees who saw this scene could not help but exim.
This sword strikended on theprehensiondder and easily left a sword mark, which also meant that it had met the assessment requirements.
¡°The second sword.. ¡°The third sword¡¡± ¡°The fourth sword!¡±
¡°The fifth sword!¡±
The examinees who were watching this scene held their breaths.
They were shocked when they saw this.
Even on the fifth step of theprehensiondder, this assessment requirement still did not stop Su Yang.
Su Yang stillpleted the assessment in a few breaths and met the requirements. From then on, he stepped onto the sixth step of theprehensiondder!
At this moment, even those who thought that Su Yang would not be able to step onto the ninth step of theprehensiondder changed their minds.
Su Yang¡¯s momentum was so fierce. Could theter assessments really stop him?
Many examinees had a question mark in their hearts.
Even if the evil gods did not want Su Yang to step onto the ninth step of theprehensiondder, they had to admit that Su Yang¡¯sprehension was extremely monstrous.
Comprehending an immortal technique of the same realm as himself was as easy as drinking water. It was not difficult for him at all. Under such circumstances, if the difficulty did not suddenly increase, how could he stop Su Yang?
ording to the current speed and difficulty, it seemed inevitable for Su Yang to step onto the ninth step of theprehensiondder. MO Zhongyue looked at this scene with a bitter expression.
The Lord¡This¡ I really can¡¯t stop it.
Looking at Su Yang¡¯s rxed appearance, MO Zhongyue felt helpless.
¡°What¡¯s wrong? Do you feel despair?¡±
Just as MO Zhongyue was feeling bitter in his heart, a voice resounded in his mind. He looked at the mo matrix rock.
¡°Aren¡¯t you desperate?¡±
¡® Hehe, what¡¯s there to despair about? He¡¯s only at the early stage of Half-Saint Realm. No matter how talented he is and how high hisprehension is, what can he do if he can¡¯t use it?¡±
¡°Do you still not understand The Lord¡¯s intentions?¡±
The words of the mageweath rock jolted MO Zhongyue awake.
That¡¯s right, wasn¡¯t the Lord¡¯s order to stop Su Yang¡¯s growth and not let hime into contact with more resources?
It turned out that The Lord had long known about Su Yang¡¯s monstrous talent, which was why he had given them an order in advance.
Su Yang¡¯s talent was indeed very strong, but his weakness was also very obvious. He was only in the early stage of the semi-sage realm.
At this realm, even if one broke through a small level, with sufficient resources, it would still take tens of thousands of years of seclusion.
If he needed it when he didn¡¯t have enough resources, it would take him 100,000 years to collect it himself.
Even if Su Yang had enough resources in the Immortal Dimension Realm, how long would it take to refine it?
What realm could he reach in a hundred years?
If they were to stop him, how would Su Yang deal with it?
Thinking of this, the big stone in MO Zhongyue¡¯s heart suddenly rxed a lot, but the importance he attached to Su Yang was instantly ced first..
Chapter 360 - 360: Ascending to the Summit (3)
Chapter 360 - 360: Ascending to the Summit (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
If Su Yang left this ce, he would definitely catch up with him immediately. No matter what the oue of the assessment was, it was not important. His primary task was to stop Su Yang.
Compared to the entire race and the victory of the four-dimensional world, his sacrifice was worth it!
The conviction in MO Zhongyue¡¯s heart was extremely firm.
For the victory of the entire race, the sacrifice of an individual was not worth mentioning¡
Su Yang was not clear about the thoughts of the other examinees. He had only stepped into the sixth step of theprehensiondder and understood the assessment mission of the sixth step.
¡°The difficulty of having six immortal techniques at the same level as oneself is quite high for an ordinary cultivator¡¡±
¡°Unfortunately, he¡¯s facing me.¡±
Su Yang thought about it a little and realized that from the first step of theprehensiondder to here, if he wanted to go any higher, he had toprehend 21 immortal techniques of the same level as himself on the spot.
How much terrifying umtion andprehension did he have to achieve this?
Those who truly relied on themselves to umte their ownprehension abilities were definitely top-notch geniuses.
If one relied on one¡¯s own umtion ofprehension to reach the ninth step of theprehensiondder and pass the assessment, one would be a monster among monsters.
Su Yang was even more puzzled about this. What kind of assessment was this? What were they choosing?
As his strength increased, Su Yang could feel his own strength, but he could also feel his own insignificance.
He kept getting stronger, stepping into new environments, and discovering more powerful existences¡
This was the path that Su Yang had been pursuing. If he did not have any ambition, did not want to explore the unknown in the world, and did not want to explore a higher level of domain, then he would be the top expert in the Grand Xia world.
But if that was the case, how boring would it be?
With such an interface, he wanted to see where the limits of this world were¡
Where was the limit of the universe?
What realm was the strongest person in the world at?
He would explore all of them one by one and slowly explore them with his feet.
Step by step, he moved forward with determination. Sooner orter, he would reach the top, just like thisprehensiondder!
What if he couldn¡¯t reach the top?
Perhaps it was because he died on the way to the top!
The difference between living and dead was that the living had their own beliefs.
These beliefs were different.
He could live in the mountains and enjoy a leisurely life.
It could be that he wanted to be rich and noble and taste the bliss of the world.
It could be traveling through time and seeing endless scenery.
Everyone had different beliefs when they were alive. Even if he just wanted to lie down and wait for death, that was still his belief¡
As for Su Yang¡¯s current belief¡
It was very simple. He wanted to see where the limits of the interface could take him!
He had to see the truth of the matter, right?
As for what happened after that?
Then let¡¯s talk about itter!
At this moment, Su Yang¡¯s eyes were like torches, and the faith in his heart was unprecedentedly firm!
The sixth step ofprehension.
Six immortal techniques!
Six sword moves!
It was something that could be done with a raise of his hand!
Su Yang held his natal immortal sword and casually shed out six times.
In an instant, six sword scars appeared on the sixth step ofprehension!
Su Yang took another step forward as if he was walking on t ground and stepped onto the seventhprehension step.
The other examinees who saw this scene were already numb in their hearts.
¡°This monster¡ls there really no limit?¡± ¡°Even if I canplete the test, can it not be so easy?¡±
¡°Is there really no difficulty at all?¡±
Many examinees felt that it was inevitable for Su Yang to pass the assessment.
However, it would at least take some effort, right?
Finally, the seventh step ofprehension had changed.
An immortal technique that required the fusion of twows or seven singlews.
Su Yang raised his hand, and a sword light that waspatible with water and fire appeared!
¡°Water and Fire Celestial shing Sword!¡±
This sword strike struck the Comprehension Staircase, causing an even deeper sword mark to appear on it.
Previously, it was just the surface, so this time, it was a finger deep.
Up until now, Su Yang also knew how deep a mark he could leave on theprehensiondder.
It was all aboutprehension and not the power of immortal techniques.
If one were to refer to the power of immortal techniques¡ It might not even leave a trace!
Su Yang took a step forward easily and climbed the eighth step of theprehensiondder.
The assessment requirement was toprehend an immortal technique of the five elementsws, or eight immortal techniques. This time, the difficulty was still increasing.
Furthermore, he had a specific request.
¡°Five Elemental Laws¡ln that case, just merge it with the Five Elemental Laws.¡±
With a thought, Su Yang¡¯s interface instantly created a sword move that fused the five elements.
¡°Five Elements Reincarnation Sword!¡±
Su Yang was above the eighth step ofprehension and casually shed out with his sword.
The power of the Five Elemental Laws flowed on this sword.
Gold! Wood! Water! Fire! Earth!
The power of the five elements revolved, and the sword descended.
A sword scar appeared on the eighthprehension step.
If one observed carefully, they would discover that the lower theprehensiondder, the more traces there were.
There were very few traces of the eighth step ofprehension.
One could count them at a nce.
There were a total of thirteen!
Now, with Su Yang¡¯s one sh, there were fourteen.
Su Yang looked at thest step ofprehension, but his heart was not too moved.
He stepped forward.
¡°The final step ofprehension¡What is the assessment?¡±
After stepping on thest step of theprehensiondder, Su Yang also received thest assessment.
Comprehending one immortal technique thatbined Yin and Yang or ten ordinary immortal techniques.
¡± Yin-Yang fusion¡¡±
The moment he learned of the request, two kinds of lights appeared in Su Yang¡¯s eyes.
One of his eyes was dark, while the other was bright. ¡°In that case¡This sword is called Yin Yang Reversal!¡± In a breath¡¯s time, Su Yang raised his hand and shed.
Yin and Yang Qi circted on this sword.
He had easily reached the requirements of the assessment andnded on theprehensiondder, leaving behind a sword mark.
At this moment, upon careful observation, on the ninthprehension step.
There were only two marks.
One was Su Yang¡¯s, and the other was¡ No one knew who it belonged to.
However, he was definitely a top prodigy!
Below, many of the examinees were dumbfounded.
Were they participating in the same type of assessment?
Were the requirements the same?
Why was what they saw so illogical?
Rxed, leisurely strolling in the courtyard, dozens of breaths¡
They didn¡¯t even have the time to think about it, and the person above had already reached the top?
How did he do it¡
How monstrous was he!
Su Yang did not know what the people below were thinking.
At this moment, he looked at the reward in front of him.
As he passed the ninth step of theprehensiondder, the reward had already arrived.
However, Su Yang looked at theprehensiondder suspiciously.
He seemed to have seen a sh of golden light.
It was definitely not an illusion.
So¡. What was that?
Chapter 361 - 361: The Second Token
Chapter 361: The Second Token
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The golden light in front of him shed and disappeared. Even with Su Yang¡¯s current realm, he could not see it clearly.
The things that had disappeared could no longer be examined.
If he had the time, he would rather study the things in front of him.
As he reached the top, his reward was also given out.
Other than the fixed reward of 30 ,ooo wisps of Chaos Qi and a high-grade Great Dao divine power seed, there was also an additional token.
This token was exactly the same as the one he had obtained from the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet, except for the words carved on the back.
A ck aura enveloped the area. The front was a pce, and the back was engraved with the words ¡®Comprehension.¡¯
The one he obtained previously had the word talent engraved on it.
What was the use of this token?
He wasn¡¯t sure now, but since it was something produced in such a top-notch treasurend, it must be worth a lot. It wouldn¡¯t be wrong to keep it for now.
No matter what, Su Yang could not lose this thing.
However, the Chaos Qi and high-grade Great Dao divine power seeds were the ones he could use the most at the moment.
Comparing the two assessment grounds, the rewards for the talent assessment were not considered very high.
There were only a thousand wisps of Chaotic Qi and a token.
Not only was there 30,000 wisps of chaos qi in thisprehension test area, but there was also a high-grade divine power seed.
The reward was many times more than the talent assessment ground.
Su Yang did not know how to calcte the rewards of the two assessment sites, but for him, the more the better.
As for how much, it was not up to him to decide.
¡°I wonder what the rewards for thebat assessment will be¡
Su Yang muttered in a low voice, looking forward to the next assessment.
However, before that, he first checked the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed in his hand.
This was the first time he had gotten his hands on it.
It was said that the key to reaching the limit of the Half-Saint realm was the low-grade Great Dao Divine Power.
The key to breaking through to the Saint Realm was the medium-grade Great Dao Divine Power.
Then what kind of divine power did his high-grade Great Dao divine power seed have?
How should he use it?
Thest point was the most crucial.
After all, his cultivation path was different from other cultivators.
He had never done something like borrowing cultivation resources. Fortunately, after he obtained the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed, there was a new notification on the interface.
[High-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed]
[Status: Unrefined]
[Refinement condition: The will of 100 billion living beings]
[Description: Consumes the will of 100 billion living beings to refine a high-grade Great Dao divine power that belongs to oneself.]
After seeing the refinement conditions of the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed, he was shocked.
Su Yang was not surprised.
His strength came from the will of all living beings.
It was normal for the refinement to have such a condition.
¡°The will of a hundred billion living beings¡The consumption is quite high.¡± ¡°However, this also means that it¡¯s powerful.¡±
¡°Now, I need 100 million lives ¡®will to create a sword move. This high-grade
Great Dao divine power consumes a thousand times more. I also need the Great
Dao divine power seed as a prerequisite.¡±
¡°This power must be extraordinary.¡±
Thinking of this, Su Yang was already looking forward to the power of this high-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed.
He currently had 100 billion wills of all living beings.
However, Su Yang did not intend to refine it now.
The assessment was not over yet. He did not know if he would need to use arge amount of the will of all living beings.
If necessary, he could use most of the will of all living beings to refine this Great Dao divine power seed.
He might miss thest opportunity.
This was not the result he wanted to see.
It would not be toote to make all the decisions after walking through the Ancient Chaos Path.
As soon as he thought of this, Su Yang lifted his legs and set off for the next assessment location.
He had alreadypleted the second test, so there was naturally no need for him to stay.
Walking on the ninth step of theprehensiondder, it led directly to the next area.
After Su Yangpleted the Comprehension assessment, he left directly, leaving behind many examinees who were shocked.
They still felt that what they were seeing was too surreal.
Whether it was the immortal cultivators of the Immortal Realm or the evil gods of the four-dimensional world.
Everyone fell silent.
He silently watched Su Yangs back as he left, as if he was a god!
Immortal Dimension Realm-Void
As early as when Su Yang won the first ce in the talent assessment, many Saint Realm experts had already set their sights on Su Yang.
After all, there was more than one assessment.
After Su Yang won the first ce in talent, they also wanted to know how far Su Yang could go next.
Just like that, in less than fifteen minutes, they felt an unprecedented shock.
They had naturally stepped into the Ancient Chaos Path long ago when they reached their current realm.
It was also because they had entered the Chaos Ancient Path that they understood how abnormal the three trials in the Chaos Ancient Path were.
How sleepy.
They also knew how terrifying Su Yang was.
Talent was still alright. It could not sense the difficulty and was only a simple test of talent.
At most, they would sigh at Su Yang¡¯s talent.
However, thisprehension ability was different.
One could clearly sense the difficulty of theprehension test.
He sensed the upper limit of his talent.
If he could, he could. If he couldn¡¯t, he couldn¡¯t.
There was no other reason.
Those who had broken through to the Saint Realm had basically reached the sixth step ofprehension.
However, it was only the sixth step ofprehension.
He couldn¡¯t take another step forward.
And now¡They watched helplessly as Su Yangpleted the nineprehension steps in less than fifteen minutes.
Difficulty?
He did not feel the difficulty at all.
What was even more terrifying was that Su Yang only reached the ninth step of theprehensiondder because there were only nine steps.
Based on the current situation, even if there were a few moreprehension steps, they would not be able to stop Su Yang..
Chapter 362 - 362: The Second Token (2)
Chapter 362: The Second Token (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Currently, he was only at the limit of theprehensiondder!
It was not Su Yang¡¯s limit!
So¡ What kind of result would Su Yang get in thest assessment?
They were looking forward to it.
At the same time, the gazes of the other Sacred Sovereignsnded on the human race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign again.
Even if they didn¡¯t say anything, the look in their eyes was clear.
[You really hid it well!]
¡°This child¡¯sprehension ability is really terrifying. Unfortunately¡His current realm is still a little weak. If only he was at the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
¡®With his current realm, if he wants to influence the entire universe war, he must break through continuously within a hundred years and enter the Saint Realm in one fell swoop, or even higher. Otherwise¡I¡¯m afraid I can only take a look at his talent.¡±
Some Sacred Sovereigns also understood and directly pointed out the key points.
¡°Hehe¡That will depend on whether the Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign is willing to give up the resources.¡±
¡°If we pour arge amount of resources into this child, he might be able to soar to the sky in one go.¡±
¡± After all, his talent is there. What hecks is only resources.¡±
¡°That¡¯s reasonable. However, I think that the Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign has already begun to set up, right?¡±
Many Sacred Sovereigns discussed and finally turned their gazes to the human Sacred Sovereign.
In fact, that was indeed the case. The Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign had already given the order to collect resources and prepare to create a Saint!
The human Sacred Sovereign chuckled as he looked at the other Sacred Sovereigns.
¡°The Spacetime Sacred Sovereign is right. Unfortunately, our human racecks resources. I wonder if everyone can sponsor some resources?¡±
¡°Let our human descendants have sufficient resources to cultivate so that they won¡¯t waste their talent.¡±
¡°I believe that he will definitely be able to make full use of all kinds of resources and y a key role in this battle to help our Immortal Realm defeat the four-dimensional world.¡¯
¡°So¡ What do you think?¡±
The other Sacred Sovereigns ignored the human race¡¯s words.
Give their resources to the human race?
Dream on.
Indeed, before the final stages of the war in the universe, they were on the same side and had to face the Evil Gods together.
However, after the Immortal Realm won, there would be an internal war.
them¡ They wouldn¡¯t always be allies.
Under such circumstances, how could they possibly hand over the resources in their hands?
Seeing that these Sacred Sovereigns were ignoring him, the human Sacred Sovereigns smiled and did not say anything.
It was something that had been expected, so there was no need to think too much about it.
He would continue with his arrangements.
Compared to the Immortal Realm.
In the four-dimensional world, the Evil Gods ¡®side was slightly more solemn.
¡± Don¡¯t worry too much. Talent is talent after all. His weakness is very obvious.
A hundred years¡Even if he has enough resources, how far can he grow?¡±
¡°Try to seal it off. It doesn¡¯t matter even if you can¡¯t.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
Su Yang¡¯s sudden appearance surprised the evil gods.
However, that was all.
The strongest evil god understood that it was unrealistic to stop Su Yang and make himck cultivation resources.
After all, the Sacred Sovereigns of the Immortal Realm would provide resources.
But so what?
In a hundred years, if he was allowed to grow at full strength, how far could he
Breaking through to the early stage of the Sacred Sovereign realm?
Or middle stage?
An additional Sacred Sovereign would not affect the oue at all.
In the void of the Evil God Territory, the 99 thrones were their source of confidence.
Su Yang could arouse their interest a little.
But it was impossible to make them panic.
A mere Half-Saint¡So what if there were many Sacred Sovereigns?
Ancient Path of Chaos
Su Yang quickly left the second assessment site and walked into the third assessment site.
When he arrived, there was no one here. There were no other cultivators.
Those who had the ability to make it here were all at the second test location to ept theprehension test.
They couldn¡¯t even participate in the second test.
Naturally, he would not be able to participate in the third test. Therefore, there was no one here.
It didn¡¯t matter to him whether there was anyone around.
He was more concerned about the rules of the assessment and the rewards.
After arriving here, he immediately saw the rules and rewards.
[The difficulty of the assessment has increased step by step. There are a total of nine levels. Each level has a mirror image of oneself. It perfectly copies all the immortal techniques and divine powers of the challenger. There are nine levels and their strength.]
[Defeating one will reward you with ten wisps of Chaos Qi.] [Defeat the two of you. Reward: 30 wisps of Chaos Qi.]
[Defeating three will reward you with 100 wisps of Chaos Qi.]
[Defeat four of you. Reward: 1,000 wisps of Chaos Qi.]
[Defeat five. Reward: 3,000 wisps of Chaos Qi.]
[Defeat six people. Reward: 5,000 wisps of Chaos Qi.]
[Defeat seven. Reward: 10,000 wisps of Chaos Qi and a high-grade Connate cardinal treasure.]
[Defeat eight. Reward: two wisps of Chaos Qi and one top-grade Connate cardinal treasure.]
[Defeat nine. Reward: 30,000 wisps of Chaos Qi and one low-grade Chaos Spiritual Treasure.]
[Rule: The reward can only be obtained once. Each battle is limited to one day.
The condition for victory is to kill your own mirror image.] Just like the Comprehensiondder, there were nine levels.
There were also nine levels of rewards.
The rewards would get better the further he went.
The difficulty didn¡¯t seem to be that high. It was just nine opponents of the same realm.
Some monstrous existences could casually fight hundreds of them alone, or even fight those of a higher level.
Killing people of the same level was like killing chickens.
But¡ That kind of situation would only appear when one¡¯s cultivation level was low.
At Su Yang¡¯s realm, how could it be easy to determine the winner of a battle of the same level?
This assessment only gave one day, and one had to kill their own mirror image to win.
For the first time, Su Yang was not confident about such harsh conditions.
However, Su Yang also found some opportunities in the rules.
A perfect copy of the full strength of his current realm?
If he created a new sword move during the assessment, would the mirror image opponent also have it?
Or could it be that it only had the ability to replicate before the battle began?
This was one of the reasons.
There was one more thing¡That was, every move he used was his full strength.
He needed to consume all of his sword essence.
He was special and could replenish his sword intent infinitely.
Therefore, there was no need to care about consumption.
What about his own mirror image?
Were their sword intents also limitless?
Or could it be¡Limited?
If it was limited, then this test would be interesting¡
If he won, it would be extremely easy.
However, these were all Su Yang¡¯s guesses at the moment.
He would only know after entering the battle.
¡°Then let¡¯s begin¡Let¡¯s see if this mirror image battle can perfectly replicate mybat strength.¡±
With a thought, hemunicated with the consciousness of this ce and chose to start the assessment!
After making the decision.
The environment in front of Su Yang instantly changed.
The ce where he was standing had be an arena.
A thousand-mile arena.
It wasn¡¯t huge, but it was enough to be used.
Opposite him, a mirror image of his opponent slowly appeared.
His appearance was exactly the same as his, and even the Intrinsic Immortal Sword on his back was exactly the same.
So¡ My mirror image, can you replicate my infinite sword intent?
With a thought, Su Yang made his move and used the Starfire Sword River.
Sword after sword of Starfire flew out, each strike with full force.
In an instant, he reached the other side.
When the mirror clone saw this, it also used the ability that Su Yang had mastered.
He could travel through the void in the arena and dodge the Starfire Sword.
His mirror clone did not choose to fight Su Yang head-on.
However, after seeing thebat style of his mirror image, Su Yang smiled.
In just one exchange, Su Yang could already tell that the mirror image on the other side did not replicate the infinite sword intent that belonged to him.
If that was the case¡Then he would definitely win.
It had to be said that the battle awareness of the mirror clone was absolutely top-notch.
Facing Su Yang¡¯s Starfire Sword River, which covered arge area of space, it could be said to be a nket attack.
He persisted for five minutes.
In the end, most of the space was covered by the Starfire Sword River.
He was only killed when he had nowhere to run.
Although the assessment had just begun, Su Yang already knew.
He would definitely get the highest reward for the assessment.
If there was no way to replicate his infinite sword intent, how could he replicate hisplete strength?
Infinite Sword Intent came from the interface¡
This also reflected a problem.
The level of the interface was definitely higher than the Ancient Chaos Path.
After dealing with the first mirror image, a notification appeared in Su Yang¡¯s mind.
[Sessfully defeated a mirror image. Continue?]
[Continue!]
With a thought, Su Yang came to a brand new arena.
On the opposite side of the arena, two mirror images that were exactly the same as him condensed.
The battle had just begun, but the oue was already decided.
Chapter 363 - 363: Evolution, High-Grade Great Dao Divine Power!
Chapter 363 - 363: Evolution, High-Grade Great Dao Divine Power!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Combat assessment arena.
After Su Yang entered the next level of assessment, two more mirror images of him appeared in front of him.
There was no suspense in this battle.
The result of thebat assessment was already decided after the first battle. Since these mirror opponents who copied him were unable to copy his infinite sword intent, they were destined to be no match for him.
After all,pared to those sword moves, the infinite sword intent was his greatest confidence.
The result of the battle wasn¡¯t unexpected when faced with two mirror images that perfectly copied him.
He was still the winner, but along the way, Su Yang also realized that these mirror opponents who copied him had a much higherbat awareness than him.
Su Yang had to admit that hisbat awareness was not very strong. After all, whether it was when he was weak or now, he had never relied on hisbat awareness to win.
His battles had always been one of suppression in terms of cultivation level. There was no such thing as an evenly matched battle. If there was really an evenly matched battle, he would choose to cultivate for a period of time first.
If the actualbat assessment this time was apetition ofbat awareness, then he would definitely lose.
Fortunately, he was special.
It would prevent his mirror image frompletely copying his ability, allowing him to take advantage of the loopholes and obtain the greatest benefits.
It was precisely because of this that Su Yang did not encounter any difficulties in the next assessment.
Under the infinite sword intent, Su Yangpleted the assessment very easily.
The third battle¡Three mirror images.
The fourth battle¡Four mirror images.
The seventh battle¡Seven mirror images.
The ninth battle¡Nine mirror images!
Crushing! Crushing! Crushing!
Nine battles and nine tests, Su Yang passed all of them in a crushing manner!
Afterpleting the assessment easily, Su Yang could not help but mutter,¡±This assessment is really easy, but I¡¯ve taken advantage of the interface.¡¯
¡°If it weren¡¯t for the special interface, I might not even have a share of the actualbat assessment rewards.¡±
Su Yang was very clear about this, but this was also his own advantage. It was his advantage to begin with, so he could naturally use it.
He couldn¡¯t possibly cripple his own arm when fighting a one-armed enemy, right?
That was the behavior of a silly bird.
Afterpleting the actualbat assessment, Su Yang paid 120% attention.
He stared at the examination venue. He wanted to see if what he had felt before was an illusion.
It was only after he hadpleted the ninth battle and all the tests that he finally realized what he wanted to see.
The golden light shed in front of Su Yang¡¯s eyes again. The time was extremely short, not even a breath¡¯s time.
However, this time, Su Yang definitely did not think that he was mistaken, because he had locked onto the assessment venue to see this scene clearly.
The golden light had appeared the previous two times when he had won first ce.
At that time, he didn¡¯t notice it, or he only caught a glimpse of it and wasn¡¯t very sure. But this time, he was very sure that there was indeed a sh of golden light.
So what did this sh of golden light represent? What use did it have?
Su Yang did not know for the time being, but the reward for passing thebat assessment had already appeared in front of him.
30,000 wisps of Chaotic Qi, one Lower Grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos!
As a result, he had 61,000 wisps of Chaotic Qi in his hands!
This was an extremely huge number. Su Yang was sure that this Chaos Qi would definitely allow him to break through to the Saint Realm.
Naturally, there was no need to talk about the Lower Grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos.
He directly gave him his Intrinsic Immortal Sword and let him devour it.
After all, the other Dharma treasures could not increase the power of his sword intent at the moment. Only the Intrinsic Immortal Sword could increase the power of his sword intent.
Under such circumstances, he had no choice but to upgrade his Natal Immortal Sword. It would be futile to upgrade or forge other Dharma treasures.
It was useless to him.
He needed to activate the Lower Grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos that he had obtained after the Intrinsic Immortal Sword refined it.
Refining it required some time.
As for how long it would take, that would depend on his strength.
Su Yang sensed it a little. He knew that this was definitely not something that could bepleted in a short period of time. After all, this was a Low-Grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos. With his current strength, he could not refine it without the help of the interface.
Even with the help of the interface, it would take at least a month.
Since it would take a long time, Su Yang did not have anything to consider. He directly sent the Intrinsic Immortal Sword and the Low-grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos to his main body for refinement and fusion.
Although losing his natal immortal sword would reduce his strength by arge margin, the opponents he was facing now were not weak.
Even if he had his Natal Immortal Sword, he wouldn¡¯t be able to do anything.
His opponent¡¯s realm was higher than his, and under such circumstances, she would not be so bored as to look for trouble.
Therefore, it was not a bad choice to refine his Intrinsic Immortal Sword and improve its quality.
Other than the two rewards on the rankings, there was another hidden reward, which was a token.
It was the same as the two tokens he had obtained earlier. They were both enveloped by some ck aura. On the front was a pce, but on the back was two words that had changed into actualbat!
Su Yang vaguely felt that this token must represent some kind of information..
Chapter 364 - 364: Evolution, High-Grade Great Dao Divine Power! (2)
Chapter 364 - 364: Evolution, High-Grade Great Dao Divine Power! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
For example, talent first,prehension first, and actualbat first!
Or perhaps a token would appear after a certain condition was met, and it was not something that could only be obtained by being first.
After obtaining all three tokens, Su Yang summoned them and suspended them in his palm to study them carefully again.
He had already collected all the tokens that he could. Su Yang also wanted to see if there would be any new changes, but unfortunately, after observing for a while, there were no new changes.
The appearance of the token did not change at all. It was just like how it was in his hand.
This also proved that he could not use this token yet.
Su Yang put away the token.
The other resources were also put away.
Then, he had already collected all the resources in the Ancient Chaos Path up to this point.
It was time to leave this ce.
He had gained quite a lot from this trip.
At least for the next period of time, he would definitely notck the cultivation resource of Chaos Qi.
To increase his strength, he only needed to have enough will.
Just like now, he onlycked the will of all living beings to increase his strength.
Three trillion¡lt was indeed not a small sum.
Now, Su Yang was looking forward to what kind of help the world of the Grand Xia would bring him after itpleted its advancement.
The world of the Grand Xia needed a year to break through. In the immortal realms, it would take forty-two days.
Not even a day had passed, so it was still early.
Having reached this point in his train of thought, he naturally looked forward to the Grand Xia¡¯s advancement. What kind of scene would it be?
As for now, there was naturally no need for him to continue staying in the Ancient Chaos Path. He could just leave this ce directly.
Now, he only needed to follow the Ancient Chaos Path to leave this ce.
In the blink of an eye, he disappeared and returned to the Chaotic Secret Realm.
In the Chaotic Secret Realm, the most abundant was the Chaotic Qi.
The only thing that could be collected here was Chaos Qi.
Now, the Chaos Qi in Su Yang¡¯s hands was very sufficient, which could support his cultivation for a period of time.
Compared to the Chaos Qi, what he needed more now was the will of all living beings.
However, after Su Yang thought for a moment, he came back to his senses. Although the Qi of Chaos in his hands was rtively abundant now, as his realm increased, the amount of Qi of Chaos he neededter would definitely berger.
He could collect them now and use them when he needed themter.
With just the 61,000 wisps of chaotic qi in his hand, he might not even be able to cause any waves in the future.
Moreover, he did not have a better way to obtain more will of all living beings now. Even if he personally went to collect the will of all living beings, the speed would not be much faster.
It was better to let the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect help him collect them. He would continue to collect the chaos qi first.
After thinking it through, Su Yang started to move in the Chaotic Mystic
Realm.
He carefully sensed the movements in the Chaotic Secret Realm.
Now, he needed to find the traces of Ominous Beasts of Chaos. Only by killing them could he obtain the Qi of Chaos.
Su Yang left the Ancient Chaos Path directly.
The Sacred Sovereigns of the Immortal Realm and the evil gods of the four-dimensional world had always had their eyes on the Ancient Chaos Path.
However, they also noticed Su Yang¡¯s performance in thest assessment.
They couldn¡¯t see Su Yang in the assessment, but they could see the sh of golden light.
They knew very well what that meant.
In the actualbat assessment, Su Yang must have also achieved impressive results, just like getting first ce in the talent assessment and reaching the top in theprehension assessment!
However, this time, they were not too shocked. They had already been shocked.
Su Yang¡¯s talent was indeed very strong, and it was indeed worthy of their attention. However, it was still the same saying. Talent was just a castle in the air before it grew. It waspletely useless.
Among them, the one who valued Su Yang the most was the human Sacred Sovereign. Among these Sacred Sovereigns, Su Yang¡¯s rise was the most beneficial to him.
He had already given the order to establish contact with Su Yang as soon as possible and provide all the cultivation resources Su Yang needed to raise his realm as soon as possible. At present, Su Yang did not need to collect resources personally.
After giving the order, all he needed to do now was wait for feedback. As for when his subordinates could contact Su Yang, he believed that it would not be long.
three dayster
In the blink of an eye, three days had passed.
During these three days, Su Yang was active in the Chaotic Secret Realm, looking for the Ominous Beasts of Chaos that existed in the Chaotic Secret Realm like other cultivators.
However, he was not very satisfied with the harvest.
In three days, he only found one Ominous Beast of Chaos.
It was a beast at the Middle Stage of Chaotic Force, one level higher than him.
After the fight, although he could suppress the Ominous Beasts of Chaos with his infinite sword intent, even if he was one realm higher than him, he was still not his opponent.
However, the disadvantage of his realm being inferior to the other party was also fully revealed. If he was not strong enough, he could not kill the Ominous Beast of Chaos. If the Ominous Beast of Chaos wanted to run away, he could not stop it at all.
He could only watch the Ominous Beast of Chaos disappear before his eyes.
This was the result of his first hunt for a Chaos Ominous Beast, which made Su Yang very dissatisfied.
If this situation continued, even if he encountered another ferocious beast in the future, the oue might be the same.
He had to increase his strength.
The simplest way to increase one¡¯s strength was to increase one¡¯s realm. However, if he wanted to increase his realm now, hecked arge amount of the will of all living beings. This required time, so increasing his realm would not work.
Fortunately, he still had a high-grade Great Dao divine power seed.
Although he did not have a lot of living beings ¡®will, it was more than enough to refine this high-grade Great Dao divine power seed.
The consumption was 1,000 times that of a normal sword move, so the power was probably at least 100 times that of a normal sword move, right?
With this idea in mind, Su Yang directly consumed the will of 100 billion beings to refine the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed in his hand.
This was also to increase his strength.
After he made this decision, the 100 billion living beings ¡®will quickly disappeared from his interface. At the same time, a notification appeared in his mind.
The content of the notification was very simple. It asked him what kind of sword move he wanted to create.
The method of forging was exactly the same as before. This high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed would evolve into whatever kind of construction he wanted.
This was no different from creating a move, but there was no doubt that this move evolved from a high-grade Great Dao Divine Insect seed would definitely be more powerful.
As for what kind of high-grade Great Dao Divine Power he wanted to evolve into.
Su Yang already had an idea in his mind. He didn¡¯t want to mess around either. The Heart Fire he had mastered so far was very good, following him from the weak to the extreme.
As the saying goes, everything is the same. As long as the power is strong enough, everything else is secondary.
Therefore, in the Shuyang South Sea, it was decided that this high-grade Great Dao divine power seed would be refined into a Heart Fire.
However, this time, the power of the star fire was a high-grade Great Dao. The level of the divine power was no longer the normal early stage of birth.
After he had an idea, Su Yang directlymunicated with his mind. He felt the Great Dao that had integrated into his body, and the god art seed began to change.
In just a breath¡¯s time, he already had a high-grade Dao in his mind, and the way to use Xin Huo at the level of divine arts.
This was definitely the most powerful sword move he had at the moment.
However, the appearance of this sword move also brought about a change that Su Yang had never felt before.
Other cultivators usually needed some time to prepare before using immortal techniques. However, he had never prepared for this before, so it was different from before.
This time, Spark needed some time to prepare to use a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power.
It wasn¡¯t considered very long, just ten breaths of time. However, ten breaths of time was already enough for him to do many things at his realm.
In other words, Su Yang had to wait for ten breaths before he could use this high-level Star Fire.
This was not a long time, but sometimes it was fatal..
Chapter 365 - 365: Spark Slaying Half-Saint!
Chapter 365 - 365: Spark ying Half-Saint!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Although the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power, Spark, required ten breaths of time to prepare, it was still very difficult.
Although these ten breaths were sometimes fatal, as long as he couldst for ten breaths, it would be the time for the spark to appear.
Su Yang nned to try out the power ot this move so that he would have a foundation in his heart.
He was still looking forward to the power of this move.
At certain critical moments, as long as he could hold on for ten breaths, he might be able to turn defeat into victory or kill the enemy in one fell swoop.
Of course, if the gap between their realms was too great, it would be useless no matter how powerful his moves were.
Su Yang knew this very well.
The key now was to see which level of Half-Saint he could threaten with this move.
Killing a Saint Realm expert, or even threatening a Saint Realm expert, was probably impossible.
Unless his realm increased.
This was Su Yang¡¯s idea, but the specifics would depend on the power of Spark.
¡°Then let¡¯s give it a try¡¡±
With that thought, Su Yang began to activate Spark.
Following the method in his mind, he began to execute this move.
However, as soon as he used it, Su Yang noticed that something was wrong.
This¡
In his perception, endless sword intent was being born and absorbed crazily, forming a sword move with terrifying power!
In the void in front of him, endless sword intent gathered above his head.
In just a breath¡¯s time, countless sword wills had already fused into the illusory longsword above his head.
However, in just a breath¡¯s time, Su Yang felt an unprecedented terrifying power from the illusory longsword that he had fused!
Su Yang was very shocked. The sword intent that surged out of his body was unprecedentedly fast.
In this one second, he had replenished his sword intent at least a hundred times!
It was equivalent to the illusory Starfire Sword above his head being a hundred times stronger than his current full-strength attack!
Su Yang did not have a specific concept. He only knew that this attack would be very strong¡
One had to know that only one breath had passed. There were still nine breaths left.
At this speed, the power of his attack would be more than a thousand times that of his current full-strength attack!
One had to know that he was now in the early stage of the semi-sage realm. He was not weak!
Even when he was weak, there were no martial arts techniques or moves that could allow him to unleash a move that was 1,000 times more powerful than his own realm, right?
Terrifying¡lt was truly extremely terrifying.
Originally, Su Yang was only a little concerned about this high-grade Great Dao Super Power Seed. After all, he thought that it should be able to increase his strength a little, but now he still took it seriously.
If he had only had a little anticipation before, then now he was extremely excited!
As time passed, the endless sword intent continued to fuse into the illusory Starfire Longsword above his head.
After a short shock, Su Yang also noticed that something was wrong.
At this rate of energy absorption, would other cultivators be able to refine high-grade Great Dao divine power seeds?
Are you sure they can use high-grade Great Dao divine powers?
Even if he could really refine it and use it, how much power could he use? Could he fully use a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power like him?
Although there was someck of information in this area, Su Yang was very sure that there were other cultivators in the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm and even other Half-Saint Realm.
It was not possible to use theplete power of a high-grade Great Dao divine power like him.
Perhaps there were special existences, but those special exceptions were definitely extremely rare.
From the energy consumption of this move, one could see some clues.
The consumption was terrifying.
In ten breaths, he would need to absorb all of his sword essence at least a thousand times.
If it were any other cultivator, they would need all of their magic power.
Su Yang himself was special. His sword intent was endless, but the mana of other cultivators was not so.
He could ask other cultivators about this information when he had the chance. Right now, he was still focusing on condensing this move.
In the blink of an eye, eight breaths had passed, and the illusory Starfire Sword above his head had also solidified. Spark¡¯s appearance could be seen.
Starry sky, universe, chaos¡
Three different auras flowed on the Starfire Sword.
This sword move was created by Su Yang from the very beginning. It was a sword move that had grown up with him and witnessed everything about him.
When it was weak, the Starfire Longsword was weak, and its power was limited to its appearance.
As his strength grew, Spark also grew. The power he disyed would also gradually change ording to his realm.
From destroying the world to cutting through the void¡
From cutting through the void to destroying the stars with a single sword..
From binding the Immortal Dao Law to binding the Half-Saint Law¡ The power of this sword was constantly changing, and thews it contained were never static.
The only thing that remained unchanged was his name and his appearance, because this was what Su Yang had set for him!
He represented the beginning of Su Yang, the Great Xia immortal sect, and the mark on their clothes, their faith!
Now, Spark was no longer an ordinary sword move. It had a meaning, a special meaning.
His power had never been limited¡
At this moment, ten breaths had passed, and the Starfire Sword above his head had already be extremely solid¡
Chapter 366 - 366: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (2)
Chapter 366 - 366: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
A terrifying aura tore through the void. Just the aura that was emitted had already made the surrounding void unstable. There were even some violent auras.
Su Yang felt it for a moment. He could maintain this move for about three breaths, which meant that he had to attack within three breaths, otherwise, it would explode on the spot.
Fortunately, he could ept it. Three breaths was also a long time in the current battle.
It was enough for him to lock onto the enemy and win in one move.
Since it had already condensed, Su Yang did not dy any longer and directly used this move.
Unfortunately, there was no target to experiment on. He could only bombard the void. If only a Half-Saint or something like that came at this time to experiment on him.
There was no such coincidence in the world. All coincidences must have a reason in Su Yang¡¯s opinion.
The formed star fire flew out of his head and pushed forward. In an instant, it flew thousands of miles. During this process, it left an extremely clear sword mark. If one looked closely, they would find that the void had been cut!
All of this happened in the blink of an eye.
In the blink of an eye, as a high-grade Great Dao, Spark had already flown tens of millions of kilometers away!
Along the way, there were unique sword marks.
The void was torn apart and could not be healed for a long time. Even the crack that appeared in front of Su Yang at the beginning did not show any signs of healing until now, as if there was a great force preventing him from healing.
After flying for tens of millions of miles, Spark couldn¡¯t suppress the violent power and exploded.
After the explosion, arge area of space copsed. A million miles of void turbulence appeared in the Chaotic Secret Realm!
This was the situation at the core. In addition to the situation at the core, the violent aftershock caused by the explosion, even if it was thousands of miles away, Su Yang felt a little terrifying. He had to use 50% of his sword intent to resist the impact of the aftershock. Otherwise, he would be sent flying!
¡°Hahaha¡¡±
Seeing this, Su Yang was very satisfied.
¡°Run? This time, I want to see who can stop me and who can escape from my hands.¡±
Su Yang was a little upset about the Half-Saint Ominous Beast of Chaos that escaped from him. After all, the resources that were equivalent to his hands had run away just like that.
After seeing the power of his high-level Great Path Super Power, he felt that no one within the Half-Saint Realm could escape.
Of course, this was only his feeling. He would only understand the actual situation after they had fought.
However, after seeing the power of the new move, it was understandable for him to be a little arrogant.
Now, Su Yang couldn¡¯t wait to find a Chaos Ominous Beast in the Half-Saint Realm to practice and try out new moves.
Unfortunately, even in the Chaotic Secret Realm, this Chaos Ominous Beast was still very rare.
At least for now.
However, it was said that the longer the Chaotic Secret Realm was formed, the more Ominous Beasts of Chaos would appear. Perhaps it was still too early.
Su Yang had no choice but to wait.
However¡
He was not only capable of killing Ominous Beasts of Chaos. Their biggest enemy in this universe war was still the Evil Gods.
The Ominous Beast of Chaos was just a resource that could improve his strength, but the main purpose of improving his strength was to kill Evil Gods.
Therefore, before he found the Ominous Beasts of Chaos, he could hunt the Evil Gods.
As for how to kill Evil Gods¡
That would be too simple.
Su Yang did not forget the first time he met Li Daogao. It was because he released his sword intent unscrupulously and sensed the entire chaotic void that he met Li Daogao.
It was also because of this that he understood that at this realm, one could hide one¡¯s aura and sense the aura of the outside world to lock onto the enemy.
Under normal circumstances, such arge-scale perception would not be able to find people who were hiding their auras. In other words, this very useful perception method in the past could only expose themselves now.
But now, Su Yang could use this feature to take action.
So what if he exposed his location? This was the effect he needed. If he had the ability,e and kill him.
Hehe¡
Then let¡¯s get to work.
With this idea in mind, Su Yang no longer suppressed his suggestion. He directly released it and sensed the entire Chaotic Mystic Realm on arge scale.
If this was his main body, even if he had such powerful strength, he would still keep a low profile. However, it was a pity that this was his clone. It did not matter even if an ident happened.
Just like that, Su Yang walked arrogantly in the Chaotic Mystic Realm.
His arrogant behavior was very effective.
Originally, this Chaotic Secret Realm was so huge that it would be very difficult to find their enemies if they hid in the void and did not reveal their auras.
But now, there was such a beast that released its own aura and sensed a range of tens of millions of miles. Under such circumstances, it was difficult not to know.
Now, all the Half-Saints in the 97th battle area were in the Chaotic Secret Realm. Even though the Chaotic Secret Realm was huge, there would always be some Half-Saints in the area.
Therefore, after Su Yang released his aura, he was quickly sensed by some evil gods.
They were a team of five Evil Gods. They were all Half-Saints. The strongest one was in thete stage of Half-Saint. Two of the other four were in the middle stage of Half-Saint, and the other two were in the early stage of
Half-Saint..
Chapter 367 - 367: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (3)
Chapter 367 - 367: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The moment Su Yang released his aura, they had already sensed it.
¡°A human cultivator from the Immortal Realm is only at the early stage of the
Half-Saint Realm. How dare he be so arrogant?¡±
¡°Even if you want to die, you can¡¯t find it like this, right?¡±
The five evil gods were surprised but they quickly reacted.
¡°Something is wrong, something is extremely wrong¡¡±
¡°The cultivators of the immortal realms are all extremely crafty, especially the human cultivators. They are extremely crafty. They definitely wouldn¡¯t do such a stupid thing.¡±
¡°There must be something wrong. Either there¡¯s an ambush or they deliberately set a trap for us to take the bait.¡±
As the leader of the team and the onlyte stage Half-Saint, Devil Peak knew the situation of the Immortal Realm cultivators very well.
After the initial surprise and disdain, he immediately realized that something was wrong.
When Demonic Peak said that, the other four evil gods reacted.
Indeed, cultivators of the Immortal Realm were cunning to begin with. They had fought with them before and understood them. Cultivators of the Immortal Realm who could reach this realm would definitely not make such a low-level mistake.
Then there was only one truth. There must be something fishy going on!
¡°Brother Feng, what should we do now? Are we going to ignore him?¡± One of the Half-Saint Evil Gods asked.
¡°Hehe¡¡± MO Feng sneered. How is that possible? Since he¡¯s so reckless, we have to give him a big gift.¡±
¡°If he really set up an ambush and exposed his location to lure us out, then I¡¯ll let him know the price.¡±
¡°All schemes and plots are useless in front of absolute strength.¡±
¡± Call someone and inform the other nsmen. I want to see what kind of strength he has to be so confident.¡±
When Demonic Peak said that, the other four evil gods reacted.
That¡¯s right, their strength was already stronger than the cultivators of the Immortal Realm. Under normal circumstances, the cultivators of the Immortal Realm should be avoiding them.
So what if there was really an ambush? So what if arge number of Immortal Realm cultivators gathered?
If a full-scale frontal conflict broke out, they would be the only ones to win.
¡°Alright, we¡¯ll immediately call the rest of the n members to meet this arrogant human cultivator.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. I don¡¯t think he¡¯s arrogant. He¡¯s courting death.¡±
After the five evil gods sensed Su Yang¡¯s aura and locked onto his position, they were not in a hurry to make a move. They all keenly felt that something was wrong.
Therefore, they were also making full preparations.
Even if this was a trap, it was just as they said. In the face of absolute strength, any conspiracy was useless.
Su Yang wanted them to go over and kill them.
How could evil gods like them not want to kill cultivators from the Immortal Realm?
In this situation, it was apetition of who was stronger and whose methods were stronger.
With that thought, the Evil Gods started to move. Soon, arge number of Evil Gods wandering in the Chaotic Secret Realm started to gather.
A period of time passed quickly.
During this period of time, Su Yang had been releasing his aura.
It could be said that it had never stopped.
However, what made him feel very strange was¡
During this period of time, he did not encounter any trouble at all.
No matter if it was the Immortal Realm cultivators or the evil gods, they didn¡¯te looking for him.
This made him very puzzled.
He had been wandering around quite arge area during this period of time. It was impossible for him to not make any movements.
However, that was the truth. Neither the evil gods nor the immortal realm cultivators came to find him.
¡°Could it be that the Primal Chaos Secret Realm is too big? There are too few cultivators in the Immortal Realm and Evil Gods who have reached the Half-Saint Realm. Is that why this is happening?¡±
Su Yang studied the rankings. From the points rankings, he could see that there were only about 40,000 Half-Saints.
Among them, the ratio of Immortal Realm cultivators to evil gods was about three to one.
In this way, 40,000 Half-Saints were indeed a pitiful number in the Chaotic Secret Realm.
That¡¯s right, the Chaotic Secret Realm was not measured in tens of thousands of miles, but in light years.
In addition to the powerful suppression of the Chaotic Secret Realm, it was impossible for even a Half-Saint to explore quickly.
Thinking of this, Su Yang had to ept this fact, but he was also a little disappointed and helpless.
¡°It¡¯s really ufortable. I can¡¯t find any opponents even if I want to.¡±
¡® Then I¡¯ll have to try my luck and see if I can encounter some Ominous Beasts of Chaos.¡¯
Thinking of this, Su Yang thought of the Ominous Beast of Chaos he had encountered before. He did not encounter anypetition from other cultivators.
After all, the aura of the Ominous Beast of Chaos could not be concealed at all. It pervaded the entire Chaotic Mystery Land. If there were cultivators around, they would definitely rush over. This also proved that 40,000 Half-Saints were too rare in the Chaotic Mystery Land.
Although he epted this fact, Su Yang did not hide his aura. Regardless of whether there were Half-Saint Evil Godsing to trouble him, he could also use this method to find Ominous Beasts of Chaos or some special ces.
In the entire Chaotic Secret Realm, Ominous Beasts of Chaos were the mostmon resources. Their auras could not be concealed. This was amon understanding.
However, in some special ces, the aura of Ominous Beasts of Chaos would be concealed by the special environment.
If Su Yang could find some special environments, there might be Chaos
Ominous Beasts inside, and there might be some special Chaos treasures.
Normally, such arge-scale search method would not be able to sense such a special environment.
However, after Su Yang added the karma sword intent, the situation was a little different..
Chapter 368 - 368: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (4)
Chapter 368 - 368: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (4)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Although the karma sword intent was suppressed in the Chaotic Secret Realm, it couldn¡¯t directly lock onto the Ominous Beasts of Chaos or even special locations.
However, as long as there was a special environment within the range of his sword intent, and it was not particrly hidden, his karma sword intent could directly lock onto it.
This function was actually quite powerful, but Su Yang felt that it was still a little weak.
If he wanted to recover to the power of the outside world in a special environment like the Chaotic Secret Realm, he could directly lock onto the power of the information he needed.
He probably had to raise the karma sword technique to the level of the Great Dao divine power.
Unfortunately, this Great Dao Divine Power Seed could not be obtained just because he wanted to.
Currently, he was lucky enough to obtain a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed in the Ancient Chaos Path.
There was no fixed way to obtain this kind of thing. Itpletely depended on one¡¯s own luck. If one encountered it, one would encounter it. If one did not encounter it, there was nothing one could do.
Just like that, without Su Yang¡¯s knowledge, arge number of evil gods had already gathered.
In fact, it was not only the Evil God who discovered Su Yang. The cultivators of the Immortal Realm also discovered Su Yang.
After all, Su Yang was directly exposed in the Chaotic Secret Realm and was wandering around unscrupulously. It was difficult for them not to notice him. However, they did not do anything special. They only paid attention to Su Yang¡¯s movements.
The evil gods were worried that this was a trap, and the cultivators of the Immortal Realm were also worried that this was a trap of the evil gods. After all, under normal circumstances, no one would expose their location so brazenly. There must be a reason why they dared to do so.
They didn¡¯t know the reason, but they wouldn¡¯t take the risk before they werepletely confident.
His own safety was the most important thing.
However, they did something. The cultivators who discovered Su Yang were already investigating his identity.
After a period of time, they also obtained information about Su Yang.
¡°I found it. This guy is Su Yang, who is ranked first on the leaderboard. He is indeed a cultivator of our Immortal Realm. It¡¯s not a scheme of the evil gods.¡±
Within the primal chaos void, ten cultivators had formed a team. One of them spoke at this moment.
¡°He¡¯s Su Yang?¡±
¡± The guy who has the ability to create countless clones and is undying?¡±
¡± That¡¯s right, it¡¯s him. His intelligence has long been listed as high-level, so it¡¯s not difficult to confirm this.¡¯
¡± I see. No wonder he dared to expose his location so brazenly.¡±
¡± But even if he¡¯s immortal and has infinite clones, what¡¯s his purpose in exposing his location?¡±
¡± With his early stage Half-Saint strength, it would be hard for him to deal with other evil gods.¡±
¡® Even if he deals with Ominous Beasts of Chaos and looks for all kinds of resources, he can¡¯t do it alone.¡±
This was indeed the case, and it was precisely because of this that they were puzzled.
¡°Fellow Daoist Qi, do you think we should contact him?¡±
¡°You want to invite him to join our team?¡±
¡°Not bad. Although his strength is not very strong, his undying clone ability is indeed not bad.¡±
¡°Good idea, but not feasible.¡¯
¡°Now, his actions have definitely been exposed to the evil god. The evil god hasn¡¯t made a move yet, which means that he¡¯s worried that Su Yang is ying some tricks. He must be secretly umting strength and waiting for an opportunity to give Su Yang a fatal blow. If we pull Su Yang into our team, we will definitely suffer.¡±
¡°Su Yang is not afraid of death. He has the ability to be immortal, but we don¡¯t.¡±
¡® Being locked onto by an evil god isn¡¯t a joke.¡±
Hearing this, the others also realized this.
All of them expressed their agreement. At this time, Qi Gao continued, ¡±
However, we can¡¯t just do nothing. How about this? I heard that the Human
Race is looking for him. Let¡¯s send this information to the Human Race.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
After the Immortal Realm team discovered Su Yang, they did not intend to contact him because Su Yang¡¯s actions had definitely exposed his location. If they contacted Su Yang, they would also be exposed. For their own safety, they would not contact Su Yang.
After all, interacting with Su Yang might not necessarily bring them great benefits, but the disadvantages were obvious.
In fact, because of Su Yang¡¯s uniqueness, they could even leave without caring about anything.
However, Qi Gao happened to know that the human race was looking for Su Yang, so he was prepared to send this news to the human race.
The human cultivators in Battlefield 97 soon received the news and knew Su Yang¡¯s location.
To be precise, they knew what Su Yang was doing. However, if it was Su Yang¡¯s location, they could easily get it. After all, Su Yang had interacted with human cultivators before, such as Li Daogao.
After knowing Su Yang¡¯s unscrupulous actions, they were also a little shocked. However, considering Su Yang¡¯s special characteristics of immortality, they could ept it.
However, they did not know why Su Yang was doing this.
As themander of the human race in the 97th battle area, Xu Zhu had the strength of a Half-Saint.
Now that he was still in the secondprehension test, after learning of this news, he only asked his subordinates to send one person to check on the situation.
The others continued to collect Half-Saint resources.
It was because the Human Race¡¯s Sacred Sovereign had already issued an order to help Su Yang collect the entire set of resources for the certification.
Xu Zhu was also following this order.
After he left the Ancient Chaos Path, he would definitely contact Su Yang as soon as possible..
Chapter 369 - 369: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (5)
Chapter 369: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (5)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Now, he was naturally still taking the test in the Ancient Chaos Path.
Currently, he had already reached the fifth step of the Comprehensiondder. The rewards here were generous. As long as he could take another step forward, the rewards he would receive would increase exponentially. Under such circumstances, he naturally would not give up.
It would only dy him for a few days. In his opinion, this would not affect his n to cultivate Su Yang. After all, during this time, he would also let his subordinates collect resources as soon as possible, so it was not considered a dy.
Now that there was a special situation on Su Yang¡¯s side, it was enough for him to send someone to follow up.
He also knew that Su Yang was immortal, so he was not worried that Su Yang would be in any danger.
Thinking of this, Xu Zhu was also very envious. Su Yang¡¯s avatar ability was really too powerful. If he had it, he would be able to do a lot of things.
It was a pity that it was too difficult to cultivate something like the clonew to such a realm.
There were many Laws in the world, and they could be divided into Foundation Laws, Elemental Laws, High-level Laws, and Special Laws.
The easiest to improve andprehend was the Foundation Order.
Next was the Elemental Laws.
The most difficult ones were high-levelws, such as time and space¡
The difficulty of a specialw was on par with a high-levelw.
The main reason was that it was very difficult to obtain resources for specialws.
The more special it was, the rarer such resources were in the world.
In a situation where resources were scarce, it was naturally difficult to rely on one¡¯s ownprehension.
There were some specialws that were simply too unconventional. In fact, they could not even encounter that kind ofw resource. Under such circumstances, the difficulty of upgrading them was even greater than that of high-levelws.
This clonew belonged to a very special and unique type. It was very difficult to obtain the upgrade resources of the clonew.
A clone could be said to be simple or difficult. The specifics still depended on one¡¯s own requirements.
If you wanted a clone to have 70% of your strength and be a perfect clone, it would naturally be very difficult, especially the higher the realm, the harder it would be.
If it was just a clone with some of his own power, it would be easy, but it would not be of much use.
Under such circumstances, Su Yang was even more special.
Half a day passed in the blink of an eye.
Without Su Yang¡¯s knowledge, the focus of the Chaotic Mystic Realm had long be him.
During this period of time, Su Yang had already be the center of the storm.
At this moment, he waspletely unaware and was stillining about exposing his aura. There was no change at all.
At the moment, it could not bring him much benefit, but there was no harm.
¡°Sigh¡ I wonder when evil gods will pop out. The primal chaos secret realm is just too big. It¡¯s really difficult to run into other cultivators or evil gods.¡±
Su Yang was a little helpless. He had no better way to deal with the current situation.
Unless his strength increased.
However, after calming down and thinking about it, this situation was extremely normal.
Which other cultivator did not cultivate for tens of thousands of years?
Currently, he was only calcting in years.
He had been cultivating at an extremely high speed.
If he were to gather resources and do things under normal circumstances, the feeling would naturally be different.
If he had cultivated for tens of thousands of years, he would not care about this little time at all.
Su Yang was not too anxious.
He justcked an opportunity.
Just like that, another day passed in the blink of an eye.
After a day, there was finally a change in the situation.
Su Yang was also flying at high speed, looking for traces of Chaos Ominous Beasts.
But on his way, arge number of evil gods suddenly appeared.
The huge number of them made Su Yang have an illusion for a moment.
Could it be that he had arrived at the evil god¡¯s core nest?
Su Yang could not be med for having such a strange feeling.
There were simply too many Half-Saint Evil Gods in front of him.
At a nce, there were at least a thousand of them.
¡°Good fellow¡Did you reallye to the evil god nest?¡±
After spending about a day, Devil Peak finally gathered more than a thousand of their kind.
Therefore, they surrounded Su Yang.
They had also figured out Su Yang¡¯s ability in this day.
However, that was not important. The most important thing was that MO Zhongyue had told him.
He wanted him to try his best to restrict Su Yang¡¯s clone.
Don¡¯t kill him. It would be best if he could seal him.
They had analyzed the information revealed by Su Yang.
Su Yang could only control one avatar at the moment and could not move with multiple avatars.
Even if he were to form a new clone, he would probably have to wait until this clone died.
After understanding this information, they also made a targeted n.
That was to try his best to seal Su Yang or restrict Su Yang¡¯s avatar.
If it was feasible, it might be able to restrict Su Yang to the maximum extent.
Even¡ Force Su Yang out!
If Su Yang¡¯s main body really dared to appear, they would definitely kill him at all costs!
This was their rough n this time.
¡°Brother Feng, why do I feel like this guy is a little excited?¡± Some evil gods looked at Su Yang¡¯s expression and felt that something was wrong.
Devil Peak frowned and felt that it was strange.
Su Yang¡¯s current reaction was indeed abnormal.
¡® Don¡¯t worry about it. What can a mere Half-Saint Initial Stage clone do?¡±
¡± It doesn¡¯t matter even if he has some tricks up his sleeve. We have thousands of Half-Saints gathered here. We have the advantage.¡±
¡°It won¡¯t be a problem to take him down.¡±
¡± What we need to consider now is whether we can seal him or restrict him..¡±
Chapter 370 - 370: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (6)
Chapter 370: Spark Kills a Half-Saint! (6)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After MO Feng exined, the evil gods beside him felt that what he said made sense.
As far as the current situation was concerned, they really did not think that Su Yang could cause any trouble with such a big battle.
¡°Human, Su Yang, relying on some methods, you acted presumptuously in our evilir. Did you think that this day woulde?¡± MO Feng came closer and said in an unfriendly tone.
¡± I never thought about it. I really never thought about it. Have you guys always been so brave?¡± Su Yang said with a smile, not afraid at all.
At the same time, an illusory Starfire Sword was already condensing above his head.
When this high-grade Great Dao Divine Power Starfire Sword was condensed, it would not leak any aura.
Only Su Yang could feel the horror.
This was also one of the divine abilities of high-grade Great Dao divine powers. Other than that, there was also the sealing of the void and the locking of the enemy¡
As long as he shed out, the person who was locked on could only fight head-on.
At this moment, Demonic Peak naturally could not feel the power of the illusory long sword above Su Yang¡¯s head.
In his opinion, it was just a slightly stronger immortal technique.
Su Yang was only in the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm. Even if he had a stronger immortal technique, how powerful could it be?
Moreover, MO Qianqiu had killed Su Yang countless times before.
Now, there were thousands of Half-Saint Evil Gods here, and many of them were at the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
To be honest, the one they were least afraid of was Su Yang.
If Su Yang had some other means to set up an ambush, they would still have to worry.
However, Su Yang himself¡ They were not afraid at all.
It wasn¡¯t that they were arrogant or conceited.
The truth was right in front of him. A few days ago, if Su Yang appeared, he would definitely die in MO Qianqiu¡¯s hands. Could this situation change in just a few days?
They did not believe this at all.
They also knew that Su Yang had passed theprehension test and obtained a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed.
However, could that thing be refined by an early stage Half-Saint?
Even if he squeezed Su Yang dry, Su Yang would not be able to refine it.
One had to know that only those in the perfected stage of the Half-Saint realm were qualified to refine the low-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed.
High-grade Great Dao Divine Power seeds could not be used unless one reached the Saint Realm.
Even if he could really refine it, with the strength of the early stage of the
Half-Saint Realm, he might not even be able to activate the high-level Great
Dao Divine Power.
Thismon sense was deeply rooted in their hearts.
The reason why it wasmon knowledge and why they did not doubt it.
That was, no one had ever broken thismon sense.
Countless eras and countless geniuses could not break thismon sense no matter how powerful they were.
Under such circumstances, why would they doubt the authenticity ofmon sense?
¡°Brave?¡±
Su Yang¡¯s words made Demonic Peak feel a little ufortable.
¡°Heh¡ You¡¯re really arrogant¡¡±
¡°Is there a need to use this word to deal with you?¡±
¡® Have you forgotten about how you were chased by MO Qianqiu until you keptmitting suicide?¡±
¡°Oh?¡± Su Yang¡¯s lips curled up.¡± So his name is MO Qianqiu. I forgot about it if you didn¡¯t mention it. I still have to look for him.¡±
Seeing Su Yang like this, MO Feng casually took out a white cube and a cunning smile appeared on his face.
This thing is called the Endless World Core. Do you know its use?¡±
Su Yang shook his head indifferently.¡± I don¡¯t know. Do you know the name of the illusory sword above my head?¡±
¡°You don¡¯t know, right?¡±
¡°So why are you asking such an idiotic question? It¡¯s not even mine. How would I know?¡±
Su Yang mocked him without hesitation, and his words were full of lethality.
Who didn¡¯t know how to shoot their mouth off?
Veins popped up on MO Feng¡¯s forehead, and he could clearly see his throbbing appearance.
¡°Heh¡ You¡¯ll soon know his use. I¡¯ll see if you can still be so arrogant when the timees.¡±
¡°Indeed, you will soon know its use.¡±
Su Yang said indifferently.
He didn¡¯t care about the threat of the Devil Peak.
What a joke. Was he afraid?
To put it bluntly, he didn¡¯t know how to write the word ¡®fear¡¯.
Devil Peak¡¯s expression returned to calm. He raised his hand and pushed out the Endless World Core in his hand.
In an instant, the entire world was enveloped by the Endless World Core.
The color of heaven and earth also changed.
It was no longer chaotic. It was as if he had arrived in another space.
No, wait¡This was another space.
With a little perception, Su Yang knew what this thing was.
More importantly, his connection with his main body had been cut off.
In other words, the sword intent in his clone could no longer be replenished.
Barrier?
Another space?
Was he trying to seal him?
Su Yang looked at Spark, who hadpletely condensed above his head.
Fortunately, he had alreadypleted his preparations for this sword attack, and its power had already reached its maximum.
At this moment, he did not panic at all.
¡± Your ability is just an infinite number of clones. This ability is indeed very powerful.¡±
¡°But there are always some ws.¡±
¡°ording to your previous situation, if I don¡¯t destroy this clone of yours, can you still condense another clone?¡±
MO Fengughed calmly.
¡°So that¡¯s what you¡¯re nning. But you might be disappointed.¡±
¡°I can tell you the answer directly. Yes.¡± ¡°Is that so? I don¡¯t believe it.
Su Yang was speechless. What did he say?
What was this?
¡°Forget it, I¡¯ll show you something good.¡±
¡°What?¡± Devil Peak was very rxed.
Now, he had already brought Su Yang¡¯s avatar into the Endless World Core.
His mission was consideredplete.
She did not mind chatting with Su Yang.
¡°High-grade Great Dao Divine Power. This sword of mine is called Spark.¡±
¡± What?!¡±
Devil Peak¡¯s small head was filled with great doubts.
What the hell?
High-grade Great Dao Divine Power?
The moment Su Yang said this, he felt that Su Yang¡¯s brain was broken.
You¡¯re just an early-stage Half-Saint, yet you¡¯re using a high-grade Great Dao Super Power? What a joke!
Su Yang did not say anything else, but the Starfire Sword floating above his head had already shed towards the demonic peak.
In an instant, MO Feng, who was still talking, had be a corpse that had been cut in half.
[Points +1000]
Thousands of evil gods around were watching Su Yang, so when he shed out, they all saw it.
At first, they did not care about the illusory sword condensed by Su Yang.
In their opinion, what kind of power could a Half-Saint primary stage perform?
Now, in the blink of an eye, those who could run had already disappeared from where they were.
Because they only had a blink of an eye.
In the next blink of an eye, the Starfire Sword exploded.
The explosive power that was intense to the extreme bombarded the Endless World Core.
In an instant, the entire world exploded, and the white barrier shattered into pieces.
The entire Endless World Core was forcefully shattered by Su Yang. His figure returned to the Chaos Mystic Realm again.
All the evil gods that couldn¡¯t escape in time died in the explosion of the Starfire Sword.
Even Su Yang¡¯s clone could not withstand the explosion of his sword move.
He was also very close to the core of the explosion and could not escape at all.
When the violent explosion disappeared, only a million miles of chaotic space was left.
The entire space was shattered.
He could not withstand this violent power.
Su Yang also received arge number of points.
[Points +1000, Points +3000, Points +500, Points +100¡]
The voice continued to resound, and Su Yang¡¯s points on the leaderboard also rose sharply.
Some people who were paying attention to the rankings were also shocked by this sudden scene.
What did Su Yang do?
Chapter 371 - 371: Target, Evil Cave
Chapter 371 - 371: Target, Evil Cave
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The world of the Grand Xia.
Su Yang listened to the sound of points increasing in his mind and felt good.
The power of the star fire was stronger than he had expected.
The Half-Saint Evil Gods only had one breath to react to this attack. Those who didn¡¯t run had already died under the Starfire Sword.
At least 500 evil gods were killed by this sword.
His points had also increased by arge margin.
It went from 510,000 to 610,000.
After experiencing the power of this sword, although Su Yang felt that the power of this sword was very terrifying and was his strongest move at the moment, he felt that it was still not worthy of the level of high-level Great Dao Divine Power.
One had to know that high-grade Great Dao Super Power was a move that even Intermediate Saint Realm experts needed to use.
Although he had nevere into contact with an existence of that level, he felt that its power was not just that.
After frowning and thinking for a moment, Su Yang did not continue to ponder. Perhaps there were still reasons he did not understand.
After all, he was only at the initial stage of the semi-sage realm. It was useless to think too much. He would understand when he reached the next realm.
¡°Forget it, let¡¯s not care about that for now. We can go to the evilir and find trouble with those evil gods¡¡±
Compared to searching aimlessly for those evil gods in the Chaotic Secret Realm, it was better to go to the Evil Den and take action.
If he wanted to find evil gods in the Chaotic Secret Realm, they would have toe out of their own ord.
Now that they had already fought head-on, Su Yang believed that this fight would definitely scare all the Half- Saint evil gods. Even if he continued to expose his location, those Half-Saint evil gods would not dare to find trouble with him without absolute confidence.
If that was the case, he would only be wasting his time in the Chaotic Secret Realm.
It was different going to the evilir. After all, the monk could run away, but the temple couldn¡¯t. The evilir was the nest of all evil gods.
Moreover, he could easily find the locations of the evil god strongholds.
It was unlike the chaotic secret realm where he could only search like a headless fly.
The most important part of this universe war wasn¡¯t gathering resources.
It was a battle between the two sides.
Collecting resources was also to kill more enemies.
Then, Su Yang couldpletely skip the step of collecting resources in the middle.
With his current strength, there was no need for him to collect resources. If he directly massacred the evilir in the 97th battlefield, the cultivators of the Immortal Realm would be the ones who would win.
¡°Points¡¡±
Suddenly, Su Yang thought of something. These points could be used to exchange for cultivation resources.
He had no use for any of the resources he had previously obtained. He had only exchanged for some of the resources the Grand Xia needed to advance.
But now, he realized that the Great Dao divine power seed was still useful to him.
So, were there any Great Dao Divine Power seeds in the points exchange list?
Thinking of this, Su Yang couldn¡¯t wait to open the points exchange list and directly search for the Great Dao Super Power Seed. Soon, the results appeared in front of him.
Low-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed [Exchange price: 1 million points]
[Exchange limit: 10 pieces]
Mid-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed [Exchange price: 10 million points]
[Exchange limit: 3]
High-Grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed [Exchange price: 100 million points] [Exchange Limit: 1]
Top-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed [Exchange price: 1 billion points]
[Exchange Limit: 1]
After seeing the exchange price of the Great Dao Divine Power Seed in the exchange list, Su Yang also sucked in a cold breath.
Damn, it could be exchanged, but the price was really terrifying.
Low-grade Great Dao Divine Power seeds were still eptable, but the price would increase tenfold.
The highest grade Great Dao divine power seed actually reached 1 billion points!
This thing could only be obtained by killing most of the evil gods that entered the Immortal Dimension Realm, right?
It was extremely difficult to obtain a top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed. It could even be said that there was no hope.
Even obtaining high-grade Great Dao divine power seeds was difficult.
It could be seen that the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed he obtained through theprehension test was indeed not bad. It was worth 100 million points.
He had really profited a lot.
However, no matter what, it was good news for Su Yang that these points could be exchanged for the Great Dao Divine Power Seed.
Otherwise, he wouldn¡¯t know how to spend these points.
This also gave him more motivation.
He immediately created another clone.
He tore open the barrier of the Immortal Realm and entered the Immortal Dimension Realm once again.
As for the fact that the Grand Xia was still in the midst of an upgrade, there wasn¡¯t much to say.
New changes were happening all the time, but they did not exceed Su Yang¡¯s control.
He just had to wait for the advancement.
Chaotic Secret Realm.
In a million miles of chaotic space basin.
People kept shing around. They hid in the void and looked at this million miles of chaotic space basin with fear.
Terrifying¡
Terrifying¡
It was truly terrifying!
The surviving Half-Saint Evil Gods let out a breath of relief.
Now, they finally understood why Su Yang dared to expose his location.
He had broken themon sense of the Immortal Realm!
With the strength of an early-stage Half- Saint, he hadprehended a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power and refined that high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed!
Moreover, it could be used.
Even if the high- grade Great Dao divine power was only a portion of its power, it was not something they could withstand.
In an instant, it directly shattered the ultimate treasure, the Endless World Core, that they had found with great difficulty. It even instantly killed 500 of their own kind..
Chapter 372 - 372: Target, Evil Cave (2)
Chapter 372 - 372: Target, Evil Cave (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The surviving evil gods were slightly slower and would end up like the dead.
He died on the spot!
¡°How did he do it?¡±
¡°This human cultivator is too special. He¡¯s really an anomaly and a variable¡¡±
¡°Inform Lord MO Zhongyue. Let him decide what to do next. I¡¯m afraid we can¡¯t stop this human cultivator with our strength.¡±
¡± Not only can¡¯t we stop him, but if we appear before that human cultivator, I¡¯m afraid we¡¯ll die.¡¯
After that terrifying attack, most of the evil gods were scared out of their wits.
At this moment, they were absolutely unwilling to continue facing Su Yang.
Five hundred Half-Saint Evil Gods died in one move. How would they dare to provoke Su Yang?
He could only pass this news to the higher-ups.
Su Yang made a lot of noise this time, so many people noticed this matter.
Especially Xu Zhu.
After getting Su Yang¡¯s specific location and themotion, he sent people to keep an eye on Su Yang.
It could be said that he had seen everything that had happened.
¡® Expose your position and lure the evil gods to attack you. When the evil gods appear, use your strength and kill them all.¡±
¡°What a good method. However, it also needs to be supported by powerful strength. ¡±
¡°An early-stage Half-Saint refining a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed¡¡±
¡°Breaking the ironw left behind by countless eras¡¡±
¡°Su Yang, Su Yang¡ Where did youe from?¡±
Xu Zhu looked at the ninth step of theprehensiondder with mixed feelings.
That was the spot where Su Yang had walked before.
A peerless monster, the number one in the world. Other than these words, Xu Zhu could not think of any other words to describe Su Yang.
Originally, he was still a little unconvinced by The Lord¡¯s orders. After all, their cultivation resources had always relied on their own hard work.
Now, they were asked to collect resources to help a person increase his realm for free. The other party did not have to pay any price.
They were naturally not convinced by this and could not understand.
But now, he understood.
He was even more convinced.
If such a monster was really nurtured, it would definitely be the fortune of the human race!
Thinking about it deeply, Su Yang¡¯s appearance might be able to directly reverse the current situation of the human race.
This was not impossible. Even if there was only a little hope, it was still hope.
Wasn¡¯t it?
After Xu Zhu learned that Su Yang hadprehended a high-level Great Dao Divine Power, he thought a lot.
Some of his thoughts became especially firm.
He had to increase Su Yang¡¯s strength!
¡± You should have collected a portion of the resources by now, right?¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t Li Daogao contact Su Yang?¡±
¡°Ask him to contact Su Yang now and send the resources he has collected so far to him. At the same time, ask Su Yang if he needs any special resources.¡±
Xu Zhu ordered.
It was different from Su Yang¡¯s solo action.
The human beings who had reached this realm had long had a veryplete contact method.
Therefore, he was also very puzzled. Where did Su Yang suddenly appear from?
In fact, ording to the information they had collected, they had some guesses about Su Yang.
For example, Su Yang¡¯s origin, the current location of his main body¡
However, this guess was too terrifying, making it even more difficult for them to ept.
ording to theplete information, he could guess.
Su Yang probably came to the Immortal Realm from the mortal realm of the universe.
When he first arrived, he was only a Golden Immortal.
Then, it soared all the way, and its speed increased at an unprecedented speed.
At most, it would take about a month.
Su Yang¡¯s strength gradually increased from a Golden Immortal to a Primordial Immortal¡True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven¡And now, he was in the early stage of the semi-sage realm!
That¡¯s right, ording to the intelligence, this was the situation!
Su Yang¡¯s actions were traceable.
It was precisely because there were traces that he felt even more terrifying after investigating.
As for Su Yang¡¯s main body¡ Under the deduction of many Deifiers.
It was very likely that he was in the mortal domain of the universe!
In other words¡Under the restrictions of the rules of the Immortal Realm, no one could go to the mortal realm of the universe to kill Su Yang¡¯s main body!
Su Yang was already in an invincible position!
Even though these spections had not been 100% confirmed, ording to their calctions, the authenticity of the information was basically 99%.
The remaining uncertainty was because he was notpletely sure, so he could not be too sure.
They were also on the fifth step ofprehension, butpared to Xu Zhu¡¯s situation, MO Zhongyue and the other two Evil Gods felt that things were not good.
They also knew what Su Yang had done.
After all, as the first victim, it was impossible for them not to know.
¡°Master a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power¡¡±
¡°This is really a headache.¡±
MO Zhongyue did not know what to do.
Su Yang was already feeling very ufortable. He had been moving in clones, and they could not find Su Yang¡¯s main body. Now that Su Yang¡¯s strength was gradually increasing, he felt more and more powerless.
If they didn¡¯t send people to stop Su Yang, they would kill their nsmen wantonly. If they sent people to stop Su Yang now, they would be sending people to their deaths.
Under such circumstances, he felt extremely aggrieved.
But no matter what, he had to continue thinking of a way.
After getting thetest information from Su Yang, he began to study it carefully.
Soon, he discovered the most crucial point.
Su Yang needed time to condense that high-level Great Dao Divine Power.
From the looks of it, the entire process only took ten breaths.
As long as the people he sent out killed Su Yang within ten breaths, they would not dy and give Su Yang a chance to use the high-level Great Dao Divine Power. Then, they would still be the final winner.
This was their only chance at the moment.
Then he really had no choice. After all, his strength was there.
After understanding this weakness, he immediately passed this information to his subordinates and asked them to focus on this point.
Even though he had made arrangements, MO Zhongyue still felt a little powerless.
Immortal Dimension Realm.
After condensing his avatar and entering the 97th battle area of the Immortal Dimension Realm, Su Yang headed towards the evil cave without saying anything.
His next goal was to kill the evil gods in the evilir.
However, just as he was halfway through, a transmission token on his body vibrated.
Su Yang took it out and saw that it was Li Daogao, whom he had met once before.
Li Daogao said, [Fellow Cultivator Su, The Lord has given the order to prepare all the cultivation resources in the Half-Saint Realm for you. At present, the cultivation resources from the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm to the middle stage of the Half-Saint Realm have been prepared. I¡¯m here to hand over the resources to you. May I know where you are, Fellow Cultivator Su?]
Su Yang was also stunned when he saw the message from Li Daogao.
The Lord had ordered him to prepare all the resources needed for the Half-Saint Realm?
If he was a normal cultivator, he would have been touched to death.
Unfortunately, he was not an ordinary cultivator. He probably would not be able to use the resources given by the human race.
As for The Lord¡lt should be the human Sacred Sovereign. The Sacred Sovereigns of other races should not do such a thing.
Even if they had to face amon enemy now.
After thinking for a moment, Su Yang replied.
Su Yang,[There¡¯s no need. The resources I need for cultivation are different from yours. You don¡¯t have to worry about me. Thank the Lord for me. If it¡¯s possible, can you give me a copy of the detailed information of the Great Dao
Divine Power?]
He did not need resources. Information and intelligence were useful to him.
Especially now that he was a little unclear about the Great Dao divine power, he could learn about it from Li Daogao.
In the Immortal Dimension Realm, Li Daogao, who was in the Chaotic Secret Realm, also received Su Yang¡¯s reply.
At this moment, he was followed by six human higher-ups.
They were all in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, except for Xu Zhu.
¡°He replied.¡± Li Daogao opened his transmission token and received the news.
¡°Yes, what did he say? Where is he?¡± A human high-ranking official beside Li Daogao asked.
But soon, Li Daogao¡¯s expression became strange.
¡°He said¡¡±
¡°What did he say? Why are you hesitating?¡±
¡°He said that his cultivation method is special and doesn¡¯t need our cultivation resources. If possible, give him aplete set of Great Dao divine power information.
¡°Hmm?¡±
After Li Daogao said that, the six Half-Saints were stunned.
Don¡¯t need or don¡¯t want?
The six of them looked at each other.
¡°Then what should we do now?¡±
¡°Report this to fellow Daoist Xu. We can¡¯t interfere in this matter.¡±
¡°If he doesn¡¯t want it, can we force it on him?¡±
¡°That¡¯s true.¡±
¡°Then Li Daogao, send him the information about the Great Dao Divine Power.¡±
¡°Alright.¡±
After some discussion, the matter was settled.
On the other side, after Su Yang replied to the message, he shed to the location of the evilir.
¡°I wonder if MO Qianqiu is still here.¡± Su Yang nced ahead.
At the same time, Li Daogao also sent theplete information of the Great Dao Divine Power to his transmission token.
Chapter 373 - 373: Evacuation
Chapter 373 - 373: Evacuation
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
As the token vibrated, Su Yang took out the token to check.
As expected, it was Li Daogao who sent him the information.
As for the resources, Li Daogao did not mention it again.
It was obvious that they were following his advice.
This was good too. There was no need to be too entangled.
He really did not need normal cultivation resources.
The Grand Xia immortal sect under him might need these normal cultivation resources.
However, the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect were still far from the Half-Saint realm, and there was no need to owe them a favor.
When the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect needed the resources of the Half-Saint realm, he would probably be able to easily obtain them.
In this way, there was no need to owe him a favor.
He opened the transmission token to check the message inside.
It was the information he needed about the Great Dao divine power.
After checking it once, the information was veryplete. It had already exined all aspects.
Including his current situation, it was also recorded very clearly.
The amount of Dharmic powers it absorbed was fixed.
However, the quality of thew was determined by the caster.
For example, Su Yang¡¯s realm was at the early stage of the semi-sage realm, so the quality of his sword intent was also at the early stage of the semi-sage realm.
If he advanced to the middle stage of the Half-Saint Realm or even thete stage of the Half-Saint Realm and used the high-level Great Dao Divine Power Spark again, the power would increase.
However, Great Dao divine powers also had limitations.
Before the quality reached its limit, it depended on the quality of the mana. However, if the quality of the mana reached its limit, the amount of mana required would decrease.
For example, the high-level Great Dao Divine Power that Su Yang had mastered now had a limit of the intermediate stage of the Saint Realm.
Before Su Yang reached the intermediate stage of the Saint Realm, he needed to use all his sword intent 1,000 times to fill the sword intent required to cast this high-level Great Dao Super Power.
Moreover, the power of such a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power that fulfilled the conditions for casting the spell was still unable to unleash the power that a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power should have.
When Su Yang reached the intermediate stage of the Saint Realm, he would also need to replenish all his sword intent 1,000 times, but he would be able to unleash the full power of this high-level Great Dao Super Power.
If Su Yang had reached thete stage of the Saint Realm and used this high-level Great Dao Super Power, he probably wouldn¡¯t have needed to replenish all his sword intent a thousand times.
This was because the sword intent of thete stage of the sage realm had already exceeded the upper limit of the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power.
In that case, high-grade Great Dao divine powers did not need to replenish all of his sword intent a thousand times.
Perhaps 500 times would be enough, or even less.
The preparation time for casting the spell would also increase from ten breaths.
However, this high-grade Great Dao Super Power was already at its full power when it was used at the intermediate stage of the Saint Realm.
Even if he had reached thete stage of the sage realm, using a stronger sword intent to activate this high-level Great Way Super Power would not make it stronger. It would only make the casting time faster.
Of course, this was not what Su Yang needed to consider now.
He was only at the initial stage of the Half-Saint Realm. He was still one realm away from the intermediate stage of the Saint Realm.
When this high-grade Great Dao divine power reached its limit, he would change it to an even stronger divine power.
After understanding the situation of this high -level Great Dao Divine Power, Su Yang looked at the evil cave in front of him again.
It was time to make a move on these caves.
Su Yang did not hesitate and immediately released his sword intent, enveloping millions of miles ofnd.
Everything within a range of tens of millions of miles appeared in his mind clearly.
However, there were no more evil god strongholds near the edge of the evilir.
In thest ambush, they had all been taken care of by him.
Su Yang did not stay at the periphery and flew straight into the depths. That was where the evil god¡¯s stronghold gathered.
In fact, that was indeed the case. After a few breaths, Su Yang arrived at the deepest part. In this deepest part, his sword intent covered a thousand miles and easily locked onto six evil god strongholds. Each ce had tens of thousands of evil gods gathered.
But now, he was quite curious. How many miles could Spark, who had advanced to a high-grade Great Dao Super Power, cover with one sword?
Even in the primal chaos secret realm, it could create a million miles of void turbulence.
The quality of the void barrier in the Immortal Dimension Realm was much worse than that of the Primal Chaos Secret Realm.
In that case, a smaller price could be paid to destroy arger area.
Therefore, what kind of damage would he cause when he used the high-grade Great Dao divine power, Spark, in the evilir?
Su Yang shed and appeared above an evil god¡¯s stronghold.
This evil god stronghold was in the middle of the six huge evil god strongholds within a radius of tens of millions of miles.
The more powerful the star fire was, the more Evil God strongholds it could destroy. Even if it could only cover a million kilometers, it could still cover another Evil God stronghold. That was the benefit of choosing this stronghold.
After making his choice, Su Yang began to charge on the spot. It took ten breaths to prepare this move.
In an intense battle, this ten breaths of time was indeed a fatal w.
However, the rule was that dead people were alive. Since this w existed, Su Yang could also choose to avoid this w.
As long as he was the first to strike, the battle would be over.
Intense battle was a w, so he would not choose to fight intensely and decide the oue with one move. Moreover, he would be the one to make the first move.
In this way, the ws would disappear.
The so-called ws and reasonable evasion did not exist.
Above Su Yang¡¯s head, Spark¡¯s phantom was already condensing.
Ten breaths passed in the blink of an eye.
In an instant, the illusory long sword above Su Yang¡¯s head had be solid, exactly the same as the pattern on the back of his clothes..
Chapter 374 - 374: Evacuation (2)
Chapter 374 - 374: Evacuation (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°sh!¡±
With a thought, the sword shed down.
The terrifying power tore through the void and headed straight for the evil god stronghold.
When the sword exploded, the terrifying power made all the evil gods in the stronghold react, but it was toote.
A power akin to a nuclear explosion exploded here.
In an instant, the ce was enveloped in darkness and filled with dazzling white light.
The entire world was enveloped in white light.
The power of the explosion was spreading. Needless to say, all the Evil Gods in the core were turned into ashes.
But this was only the beginning.
The power of the explosion spread out and covered a million miles in an instant.
After a few breaths of time, the coverage range increased to five million kilometers!
This was an area that was enough to cause destructive damage to Evil Gods at the level of True Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
It wasn¡¯t within the range of Spark¡¯s influence.
Sparks could affect an area of up to ten million kilometers, but if it could kill a True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven, it would only cause damage of five million kilometers.
However, that was enough. Even if it was five million miles, it would destroy three evil god strongholds.
Points +67,351.
With just one move, he had gained more than 60,000 points.
After seeing this data, Su Yang was also very satisfied.
¡°That¡¯s right. Then, as long as I continue to use Starfire in the area of this evilir, I will be able to continuously obtain points. I might even be able to destroy the entire evilir.¡±
¡°A sword covering five million kilometers. This range is not small¡¡±
Su Yang¡¯s eyes flickered with excitement.
However, before he could do anything, an evil god appeared in front of him in the next second.
With a little perception, Su Yang could feel the aura of the perfected Half-Saint realm on the other party.
He couldn¡¯t help but twitch his lips.¡± You came so quickly. Your dog noses are quite sharp.¡±
¡°By the way, how did you find me so quickly? You can¡¯t do it with just your perception, right?¡±
Su Yang looked at the other party calmly. The sword above his head was already gathering.
At the same time, he also thought of this crucial point. It was impossible for the other party to rely on his perception to lock onto him so quickly. He must have relied on something crucial.
So what methods did the other party rely on?
MO Qianhai¡¯s hair stood on end. At this moment, he felt extremely dangerous. The illusory long sword above Su Yang¡¯s head was like a sickle that imed his life. The more he looked at it, the more frightened he became.
Su Yang wanted to chat with him now, but he did not want to chat with Su Yang. If he chatted with Su Yang any longer, he would die here.
Therefore, he did not hold back and locked onto Su Yang with all his strength and attacked him directly.
In an instant, the entire world was enveloped by an ocean, the center of Su Yang¡¯s immortal technique.
Under the firm lock, Su Yang couldn¡¯t escape even if he wanted to. The difference between them was three small realms. It could be said that the gap was huge. If he didn¡¯t rely on Spark, Su Yang wouldn¡¯t be qualified to fight with the other party.
Therefore, in an instant, Su Yang¡¯s avatar was blown up.
The main body of the Great Xia immortal sect could not help butin.
¡°Shouldn¡¯t we chat a little first? They acted quite quickly. It seems like these evil gods aren¡¯t all idiots. After fighting, they instantly noticed my weakness.
Since the other party had attacked directly, he must have learned his lesson from thest time. If he wanted to rely on Spark to counterattack, unless he attacked first, he would not have the chance to attack if he was targeted.
There were no fools who had cultivated to this realm. They could understand his shorings with just a little research. It was impossible for them not toe up with a countermeasure.
However, Su Yang now had a new idea. These evil gods must have used some special means to lock onto him so quickly. If he could understand how the other party found his location and then destroy it, that would be great.
If he wanted to do this, he could only rely on the karma sword technique to try it out in the evil cave and see if he could find the specific reason.
If it really did not work, he could perhaps borrow the strength of the human race. He believed that the other party would not reject his request.
¡°Then let me see what kind of method you guys are relying on?¡±
With this thought in mind, Su Yang condensed another avatar and headed in the direction of the evilir.
MO Qianhai was not happy after dealing with Su Yang.
He knew Su Yang¡¯s uniqueness. The Su Yang he had killed was only an avatar. Soon, Su Yang would make aeback.
This was not the most important thing. The most important thing was that the damage caused by Su Yang was getting bigger and bigger, and his strength was getting stronger and stronger.
The situation was very bad for them.
¡°One move destroyed five million kilometers ofnd¡¡±
¡± If that¡¯s the case, how long can the evilir in Battlefield 97st?¡±
MO Qianhai looked at the five million miles of shattered void with a heavy MO Qianhai looked at the five million miles of shattered void with a heavy heart.
ording to Su Yang¡¯s current destructive ability, it would not be long before the entire evilir was massacred by him.
The most important reason was that they did not have any means to restrain Su Yang. They could only watch as Su Yang kept attacking.
Moreover, Su Yang¡¯s words just now also gave him a bad feeling.
If Su Yang really found the location of the Eye of Truth¡
If they destroyed the Eye of Truth, they would be even more passive.
MO Qianhai could only report the situation here and Su Yang¡¯s possible next goal to MO Zhongyue.
Even though he thought so, he felt that MO Zhongyue would not have a better idea.
Therefore, even if MO Zhongyue had not responded, the oue of the matter was already determined in his eyes. Therefore, he felt a little despair in his heart.
Perhaps their battlefield would fall into Su Yang¡¯s hands.
Su Yang indeed did not have much of a way to deal with them. As long as they were careful not to be hit by Su Yang¡¯s high-level Great Dao Divine Power, they would be fine.
However, if Su Yang turned around and targeted those evil gods at the level of True Immortals, they would not be able to stop him.
One had to know that the points obtained from killing tens of millions of evil gods were at least tens of millions.
In this way, victory was already set in stone.
Unless¡He had to make some choices.
He wanted all the Evil Gods at the True Immortal Realm to leave the Immortal Dimension World.
However, if that was the case, all the resources in the entire battlefield would be given to the cultivators of the Immortal Realm.
This was also a huge loss for them. Relying on the resources of the 97th battle area, arge number of Half-Saints would be born.
Originally, in a battlefield at the level of a True Immortal of the Great All-Embracing Heaven, they were the ones who had the advantage.
However, because of Su Yang¡¯s appearance, they seemed to have no choice but to make a helpless decision.
MO Qianhai reported what had happened here. At the same time, he had a certain judgment of the situation here.
As expected, after he reported the situation here to MO Zhongyue, he quickly received an order.
He had ordered him to organize all the Evil Gods at the level of Perfected Immortals to withdraw from the battlefield.
Instead of letting Su Yang continue to kill, it was better to retreat directly. Although there were losses, it was obvious which option was better.
They had no way to restrict Su Yang, so they could only avoid him.
However, there was a price to pay for this withdrawal.
If he didn¡¯t enter the Immortal Dimension Realm for a day, then he would automatically lose points equivalent to his realm.
This deduction was directly made within the faction.
This meant that if the evil gods in battle area 97 didn¡¯t enter the Immortal Dimension Realm for a long time, they would definitely lose.
However, instead of letting Su Yang ughter them, it was better to make such a decision.
At least he could keep these evil gods.
Otherwise, if these evil gods stayed here, they would only let Su Yang kill them. In the end, they would still be defeated and suffer greater losses.
The only solution was to get rid of Su Yang as soon as possible and not let him continue to harm this battle zone. If they could get rid of Su Yang, they could get some of their subordinates back.
If he couldn¡¯t solve it, then this was the only way.
Just like that, Su Yang forced all the evil gods in the evil cave to retreat by himself.
In a short time, tens of millions of evil gods disappeared from the evil cave.
At the same time, Su Yang also came to the evilir again.
After arriving here, he immediately activated the karma sword technique, wanting to find out why he was locked on so quickly. He had only been busy for a while, but there was no result.
Su Yang frowned.
Was he not strong enough, or was the way the other party locked onto him too special?
What he didn¡¯t know was that MO Qianhai had left the evilir with the Eye of Truth a minute ago.
Under such circumstances, how could he find the reason¡
Chapter 375 - 375: Don’t Want the Nest?
Chapter 375 - 375: Don¡¯t Want the Nest?
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Evil Cave
After searching for no results, Su Yang did not care about this matter.
He continued to rush into the depths of the evilir and took a look at the rankings.
District 97 Overall Ranking-Evil Gods and Immortal Cultivators
¡°First ce: Su Yang. Race: Human. Current points: 680,000. Strength: Early stage of the semi-sage realm.¡±
[Second ce: Zhou Tianyu. Race: Space-time Race. Current points: 130,000.
Strength: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.]
[Third: MO Zhongyue. Race: Four-dimensional Life. Current Points: 126,000.
Strength: Complete Stage of Half-Saint.]
From the top three of this point rankings, the Immortal Realm had already crushed the topbat strength.
But this battle was not a solo show.
After flipping through the overall rankings, the fact was that the four-dimensional world had suppressed their Immortal Realm by arge margin.
[District 97 Two Realm Rankings]
[1: Four-dimensional world, points: 5.6 million] ¡°Second: Immortal Domain. Points: 2.3 million.¡±
It was aplete twofold suppression.
If Su Yang¡¯s part was not included, the suppression would be even more ruthless.
This was the situation in the 97th district. The other 999 battle zones were probably in the same situation.
The Immortal Realm was still at a disadvantage.
It could even be said that he was crushed.
If this situation continued, Su Yang really did not know how the Immortal Realm would win.
How did those Sacred Sovereigns dare to start a war in the universe and even pull the four-dimensional world into it?
Where did their confidencee from?
If this continued, the Immortal Realm would only be annexed by the four-dimensional world.
Su Yang shook his head. He could not care about this matter. His strength had not reached that level yet.
It was useless to think about these questions.
When his strength reached that level, he would naturally understand.
If he felt that it was not possible, he could also directly say no.
Unlike now, where he could only guess the thoughts of the higher-ups.
This was not necessary.
Just like that, Su Yang went straight to the center of the evilir, nning to continue to use his undying methods to find trouble with these evil gods.
No matter how quickly the other party locked onto his position, even if he could only attack once, he would be able to destroy all the evil gods within five million miles.
After a few breaths, Su Yang came to the depths of the evilir again. ording to the past situation, after reaching this position, his sword intent could directly lock onto the stronghold where the evil gods lived.
However, the situation this time was very strange.
He had already arrived at the depths of the evilir. His sword intent had covered a radius of tens of millions of miles, but he did not lock onto any evil god stronghold.
But he couldn¡¯t sense any evil god.
Moreover, he had already been moving in the depths for a period of time. In nearly a minute, he had crossed hundreds of millions of miles.
Within such a huge area, it would be normal for there to be at least dozens of Evil God strongholds, but the situation was theplete opposite.
He did not notice any of the evil god strongholds, but in this area of millions of miles, he saw many traces left behind by evil gods, which proved that there were definitely evil gods here.
There were some traces that were very clear. With a little deduction, he could see that these evil gods had just left.
After discovering this situation, Su Yang was also a little dumbfounded.
Ran away?
He found seven or eight areas where evil gods had been active, but he didn¡¯t see any.
In this case, Su Yang also directly used the karma sword technique to deduce.
After some deductions, he also deduced the traces of these evil gods.
That was to evacuate.
The evil gods that left immediately left the Immortal Dimension Realm and the evil cave, returning to their four-dimensional world.
After learning the truth, Su Yang looked at the empty evilir in front of him and was a little dumbfounded.
¡°Don¡¯t tell me these guys don¡¯t even want their nest anymore? Are they not nning to participate in this universe war?¡±
After thinking about it for a while, Su Yang also understood that this choice
was the most beneficial choice for the evil gods in Battlefield 97. If he
continued to let the evil gods at the level of Zenith Heaven True Immortals stay
here, they would only be ughtered by him. It was meaningless.
Rather than that, it was better to let them retreat. Even if they really gave up on this battle, there was nothing they could do.
Su Yang was also very helpless about this. As a result, he could not do anything to these evil gods.
Soon, Su Yang epted this fact. The evil god was not a fool. It was impossible for him to leave his own people here for him to kill before he had any means to deal with him.
However, in this case, the battle between the Immortal Realm and the four-dimensional world in the 97th battle area would definitely be won by the Immortal Realm.
After all, Su Yang still understood the rules of this battle. If the participants on the Evil God¡¯s side chose to withdraw, then the corresponding points would be deducted every once in a while. If they did not have enough points, they would fall into a dead end.
Even if Half-Saint Evil Gods could get a lot of points, it would be useless because the speed at which they could get points was definitely not as fast as when tens of millions of Evil Gods had to deduct points corresponding to their own realm after they quit.
¡°In that case¡Then wouldn¡¯t I be able to take down the evil gods in this war zone alone?¡±
¡± Within a year, if the Evil Gods can¡¯t think of a solution, then this battle can be dered over.¡±
¡°In other words, I won this battle alone?¡±
Thinking of this result, Su Yang suddenly felt refreshed.
But thinking about it, it was normal. Before the other party had any means to counter him, this was the best choice..
Chapter 376 - 376: Don’t Want the Nest? (2)
Chapter 376 - 376: Don¡¯t Want the Nest? (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡® But if that¡¯s the case, then I won¡¯t be able to continue targeting these evil gods.¡±
¡°It¡¯s really a pity.¡±
¡± Although I can deal with the Half-Saint Evil God with my current Starfire, the prerequisite is that the other party doesn¡¯t move.¡±
¡°You have to let me take the initiative.¡±
¡± Otherwise, if I were to face them head-on, those evil gods would know my methods and wouldn¡¯t give me time to prepare. Ten breaths is too long. I don¡¯t have ten breaths to prepare.¡±
Thinking of this, Su Yang was also a little helpless. His current strength was not enough after all.
¡°Forget it. I¡¯ll go to the Primal Chaos Realm and stroll around. If I can find anything, I¡¯ll find something. If not, I¡¯ll just wait for the Grand Xia toplete its upgrade.¡±
Right now, he still had quite a few choices. He could wait for the Grand Xia world to advance and see what benefits it would bring him. If it didn¡¯t bring him any increase in strength, he could wait for the disciples of the Grand Xia Immortal Sect to gather enough will for him.
No matter what, a year in the Immortal Realm was enough for his strength to increase by several levels.
The entire war in the universested for a hundred years. He was confident that he could break through to the Saint Realm within this hundred years.
As for whether or not he could turn the tide of the battle and lead the Immortal Realm to victory alone, he wasn¡¯t absolutely confident. Right now, he couldn¡¯t boast.
This kind of all-round victory was not in his ce to worry about. Those Sacred Sovereigns who had started this universe war were not in a hurry, so what was there for a small figure like him to be anxious about?
The next second, Su Yang¡¯s figure disappeared from where he was.
When he reappeared, he was already in front of the Chaotic Secret Realm. Then, he stepped into the Chaotic Secret Realm.
A day passed in the blink of an eye.
When a day passed, many Immortal Realm cultivators looked at the rankings and were shocked.
¡°What happened?¡±
¡® Why is the total score of our warzone¡¯s Evil God zero?¡±
¡°What happened? Even if the Evil God is killed, their points won¡¯t be empty, right?¡±
¡°Unless¡¡±
Many cultivators from the Immortal Realm looked at each other. They already had an answer in their hearts.
There was only one reason for this, and that was that the evil gods had left the Immortal Dimension World. Arge number of them had left and itsted for a day.
But now, the evil gods were the one who had the advantage, so why would they leave the Immortal Dimension World for a whole day, causing their points to be emptied.
This kind of thing was not normal no matter how one looked at it.
Of course, in the face of such a situation, they would not just shout and be shocked.
The moment they discovered this problem, many factions in the Immortal Realm had already begun to investigate, wanting to know what had happened.
Soon, a result that made them even more unbelievable was ced in front of them.
At present, the Evil Gods at the True Immortal level of Zenith Heaven had collectively withdrawn from the 97th battle area.
The reason for this was actually a human cultivator.
That¡¯s right, it was a human cultivator who forced tens of millions of Zenith Heaven True Immortal evil gods to retreat from the 97th battlefield!
The person who did such a feat was none other than Su Yang, who was ranked first on the leaderboard!
After knowing this result, many Immortal Realm cultivators fell silent collectively.
Even Half-Saint cultivators who were stronger than Su Yang had to admire him after knowing this situation.
None of the Half-Saint experts could do this, not even the peak of Half-Saint.
Su Yang was able to do it because of his uniqueness. It was because he could ignore the suppression of the strength of the cultivators of the Immortal Realm in the Evil Cave. It was because he had unlimited avatars.
After careful study, one could discover that the ability Su Yang had mastered was really too abnormal.
Being able to create an infinite number of clones, and being able to recondense them after death, was already something that surpassed all cultivators.
No cultivator could do this. Even if they had cultivated thew of clones, they could not do it at the Half-Saint level.
They had already studied this point. Even if they cultivated the avatarw to the Half-Saint level, they would have to pay a huge price to condense an avatar. It was impossible for them to be like Su Yang without any restrictions. Any cultivator who had investigated Su Yang and had some understanding of him knew that there must be a treasure on Su Yang.
It was precisely because of that treasure that he could achieve unlimited clones.
This was the situation of the clone.
Moreover, it was Su Yang¡¯s strength.
He was clearly in the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm, but he could use high-level Great Path Divine Sense. Even if he couldn¡¯t use the full power of the high-level Great Path Divine Sense, he could still threaten all Half-Saints.
This was something that no Half-Saint couldpare to.
Under these two special circumstances, Su Yang¡¯s extremely shameless ystyle was created.
Even if the evil gods had the advantage and could crush Su Yang in terms of strength, they had no way to break through Su Yang¡¯s shameless ability.
He could only choose to withdraw from the 97th battle area and preserve the strength of the Evil God at the Perfected Immortal level.
After understanding this, the cultivators of the Immortal Realm heaved a sigh of relief. Fortunately, Su Yang was on their side. If it was the Evil God¡¯s side, they would be the ones who would suffer.
The only shoring of Su Yang now was that his strength was not very strong. If Su Yang could make up for this shoring¡
Many cultivators from the Immortal Realm felt terrifying just thinking about it.
After Xu Zhu understood the whole thing, he could not help but smile. However, he was very curious about what cultivation resources Su Yang needed.
No matter how special it was, as long as it existed, they should have the ability to help it obtain it, right?
Could it be that the cultivation resources that Su Yang needed did not exist and were extremely special?
Just from Su Yang¡¯s words, Xu Zhu could analyze many possibilities.
If it existed and they could help collect it, Su Yang would not refuse their help.
After all, this was not the time to consider favors.
No matter what, he hoped that Su Yang would be stronger.
The stronger Su Yang was, the more beneficial it would be for the entire human race.
It could be said that Su Yang had once again done something that shocked all the cultivators in the 97th battle zone.
He had relied on his own strength to force all the True Immortals and Evil Gods of the Great All-Embracing Heaven to retreat from this battlefield!
Even if Su Yang had never dealt with any Immortal Realm cultivators, it could be said that all the Immortal Realm cultivators in the 97th battle area had already heard of Su Yang¡¯s name.
After this event, the entire theater of operations fell into an extremely peaceful development period for a long time.
Immortal Realm cultivators couldn¡¯t defeat evil gods and would basically avoid them.
The evil god could not afford to offend Su Yang. When it saw Su Yang, it would also choose to avoid the battle.
If they were discovered by Su Yang and reacted a little slower, they would immediately be attacked by Su Yang with a high-level Great Dao Divine Power.
Some unlucky guys died at Su Yang¡¯s hands.
However, such existences were still in the minority.
In the past 40 days, there were not many incidents.
In the blink of an eye, 40 days had passed.
After forty days, the Grand Xia¡¯s advancement finally came to an end.
Su Yang was toozy to mess around in the Immortal Dimension Realm.
With his strength, he could not do much. He had only obtained a few dozen wisps of Chaos Qi in the Chaotic Secret Realm for so long. It was not of much use at all.
As for dealing with evil gods, he didn¡¯t kill many.
Other than some blind people who were directly killed by him, it was basically his clones that were killed.
This also made him feel very depressed.
Thankfully, the world of the Grand Xia was finally on the verge ofpleting its upgrade.
However, Su Yang looked at the inner world barrier worriedly.
This barrier was already on the verge of shattering. It was estimated that the moment hepletely advanced would be the moment this barrier shattered.
Su Yang wasn¡¯t sure if it had to be broken every time the world advanced, or if it was caused by his continuous advancement.
But no matter what, he still had some respect for the creatures that came out of the inner world.
Unknown and powerful¡
If it wasn¡¯t for the suppression of the universe consciousness, he would have died the first time the other party appeared.
He didn¡¯t like the feeling of entrusting his safety to other existences.
Right now, all he could do was leave the world of the Grand Xia, leaving behind a clone.
If his main body could solve it, then his clone could also solve it. If his clone could not solve it, then his main body might not be able to solve it either.
For his own safety, it was better to be careful.
Chapter 377 - 377: Universe Contract, The Use of Immortal Energy!
Chapter 377 - 377: Universe Contract, The Use of Immortal Energy!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After a year of digestion, the world of the Grand Xia hadpletely digested all of its resources.
Now that he was at the final stage, he was just one opportunity away frompleting the advancement.
At this time, Su Yang no longer cared about the Immortal Dimension Realm.
He ced all of his attention on the world of the Grand Xia.
However, for his own safety, Su Yang¡¯s main body had already left the Grand Xia world, leaving behind an avatar to guard this ce.
Although he had a hunch that there would not be any idents this time, he did not expect that he would be able to advance.
However, Su Yang hated the feeling of entrusting his safety to other existences.
Therefore, he added a seemingly unnecessary insurance to himself.
Now, he only needed to wait patiently.
Sometimes, a day was a long time, and sometimes, it was just a blink of an eye.
The time was the same, but sometimes, it felt different.
A normal day passed by very quickly.
This time, with anticipation, it felt much slower.
However, no matter how he felt, time would pass, and what shoulde woulde.
A day passed. The world of the Grand Xia hadpletely advanced.
The moment hepleted his advancement.
The feedback brought by the world¡¯s advancement enveloped the entire Grand Xia.
It enveloped every single de of grass, every single tree, and every single living being within the world of the Grand Xia.
Among them, the humans received the most feedback.
Ordinary living beings only received some feedback, and the majority of it was absorbed by the human race.
After all, Su Yang was the master of the world and a human.
Even the Heavenly Dao of the Grand Xia world did not dare to be impudent in front of Su Yang.
Under such circumstances, the human race would naturally obtain the most benefits.
Moreover, this was the advancement to the Greater World, so the energy that was being fed back was enormous.
The poption of a normal Greater World was in the trillions.
But the world of the Grand Xia was extremely special.
The poption was only ten billion.
As a result, everyone could receive a huge amount of world energy.
Those who did not cultivate would receive the energy.
They had all forcefully broken through to the Skyimmortal realm.
Those who were already sessful in their cultivation had their cultivation realm soar after receiving the feedback.
Originally, the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect were basically all at the Skyimmortal realm. After receiving the feedback, their realm directly advanced to the Perfected Immortal realm.
Crossing a major realm.
This was already a huge improvement for ordinary cultivators.
Even if they had enough resources, they would still need thousands of years of cultivation to advance a major realm.
This was the normal cultivation speed after reaching the Heaven Immortal realm.
Not everyone was like Su Yang.
The world was basically filled with normal cultivators.
There were very few exceptions.
After about two hours, the world¡¯s feedback waspleted.
This time, the feedback took a very short time.
However, the improvement was unprecedented.
From now on, every single human in the world of the Grand Xia would have the power of a Celestial Immortal!
This was an era where everyone could be a Celestial Immortal!
In fact, it did not consume a lot of energy to directly raise an ordinary person to a Heaven Immortal.
However, starting from the Celestial Immortal realm, if one continued to cultivate, the consumption of resources would be enormous.
Everyone was a Celestial Immortal¡lt was from this moment onwards.
The world of the Grand Xia had a total of ten billion Celestial Immortals!
Thinking of this, Su Yang¡¯s mood suddenly improved.
The world of the Grand Xia had been raised up single-handedly by him.
Now that he could see his gains, he was naturally in a good mood.
As long as a portion of these ten billion Celestial Immortals helped him collect the will of all living beings, he would be able to obtain the will of all living beings much faster.
Putting everything else aside for now, just this point alone was enough to help him improve the world of the Grand Xia.
After a moment of happiness, Su Yang once again focused his attention on the barrier to the inner world.
At this moment, the inner world barrier was already on the verge of shattering.
In the next second, it exploded with a bang.
The inner world barrier shattered¡
It was also at this moment that a terrifying aura spread out from the shattered barrier.
Just the aura that came out made Su Yang feel powerless to resist.
Even though he had already reached the Half-Saint Realm and was no longer the Golden Immortal Realm.
However, he still felt that he could not resist.
The existence inside¡lt was still extremely terrifying and was not something he could deal with now.
Su Yang had some guesses. Perhaps¡ Only those above the Saint Realm could explore the inner world.
He was only qualified.
Of course, this was only Su Yang¡¯s own guess.
He would only know when he reached the state above the Saint Realm.
As the inner barrier shattered, the creatures inside arrived as promised.
These undying creatures all looked very strange.
Su Yang remembered that the first immortal he met was a palm covered in blue hair.
This time¡The first undying that popped out was an eyeball covered in grey hair?
Su Yang¡¯s sword intent sensed that it was indeed an eyeball covered in gray hair!
These gray hairs were very long, at least a thousand meters long, and their eyeballs were three meters wide.
¡°This¡ It¡¯s really strange.¡±
Su Yang stared at the immortal creature that appeared from inside.
The moment he came out, the aura was so terrifying that he did not have the thought of resisting.
He could suppress him just by relying on his aura.
However, just like before, the moment this undying came out, it was immediately suppressed by the universe consciousness.
The aura on his body rapidly decreased.
This undying creature¡¯s aura was only at true immortal level.
Seeing this scene, Su Yang was not surprised..
Chapter 378 - 378: The Universe Contract, the Use of the Immortal Energy! (2)
Chapter 378 - 378: The Universe Contract, the Use of the Immortal Energy! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
He was already mentally prepared for this.
This undying was only the first, the one leading the charge.
Large amounts of undying creatures started to appear, in the blink of an eye, there were over a hundred.
However, after a hundred undying creatures appeared, the barrier was repaired once again.
If the tremors simr to the advancement of the world happened again, it would be impossible to shatter the inner world barrier.
Over a hundred undying creatures, but they were only at the true immortal level.
If these undyings weren¡¯t weakened and suppressed.
Then Su Yang and Zhi Zhi were not qualified to face him directly.
But now, the result waspletely different.
They were suppressed by the consciousness of the universe, and their strength was only at the level of True Immortals.
Such strength¡
Su Yang could say bluntly that he was not even qualified to face him.
The situation was reversed.
Nothing unexpected happened during the process of killing these undying creatures.
Not everything needed to have an ident to beplete.
Under normal circumstances, there would not be too many idents.
This was especially true when there were no plots or schemes and only strength was considered.
Nothing unexpected would happen.
With just a casual sh, over a hundred undyings died in his hands.
It could be said that he died in a very aggrieved manner.
As long as they were in the inner world, as long as their strength was not sealed.
Su Yang did not have any right to be arrogant.
However, Su Yang was also very curious. This immortal creature was so powerful.
Why did he still have toe out from the inner world?
And for what?
Logically speaking, the inner world was a higher level space. Why would the creatures inside care about the things in the universe?
The world of the Grand Xia had advanced¡
The most special was the reward given by the universe consciousness.
Could it be that an undying needed this?
But was this reasonable?
Su Yang did not understand because he had not reached that level yet, so he could not understand.
When his cultivation level rose in the future, all the unknown answers would be clearly ced in front of him.
After killing arge number of undying creatures, hundreds of undying energy were left behind.
Su Yang knew that this thing was very precious.
Unfortunately, so far, Su Yang did not know what was precious about it.
He kept them all.
In addition to the Immortal Qi from before.
It was exactly 150 wisps, which was a round number.
After killing all the undyings.
The dangers that the world of the Grand Xia had faced during its advancement could be said to have beenpletely resolved.
As for the remaining universe bugs and universe demonic beasts, he would leave them to Gu Xiu.
¡°Now¡ The world of the Grand Xia can be considered to havepleted its advancement, right?¡±
¡± Then, what about the contract with the universe that I mentioned earlier?¡±
¡°By the way, can the Grand Xia continue to advance?¡±
Su Yang checked them one by one.
The first was the question of whether the Grand Xia would be able to continue advancing.
Su Yang asked the Heavenly Dao consciousness.
¡® Star Lord, this is already the highest advancement route that I know of. I might be able to advance if I go any higher. However, I don¡¯t know what resources I need or how to advance.¡±
¡°Alright then.¡±
Su Yang instantly understood that the world of the Grand Xia could definitely continue to advance.
It was just that the Heavenly Dao consciousness was not clear about the way to advance.
He needed to find it himself.
However, Su Yang did not n to consider this for the time being.
If he continued to advance, there would be no obvious benefits. Moreover, he had no clue at all.
If there were obvious benefits, and if he couldn¡¯t refuse, he would definitely ce the promotion of the Grand Xia as his top priority.
Now, there was no need for that.
Then, he would continue to check on the contract with the universe consciousness.
Su Yang did not ask the Heavenly Dao consciousness about this.
This had nothing to do with the consciousness of the Heavenly Dao.
What mattered was his interface.
Therefore, he opened the interface directly. Soon, he discovered a new change.
[Su Yang]
[Sword Intent (Early Half-Saint): 0/3 trillion living beings ¡®will, 0/100 Chaos Qi]
[Identity: Master of the Greater World]
[Ability: Chaos Passage. Note: Able to open the Chaos Passage and enter the
Chaos. Find the Chaos Lair and destroy it to obtain the Aura of Immortality.]
[Universe Contract: A wisp of immortal energy = 100 billion will of all living beings]
[Will of All Beings: 2 trillion]
[Four-Dimensional Will of All Life: 5.6 billion]
This was thetest status on his interface.
His identity had been updated. He had changed from the Star Lord to the Master of the Da Qian World.
The ability and the universe contract were the key rewards for this world¡¯s advancement.
At the same time¡After Su Yang saw the specific contents of the universe contract, he immediately became excited.
¡°Is this one of the uses of the Immortal Qi?¡±
¡± A wisp of Immortal Qi is equivalent to 100 billion lives. Ten wisps is a trillion.
My 150 wisps are equivalent to 15 trillion!¡±
¡± With this will of all living beings, my realm can at least be raised by a minor realm!¡±
Now, he finally knew one of the uses of the Immortal Qi.
However, he did not develop this function.
It was the interface that helped him develop it.
Without the help of the interface, he probably didn¡¯t have the right to negotiate with the universe¡¯s consciousness.
Not to mention this contract.
With this contract, he could directly enter the primal chaos to collect immortal energy.
He just didn¡¯t know how Chaos was doing.
Now that the Immortal Qi had a use, Su Yang felt that it was a pity that there were too few immortal creatures!
As for his previous worries?
He was directly thrown out of Su Yang¡¯s mind.
¡°No matter what, the speed at which my strength increases can be increased by another level.¡±
After his strength increased to the early stage of the Half-Saint Realm, Su Yang knew that the will of all living beings needed to increase his strength would inevitably increase.
Now, after a period of umtion, he could still reach three trillion.
However, he didn¡¯t need to advance to the Saint Realm to advance to the Intermediate Half-Saint Realm. The consumption of advancing another small realm wouldn¡¯t be small.
It would definitely increase by arge margin.
Relying on the speed at which the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect were gathering the will of all living beings, they could still increase their strength after umting it for a period of time.
The speed of improvement would be faster than any other cultivator. However, Su Yang felt that it was not enough.
This advancement and the contract with the universe could be said to have solved this problem.
However, Su Yang thought of one thing.
¡°This chaos¡Could it be the inner world?¡±
Su Yang quickly shook his head. It could not be the inner world.
The Inner World was the Inner World, and Chaos was Chaos.
And if it was the inner world.
Su Yang was not qualified to explore yet, and he did not need the permission to open the Chaos Channel.
He could enter the inner world.
The universe consciousness wasn¡¯t stupid, it couldn¡¯t possibly not understand this.
If he could agree to the interface and form a contract with him, he would definitely be able to explore. With his strength, he would definitely be able to move in the chaos.
This way, he would have the value to be contracted by the universe consciousness.
Moreover, the interface was not stupid. If Su Yang did not have the ability, the interface would not contract him.
So¡ Chaos was definitely special.
It was not the inner world, but Su Yang did not know anything about Chaos at the moment.
He would only understand the specifics after he entered the primal chaos.
¡°As for now¡Then I¡¯ll exchange these 150 wisps of Immortal Qi for the will of all living beings and raise my realm first.¡±
There must be more uses for the Immortal Qi, but Su Yang could not use it now.
As for whether he would suffer a loss if he exchanged it for the will of all living beings?
Other things aside, the interface would not let him suffer.
Or rather¡He would not let himself suffer.
After all, the will of all living beings was something that the interface needed.
With a thought, the 150 wisps of Immortal Qi in Su Yang¡¯s hand disappeared.
On his interface, there were 15 trillion more wills of all living beings. His wills of all living beings had reached 17 trillion.
uh¡ Compared to the past, it was a lot. Now, it was not much.
It was even up for discussion whether he could even increase his cultivation by two minor realms.
¡°Come on¡Upgrade first!¡±
[Beginner Half-Saint-Upgrade-Intermediate Half-Saint!]
[Will of All Beings-3 trillion!]
[Su Yang]
[Sword Intent (Intermediate Half-Saint): 0/100 trillion living beings ¡®will, 0/1000 chaotic qi]
Afterpleting the upgrade, Su Yang immediately looked at the consumption of the upgrade.
It was almost as he had expected.
Next, his main direction of attack should probably be in the chaos.
Immortal Qi¡He didn¡¯t know its uses before, but now that he knew, he immediately felt that it wasn¡¯t enough.
A hundred trillion living beings ¡®wills seemed like a lot, but it actually did not take long to gather them.
At least,pared to other Half-Saints who had to cultivate for 100,000 years to improve, it wasn¡¯t long.
Chapter 379 - 379: Chaos
Chapter 379: Chaos
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After raising his realm to the middle stage of the semi-sage realm, he had consumed three trillion wills of all living beings. In this way, he only had fourteen trillion wills of all living beings left, which was far from the one hundred trillion required for the next realm.
If he wanted to continue raising his realm, he had to collect more wills of all living beings. Currently, if he wanted to rely on the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect to slowly collect them, it would take a long time. If he wanted to be faster, he could only head to the chaos and search for the chaosir.
Collect immortal energy in the Chaos Lair.
With sufficient Immortal Qi, he would be able to have sufficient will of all living beings. This way, he would be able to quickly increase his realm.
¡°I just don¡¯t know what the situation in the Chaos is like. Are there many Chaosirs? If there are very few, the speed of improvement might not be too fast.¡± ¡°But we¡¯ll only know after we go and take a look.¡±
¡± Currently, the situation in Battlefield 97 is also in a state of anxiety. With my abilities, I can¡¯t cause more damage to the Evil Gods, nor can I gain more benefits.
¡± In this case, it¡¯s better to explore the Chaos. If I can improve my strength in the Chaos and then fight my way back to the 97th battlefield, the problems I¡¯m facing now will be easily solved.¡±
After thinking for a while, Su Yang made a decision. Going to Chaos was the best choice for him to improve his strength, and he did not have to waste time in Battlefield 97.
Even though he was not clear about the situation in the Chaos, he would naturally understand once he entered.
Now that the Grand Xia immortal sect hadpleted its advancement, there was no need for him to continue staying here.
After making up his mind, Su Yang immediately used his new ability.
With a thought, the chaotic passage appeared in front of him. This was an ability given to him by the consciousness of the universe. It was not his power, but it was indeed a power he had in his hands.
Now, as long as he passed through the passage, he would be able to enter the primal chaos.
Since he had already reached this step, there was no need to hesitate. Su Yang stepped into it and his entire figure disappeared.
Of course, this was only one of his clones.
In the final moments after the world of the Grand Xia hadpleted its advancement, the clone that had remained in the world of the Grand Xia was his clone. Now that it had entered the primordial chaos, it was naturally his clone as well.
After a breath, the environment around Su Yang had changed. It was no longer the scene in the lower world.
At this moment, the environment he was in was like the universe, but it was even darker than the universe. There was no starlight or even light, only endless darkness.
Other than the light, he could not feel any spiritual energy.
It was as if he hade to apletely silent ce. There was no sound, no external feeling.
This feeling made Su Yang feel a little ufortable for a moment, as if his perception had been deprived.
Fortunately, although there was no spiritual energy here, he did not rely on spiritual energy, but the infinite sword intent.
This situation made Su Yang heave a sigh of relief.
Other than these intuitive feelings, there was also the suppression of strength and the strength of the chaos space.
There was no doubt that the chaotic space was stronger and more solid. It was precisely because it was stronger that he could have more high-level resources.
With Su Yang¡¯s strength here, he felt that he could not cause any damage to the space. In other words, he did not even have the ability to enter the void and travel. He could only fly in the chaos.
After feeling the degree of space condensation, Su Yang suspected that even a Saint Realm expert would not be able to cause damage here.
After adapting to the environment and situation here, Su Yang no longer struggled so much. He immediately focused on finding the direction of the Chaos Nest.
This was his main purpose foring here.
As for what the Chaos Lair was like, Su Yang had asked the universe¡¯s consciousness about this.
It was very simple. Normally, there were only Ominous Beasts of Chaos, Demon Gods of Chaos, and Lair of Chaos in the Chaos. Other than these three, there were no other abnormalities.
Even if there were, it would be extremely rare or a special case. Even the universe¡¯s consciousness could not guarantee that everything in the Chaos would remain unchanged.
Of course, Su Yang did not take this rare exception to heart. Since it was a special case, it must be extremely rare.
Now, he only needed to pay attention to the normal situation and find the location of the Chaosir he needed.
The moment before he took action, Su Yang felt the flow of time.
The ratio of time flow here was the same as that of the Immortal Realm.
After figuring out all of this, Su Yang immediately began to take action. Now, his most important thing was to find the Chaos Lair.
Even though he still didn¡¯t know how to collect the Chaos Qi after finding the Chaos Lair, he would naturally understand once he found it.
After starting the operation, Su Yang immediately mobilized the karma sword technique, wanting to use the power of karma to find traces of the Chaos Lair.
After all, if he were to search aimlessly like this, the time he would need was uncertain. If he was lucky, he would find it quickly. If he was unlucky, he would have to search for a long time.
The power of karma spread out from his body and soon enveloped the surrounding chaos.
However, the range was not veryrge. It could only cover an area of one light
year.
This was the area covered by the power of karma. In this area, if something he needed appeared, the power of karma would give him hints and guidance. As long as he followed the guidance of the power of karma, he would be able to find what he needed..
Chapter 380 - 380: Chaos (2)
Chapter 380: Chaos (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Due to the higher quality of Chaos space, it would take him about two hours to cover the distance of one light year at his current speed.
This calction was a straight line.
In other words, he could explore an area of one light year in two hours.
¡°I hope I can gain something as soon as possible. Whether I can quickly increase my strength depends on this time.¡±
At this moment, Su Yang was still calm for the time being.
Currently, the power of karma had already covered an area of one light year. Unfortunately, there was nothing he needed within this light year. The power of karma did not give him any hints.
He wasn¡¯t sure if it was because the power of karma couldn¡¯t lock onto the target, or if it really couldn¡¯t, but all he could do now was keep moving forward in one direction.
Regardless of whether the power of karma was useful or not, he had to continue exploring. Now that he had just entered this ce, he could not give up just like that.
With this in mind, Su Yang randomly picked a direction and began to move.
During the operation, Su Yang checked his natal immortal sword.
Now, after his Intrinsic Immortal Sword devoured arge number of treasures.
Its quality had already reached high-grade Connate cardinal treasure.
When the quality reached this level, it could increase the power of his sword moves by 300%, which was to directly increase them by three times.
However, the Great Dao divine power was an exception. That thing had already exceeded his realm.
With the current quality of the Intrinsic Immortal Sword, it could not increase the power of the Great Dao divine power at all.
Su Yang had naturally expected this, so he did not have any strange emotions.
After all, the level of the Great Dao divine power was not something he could create on his own. It was condensed by borrowing external objects and the will of all living beings.
However, the increase in the quality of his Intrinsic Immortal Sword had also improved his normal methods.
At least in the middle stage of the semi-sage realm, there was absolutely no other existence that could be his opponent.
After a simple check of his strength, Su Yang continued to explore.
Just like that, six hours passed in the blink of an eye, and he had explored an area of three light years in the primordial chaos.
Originally, Su Yang was already mentally prepared. He thought that he would not be able to find traces of the Chaos ir in a short period of time, but reality gave him a surprise.
After six hours, Su Yang finally found the first Chaos nest.
Currently, the Chaosir was only 0.7 light years away from him.
It would take him nearly an hour and a half to reach this distance.
However, this little time did not matter. It was enough to find the Chaosir.
Now that he had discovered the firstir of Chaos, he could not determine whether there were many or fewirs of Chaos.
After all, it was also possible that he was lucky enough to find the first Chaosir in such a short time.
If he wanted to have more urate information, he needed more data as a reference.
Unfortunately, the quality of the space in this chaos was too strong. With the strength of the Great Xia immortal sect disciples, they could not even enter and explore. Otherwise, Su Yang nned to let the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect help him explore.
After locking onto the first Chaosir, Su Yang immediately elerated.
She rushed towards the location he had locked onto as quickly as possible.
After a while.
Su Yang also came to the first Chaos nest he discovered.
In this boundless dark environment, this huge nest was extremely special.
Instead of calling it a huge nest, in Su Yang¡¯s opinion, it was more like a huge floating continent.
That¡¯s right, the area of this nest was at least ten million miles.
Perhaps in front of some huge and boundless cosmic life forms, this was indeed an ordinary nest. However, in front of Su Yang,pared to his size, this was a continent.
In his perception, this Chaosir was filled with a sea of Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
Each area had arge number of Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
Simrly, every ce where Ominous Beasts of Chaos gathered would have corresponding resources.
The resources in the Chaosir were enormous.
It could be said to be a sea of them.
Under the cover of the power of karma, Su Yang also analyzed the various resources.
There weren¡¯t many types, only three.
One was the Immortal Qi that Su Yang needed.
There was also a type of Chaos Spirit Stone, and each Chaos Spirit Stone was filled with immense energy.
Su Yang did not know the function of the Chaos Spirit Stone at the moment.
Perhaps it was just like the immortal stone, a resource that cultivators needed. No matter what, Su Yang could not use it now.
Of course, regardless of whether he could obtain these resources or not, he would still collect them if it was convenient.
The third type was chaos spirit items. These were treasures born from the primordial chaos.
The quality was higher, and the power was stronger.
It was something that even Connate cardinal treasures could notpare to.
Under the careful sensing of the Karma Sword Move, if the Chaos Lair was a hugeir, then there were thousands of smallirs belonging to the Ominous Beasts of Chaos inside.
There was a Spring of Life in each of these small nests.
The most importantponent of the Spring of Life was the Immortal Qi.
Ominous Beasts of Chaos were born in the Spring of Life.
As for how much Immortal Energy there was in the Spring of Life, it depended on the quality of the Spring of Life.
This was also rted to the realm of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, this Chaos Lair should not be called a Lair. No matter what, it was awkward for him to call it a Lair, so he decided to call this Chaos Lair the Chaos Continent.
In this primal chaos continent, not all situations could be sensed clearly by him. Many ces were destroyed after his karma power touched them. Clearly, there was a terrifying existence¡¯s aura inside. He did not even have the qualifications to explore.
To be precise, he could only explore the outer regions of primal chaos continent.
In the outer area were all Half-Saint Ominous Beasts of Chaos, including the Spring of Life, which should be called Half-Saint Spring of Life.
Each Half-Saint Spring of Life contained about one to three wisps of Immortal
The entire outer region of primal chaos continent had roughly a thousand springs of life.
Not to mention the middle area and the core area, just the outer area, as long as he could solve all of them, Su Yang would be able to make a fortune.
At the very least, it would not be a problem for him to advance another minor realm.
In this case, the middle area was at least the ce where the Ominous Beasts of Chaos of the Saint Realm stayed. Otherwise, it was impossible for him to not even explore it a little. The core area must be even more terrifying. Su Yang had no idea about the middle and core areas for the time being.
However, he was already prepared to attack the outer area.
Each Spring of Life in the outer area was upied by arge number of Ominous Beasts of Chaos, and some of them were in the Great Circle of Half-Saint Realm.
However, it wasn¡¯t like he didn¡¯t have a chance.
With his own strength, it was naturally not enough, but with the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power, Spark, it was enough.
Previously, when he was in the early stage of the semi-sage realm, he couldn¡¯t even block the attack of the Great Circle of the semi-sage realm. Now that he was in the middle stage of the semi-sage realm, he definitely couldn¡¯t block it.
As for whether a Saint Realm expert could withstand it, he felt that it should be possible. After all, the two levels were no longer on the same level.
¡± But as long as I can deal with the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, it¡¯ll be fine.
Su Yang said softly. Above his head was a sword of sparks that hadpletely condensed.
Below him was a Spring of Life filled with Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
It upied an area of about a thousand miles.
¡°I wonder how much range the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power Starfire Sword can cover here. Let¡¯s test the data first.
After Su Yang finished speaking, the Starfire Sword above his head shed down.
The moment the Starfire Sword was disyed, all the Ominous Beasts of Chaos below sensed it.
Originally, they were all absorbing energy in the nest to increase their cultivation.
All of them looked up at the sky and roared furiously.
In the blink of an eye, they all appeared above the Spring of Life.
In the blink of an eye, tens of thousands of Ominous Beasts of Chaos had gathered.
It was a pity that with their strength, they could not block the Starfire Sword at all.
In a split second, all the Ominous Beasts of Chaos who were flying in the air to resist the Starfire Sword were cut in half.
ck blood filled the sky. Before the blood could fall, the Starfire Sword had alreadynded where the Spring of Life was.
¡°Boom!¡±
A terrifying explosion of energy erupted and spread across thend.
All the ck blood that flowed out of the ferocious beasts turned into ashes at this moment, leaving no trace behind.
This ce where the ferocious beasts gathered was sessfully taken down by Su Yang. At the same time, two wisps of immortal qi were also grabbed by Su
Yang.
¡°200 billion living beings ¡®will in hand¡
Chapter 381 - 381: Three Golden Lights
Chapter 381 - 381: Three Golden Lights
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Primal Chaos Continent.
Two wisps of Immortal Qi floated in Su Yang¡¯s hands.
Just like that, he easily obtained 200 billion wills of all living beings.
ording to the situation outside the primal chaos continent, there were at least a thousand wisps of undying energy waiting for him to harvest.
This was still a guaranteed situation.
In fact, it would only be more than what Su Yang had estimated.
After all, the Spring of Life contained one to three wisps of Immortal Qi, at least one wisp.
The Spring of Life was the ce where Ominous Beasts of Chaos were born because of the Immortal Qibined with arge amount of energy.
This was¡lt was the Spring of Life that belonged to the Ominous Beasts of Chaos!
Immortal¡ What was immortality?
Endless life was eternal!
The Spring of Life wasn¡¯t condensed from the Immortal Qi alone.
Apart from the Immortal Qi, there was also a Chaos Spirit Stone mine.
For example, the Spring of Life below him.
As he blew up the entire Spring of Life with one move, the Chaos Spirit Stones contained within floated in the air.
It was not blown up by Su Yang¡¯s sword move.
Under the cover of the sword intent, how many Chaos Spirit Stones there were and what grade they were all clearly appeared in Su Yang¡¯s mind.
It was about a million low-grade Chaos Spirit Stones.
Each low-grade Chaos Spirit Stone contained an enormous amount of energy.
uh¡ Even though this thing was useless to Su Yang now.
However, just like the Immortal Qi, it was useless now, but that didn¡¯t mean it would be useless in the future.
Even if he could not use it, the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect would definitely be able to use it.
In short, it was definitely not wrong to keep the cultivation resources first.
As for upying a ce and owning a Greater World, there was no need to consider this problem at all.
The Grand Xia was now countless timesrger than it had been before.
Ten billion humans lived in less than one in ten thousand ces.
Even without the Greater World, Su Yang could easily create a storage void.
The resources had to be kept.
Chaos Spirit Stone¡Being able to stay with the Immortal Qi, it wouldn¡¯t be bad.
After dealing with this fierce beast nest, Su Yang rushed to the next location.
In the outer regions of the primal chaos continent, the berserk beastirs had quite a few branches. There was a berserk beastir every 50,000 miles.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, this Spring of Life was the real nest of fierce beasts. After all, this was the ce where fierce beasts were born and gathered.
During the journey, Su Yang had already condensed the Starfire Sword above his head. When he arrived at a ferocious beast nest, the Starfire Sword had already condensed.
Looking at the ce where the ferocious beasts gathered below, Su Yang directly shed down with the Starfire Sword.
There was no difference from the previous result. With the Starfire Sword, as long as he didn¡¯t face a saint beast or the other party didn¡¯t give him a chance to attack in advance, he could be said to be invincible in the Half-Saint Realm.
He could kill any Half-Saint with one sword.
As the sword descended, three wisps of Immortal Qi were obtained. This way, there were 300 billion wills of all living beings.
This collection speed was faster than any other time. It could be said that the interface had helped him a lot by helping him contract the universe this time.
During this period of time, he would still be able to rapidly increase his strength. Otherwise, with the world of the Grand Xia, although the speed at which the disciples of the Grand Xia Immortal Sect could gather the wills of all living beings for him was countless times faster than other cultivators, it was still countless times slower for him.
Fortunately, everything was developing in a good direction.
Besides providing him with three wisps of Immortal Qi, this ferocious beast nest also brought him a Lower Grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos.
This thing was also useful to him. After all, his Natal Immortal Sword was a growth-type immortal sword.
All kinds of feys could directly increase their quality. The higher the quality, the higher the increase in strength.
Therefore, these spiritual items and spiritual treasures were still useful to him now. They could also increase his strength, unlike before when he could only throw them to his subordinates.
For the next period of time, Su Yang was immersed in the joy of harvesting the nest of fierce beasts.
Seven days passed.
Immortal Dimension Realm
MO Zhongyue stared at the first ce on the leaderboard.
He frowned and pondered over some questions.
¡°Have you heard from Su Yang recently? Do you know what he¡¯s doing? I see that his points have not changed for some time.¡±
Seven days ago, Su Yang¡¯s points were 700,000, and now it was only 700,000.
In other words, there had been no movement for seven days. This was not good news for MO Zhongyue.
One had to know that Su Yang had caused as much trouble as he could previously. He had beaten up as many scoundrels as he could. It could be said that he had not let go of any opportunity.
But now, there was no movement for seven days. This was very abnormal.
It was very strange for a person who had been making a fuss to suddenly stop. It meant that this person was holding back a big move. It was obvious that he had bad intentions. When he attacked again, he would definitely give it a ruthless blow.
Combined with this situation, MO Zhongyue wanted to figure out what Su Yang was doing now. It would be best if she could have urate information.
For them now, their biggest enemy in the entire battle area 97 was Su Yang. As long as they could get rid of Su Yang, the others would be fine. If Su Yang was not around, they would be the only ones who would gain the advantage in this battle.
After MO Zhongyue¡¯s subordinate heard his words, he immediately began to gather information. However, he soon gave MO Zhongyue a bad answer.
¡°Sir, there¡¯s no news of Su Yang at the moment. He hasn¡¯t made any movements during this period of time. It seems that he has chosen to give up..¡±
Chapter 382 - 382: Three Golden Lights (2)
Chapter 382 - 382: Three Golden Lights (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Why do you think he suddenly stopped?¡±
MO Zhongyue looked ahead and asked her subordinate.
The evil god beside him bowed and said, ¡°I think Su Yang might know that he won¡¯t be able to gain much from this small fight, so he chose to stop. He probably went to collect resources to improve himself.¡±.
¡± As for schemes and plots, they¡¯re useless in our realm. Everything depends on strength.¡±
¡°Su Yang¡¯s only weakness now is his own strength. If we let him increase his strength, the situation will be even worse for us.¡±
This evil god¡¯s guess was correct, and anyone with eyes could see that.
MO Zhongyue also felt the same. However, although they knew what was going on, they did not have a good way to break it. After all, they could not stop Su Yang from increasing his strength.
The only thing they could limit was resources, but Su Yang would definitely notck resources. After all, this was a battle involving two worlds.
Su Yang was not fighting alone. The cultivators of the other Immortal Realms would definitely provide resources to Su Yang. In this case, they could not restrict Su Yang at all.
This was their spection.
Although it was not the case, the result was the same.
Su Yang was indeed collecting resources to make up for hisst w.
When he made up for his ws and returned, he would be the nightmare of many Half-Saint Evil Gods in District 97.
It was not only these evil gods who paid attention to Su Yang. The cultivators of the other Immortal Realms were also paying attention to Su Yang.
Many cultivators could guess that Su Yang was quiet now. He must be improving his strength. After all, this was Su Yang¡¯s only w now.
However, they were all very curious about how Su Yang was improving his strength. This was because they knew that Su Yang had rejected the resources provided by the human race and had said that the cultivation resources he needed were different from theirs.
However, their doubts would eventually be an unsolved mystery in their hearts. No one would answer them because no one in the world knew how he improved his strength except Su Yang. Su Yang naturally could not answer them.
chaotic
Looking down at the entire Chaos from God¡¯s Perspective, one could see countless bubbles existing in the Chaos.
Each bubble represented a universe. This kind of universe that existed in the chaos was called the original universe.
At this moment, three golden lights flew out from a primal universe.
The three golden lights did not fly out at the same time, but they flew out in session. The time difference was not much.
The three golden lights flew at an extremely fast speed. Even in the chaos, they would advance by a light year every second.
This speed was something that Su Yang could not catch up to.
Even so, it still took them some time to reach the destination of the golden light.
After a while, the three golden lights arrived at a group of pces in the chaos.
He even plunged into thergest pce.
At this moment, tens of thousands of pairs of eyes in the pce group looked at the center.
Everyone in the pceplex knew what this scene meant.
This was the golden light emitted by the assessment grounds arranged by the Chaos Temple in many universes.
There were a total of three tests in the assessment ground:prehension, talent, and actualbat.
Those who participated in the assessment had to be Half-Saints.
The assessment was meant for the Chaos Temple to recruit new members. If one wanted the assessment ground to emit golden light, one had to meet the requirements of one of the three assessments.
One had to be a genius in the talent assessment.
In the Comprehension test, one had to reach the seventh step.
He had to win thebat assessment!
However, thest two tests had to be based on the first test because there was a restriction in the second test. If one did not reach a sufficient talent, they would not even be qualified to participate in the second test.
The qualification to participate in the second assessment was middle-grade talent, and the qualification to participate in the third assessment was high-grade talent.
It could be seen that talent was the most important, followed byprehension, and finally actualbat.
Three golden lights appeared one after another. This meant that these three golden lights were definitely done by the same person. It was impossible for there to be three people.
This situation was normal. If one¡¯s talent was strong enough, then one¡¯sprehension would also be strong enough. With the first two factors being sufficient, it was impossible for one to be weak in actualbat.
Every cultivator who came here and upied a pce had participated in the assessment before, except for the founder of the Primal Chaos Shrine.
Many of them had produced three golden lights before.
There was somemunication in the void.
¡± Looks like our Chaos Temple is going to have another member. I wonder how far he has gone in the three tests.¡±
¡°Fellow Daoist Heavenly Treasure, don¡¯t you just want to open the bid? Hurry up and drive. I can¡¯t wait.¡±
¡°Hehehe¡Fellow Daoist Changsheng knows me.¡±
¡® In that case, I¡¯ll open the bid. ording to the previous rules, if I win, I¡¯ll give 50% to the new fellow daoists. If you win, you¡¯ll each take 50% of your winnings and give it to the new fellow daoists.¡±
¡°Sure, sure. We all know the rules. Let¡¯s get started. I can¡¯t wait to ce my bet.¡±
As Daoist Tianbao began to gamble, the voices ofmunication in the void gradually increased.
Obviously, this kind of thing was one of the few pleasures in their long years of cultivation, so most of the cultivators were very active.
¡°Talent, you can bet on middle-grade, high-grade, top-grade, genius, and monster.¡±
¡°Everyone, please ce your bets.¡±
¡°To be able to produce three golden lights in a row, his talent is at least high-grade, and it¡¯s even more likely that he¡¯s a top-grade or genius.¡±
¡°The previous Dao Friend Void who produced three golden lights in a row had top-grade talent. This time, I¡¯ll choose top-grade as well.¡±
¡°I¡¯ll bet ten immortal crystals, a million top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones, and a low-grade Great Dao lightningw crystal.¡±
¡°Not bad. A top-grade talent is already considered not bad. However, I feel that this person¡¯s talent is not only so. You have to know that the interval between the appearance of these three golden lights is extremely short. This means that he haspleted all three tests in a very short period of time. I believe everyone understands what this means.¡±
¡°So I choose genius!¡±
¡°Bet 50 Immortal Crystals, 10 million top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones, and one attribute-less low-grade Great Dao nomological crystal.¡±
¡°F * ck! Fellow Daoist Red Lotus, your analysis does make sense, but I¡¯ve already ced my bet. Why didn¡¯t you say so earlier?¡±
¡°Hehe¡Then I¡¯ll definitely have to wait until you guys ce your bets before I ce my bets. That way, the rate of loss will be higher.¡±
¡°By the way, why didn¡¯t any of you choose the monster?¡±
¡± Fellow Daoist Tiancheng, it¡¯s obvious that you¡¯ve just arrived. You don¡¯t know much. How can geniuses appear so easily? There are a total of 15,632 members in the Chaos Temple, and there are only two geniuses.¡±
¡°Hiss This, this, this¡Then wouldn¡¯t it be over if I bet an Immortal Crystal on the monster?¡±
¡°Hehehe¡Do you think thepensation is a hundred times higher?¡±
¡°You must know that there is a reason for being high. Fellow Daoist Tian Bao won¡¯t make a loss.¡±
¡® However, you only ced one Immortal Crystal. It¡¯s not bad. Just treat it as a financial aid to the new fellow daoists.¡¯
Daoist Tiancheng looked helpless in a hall that was located near the periphery of the pceplex.
Although one Immortal Crystal wasn¡¯t a lot, it had only been ten thousand years since he stepped into the Chaos. He didn¡¯t have many resources on him.
He only had a dozen Immortal Crystals, but he had used one-tenth of them.
This was also his fault. He was too envious of the hundred-foldpensation. If he could get a hundred-foldpensation for his realm, he would be able to advance to a higher level.
He immediately bet on it.
However, just like what the other party said, there was nothing to say about the bet.
I¡¯ll just treat it as funding a new fellow daoist.
After a while, Daoist Tianbao¡¯s voice sounded again.
¡°The talent disk ends here. Next, theprehension disk.¡±
¡°Fellow Daoists, which step of theprehensiondder do you think the new fellow daoist has stepped on?¡±
¡°Seventh, eighth, or ninth?¡±
¡± The odds for the seventh and eighth lines will change ording to the number of people betting. The ninth line will still be a hundred times thepensation. Everyone, you can ce more bets.¡±
¡® Don¡¯t listen to other people¡¯s blind analysis. If you win the ninthne, you¡¯ll have to pay a hundred times thepensation. That¡¯s a profitable choice.¡±
Daoist Tiancheng felt that it made sense. He had already ced his bet anyway.
He would bet another Immortal Crystal on the ninth step of the
Comprehensiondder. If he won, he would have to pay a hundred times more. He would earn a lot of money. If he lost, he would just lose. Daoist Tiancheng gritted his teeth and ced his bet..
Chapter 383 - 383: Drum… Universe!
Chapter 383 - 383: Drum¡ Universe!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Chaos, Chaos Temple.
The voices in the void gradually calmed down. All kinds of resources shuttled back and forth and gathered in the same pce. It was the pce of the Heavenly Treasure Holy Man.
At this point, the matter of cing bets gradually came to an end.
The results would only be known after Su Yang arrived.
The Heavenly Treasure Holy Man epted all kinds of bets.
Of course, this kind of bet was just a small bet to make everyone happy.
No one would ce a big bet.
In addition to waiting for Su Yang to arrive before the results could be revealed, there was another way.
That was to directly ask the Chaos Heavenly Venerate, who was also the founder of the Chaos Temple.
However, they did not dare to disturb the Chaos Heavenly Venerate.
Just as the bet was ced, a voice rang out in the void.
This voice came from the hall in the middle, where the Chaos Heavenly
Venerate lived.
¡® Pce Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce, this time, you will be the one to pick up the person. These are the coordinates. The other party¡¯s universe has yet to bepletely opened up, and the battle in the universe has yet toe to an end. After you go over, wait for a period of time until the battle in the universe is over. If there is still no result from this battle in the universe¡
¡± Just make the arrangements. Although the rules of the universe war were set by Chaos, there shouldn¡¯t be any problem with a slight change.¡±
The Chaos Heavenly Venerate¡¯s words shocked the members of the Chaos Temple.
Something was wrong!
The talent of this new member who was about to join might be extremely extraordinary.
For neers, there were also different grades, just like how they were divided into grades when they joined the Chaos Temple.
The entire Primal Chaos Temple could be divided into the founder, seven Pce Masters, thirty-six Elders, one hundred and eight Guardians, and ordinary members.
For new members, the mostmon way was for ordinary members to receive them.
Next were the Guardians, and then the Elders.
So far, the new members had been personally picked up by the Hall Master.
Very few, very few. The most ordinary identity was already a guardian.
The highest¡ln the past, there were only six Hall Masters, and they were all existences who followed the Chaos Heavenly Venerate to establish the Chaos Temple. Later on, there was a seventh.
Relying on his own strength, he had forcefully taken the position of a Hall Master.
This existence was none other than the Heavenly Thunder Hall Master.
It was enough to show the value of the Hall Master personally weing them.
After hearing the Chaos Heavenly Venerate¡¯s arrangements, all the Chaos Temple members knew that the neer was very powerful.
Everyone who ced their bets had an answer in their hearts.
Some of those who had ced their bets on the lowest level immediately regretted it.
Needless to say, the lowest level was basically useless.
If the neer¡¯s talent was too poor, there was no need for a hall master to receive him.
The Sky Thunder Pce Master was even more clear about the talent of the neers. After all, he had alsoe this way.
¡°Understood. I¡¯ll go pick her up now.¡±
¡± Yes!¡± The Sky Thunder Hall Master replied. Then, a figure soared into the sky from one of the seven halls that was second only to the main hall.
ck lightning shed on his body. Even in the chaos, he tore through the void and rushed towards his target.
The so-called solid space of Chaos was not worth mentioning in front of him.
In just a short while, the Sky Thunder Hall Master arrived outside a bubble.
This bubble was huge, like a huge in the chaos.
Inside the bubble was a universe.
After arriving here, the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce had started to cultivate.
He checked the situation inside the universe. The war in the universe had just begun, and there were still a hundred years before it ended.
uh¡ It wasn¡¯t long.
It would be over in a short while.
A hundred years was not enough for existences at their level. Sometimes, even a little seclusion was not enough.
primal chaos greatnd
In the past seven days, the ferocious beast nests outside the Chaotic Continent had been taken care of by Su Yang.
There were no more Half-Saint beasts ¡®nests.
He had already gone to the middle area to take a look.
The beast nests in the middle area were indeed guarded by Saint Realm beasts.
He had tried to attack a saint beast before.
However, the result was barely satisfactory. Even if he had made the first move, he had directly used a Starfire sh.
They would still be killed by the saint beasts.
Moreover, he was only at the initial stage of the sage realm.
Before they fought, Su Yang had always felt that with his strength, he could fight a Saint Realm expert with the Starfire Sword.
However, he only realized the cruelty of reality after the fight.
The Saint Realm and the Half-Saint Realm were not on the same level.
The two powers were not on the same level.
Under such circumstances, even if Su Yang used the power of the Starfire Sword, there was still no chance of resisting.
Su Yang was not in the middle stage of the Half-Saint Realm now.
In seven days, he had already gathered enough will to raise his strength to thete stage of the Half-Saint Realm.
It only consumed a hundred trillion wills.
At this stage, if he wanted to advance from thete stage of the Half-Saint
Realm to the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, he would need the will of lives.
After clearing out the entire outer region of primal chaos continent, and adding on the consumption of leveling up.
Currently, he still had 235 trillion living beings ¡®will.
In other words, in seven days, Su Yang hadpleted the cultivation from the middle stage of the Half-Saint Realm to thete stage of the Half-Saint Realm.
This speed¡At least, as far as Su Yang knew, no one could do it.
Su Yang was slightly satisfied.
However, this was not enough!
If he returned to the 97th battlefield of the Immortal Dimension Realm, he would definitely win.
Those evil gods wouldn¡¯t be able to restrict him.
Even if he did not rely on the high-level Great Dao Divine Power, Spark, and relied on the normal Spark Sword River, Su Yang could still be invincible among the Half-Saints!
Chapter 384 - 384: Drum… Universe! (2)
Chapter 384 - 384: Drum¡ Universe! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
However, Su Yang was not in a hurry to go back.
Thete stage of the Half-Saint Realm was not enough.
Since he could gather enough resources here, he would not be able to do so.
If he could increase his strength as soon as possible, he would cultivate first.
The first battle in the universe took a year, and only a month and a half had passed.
It was still early.
If he was strong enough, he could turn the tide on his own even if it was thest day he appeared.
If he was not strong enough, it would be useless even if he went over earlier.
Besides the first battle, Su Yang also had to consider the final battle.
At that time, he would not be facing a Half-Saint.
He was strong enough to face a Half-Saint, but what about a Saint?
This was the problem he needed to consider.
Now that he had the time, he couldpletely increase his strength to a sufficient level.
However, he was also facing a problem now.
On this primal chaos continent, he had already dealt with all the nests of Ominous Beasts of Chaos that he could.
He couldn¡¯t solve the rest.
In this way, if he wanted to continue collecting resources.
He had to find a brand new primal chaos continent.
This was something that he had expected. Su Yang was mentally prepared from the beginning, so it was not too difficult to ept now.
He would mark this primal chaos continent #1, and when he was strong enough, he woulde back to harvest the remaining resources.
Every primal chaos continent he discovered would be named after a serial number.
It was enough to name them ording to the order of discovery.
It was very convenient, and he wouldn¡¯t remember anything.
In these seven days, other than the harvest of the wills of all living beings, the other three had also been killed.
He had also obtained a lot of chaos spirit stones and spirit items.
At present, Su Yang had 160 million low-grade Chaos Spirit Stones.
He had collected quite a number of Chaos spirit items, and he had given them all to his Intrinsic Immortal sword.
At present, the quality of his Intrinsic Immortal Sword had been directly upgraded to the level of a Low-grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos.
It could increase the power of his sword moves by ten times!
It could be said that it had greatly increased hisbat strength under normal circumstances.
It was also the reason why he was invincible in the Half-Saint Realm!
After tidying up his resources, Su Yang left the Chaotic Continent in a sh.
Once again, he arrived in the boundless primordial chaos.
As his strength increased, the range that his sword intent could cover and his flying speed had both increased significantly.
Now, he could fly nearly 50 light years in two hours.
The sword intent could even envelop a hundred light years.
It was a hundred times stronger than before!
Under such arge-scale search.
Su Yang only released the karma sword intent and immediately locked onto the two chaotic continents.
Its size wasn¡¯t much different from the 1st primal chaos continent.
Three primal chaos continents appeared within a hundred light years. This was enough to prove that these primal chaos continents were rtivelymon in the primal chaos.
In this way, Su Yang would notck the resources he needed. This was good news for him.
Other than the Primal Chaos Continent, Su Yang had made a new discovery.
In his sword intent perception, other than the two primal chaos continents, there was also a giant bubble. Su Yang knew about this giant bubble.
He hade out of this giant bubble.
This giant bubble represented a universe!
In other words, other than the universe he was in, there were other universes in the primordial chaos.
He had sensed this when he came out of his own universe.
However, there was no direct evidence that there were other universes in the chaos. This time, it waspletely confirmed, which still shocked Su Yang.
He carefully observed the giant bubble.
He could not see anything useful, and it was even more impossible for him to enter.
At this stage, this discovery could only expand his horizons and could not bring him any great help.
The entire bubble was about a light year in size, which was very smallpared to the entire universe. However, there must be spacepressionws in it.
The concept of a world in a grain of sand had been passed down in the mortal world, let alone in the universe.
If there were other universes, then there would definitely be other cultivators within the primordial chaos.
He wondered where those cultivators were now.
Soon, Su Yang calmed down. He was already mentally prepared for the existence of other universes.
After observing for a while, he left. Next, he had to hurry to the other primal chaos continents. Collecting the resources he needed was more important.
Instead of paying attention to what was happening in the outside world, it was better to spend more time improving himself.
Based on his current speed, it wouldn¡¯t be long before he arrived at primal chaos continent number two.
The sword intent covered the entire primal chaos continent, and the area he could explore was still only the periphery.
As long as his sword intent touched the central and core regions of primal chaos continent, it would immediately be wiped out by an even stronger existence.
In Su Yang¡¯s opinion, it was strange that the other party did not kill him directly. Perhaps it was not the Ominous Beasts ot Chaos that erased his sword intent, but the rules of this ce.
If those Ominous Beasts of Chaos who had reached the Saint Realm sensed his sword essence, they would not be provoked. They would definitely kill him directly.
It was precisely because of this that Su Yang felt that it was not the Ominous Beasts of Chaos or even life that erased his sword intent, but the rules of this ce.
The number of berserk beastirs in the outer region of the 2nd primal chaos continent was no different from the 1st primal chaos continent. There were over a thousand of them.
In other words, if he dealt with all of them, he would probably still be able to obtain 200 to 300 trillion of living beings ¡®will.
ording to this situation, he would need to harvest at least ten primal chaos continents before he could gather the resources to break through to the next realm.
ording to his speed of harvesting the outer regions of primal chaos continent, it would take him an average of seven days to sweep through the outer regions.
Then he would need at least two to three months to break through to the next realm.
Well¡ It didn¡¯t seem to have been long.
With this thought in mind, Su Yang began to move in this chaotic continent.
The following time passed very quickly. Throughout the entire process, Su Yang acted step by step and nothing unexpected happened.
Perhaps some situations were unexpected to other cultivators, but not to Su Yang.
For example, the sudden appearance of a powerful beast caused Su Yang to die on the spot.
This situation was very fatal for other cultivators. If they were not careful, they would be reincarnated. For Su Yang, it was just that one of his avatars had been destroyed and he could reincarnate.
The harvest of Primal Chaos Continent No. 2 wasplete¡
The third primal chaos continent had been harvested¡
The sixth primal chaos continent had been harvested¡
The ninth primal chaos continent had been harvested¡
Harvestplete on the twelfth primal chaos continent¡
In the blink of an eye, three months had passed.
After three months of resource collection, Su Yang had finally gathered 3,000,000,000 living beings ¡®will.
In order to gather the three quadrillion wills of all living beings, he had swept through twelve primal chaos continents.
Although the process was very boring, it was fine as long as the result was good.
Other than the three quadrillion wills, he also needed ten thousand wisps of chaos qi.
Su Yang did notck Chaos Qi at all.
Not to mention the rewards he had obtained from the Ancient Chaos Path, there were more than 60,000 wisps.
He had killed so many Ominous Beasts of Chaos on the Chaotic Continent. Although not every Ominous Beast of Chaos would leave him the Qi of Chaos, the amount of Qi of Chaos would not be small in front of the huge number.
Now, he had a million wisps of chaos qi in his hands.
This kind of thing was extremely rare in the universe, but it was the mostmon resource in the primal chaos. With a little action, one could obtain arge amount of chaos qi.
If theter realms required the use of Chaos Qi, Su Yang felt that the amount of Chaos Qi required for theter realms was definitely not small.
The million wisps of Chaotic Qi in his hands now seemed like a lot, but it might not be much in the future.
No matter what, it was definitely not wrong to collect as many resources as possible.
Su Yang nced at the interface. Since collecting resources was to increase his realm, now that he had reached his goal, it was time to increase his realm.
¡°Upgrade!¡±
As soon as he thought about it, the 3,120 trillion will of all living beings on his Stats Window suddenly increased to 120 trillion.
At this moment, his realm had reached the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm. If he took another step forward, he would break through to the Saint
Realm.
¡°So how many resources will be needed to break through next?¡±
Su Yang looked at the interface curiously.
Chapter 385 - 385: The Sacred Sovereign Appears!
Chapter 385 - 385: The Sacred Sovereign Appears!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
[Su Yang]
[Sword Intent (advanced stage of the semi-sage realm): 0/30,000,000 will of all living beings, 0/300,000 wisps of chaotic qi]
Su Yang opened the interface and immediately saw the resources he needed to advance next time.
30 quadrillion wills of all living beings, 300,000 wisps of chaotic energy.
He no longercked Chaos Qi.
This was just as he had expected. The further he advanced, the more chaotic Qi he needed to advance.
It was directly disyed on the interface, while other cultivators had to refine it themselves before they could know.
Of course, the other Cultivation practitioners had a rough idea of what was going on.
In any case, the amount of resources required was huge. Even if he obtained the first ce in the Ancient Path of Chaos, the resources would not be enough for a Half-Saint to break through to the Saint Realm.
300,000 wisps of Chaos Qi. If he wanted to collect this amount of Chaos Qi in the Immortal Realm, he did not know how many years and months it would take.
So¡ Did those Sacred Sovereigns in the Immortal Realm really use the Chaos Qi to break through to the Saint Realm?
Or was there another way?
Su Yang could not help but suspect this.
The resources needed to break through were simply too huge.
He had no hope of collecting 300,000 wisps of chaotic qi in the immortal realm.
Or perhaps there was a breakthrough method that he did not understand.
It was also possible that he did not know about some ces where he could gather resources.
Otherwise, based on the current situation he knew.
Without special means, it was impossible to break through to the Half-Saint Realm in the Immortal Realm.
He did notck Chaos Qi at all, but hecked the will of all living beings¡
The will of all living beings needed to break through from thete stage of the Half-Saint Realm to the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm was only ten times more.
Su Yang was quite surprised by this.
After all, if it was only ten times, the consumption of the increase was not veryrge.
Even Su Yang was mentally prepared to increase the price by a hundred times.
However, even if it was three trillion, he would not be able to collect it so easily.
With his current speed¡
It would take a long time to collect them.
Of course, this was only for himself. To other cultivators, it was simply flying.
Time multiplied by ten times¡That was only about thirty months.
In about two and a half years, the Half-Saint had broken through to the Saint Realm.
If this speed was told to other cultivators, who would believe it?
But in reality, his cultivation speed was just that terrifying.
As long as he had enough primal chaos continents, he would be able to quickly gather resources and break through.
Moreover, after his realm increased from the Half-Saint Realm to the Saint Realm.
Perhaps he would have the qualifications to collect resources from the primal chaos continent.
That position would definitely have more resources.
Even if the consumption of the sage realm increased, his speed of improvement would not decrease too much.
Unless he reached that realm, the resources needed to increase would be too much.
After all, the breakthrough from Half-Saint to Saint Realm was a major breakthrough. It was normal for the resources required to increase greatly.
As for now¡Su Yang thought about it and decided not to continue collecting resources.
It would take him about two and a half years to collect the resources to advance to the Saint Realm.
In the Immortal Dimension Realm, the first phase of the universe war onlysted for a year.
Not to mention that four months had already passed.
Even if it was just the beginning, there was not enough time.
Thus, he decided to go back to the Immortal Dimension Realm battle area 97 and kill all the evil gods.
He continued to collect resources.
First, they would take down the first phase of the battle.
He still had plenty of time.
However, Su Yang began to worry a little.
He didn¡¯t know if the next hundred years would be enough for him to advance his realm to Sage Perfection Realm.
At the very least, he had to have enough strength to take down this universe war.
After all, it had taken him almost three years to break through from the Half-Saint to the Saint Realm.
This battle hade too suddenly.
It didn¡¯t matter if it wasn¡¯t enough.
In the face of absolute power, all rules could be changed.
Now, he felt that it was difficult to surpass and change. The reason was that he was not strong enough.
This battle was merely arranged hv the universe-
At most, he would be a universe master.
If his strength surpassed the universe¡To the point where he could directly change thews of the universe?
The so-called universe masters were nothing but a joke.
What could make him strong was always his own strength.
It was undeniable that bing a universe master was definitely a way to improve himself.
It might be extremely important to other cultivators.
However, it was not that important to Su Yang.
This was the current situation.
It was not that Su Yang looked down on universe masters, but he had a better way.
He would not be restricted by this path.
Thinking of this, Su Yang temporarily stopped collecting the will of all living beings.
Unfortunately, the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect were not strong enough and could not help him collect resources in the chaos.
Otherwise, he would have directly gotten the disciples of the Great Xia immortal sect toe and get 30 quadrillion in a minute.
He left behind a sword intent transfer array on the 12th primal chaos continent. When he entered the primal chaos again, he would be able toe here directly.
There was no need to waste time on traveling.
After doing all this, he shed and arrived in front of a bubble through the teleportation array that he had prepared in advance.
This bubble was the universe he had been in previously.
Just as Su Yang appeared here, a pair of closed eyes opened in another ce..
Chapter 386 - 386: The Sacred Sovereign Appears!
Chapter 386 - 386: The Sacred Sovereign Appears!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
He instantly locked onto Su Yang. The moment he saw Su Yang, his eyes revealed a strange look.
¡°Interesting¡This new member is really interesting. He can actually mention leaving the sealed universe¡¡±
¡°Do you want to meet him now?¡±
¡°Forget it¡ However, since he hasn¡¯t fused with the Universe Fruit Seat yet, we can¡¯t let him do so. After all, stripping will still affect him. We¡¯ll just have to keep an eye on him.¡±
After thinking for a while, the Sky Thunder Hall Master decided to give up on this decision.
It was better to wait until the universe war ended.
If he could use his own strength to win the war in the universe, he would also gain a lot of benefits.
A hundred years wasn¡¯t long.
There was no harm in waiting.
After making the decision, the Master of the Sky Thunder Pce closed his eyes again and continued to cultivate. He only used a few methods to pay attention to Su Yang.
Of course, it was only a feeling. He would not have felt it if Su Yang did not obtain the Universe Fruit Rank.
If Su Yang obtained the Universe Fruit Rank, he would know immediately.
Then, he stopped them.
As for the sealed universe?
Ha¡ What a joke. It was just a restriction for ordinary cultivators.
A hundred years could not bring him much improvement, but even the slightest improvement was still an improvement.
At this realm, there was no such thing as an instant breakthrough.
All breakthroughs came naturally and umted over time.
As for Su Yang, he did not feel anything. He did not even feel that he was being watched.
The difference between their cultivation levels was simply too huge.
It would be strange if Su Yang could sense the other party.
Therefore, Su Yang did not stop at all and returned to the universe.
Through the cosmic tunnel, he would be able to return to the world of the Grand Xia.
This universe passageway was like a backdoor that the universe had opened for him.
Only he could enter and exit at any time.
After returning to the world of the Grand Xia, Su Yang tore open the barrier of the Immortal Realm again and entered it.
After that, hemunicated with the Immortal Dimension Realm and entered it.
He once again participated in the universe war.
However, as soon as he entered, Su Yang was a little dumbfounded. He had been gone for three months¡After entering it again, he actually received an upgrade.
[Points-270,ooo]
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
¡°Why did my points automatically decrease?¡± Su Yang immediately began to study it.
Soon, he noticed the rules of the universe war.
It turned out that after the cultivators who participated in the battle left the Immortal Dimension Realm, they had to deduct points corresponding to their realm every day.
He was now in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, which meant that 3,000 yuan would be deducted every day.
He had been away for about ny days, which was 270,000 yuan deducted¡
He hadn¡¯t paid much attention to this before.
After all, why would he study the rules?
However, it did not matter.
He just had to kill all the evil gods.
He had already secured victory for District 97.
No one could take it away!
¡°Evil Gods¡l¡¯m back. Are you guys ready?¡±
¡°You must have been very happy when I was away, right?¡±
The corners of Su Yang¡¯s mouth curled up as he made a guess.
¡± Then let¡¯s go to the Chaotic Secret Realm first. It should still be the main battlefield. There shouldn¡¯t be much change.¡±
With a sh, Su Yang disappeared from where he was.
In fact, the situation in the Immortal Dimension Realm during this period of time was indeed as Su Yang had guessed.
After Su Yang left for a period of time, the Evil God, who had been paying attention to Su Yang¡¯s movements, quickly discovered that Su Yang had left the Immortal Dimension Realm.
This was because his points were decreasing. This was a very clear signal.
Only after leaving the Immortal Dimension Realm would the points he obtained decrease.
In other words, Su Yang must have left the Immortal Dimension Realm!
After knowing this, many evil gods were happy.
Finally, he didn¡¯t have to live a life of constant reminders and could gather resources without worry.
There was no need to worry about Su Yangying hiding in the dark and suddenly appearing to give them a high-level Great Dao Divine Power.
They couldn¡¯t take it.
For a period of time, Su Yang relied on hiding his tracks and waiting for the Ominous Beasts of Chaos to appear.
When the Ominous Beasts of Chaos appeared, he would approach them immediately.
However, Su Yang would not attack the Chaos Ominous Beasts.
Instead, he waited for the evil god to arrive.
After the evil god appeared, the high-grade Great Dao divine power that had been condensed above his head would immediately be summoned.
With one move, the targeted evil god had nowhere to run and was instantly killed.
Even though Su Yang¡¯s clone would also be blown up on the spot.
But so what?
They already knew that Su Yang did not need to pay too much to condense an avatar.
Their nsmen had died directly.
Su Yang¡¯s death was only a clone.
Under such circumstances, how could they be happy? It was simply a huge loss, okay?
Even if Su Yang had to pay a price for losing an avatar, they still felt that it was okay.
At least they didn¡¯t lose their nsmen in vain.
Unfortunately, that was not the case.
At this moment, something big happened in the Primal Chaos Secret Realm.
It was a major event rted to the breakthrough from the Great Perfection of the Half-Saint Realm to the Saint Realm!
Apart from being able to collect Chaos Qi, there was another important thing in the Chaotic Secret Realm.
That was the opportunity to break through to the Saint Realm!
And now, this opportunity had appeared, right in their battle zone 97!
In other words, some of them could break through to the Saint Realm.
This was a great opportunity that could drive any Half-Saint crazy!
They had been stuck at the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm for a long time.
They couldn¡¯t see any chance of breaking through¡
But now, an opportunity had appeared, right in front of them¡
This was the closest opportunity for them to reach the sage realm!
Perhaps it was their only chance..
Chapter 387 - 387: The Sacred Sovereign Appears!
Chapter 387 - 387: The Sacred Sovereign Appears!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Those who obtained the Saint Realm Fruit Rank could enter the Saint Realm!
However, it was not easy to obtain the Saint Realm Fruit Rank.
A nest of Ominous Beasts of Chaos appeared along with the Saint Realm Fruit
Seat.
There were endless Chaos Ominous Beasts.
Among them, there were more than a hundred Chaos Ominous Beasts in the Great Circle of Half-Saint Realm.
They hadn¡¯t even killed their way into the depths yet.
In the depths, there would only be more Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
At present, both the cultivators of the Immortal Realm and the
Four-Dimensional Evil Gods had gathered together to discuss how to attack the nest of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
As long as they could take it down, there would be Half-Saints among them who would break through to the Saint Realm.
Many evil gods took advantage of the time when Su Yang was not around to attack and gain the absolute initiative in this battle.
Cultivators from the Immortal Realm had no chance to participate in the fight for the position of the Sacred Sovereign at all.
This also made many Immortal Realm cultivators anxious.
If this continued, they wouldn¡¯t be able topete with the evil gods.
Although they had already obtained the advantage in points, it was also because of Su Yang.
Now that Su Yang had left the Immortal Dimension Realm, under normal circumstances, they would not have an advantage.
In terms of high-levelbat strength, they also did not have an advantage.
If this continued, they could only watch as the evil gods took the Sacred Sovereign position.
At this moment, the leaders of the immortal realm cultivators from the 97th region had already gathered.
Zhou Tianyu, Xu Zhu, ck me¡
There were a total of 12 leaders gathered in one ce. They were all Half-Saints in the Great Circle. If they were further divided, only the three people sitting at the highest position had the most authority.
These three people were Zhou Tianyu, Xu Zhu, and ck me.
They were all Half-Saints who had mastered low-level Great Dao Super Powers. They were more powerful than ordinary Complete Half-Saints.
Zhou Tianyu looked at Xu Zhu.¡± Fellow Daoist Xu, the current situation is not good. Can you contact Fellow Daoist Su? At this stage, there is a fixed battlefield. The high-level Great Dao Divine Power that Fellow Daoist Su has mastered can be fully utilized.¡±
¡® It can also help us achieve a great victory. It is the key to the victory of this theater of operations.¡±
¡°If the Evil God really obtains the Saint Realm Fruit Rank, then they won¡¯t be restricted by the battle. With the Saint Realm Evil God in this battle zone, even if Su Yang is immortal and can be resurrected indefinitely, he won¡¯t be able to turn the situation around.¡±
¡°We¡ You will definitely lose.¡±
How could Xu Zhu not know about this situation?
Therefore, he was ready to contact Su Yang now.
They did not contact Su Yang previously because they did not want to disturb him. After all, ording to spection, Su Yang was likely to have gone to collect resources to increase his strength.
Otherwise, he wouldn¡¯t have suddenly disappeared.
In addition to the speed at which his points were decreasing¡lt was very likely that Su Yang had already reached the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
As for whether it was true or not, he would naturally know when he made contact.
This information could be inferred, and there wouldn¡¯t be much change.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll contact fellow Daoist Su. I believe he¡¯lle back when he finds out about the Saint Fruit Seat.
Zhou Tianyu heaved a sigh of relief when he heard that. Even if this fruit position was given to Su Yang, it was better than giving it to the evil god.
¡°That¡¯s good..
Above the Immortal Dimension Realm.
Many experts of the Saint Realm had their eyes on the Chaotic Secret Realms in the 1,000 battle zones.
¡°Forty-nine Sacred Sovereigns have already appeared. You can be a Saint.¡±
¡°Then, who will be lucky enough to obtain it next?¡±
They had been waiting for this moment when the Chaotic Secret Realm appeared.
The Sacred Sovereign status was something that could affect the entire battle.
They naturally had to pay attention..
Chapter 388 - 388: Blocking, Going All Out!
Chapter 388 - 388: Blocking, Going All Out!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Buzz¡¡¯
Su Yang, who was about to head to the Chaos Mystic Realm, suddenly received the message from the token.
He casually opened it and saw that it was from Li Daogao.
¡°This fellow¡Why are you looking for me again?
¡± I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a gift of resources. I¡¯ve already made it very clearst time.¡±
¡°I guess there¡¯s something else.¡±
Su Yang opened the message and checked the message the other party had sent him.
After checking it, Su Yang¡¯s eyes revealed a thoughtful look.
¡°Sacred Sovereign Rank¡This is probably the key to the Immortal Realm cultivators breaking through to the Saint Realm.¡±
When he saw the resources needed to break through to the Saint Realm from the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, Su Yang immediately had a premonition.
It was very likely that those Sacred Sovereigns in the Immortal Realm did not rely on normal methods to advance to the Saint Realm.
The resources needed to break through from the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm to the Saint Realm were too many.
It was impossible to collect so many resources in the Immortal Realm alone.
This was just his guess.
But now, with the appearance of the Sacred Sovereign.
It also confirmed Su Yang¡¯s guess.
The Sacred Sovereigns of the Immortal Realm indeed did not rely on their own hard work to cultivate.
It must have relied on the Sacred Sovereign status.
However¡What was the difference between using the Sacred Sovereign fruit to advance and collecting resources to advance?
Moreover, there was no sign on the interface that he could break through to the Saint Realm by relying on the Sacred Sovereign Fruit Rank.
There were only two exnations for this situation.
Firstly, he could not use the Sacred Sovereign fruit realm to advance.
Secondly, the interface looked down on the Sacred Sovereign status, so he did not use this thing.
No matter which one it was, Su Yang did not need it.
¡°But¡ Regardless of whether it is useful or not, we can¡¯t give it to the evil gods.¡±
¡°Put it in my bag. Even if I don¡¯t use it myself, it¡¯s not a bad choice to give it to the disciples of the Grand Xia immortal sect.¡±
¡°Or trade with other cultivators.¡±
¡® It¡¯s not a bad idea to exchange for some cultivation resources that are useful to me.¡±
After checking the message Li Daogao sent him, Su Yang had an idea. This battle was happening in the Chaotic Secret Realm, the biggest battlefield at the moment. He definitely had to participate.
Even if the Sacred Sovereign realm did not appear.
At this stage, he was prepared to kill all of them.
With the appearance of the Sacred Sovereign, it indirectly helped him gather all the evil gods together.
This was actually good news for him.
Wouldn¡¯t it be good news if he didn¡¯t have to look for them one by one?
Thinking of this, the corners of Su Yang¡¯s mouth curled up, and then he disappeared in a sh.
He sped up and rushed towards the Chaotic Secret Realm.
At the same time, he also sent a message to Li Daogao, indicating that he would go over.
the chaotic secret realm
¡°Yes.¡±
¡°How is it?¡±
¡® He said he¡¯ll be here. He¡¯s on his way.¡±
¡± That¡¯s good. Otherwise, we really wouldn¡¯t know what to do in this fight.¡± Hearing Li Daogao¡¯s reply, Xu Zhu heaved a sigh of relief.
As the first person to receive the news, Xu Zhu also informed the other cultivators of the Immortal Realm immediately.
Zhou Tianyu and ck me, the two peak Half-Saints, heaved a sigh of relief after receiving the news.
Now, none of them could stand up and fight against the evil gods.
At most, they would be entangled, but if it was an all-out war.
They weren¡¯t a match for evil gods at all.
They only had three peak half saints, but the evil gods had 12.
This was the difference¡
Not only did they not have any advantage in terms of topbat strength, but they also did not have any advantage in any cultivation level.
Under normal circumstances, they could only give up the position of the Sacred Sovereign.
But now, the situation had changed.
Everything¡lt was all because of Su Yang.
Zhou Tianyu looked ahead.
It was a nest of Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
It was also the position of the Sacred Sovereign.
At this moment, the Heretic God was already attacking the nest of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
An intense battle continued to erupt at the location of the nest.
However, these Immortal Realm cultivators did not even dare to get close.
If they got close, they would be surrounded.
The Heretic God would give up on attacking the Ominous Beasts of Chaos immediately.
They turned around and attacked them.
They had already tested the waters and had even lost some men.
¡°Humph¡ You guys won¡¯t be able to be arrogant for long.¡±
Even if Su Yang was not a member of the Spacetime Race, he was still a cultivator of the Immortal Realm.
In the big camp, they belonged to the same camp.
Therefore, Zhou Tianyu was still looking forward to Su Yang¡¯s arrival and catching Evil God off guard.
Lead them to open up the situation.
It was not to the extent that he did not even have the qualifications to make a
move.
Their current situation was just that terrible.
This also made Zhou Tianyu wonder what the Immortal Realm¡¯s Sacred Sovereign was thinking.
What trump card did he have that he dared to start a war in the universe and even dragged the evil gods in?
ording to the current situation, he had to continue.
Without Su Yang, they would definitely lose.
Everything was just for the evil god.
In the end, they would not be able to get any benefits at all.
The entire Immortal Realm would fall into the hands of the Evil God.
Zhou Tianyu couldn¡¯t understand.
Could it be that Su Yang was behind this?
Could there be many existences like Su Yang?
This was the only thing Zhou Tianyu could guess.
Of course, he wasn¡¯t sure at all.
After all, Su Yang¡¯s appearance could be traced.
Even if it appeared very suddenly.
However, no matter how he looked at it, it did not seem like a backup n arranged by The Lord.
Zhou Tianyu shook his head. He was not very optimistic about this battle in the universe.
His mood was extremely heavy.
He could only hope for a good result.
Otherwise¡He could only ept it.
After all, even if he tried his best, he could not see any hope of changing..
Chapter 389 - 389: Stop and Fight for Your Life!
Chapter 389 - 389: Stop and Fight for Your Life!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
What could he do in a mere hundred years? Breaking through to the Saint Realm?
In the Immortal Realm, there was no hope at all without the Sacred Sovereign status.
Even if the Sacred Sovereign position of their battle zone had not yet been determined, it would still be in the hands of the other party.
But in reality, he already had the answer in his heart.
This Sacred Sovereign fruit would not fall into the hands of anyone other than
Su Yang.
There was no doubt about this.
How could the Heretic God resist an undying Half-Saint in the Great Circle?
How could he resist it?
Moreover, this perfected Half-Saint had mastered a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power!
Just these two points alone were enough to crush all the evil gods in the 97th battle zone!
It was different from the expectations of the Immortal Realm cultivators. At this moment, MO Zhongyue and the other evil gods were extremely nervous.
¡°Hurry up! Hurry up! Hurry!¡±
¡°Faster!¡±
¡°We must get rid of the beasts that are blocking us as quickly as possible!¡±
¡°This is our only chance!¡±
¡°That human Su Yang¡¯s strength has already increased to the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm. I have a feeling that he will definitelye here. When hees, we won¡¯t have any hope!¡±
MO Zhongyue looked at the leaderboard, her heart already in her throat.
Just looking at Su Yang¡¯s name made him feel extremely nervous.
It was the fear hidden deep in his heart.
He could not be med for this.
After all, how many people could remain calm in the face of an irresistible existence?
Moreover, this was such a critical moment, so they could not be careless.
MO Zhongyue was at the front, leading many evil gods to charge forward.
With the 12 peak Half-Saint Evil Gods clearing the way, the two of them were able to escape.
Even if there were more than a hundred Ominous Beasts of Chaos in the Great Circle of Half-Saint Realm, it was still difficult to stop Evil Gods like MO Zhongyue.
They could only dy their pace.
But in this case, it was only a matter of time before their of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos was captured.
MO Jiuying, MO Wen Yan, and the other peak Half-saints all followed beside MO Zhongyue.
He charged forward with MO Zhongyue.
They were extremely clear about the importance of this moment.
Could she no longer be restricted by Su Yang?
Whether or not they could obtain victory in this battle zone¡lt all depended on this one time!
Obtaining the Sacred Sovereign Rank!
Suppress Su Yang!
MO Zhongyue looked at the center of the nest. There was a milky white fruit floating there.
His gaze was burning.
The Lord¡The hope of advancing to the Sacred Sovereign realm!
Under his burning gaze, he attacked even faster, more ruthlessly, and stronger.
Even the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm wouldn¡¯t dare to take his attack head-on!
At this moment, they were only ten thousand miles away from the center of their.
Normally, they would have gone over in the blink of an eye.
But now, there were endless Ominous Beasts of Chaos blocking the way.
It would not be easy to finish this part of the journey.
The Heretic God charged forward crazily, wanting to obtain the Sacred Sovereign position.
They were indeed pushing forward crazily.
In ten breaths of time, he had forcefully advanced a thousand kilometers.
Zhou Tianyu, Xu Zhu, and the others who had been paying attention to the situation here immediately felt that something was wrong.
They did not know how long it would take for Su Yang to arrive.
If it had been a little longer, the Sacred Sovereign position might have really been obtained by the evil gods.
This was something they did not want to see.
He would never allow such a thing to happen!
¡± Let¡¯s go!¡± Zhou Tianyu took the lead and stood up. He said solemnly,¡± We have to take action. We can¡¯t let them advance so recklessly!¡±
¡± With the strength of theplete stage of the Half-Saint realm, the Ominous Beasts of Chaos can¡¯t stop the attacks of those Extreme Half-Saint Evil Gods.¡±
¡® Even a low-level Great Dao Super Power isn¡¯t something a perfected Half-Saint can resist.
Xu Zhu also said solemnly,¡± That¡¯s right. We have to stop him. Su Yang hasn¡¯te yet. However, we only need the Half-Saints to make a move.¡±
¡°As long as we can dy them for a while and slow down their attack speed, our goal will be achieved.¡±
Xu Zhu looked at ck me as he spoke.
After all, among the cultivators of the Immortal Realm present, only the three of them had reached the limit of the Half-Saint Realm.
Since Zhou Tianyu took the initiative to stand up, it meant that the other party probably would not object to this matter.
Right now, they would have to see if ck me would object to this suggestion.
As long as ck me did not object, it would be the best oue.
At the same time, Zhou Tianyu also looked at ck me.
Just as Xu Zhu thought, Zhou Tianyu was not averse to this suggestion.
Although they were going to risk their lives, this was indeed the best oue for now.
There was nothing much to say.
¡°If that¡¯s the case, then we¡¯ll take action. We can¡¯t just watch the Evil God obtain the Sacred Sovereign Fruit,¡± ck me said calmly.
¡°I just hope that Su Yang can arrive soon. Otherwise, even with our strength, we can¡¯t drag it out for a little longer.¡±
Xu Zhu secretly heaved a sigh of relief. He nodded and said,¡± I understand. I¡¯ll get someone to urge him. This is a serious matter. Let¡¯s hurry up and act.¡± ¡°Alright,¡± ck me agreed without hesitation.
The three of them looked at each other and rushed out at the same time.
In an instant, he arrived in front of MO Zhongyue and the other evil gods.
¡® Hahaha!¡± Zhou Tianyuughed loudly.¡± Everyone, isn¡¯t it too simple to think of getting the Sacred Sovereign position so easily?¡±
¡± What?¡± MO Zhongyue frowned and looked at Zhou Tianyu. She sneered,¡± So what if youe out to stop me?¡±
¡°What can the three of you do?¡±
¡°MO Wen Yan, bring MO Yan and MO Feng to stop them. Don¡¯t let them cause trouble.¡±
The Devil Vein Rock grinned.¡± Understood. Don¡¯t worry. With us here, they won¡¯t have the chance to cause trouble. You guys hurry up and kill your way in.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± MO Zhongyue nodded.
After saying that, MO Zhongyue no longer paid attention to Zhou Tianyu and continued to lead the team to charge forward.
Zhou Tianyu wanted to go forward to stop him, but he was stopped by the
mageweath rock.
¡°Oh? What do you want?¡±
Zhou Tianyu¡¯s expression didn¡¯t change. Indeed, with our strength, it¡¯s impossible for us to fight you head-on.¡±
¡°But you think you can stop me?¡±
In the next moment, Zhou Tianyu shuttled through space and disappeared from where he was. He instantly chased to the front.
The power of time and space was instantly unleashed, blocking MO Zhongyue¡¯s path.
MO Zhongyue frowned, the disgust in her eyes unconcealed.
¡°Very good¡Very good!¡±
MO Zhongyue was angry.
¡± You¡¯re not satisfied with stopping a peak Half-Saint, yet you insist on causing trouble. Since you¡¯re looking for death, I¡¯ll fulfill your wish!¡±
MO Zhongyue¡¯s eyes began to emit wisps of ck gas. In the ck gas, there seemed to be a ray of light.
¡°You guys continue to advance. You must obtain the Sacred Sovereign position!¡±
¡°Let me deal with this annoying fly!¡±
¡°Middle Realm! ¡±
MO Zhongyue¡¯s voice resounded throughout the battlefield.
Zhou Tianyu was instantly enveloped by the ck gas, and then he disappeared from where he was.
At the same time, MO Zhongyue also disappeared from the spot.
The ce where the two of them were standing at left an area covered in ck gas.
At thest moment when he was pulled in, Zhou Tianyu had a bad feeling.
When he came back to his senses, he found that he had been pulled into the barrier that MO Zhongyue had created.
His greatest ability was to travel through space.
However, if he was restricted to a small area, it would have a huge impact on his strength.
This was extremely disadvantageous to him.
¡°This is a little troublesome¡ But it doesn¡¯t matter. I just need to stall for time. It¡¯s not bad to be able to stall the strongest of the evil gods.
Soon, Zhou Tianyu adjusted his mentality and faced MO Zhongyue with high spirits.
This was the strongest Half-Saint among the evil gods, so he didn¡¯t dare to be careless.
On the other side, MO Zhongyue¡¯s body waspletely enveloped by ck gas.
However, he was also very special. There was some silver light on his body.
Just like moonlight.
A low and hoarse voice sounded from MO Zhongyue¡¯s mouth.
¡°Stop me¡Come on!¡±
¡°I just want to kill you now!¡±
Zhou Tianyu looked calm on the surface.¡± Come on. I really want to be beaten to death. I just don¡¯t know if you have the ability.¡±
¡°Boom!¡±
As soon as he finished speaking, Zhou Tianyu was instantly sent flying.
MO Zhongyue¡¯s attack hit Zhou Tianyu in an extremely strange way.
Zhou Tianyu didn¡¯t even have time to react!
At this moment, Zhou Tianyu¡¯s pupils dted as he quickly stabilized his body.
This attack had caught him off guard.
However, it was not very powerful.
The fatal thing was¡Mo Zhongyue¡¯s attack followed closely behind.
¡°Low-grade Great Dao Divine Power, Moonlight!¡±
Chapter 390 - 390: The Despair of the Evil God!
Chapter 390 - 390: The Despair of the Evil God!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
At this moment, a silver moon shone in this special space.
The destructive power came crashing down!
They were all opponents of the same level, so Zhou Tianyu did not panic too much.
He had already prepared a backup n and immediately attacked.
¡°Low-grade Great Dao divine power, Time Freeze!¡± It was also a low-grade Great Dao divine power.
However, the power of the two was different.
MO Zhongyue¡¯s low-level Great Dao divine power mainly focused on the direction of attack.
The power of the attack was very powerful. If it was a head-on confrontation, Zhou Tianyu¡¯s strength was definitely inferior to the other party.
Being attacked by this low-level divine power was not as harmless as before. One¡¯s vitality would definitely be greatly damaged, and there was even the risk of death.
Fortunately, Zhou Tianyu also grasped a low-level Great Dao divine power. Although his low-level Great Dao divine power was not in the direction of attack, it had a very strong supportive effect.
At this moment, the silver moonlight that was attacking him hadpletely frozen in ce. It couldn¡¯t move an inch forward. This was the power of his spell. It could freeze a part of the area. As for how long it would freeze, it would depend on the difference in strength between them.
The difference in strength between Zhou Tianyu and MO Zhongyue was not big, so the time of freezing was only one breath.
This one breath was enough. After all, Zhou Tianyu¡¯s speed was not weak. In just one breath, he instantly left the spot and dodged this move.
When MO Zhongyue saw this, he snorted coldly.¡± You only have this much ability. Since you can hide so well, then you better hide well. If you are attacked by me, you will die here.¡±
After escaping this cmity, Zhou Tianyu still looked at MO Zhongyue calmly. Their realms were not much different. It was impossible to get rid of him in a short period of time.
Moreover, even if they fought for a long time, in a one-on-one situation, Zhou Tianyu felt that it was impossible for MO Zhongyue to take him down unless there were more Half-Saint limitsing to encircle him. Then, he would be in a little danger.
He was not worried at all now.
MO Zhongyue obviously saw through Zhou Tianyu¡¯s thoughts, and now Zhou Tianyu had no intention of responding to him.
He probably only had one thought, and that was to stall for as much time as possible.
Zhou Tianyu was sessful now. MO Zhongyue had no better way to deal with him. She could only pull Zhou Tianyu into this small enchantment and not let him harass the other nsmen.
Right now, he could only pray that the other nsmen would quickly charge into the depths of the ferocious beast nest. The most important thing was to obtain that Sacred Sovereign fruit.
As long as he obtained the Sacred Sovereign status, everything else was not important. When he advanced to the Sacred Sovereign realm, all the cultivators of the Immortal Realm would die in his hands. Even the immortal Su Yang would not be able to affect him anymore.
Su Yang was also in trouble now because he was immortal and had powerful strength. He could threaten them all, but after he advanced to the Sacred
Sovereign realm, he would not be afraid of the trouble Su Yang would bring.
If he could deal with them alone, then the other evil gods could deal with the other immortal realm cultivators. On the whole, even without the Sacred Sovereign, they still had an advantage.
MO Zhongyue and Zhou Tianyu continued to fight fiercely in the enchantment. Even if they knew that there would not be a winner in a short period of time, they had not fought before. Everything was unknown. What if the winner was decided?
In the outside world, Xu Zhu and ck me were also fighting with two Half-Saint Limit Evil Gods. They did not have Zhou Tianyu¡¯s strange speed and ability to travel through space, so they could not affect the other Evil Gods. They could only fight with their opponents and restrict the two Half-Saint Limit Evil Goas.
In this way, they managed to hold back three Half-Saint limit evil gods.
This was the same as their goal when they attacked, so now they could be said to have seeded.
On the Heretic God¡¯s side, after losing three powerfulpanions, their speed of advancement had decreased significantly. They needed about thirty breaths to advance a thousand miles.
Even though this speed was still very fast, there was nothing they could do. Xu
Zhu and the others could only do so much. If the Evil God really obtained the Sacred Sovereign position, there was nothing they could do. They had already done everything they could.
What they werepeting against now was a race against time.
Would Su Yang arrive first, or would the evil god arrive first and obtain the Sacred Sovereign Fruit?
If Su Yang had arrived first, then they could basically say that they had won this battle.
In the Half-Saint Realm, no one was a match for Su Yang, who was in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
In terms of strength alone, the other evil gods were no match for Su Yang. Moreover, Su Yang had the ability to be immortal, so those evil gods had no way to deal with Su Yang.
The only question now was when would Su Yang arrive?
Xu Zhu, ck me, Zhou Tianyu, and the others looked forward to it.
Other than the three of them, the cultivators of the other Immortal Realms were also waiting for Su Yang¡¯s arrival. Only when Su Yang arrived would they have the capital to fight the evil god.
Nine thousand miles¡
Eight thousand miles¡
Seven thousand miles¡
Six thousand miles¡
Five thousand miles!
In the blink of an eye, a hundred breaths passed. At the same time, the Heretic God had pushed forward five thousand miles. It was only five thousand miles away from the beast nest.
In another 150 breaths, if Su Yang had not arrived, the Heretic God would have seeded.
However, the Evil God was destined to return in disappointment because Su
Yang had already arrived here. He was above the battlefield and looking at everything below..
Chapter 391 - 391: Arrival, the Despair of the Evil God!
Chapter 391 - 391: Arrival, the Despair of the Evil God!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The huge nest of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos entered Su Yang¡¯s eyes, but when Su Yang saw this nest, he felt that it was a little familiar.
Wasn¡¯t that what happened when he destroyed the nests of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos on the Primal Chaos Continent?
So, did this nest of Ominous Beasts of Chaos have the Immortal Qi?
Su Yang felt it for a moment. Unfortunately, there was no immortal energy. There was only a special fruit. That milky white fruit should be the so-called Sacred Sovereign Fruit Rank.
Su Yang sensed that there were indeed some specialws circting on this milky white fruit.
However, he was also very sure that this thing was absolutely useless to him. When he first saw this milky white fruit, he had already confirmed this information.
¡°Tsk tsk¡¡±
¡°What a vicious beating.¡±
Su Yang¡¯s sword will enveloped the entire battlefield. The situation on the battlefield instantly entered his mind. Everything that happened could not escape his perception.
Just as Su Yang released his sword intent to envelop the entire battlefield, all the existences on the battlefield felt this special sword intent.
Su Yang¡¯s power was too special. He was not like the Immortal Dao power that the Immortal Realm cultivators grasped, nor was he like the four-dimensional power that the Evil God grasped.
His power was sword intent, a type of power that only appeared on low-level martial artists, but it had been forcefully cultivated to this level.
This was also what puzzled Xu Zhu and the others. At the same time, they also understood why Su Yang said that his strength was different from theirs, his cultivation method was different, and the resources he needed were different.
The moment they sensed Su Yang¡¯s sword intent, Xu Zhu, Zhou Tianyu, and ck me, the three Immortal Realm cultivators who were doing their best to dy the Evil God, became excited.
Xu Zhu looked up into the sky, his eyes shing with excitement.
¡°Great, he¡¯s finally here!¡±
Opposite him, the evil god he was fighting feltpletely different.
The evil god¡¯s heart became heavy.
MO Feng¡¯s eyes were filled with solemnity.
That human, Su Yang, is here. He¡¯s finished¡
What should they do now? With their strength, they could not stop Su Yang at all. They did not even have the ability to fight Su Yang head-on.
The other Half-Saint Limit Evil Gods also looked up at the sky, looking at the source of the sword intent. There, Su Yang¡¯s figure stood firmly.
Magnificent, powerful, invincible¡
An extremely powerful pressure enveloped their hearts.
At the same time, a ck barrier on the battlefield shattered.
MO Zhongyue took the initiative to remove the barrier because he had already felt Su Yang¡¯s aura. He knew that the final struggle was over and there was no need to continue fighting. Since Su Yang had alreadye, theirst chance was gone. If they continued to struggle, they would only die here. There was no need at all.
After he removed the barrier, he looked up at Su Yang with aplicated expression in his eyes.
He could not understand Su Yang¡¯s existence at all. How did he do it? How could he be so powerful?
¡°Let¡¯s go! Retreat!¡±
MO Zhongyue gritted her teeth.
Even though he had no choice, he could only make this choice.
They no longer had any chance topete for the position of the Sacred Sovereign.
His voice resounded throughout the entire battlefield.
This also made the cultivators of the Immortal Realm feel extremely excited. That person only revealed a figure, but it scared these evil gods that they could not do anything to and they wanted to retreat.
Li Daogao¡¯s eyes were filled with fanatical worship.¡± He¡¯s too powerful. When can I cultivate to such a level?¡±
¡± Just by standing there, no one dares to make an enemy of him.¡±
Li Daogao wasn¡¯t the only one who had a look of worship on his face. There were other cultivators as well.
When the evil gods heard MO Zhongyue¡¯s order, they hesitated. After all, they knew the key to this battle. However, they felt helpless.
Looking at the figure in the sky, how should they deal with it?
Su Yang had only appeared for a moment, and MO Zhongyue had already given such an order. It could be said that she was very decisive, but how could Su Yang let them leave so easily?
¡°You want to leave?¡±
Su Yang¡¯s voice was very calm, but it resounded throughout the entire battlefield, in the minds of every cultivator and every evil god. It was as if he was talking face to face in front of them.
¡°Have you asked me?¡±
¡°Starfire Sword River,e out!¡±
As thest word fell, sword after sword condensed behind Su Yang¡¯s back and crossed the void, shing at all the evil gods in the field.
Every sword strike was like the entire Korean universe. Every sword strike was not using conventional methods to attack. Every sword strike of Starfire pierced through the void. When they reappeared, they were already in front of the Heretic God.
The weaker evil gods couldn¡¯t block it at all and were sliced in half by the Starfire Sword.
Only the stronger Half-Saints in the Great Circle could react by resisting or retreating.
However, their resistance was destined to be futile. After dodging the first sword, the next second, there would be two more swords!
Now, the Starfire Sword contained variousws, such as the Space Law and the Tracking Law. It could lock onto the enemy, travel through space, and kill. Its power was at the limit of the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
In addition, some of the Starfire Swords were shed out by Su Yang with his Intrinsic Immortal Sword, so the power increased by more than ten times!
Under such circumstances, even the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm could not escape Su Yang¡¯s punishment and was instantly beheaded by him.
In the second breath after Su Yang appeared, he instantly attacked and killed hundreds of Half-Saint Evil Gods. His terrifying strength made the Immortal Realm cultivators who were watching this scene widen their eyes!
Terrifying!
Powerful!
It was something that they could not do at all.
MO Zhongyue¡¯s eyes were red.¡± Human Su Yang, don¡¯t go too far. The one who lost in this battle zone is indeed my race. I have nothing to say about this.¡±
¡± Indeed, I can¡¯t do anything to you. In the entire 97th battlefield, there is no evil god that can do anything to you. But don¡¯t forget, this is only the first stage of the battle.¡¯
¡°You can gain an advantage in this battle zone, but what about the other battle zones? Unless you have a monstrous existence like you, you won¡¯t have any chance to be a match for my n.¡±
¡°In the end, if our race obtains aplete victory, then the immortal realms will survive under our race¡¯s rule.¡±
¡°If you go too far now, don¡¯t me us for going even further in the future!¡±
¡°If you are willing to stop now, in the future, even if the immortal realms are under the rule of my race, I am willing to give you a ce to recuperate.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t be too ruthless. Leave yourself a way out.¡±
MO Zhongyue gritted his teeth and threatened. In fact, he didn¡¯t like to do this, but in order to protect more nsmen, he could only do this. Facing MO Zhongyue¡¯s half-threat, Su Yang smiled half-enticingly.
¡°Hahaha¡ Your suggestion is not bad.¡±
¡°But unfortunately, I won¡¯t ept it. Because as long as I¡¯m here, the immortal realms won¡¯t be defeated.¡¯
Su Yang stood proudly in the void and said this very calmly, as if he was stating a fact.
Xu Zhu, Zhou Tianyu, Li Daogao, ck me, and many other Immortal Realm cultivators were shocked.
Such strong confidence!
Was this because he had great confidence, or was he too arrogant?
They did not have much contact with Su Yang, so they could not tell for a moment. However, this sentence was really domineering and made them feel veryfortable.
¡°Arrogant!¡±
¡°I admit that you are very strong and talented, but if you want to change the oue of the battle by yourself, what right do you have? With your current state of the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, or with a cultivator who has just advanced to the early stage of the Sacred Sovereign Realm?¡±
MO Zhongyue was immediately angered, but he knew that Su Yang would not change at all.
Su Yang couldn¡¯t be bothered to exin to such a person. He will definitely die!¡±
The words were silent.
Su Yang did not say anything else and attacked with all his strength. The sword of Starfire filled the entire void.
He kept shuttling through the void, locking onto his enemies and killing them. Most of them locked onto the twelve Half-Saint limit evil gods. Since he had already made a move and since they were all here, Su Yang would not let any of them escape!
They would all die here!
He wanted to stabilize the situation and pacify District 97!
Chapter 392 - 392: Heavenly Thunder Palace Master!
Chapter 392 - 392: Heavenly Thunder Pce Master!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Chaotic Secret Realm¡The beast nest..
The Starfire Sword River covered every inch of this ce.
Su Yang was at the center of the storm.
All of the Starfire Swords were shed out with a single thought.
He tore through the void and tore it apart¡
Arge number of Half-Saint Evil Gods died under this sword.
Escape?
There was no chance at all. In just a few breaths, all the evil gods except the limit of the Half-Saint realm were killed by Su Yang!
[Points +1000¡] [Points +3000¡]
[Points +500¡]
Information about the increase in points resounded in Su Yang¡¯s mind.
When there were only 12 Half-Saint Ultimate Evil Gods left, Su Yang¡¯s points had already exceeded a million.
The million points had increased in this short period of time.
After killing all the Half-Saint Evil Gods, more Starfire Sword Rivers enveloped the entire nest of Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
They were densely packed, covering the entire space.
Its airtight appearance made people feel suffocated!
In the middle, the twelve Half-Saint Ultimate Evil Gods gathered together.
At this moment, they were no longer as calm as they were at the beginning.
Even MO Zhongyue could no longer remain calm.
In the beginning, he felt that even if Su Yang came, he could easily leave with his strength.
It was impossible for Su Yang to stop him.
But now, it seemed that he was thinking too much.
With Su Yang blocking his way, he could not escape at all.
Moreover, Su Yang alone had blocked all of them here¡
Such strength had already exceeded his understanding.
MO Zhongyue¡¯s breath became chaotic, her pupils were twitching, and her uneasiness was spreading.
He looked at Su Yang with some fear in his eyes¡
Su Yang stepped into the void and arrived in front of the twelve Half-Saint Limit Evil Gods step by step.
¡°Now¡ Do you think you can still leave?¡±
In the surrounding space, the tightly sealed Starfire Sword was spinning.
It was as if he was in an ocean formed by the Starfire Sword.
Even if the Heretic God was able to destroy a portion of the Starfire Swords, they were helpless against the endless number of them.
At this moment, MO Zhongyue¡¯s expression gradually calmed down.
¡°If you want to kill, then kill¡The winner takes all, the loser takes all. I understood this principle when I was extremely weak.¡±
¡± Losers have no reason. The only thing they can do is to face everything calmly.¡±
¡°My life is already brilliant enough¡Even now, so what if I die!¡±
¡°Hanana¡¡±
At the end of his sentence, MO Zhongyueughed loudly. He raised his head and looked at the sky. There seemed to be a final flicker in his eyes.
He knew that he couldn¡¯t escape, so he didn¡¯t have the mood to continue struggling.
Su Yang had not even used a high-level Great Dao Divine Power.
They were already at their wits ¡®end and had nowhere to run¡
Under such circumstances, even if he was unwilling, what was the point of continuing to struggle?
It was just that he would die a little uglier.
When the other evil gods saw this, their hearts turned ashen.
Even the strongest among them, MO Zhongyue, had lost the thought of resisting. How much could they resist?
At once, all the evil gods lost their anger.
Devil Vein Rock, MO Jiuying, MO Feng¡
They looked around, their hearts filled with confusion.
Were they going to die here?
Everything happened so suddenly¡They had never thought that they would die here.
He would die in this operation¡
Even if the Immortal Realm would win this battle in the universe, their oue would be very miserable. They had already thought of this. However, they really did not expect that their ending would be like this.
Unwilling¡ Extremely unwilling..
However, the Starfire Swords surrounding them were boundless, like an ocean.
Looking at Su Yang again, an illusory sword of sparks was already condensing above his head.
This time, it was different from the other Starfire Swords.
This was a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power!
The moment they felt this power, the twelve Half-Saint Ultimate Evil Gods lost all hope.
His face revealed a relieved expression.
Since death was the destined oue.
Thene on.
From the moment they embarked on the path of cultivation, they had already thought about how they would die.
It was just that along the way, they had all killed their way out.
Until now¡They finally couldn¡¯t escape¡
Su Yang¡¯s expression was solemn.
However, at this moment, they were worthy of respect.
It was just that they were on different sides. In the end, they did not have too
much hatred.
Su Yang did not have the intention of torturing these evil gods.
After the star fire above his head condensed, he directly used it.
He gave these evil gods a quick death.
If he used a high-level Great Dao Super Power at the Great Circle of the
Half-Saint Realm, these evil gods would have no chance of resisting.
It was easily dealt with by him.
The evil gods here were all destroyed..
Su Yang withdrew the Starfire Sword River.
The Starfire Sword River that filled the sky disappeared without a trace in Su
Yang¡¯s mind. There was no huge movement.
After the Starfire Sword River dissipated.
The surrounding Immortal Realm cultivators could not help but swallow their saliva.
Today, they finally saw what it meant to be invincible among those of the same level!
What was the difference between heaven and earth!
They were both Half-Saints, or even Half-Saints in the Great Circle.
Why was there such a huge gap between them?
It was ridiculously big!
¡°Congrattions, Fellow Daoist Su, for killing all the enemies!¡±
¡°Fellow Daoist Su¡¯s strength is truly unparalleled in the universe. We have never seen such strength before.¡±
¡°Fellow Daoist Su, the Sacred Sovereign fruit is right ahead. It¡¯s best to quickly pick it to prevent any idents from happening again.¡±
The moment Su Yang killed all the Half-Saint Evil Gods and withdrew the Starfire Sword River.
Many Immortal Realm cultivators went forward to congratte him.
Su Yang only greeted these cultivators with a little courtesy and did notmunicate much..
Chapter 393 - 393: The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Palace!
Chapter 393 - 393: The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Without needing these people to remind him, Su Yang disappeared from where he was in a sh.
When he reappeared, he was already in the center of the beast nest.
As for the Chaos Ominous Beasts in the beast nest, they had long been killed by Su Yang¡¯s Starfire Sword River.
In front of him was the milky white Sacred Sovereign Fruit.
¡°This thing¡You can be a Saint after fusing?
Su Yang held it in his hand and the fruit floated in front of him.
Although it sounded good, Su Yang was not tempted.
There was not even the slightest fluctuation in his emotions.
To other Half-Saints, this thing was a treasure.
But to him¡lt was just a novel thing.
Su Yang did not even have the intention to use him.
However, the moment he touched it¡
Outside the universe, the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce, who was stationed outside the Drum Universe, opened his eyes.
¡°Little fellow¡You¡¯ve alreadye into contact with the Cosmos Fruit Slots so quickly?¡±
¡°However, this thing is not very good.¡±
The corners of the Sky Thunder Pce Master¡¯s mouth curled up slightly, and his expectations for Su Yang increased slightly.
Then, with a wave of his hand, a bluew power shot out from his hand and entered the bubble universe in front of him.
In an instant, this blue power ofw came to the Chaotic Mystic Realm and arrived in front of Su Yang.
Su Yang¡¯s pupils constricted when he saw the sudden appearance of a blue power ofw.
He was a little surprised. Then, a voice appeared in his mind, making him even more shocked!
¡± Little fellow, the Cosmos Fruit Slots aren¡¯t anything good. It¡¯s better not to use them. If you have time, you cane to the outside of the cosmos to find me.¡±
This!
Su Yang¡¯s mind was spinning.
Who was the other party?
What did the other party mean?
Hearing this¡Wouldn¡¯t my every move be exposed to this person?
Su Yang felt a little uneasy in his heart, but this uneasiness disappeared in a sh.
He instantly felt relieved.
Given the other party¡¯s cultivation base, he was able to observe his every move.
Then there was nothing to worry about.
If she really wanted him, she might have already made a move on him.
Now¡He seemed to be kind to him.
However, listening to the other party¡¯s voice transmission, Su Yang felt that the other party thought that he would definitely look for him.
What if Su Yang didn¡¯t go?
Thinking of this, the corners of Su Yang¡¯s mouth could not help but curl up, revealing a mischievous smile.
However, Su Yang quickly dispelled this idea.
It was better not to cause trouble.
It was a good time to stir up trouble. If something happened to the crematorium.
It was better to go outside the universe to see what was going on.
Thinking of this, Su Yang made a decision to go outside the universe to see the situation.
Su Yang immediately put away the Sacred Sovereign fruit.
This thing should be the Cosmos Fruit Seat that the other party had mentioned.
From the name¡lt should be a manifestation of the power of the universe.
However, the name of anything was given by others.
He did not have a name, but he had some abilities.
When bestowing a name, it usually had a special meaning or a simple description of the item¡¯s function.
Su Yang did not care much about this.
After putting away the Sacred Sovereign Fruit, Su Yang left the Immortal Dimension Realm in a sh.
Then, he would leave this cosmos through the chaos passageway.
He arrived in the chaos.
As for the Immortal Realm cultivators in the Chaotic Secret Realm, Su Yang did not care.
They didn¡¯t have much interaction.
It didn¡¯t matter if he left directly.
On the spot, many Immortal Realm cultivators looked at each other and watched as Su Yang disappeared from the spot in a sh.
¡°It seems that fellow Daoist Su is also a little impatient after obtaining the
Sacred Sovereign position¡¡±
¡°It should have gone to digest, right?¡±
¡°I guess so. When we meet again, Fellow Daoist Su probably won¡¯t be a
Half-Saint anymore. We won¡¯t be qualified to call him Fellow Daoist.¡±
¡°Goodbye¡lt should be called the Sacred Sovereign.¡±
The cultivators of the Immortal Realm felt a littleplicated. Su Yang¡¯s identity information was still flowing in their minds.
They could not figure it out.
Was the information they knew true?
Even if everything was traceable and all the power of reasoning told them that it was true.
However, they were unwilling to believe it.
Who could cultivate so quickly?
However, no matter what they thought, they could not affect Su Yang.
All thoughts would only flow in their minds.
chaotic
After Su Yang arrived here, he released his sword intent to sense it.
However, he could not sense the other party¡¯s existence at all.
The other party had no intention of guiding him.
Su Yang had no choice but to use the most primitive method.
¡°I¡¯m Su Yang. I¡¯m here to pay my respects to Senior!¡±
His voice covered an area of a light year. It was a voice that was transmitted with power.
It was very special and not an ordinary sound wave. As he shouted, a voice appeared in his mind.
¡°Come here.¡±
Apanying the voice was a location message.
After Su Yang knew the location, he shed over.
After reaching the designated location, he looked ahead.
There was indeed one person.
This person was wearing a lightning-blue robe with a ck pce on his chest.
This ck pce was somewhat familiar.
Su Yang¡¯s mind shed. Wasn¡¯t that the pattern on the front of the three tokens he obtained from clearing the Ancient Chaos Path?
So¡ The Ancient Chaos Path was the setup of this senior in front of him?
Other than his clothes, he also had a blue folding fan in his hand. There was lightning energy flowing on it.
The terrifying aura made Su Yang unable to have any thoughts of resisting.
The other party had a slender figure and a handsome face. When he wore the folding fan, he gave off the feeling of an elegant young master.
It was clearly an approachable image, but Su Yang did not dare to overstep it and bowed respectfully.
¡°I¡¯m Su Yang. Greetings, Senior.¡±
¡°En, not bad. No wonder the Exalted Celestial sent me to pick you up. You¡¯re worthy.¡±
The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce sized up Su Yang. With his strength, he could naturally see a lot of information about Su Yang.
¡± I am the Sky Thunder Hall Master, one of the seven Hall Masters of the Chaotic Court. The Ancient Chaos Path is used by the Chaotic Court to select disciples. You have passed the three trials of the Ancient Chaos Path and achieved good results. I am here to receive you.¡±
Are you willing to join the Chaotic Court?¡±
When Su Yang saw the pattern on the other party¡¯s chest, he had some guesses.
However, now that the other party had said it clearly, he understood even more.
¡± I have some questions.¡± He didn¡¯t agree immediately.¡± I wonder if you can answer them?¡±
¡°Go ahead,¡± the Thunder Hall Master said with a smile.
¡°I want to know the status of the Chaotic Court in the Chaos, the realm after the Saint Realm, and the strength of the strongest person in the Chaotic Court.¡±
The satisfaction in the eyes of the Master of the Sky Thunder Pce grew.¡± Not bad. It¡¯s simr to the question I asked back then.¡±
¡°The status of the Chaos Court in the Chaos¡lt¡¯s not an exaggeration to say that it¡¯s a holynd in the hearts of millions of cultivators in the universe.¡±
¡± After the Saint Realm is the Great Dao Realm, the Primal Chaos Realm, the Sempiternal Realm, and the Eternal Realm.¡±
¡°The strongest person in the Chaos Court is the Chaotic Heavenly Venerate, who is also the founder of the Chaos Court. The strength of a Heavenly Venerate¡As far as I know, it¡¯s Sempiternal realm consummation. As for whether it¡¯s true or not, I don¡¯t know about its actualbat strength.¡±
¡°If you have the chance, you can ask or try.¡±
Su Yang smiled awkwardly.¡± Forget it if I try. I¡¯m willing to join the Chaotic Court. However, Hall Master, if I join now, do I have to leave now?¡±
¡± It¡¯s fine if you want to wait until the end of the universe war,¡± the Thunder Hall Master said with a smile.¡± However, with your strength, without using the Universe Fruit Slots, I¡¯m afraid it won¡¯t have much of an impact on this universe war.¡±
¡® Even if your ability is special, it¡¯s useless.¡±
The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce reminded.
¡°May I ask, Hall Master, why can¡¯t I use this Universe Fruit Seat?¡± Su Yang asked curiously.
¡® This thing has the mark of the universe,¡± the Sky Thunder Pce Master exined.¡± If you fuse it with it, you will have the power of the Saint Realm. However, you will only be a pseudo-Saint Realm expert, or a Universe Saint.¡±
¡°After using it, the cultivator will be restricted to the universe and unable to step out of the universe. Their cultivation will also be unable to break through the Saint Realm.¡±
¡± If you want to continue cultivating, you can only strip the fruit of the universe. But that is a huge blow to a cultivator¡¯s vitality.¡±
¡°So, you can¡¯t use it.¡±
¡°Thank you for your exnation, Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce, but I still want to wait until the end of the universe war.¡± Su Yang thanked him.
The Sky Thunder Pce Master nodded and said,¡± Yes. In that case, you can go on your own. I will wait here in seclusion. After you are done, you cane and find me.¡¯
Chapter 394 - 394: Cultivators from Other Universes
Chapter 394 - 394: Cultivators from Other Universes
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After meeting with the Sky Thunder Pce Master, Su Yang left the ce.
During the meeting, Su Yang took the opportunity to ask about the specific effects and usage restrictions of the Universe Fruit.
There were no restrictions on its usage.
Even an ordinary person would be able to grasp the power of the Saint Realm after the fusion.
This power was not cultivated by himself. It was only borrowed from the power of the universe.
However, if an ordinary person fused it, it would still take a long time to control this power.
This was good news for Su Yang.
In that case, even if he couldn¡¯t use the Universe Fruit Seat, he could give it to his subordinates.
But it was definitely not now.
At that moment, he had not even advanced to the Sacred Sovereign realm himself. How could his subordinates advance to the Sacred Sovereign realm first?
Wouldn¡¯t that make his subordinates turn against Tiangang?
He would have to wait for a period of time before giving it to his subordinates to use. He would have to wait until his realm increased.
Su Yang would keep this thing for the time being. When the right time came, he would naturally give it to his subordinates to use.
After leaving the Sky Thunder Hall Master¡¯s side, Su Yang headed straight into the depths of the chaos.
With a sh, he arrived at the 12th primal chaos continent that he had explored before.
There was a teleportation array he had built on it, so he could teleport over directly.
As tor the Immortal Dimension Realm, Battle Area 97¡
He had already killed all the Half-Saint evil gods in the 97th battlefield.
Without any threat, the cultivators of the Immortal Realm would definitely win in this stage of the battle.
He only needed to wait for the next stage of the battle to begin.
However, he still sent a message to Li Daogao.
If anything unexpected happened, he could contact him directly.
He wouldn¡¯t be in the Immortal Dimension Realm for a while.
After arranging all this, Su Yang began to concentrate on harvesting resources in the chaos.
He would search for primal chaos continents and kill the Ominous Beasts of Chaos in the outer regions to obtain the Immortal Qi.
On average, a primal chaos continent was just the outer region, it could provide him with about 200 trillion wills of all living beings.
ording to his requirements for advancement.
He would need to sweep through at least 150 primal chaos continents to obtain so many resources.
On average, a primal chaos continent would take seven days toplete.
This still required some time¡
Su Yang did a little calction and had a rough figure in his mind.
¡°Let¡¯s take action first.
Su Yang shook his head and did not think too much about it.
The result was already in front of him, so there was naturally no need to continue thinking about it.
He just needed to take action.
A period of silence ensued.
During this period of time, Su Yang repeated the process of collecting resources.
Searching for the primal chaos continent, sweeping through the outer regions, harvesting the immortal energy in the nests of the chaotic beasts¡
The will of all living beings in his hands kept increasing.
The number of times it increased wasn¡¯t much.
However, as time went by, the data started to grow.
500 trillion¡one quadrillion¡Three quadrillion..
This number kept jumping and increasing.
This was an increase in the will of all living beings.
Other than the will of all living beings, the mostmon rewards were Chaos Spirit Stones and Chaos Spirit Treasures.
At present, Su Yang had umted 1.2 billion Chaos Spirit Stones in his hands, and it was still increasing.
As for the Spiritual Treasures of Chaos, they were not of good quality. They were only low-grade or middle-grade.
Su Yang threw all of them to his Intrinsic Immortal Sword for it to absorb.
At present, his Natal Immortal Sword had been upgraded to a superior-grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos.
If he was in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm, he could increase the power of his sword moves by a hundred times.
When his realm increased and the power of his sword moves increased, this increase would also decrease.
However, the current 100-fold amplification could already bepared to low-grade Great Dao divine powers.
When a perfected Half-Saint used a low-grade Great Path Super Power, its power would increase by 100 times.
In other words, Su Yang¡¯s casual attack now had the power of a Half-Saint¡¯s limit!
Even if his realm had not increased, Su Yang¡¯s strength had not stagnated.
The increase in strength brought about by external objects was also a type of increase in one¡¯s own strength.
However, this increase was not fixed.
For example, if Su Yang lost his natal immortal sword or did not use it, there would be no such improvement.
Of course, if he needed to use it, Su Yang could not just leave it alone.
While Su Yang was collecting resources.
The Immortal Realm cultivators in Battlefield 97 were also doing their best to collect resources and increase their strength.
Without the threat of the evil gods.
Battle Area 97 could be said to be the easiest area for Immortal Realm cultivators to pass through among the 1,000 battle areas.
He did not have to worry about danger at all and could collect resources to his heart¡¯s content.
In the entire wilderness, all the top-notch resources that appeared were all taken by the cultivators of the Immortal Realm.
For this reason, the strength of the Immortal Realm cultivators had also increased in an explosive manner during this period of time.
The resources in the wilderness were all high-level resources that could be used by Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven.
Therefore, during this period of time, the cultivators of the Immortal Realm began to break through to the Half-Saint realm.
The Half-Saint was also breaking through, but it wasn¡¯t that exaggerated.
Nearly half a yearter.
There were originally only 3,000 Half-Saints in the Immortal Realm, but now it had doubled to 6,000!
Well¡ It seemed like they couldn¡¯t bepared to the evil gods.
However, doubling the number was already very terrifying.
As time passed, this number would continue to increase.
Among them, the most distressed ones were the cultivators in the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm and the Extreme Half-Saint Realm..
Chapter 395 - 395: Other Universe Cultivators (2)
Chapter 395 - 395: Other Universe Cultivators (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
At this realm, they could no longer advance.
Or rather, the 97th battle area did not have the resources to allow them to advance further.
They could only stay where they were and watch as the other cultivators ¡®strength continued to increase.
This feeling was painful.
However, they didn¡¯t have a better idea.
He could only endure the pain and wait for the next stage to arrive.
Time flew by, and before he knew it, eight months had passed.
During these eight months, Su Yang had been collecting resources in the chaos.
During this period of time, it was very peaceful. Except for the Ominous Beasts of Chaos, he did not encounter any other unexpected situations.
It seemed that the entire Chaos was very monotonous.
Or perhaps he had not been in the chaos for long enough, so nothing had happened.
Perhaps it was because of the second point.
This was because eight monthster, Su Yang finally encountered a special situation in the chaos.
This time, he did the same as before. He searched for primal chaos continents and harvested the undying energy.
But this time, he felt a special fluctuation in his sword intent perception.
This unique undtion came from a primal chaos continent.
Su Yang immediately sensed it carefully, and soon his eyes were filled with surprise.
¡°This aura¡Top-grade Great Dao Divine Power Seed!¡±
Aftering to the Chaos for so long, this was the first time Su Yang had discovered treasures other than the Immortal Qi, the Chaos Spirit Stones, and the Chaos Spiritual Treasures.
Moreover, he could still use this treasure.
A supreme-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed was one level higher than his high-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed.
After refining it, he would be able to master a top-notch Great Dao Divine Power!
Suddenly, his strength would rise another level.
To him, this was a joyous asion and something worth celebrating.
After discovering this situation, Su Yang immediately rushed over at full speed.
Right now, that primal chaos continent was still close to 70 light years away from him.
With his current speed, it would take him about an hour to get there.
In the primal chaos, his strength was greatly suppressed.
To be able to have this speed was already considered not bad.
An hour was not considered long.
Without any idents, it passed in the blink of an eye.
After officially arriving at this Chaos Continent, Su Yang also went directly to the location of this top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed.
This seed was located at the periphery.
It was not the middle area.
Moreover, it looked like it had just condensed.
However, it was emitting intense energy fluctuations in the air.
If this thing had been formed for a period of time, it would not have emitted such intense energy fluctuations.
It was better to be in the outer area. Otherwise, even if Su Yang came here, he would not have any chance to get it.
After careful observation, Su Yang discovered another problem.
To be precise, this thing was notpletely formed yet.
He still needed to wait for some time.
About two to six hours.
Su Yang did not like this kind of situation where he had to wait.
However, now was the critical moment for this top-grade Great Dao divine power seed to take shape.
Even if Su Yang did not like it, he had no choice but to wait.
Observing his surroundings, Su Yang realized that these Chaos Ominous Beasts did not seem to care too much about this Great Dao Super Power Seed.
There were nests of Ominous Beasts of Chaos in the surroundings, and there were even Saint Realm Ominous Beasts of Chaos further in. But these Ominous Beasts of Chaos were doing their own thing.
He should be lying in his nest.
Absorb energy when needed.
He did not even look at this top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed.
However, after some thought, Su Yang felt that it was normal.
To cultivators like them, this was a treasure.
It was something very important.
However, for these Ominous Beasts of Chaos, there was nothing worth paying attention to.
In fact, it was useless to them.
It was good that there were no Ominous Beasts of Chaos protecting him.
Su Yang only needed to guard it.
However, Su Yang felt a little uneasy.
This was the feeling that the power of karma gave him.
Su Yang had no doubt about this feeling. It must be correct.
Something would definitely happen next because of this thing.
After all, he was not the only one who needed such resources.
Since something was about to happen, he would feel such a sense of danger. Then the danger that followed would definitely be beyond his control.
Otherwise, the power of karma would not have reminded him.
There was only one way to resolve this sense of crisis.
Take this top-grade Great Dao divine power seed in advance or leave.
However, these two methods were not good in Su Yang¡¯s opinion.
If he took it away in advance, then this top-grade Great Dao divine power seed would basically be considered useless.
If he wanted to use it again, he needed to find a new treasurend that could make this top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed react.
Let it condense again.
Su Yang did not know where such a ce was.
Therefore, if he took it away, it could be said that he would destroy this top-grade Great Dao divine power seed in advance.
As for leaving directly¡lt made Su Yang even more unwilling.
No matter what, he was the one who discovered this thing in advance.
If he left just like that, wouldn¡¯t he be giving away what he had gotten?
Why would he do such a thing?
Therefore, Su Yang decided to stay and see what was going on.
After all, he was only a clone. Even if something really happened, it would be fine.
This sense of crisis did not mean that he would die.
It was just that the situation he would face next would be beyond his control.
Just like that, Su Yang stayed where he was and waited.
Four hours passed.
If nothing happened in another two hours, this top-grade Great Dao divine power seed would belong to him.
Su Yang thought to himself.
However, what was supposed to happen would always happen.
There was no way to dodge.
Four hourster, a figure tore through the void and appeared in front of him.
Su Yang¡¯s heart skipped a beat. To tear the void, one had to at least reach the Sacred Sovereign realm to be able to tear the void in the chaos.
However¡ Only a cultivator of the Saint Realm could make him feel threatened and helpless.
This was normal.
He had not reached the Saint Realm, so how could he feel danger or even helplessness¡
After the other party arrived, he obviously noticed Su Yang. ¡® Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm?¡±
¡°You can leave now. This thing is not something you can upy.¡±
After this person came, he was very rude. His realm was higher than Su Yang¡¯s, and in the case of crushing a major realm, there was no need to be polite at all.
This was the world of cultivation. Resources had always been fought for. There was no need for formalities.
Competition¡lt had always been hard power!
If he was not strong enough, he had to endure it!
Su Yang¡¯s heart sank and he was very unhappy.
He rarely experienced this feeling of being suppressed. Even if he did, he would quickly kill his way back.
However, he also knew that it was useless no matter what he said.
With the other party¡¯s attitude, it was impossible for him to obtain this top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed.
Therefore, Su Yang simply turned around and nned to leave.
¡°Wait a minute.¡±
Who knew that the Sacred Sovereign would speak again, and his gaze would gradually be unfriendly.
¡°You don¡¯t seem to be convinced?¡±
Su Yang was so angry that heughed.
¡°Indeed, you¡¯re right. You shouldn¡¯t be happy, and you won¡¯t be happy either.
However, your attitude in front of me makes me ufortable.¡±
¡± If you¡¯re not strong enough, you have to behave yourself and scram. Didn¡¯t your elders teach you this when you left the universe?¡±
¡°Or do you think you can be fearless just because you¡¯re a clone?¡±
The Sacred Sovereign had seen most of Su Yang¡¯s information clearly. ¡± Indeed, I do think that this is just a clone of mine, so I have nothing to fear.¡±
¡°What can you do to me?¡±
¡°Old man, just because I don¡¯t want to have a conflict with you doesn¡¯t mean that I¡¯m afraid of you.¡±
¡°I have no objections to the fact that the resources belong to the capable. You have won this time, but next time¡lt¡¯s not like this when I found you.¡±
Su Yang¡¯s eyes were like des, and he faced the other party without any fear.
He was just a Saint Realm expert. After a while, he would get back at him.
¡°Heh¡Ridiculous.¡±
¡°The chaos is boundless, and you still want to kill me?¡±
After saying that, the Sacred Sovereign casually targeted the void where Su Yang was.
Under the pressure of space, Su Yang¡¯s avatar exploded.
World of the Grand Xia
Su Yang came back to his senses. There was nothing to be angry about.
He would take revenge soon!
After a thought, an avatar condensed again. With the help of the chaos channel, Su Yang entered the chaos again.
Chapter 396 - 396: The Second Phase of the Universe War
Chapter 396 - 396: The Second Phase of the Universe War
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
In the blink of an eye, a year had passed since the start of the universe war.
In battle area 97, many universe cultivators were waiting for the first round of the universe war to end.
As the final time arrived, everyone stopped what they were doing.
Zhou Tianyu looked at Xu Zhu and said, ¡°Fellow Daoist Su, you haven¡¯tpleted the fusion yet? Could it be that he had not refined that Sacred Sovereign fruit? It is said that that thing can be easily fused.¡±
Xu Zhu shook her head.¡± I¡¯m not too sure, but there¡¯s really no news of him at the moment. Perhaps he¡¯s busy with something. After all, his cultivation method seems to be a little special and different from ours.¡±
Zhou Tianyu nodded after hearing that.¡± That¡¯s true. However, the second phase of the cosmic war is about to arrive. At that time, we will definitely have to integrate with the other war zones. In the first phase of the integration, there will definitely be a huge conflict. I don¡¯t know if Fellow Daoist Su will appear at that time. If he doesn¡¯t appear, we might lose arge amount ofbat power.¡±
Hearing this, Xu Zhu frowned slightly. This was indeed the case, but he did not have any news of Su Yang now. It was obviously not the right choice to disturb Su Yang.
Therefore, he did not reply. He would naturally know about this matter when the time came.
In fact, he was also a little uncertain. He felt that Su Yang might not appear. He did not know why, but he just had this feeling.
Seeing that Xu Zhu did not speak, the crowd fell silent.
After waiting for a period of time, the world finally weed a new change. ¡°He¡¯s here¡
Zhou Tianyu whispered and looked at the sky. The others did the same.
At this moment, cracks appeared one after another in the sky above the 97th battle area. These cracks appeared quickly and soon spread across the entire sky.
At the same time, a voice resounded in their minds.
The first phase of the space war has ended. The side that wins the region will enter the next phase.
The Evil Den has won 397 regions.
The number of regions won in the Immortal Realm is 103.
Next, 100 battle zones will be redistributed ording to the ratio of 4:1.
[Allocating¡]
The original battle zone 97 has merged with battle zone 107, battle zone 36, battle zone 54, and battle zone 603 to form the new battle zone 97.
As the voice fell, the entire world began to tremble. Xu Zhu, Zhou Tianyu, and the others hurriedly stabilized their bodies.
However, during this process, many other things came to their minds. This fusion was extremely bad for them.
ording to the universe consciousness, the ratio of the fusion this time was four to one. In other words, the regions won by the four evil gods were fused with the regions won by the Immortal Realm. In addition, the number of evil gods was much more than the number of cultivators in the Immortal Realm. If this was the case¡
The number of evil gods was at least ten times their number, and that was the best situation.
After knowing this situation, Zhou Tianyu, Xu Zhu, and the others were in a bad mood.
They were all feeling a little hopeless. ording to this situation, they had no way of getting a kidney.
However, just as they were in despair, a figure suddenly appeared in their minds. It was Su Yang.
That¡¯s right!
Facing four evil god regions at the same time, they were truly helpless.
There was no hope of victory at all.
However, they had Su Yang. This was where their hopey!
As long as Su Yang broke through to the Saint Realm and could still master the ability of infinite clones and immortality, this battle might be stable.
This was only the best situation. In their opinion, even if Su Yang broke through to the Saint Realm, he should not be able to continue to master the ability of immortality. It was impossible to continue to create infinite avatars.
After all, there was still a difference between the Saint Realm and the Half-Saint Realm.
But no matter what, at least they had a Saint Realm powerhouse to guard them. In this case, they could at least see some hope of victory.
As long as they merged with the other four evil god regions, they would be able to win the battle without any Saint Realm experts.
Now, they could only pray like this.
Under the control of the universe¡¯s consciousness, the fusion of the five battlefields happened in the blink of an eye.
In the next moment, Xu Zhu and the other cultivators entered a brand new battlefield.
This new battlefield represented the start of the second phase of the space war.
At the same time, there were changes in the battleground and the rules. These changes were transmitted directly to the minds of Xu Zhu and the others.
Firstly, the map no longer distinguished between wilderness, evil caves, and cities in the Immortal Realm.
All existences were randomly teleported to a random location in the entire battlefield.
For example, they had all gathered together in the beginning. However, after the new battlefield had merged, Xu Zhu hade to a new environment. He was the only one around him. The other cultivators and evil gods were the same. They could find a way to gather together again, but now they had indeed been separated.
This was a change in the map, followed by the rules.
After entering the second phase of the universe war, the rules had also changed. It was no longer a region collectively obtaining points to determine the oue.
This time, it was an individual advancement!
Kill the enemy to obtain kill points. The top 10,000 can enter the third stage, which is the final stage!
Under such circumstances, it was possible for cultivators of the same race to cooperate or act alone. However, the final result would be the same.. Only the top 10,000 cultivators could enter the final stage!
Chapter 397 - 397: The Second Phase of the Universe War (2)
Chapter 397: The Second Phase of the Universe War (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After learning the new rules, Xu Zhu¡¯s mood improved slightly.
There were only a few rules that existed. The weaker cultivators could simply withdraw and not stay on the battlefield to be hunted.
After all, withdrawing only deducted individual points and would not affect the overall situation. Even if they withdrew, it did not matter much. Moreover, they would only be taking the top 10,000 existences. Then, some people who did not have the strength could voluntarily withdraw.
Xu Zhu even realized that the second phase of the universe war was a battlefield for Half-Saints and had nothing to do with Perfected Immortals.
After understanding this situation, he directly informed the Human Race through the transmission token that all Perfected Immortals in Battlefield 97 could withdraw from this battlefield.
Of course, if he wanted to collect resources, he could stay here and not quit. He could not force others to quit.
At the same time, other cultivators who understood this rule, including the
Evil God, made the same choice. In an instant, they understood that this was a
battlefield that could only be entered by at least Half-Saints. Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven could not y any role in this battlefield. They could only be points in the hands of others and targets for others to hunt.
In an instant, there should have been more people merging from the five battlefields. In the end, 99% of the cultivators and evil gods in the new battlefields had disappeared, leaving only those who had reached the Half-Saint level.
In an instant, not a single person could be seen within a million miles of the new battle zone.
After all, the entire battlefield was veryrge, and it was measured in light years.
Then the main theme would be to search for resources while searching for enemies. Perhaps those high-level resource gathering ces would be the main ces to fight with the enemy.
Xu Zhu had a premonition.
¡°If that¡¯s the case, then let¡¯s get started,¡± Xu Zhu stretchedzily.
Chaos.
Su Yang was still collecting resources.
It had not been long since the top-grade Great Dao divine power seed was snatched.
He knew that the war in space had entered the second phase.
However, he did not have the intention to participate now.
The second phase of the war wouldst for 98 years.
It was useless for him to go over now.
Instead of joining them now, it was better to increase his strength faster.
Currently, increasing his strength was the most important thing for him to do.
Su Yang looked at his interface. At present, the will of all living beings he had collected had reached 4,000 trillion, and there was still a big gap from 30 trillion.
Su Yang closed the interface and did not look at it anymore. He continued to calm down and concentrate on attacking the Chaotic Continent to collect the Immortal Qi¡
He was extremely familiar with his movements in the Chaos.
For a long time, Su Yang was quietly collecting immortal energy.
However, during this process, Su Yang was also collecting information from the chaos.
He didn¡¯t just focus on collecting resources.
He did not take the initiative to collect it, but he had discovered some information while searching for primal chaos continent.
Up until now, he had already discovered three other universes.
Two of them were bubble universes. They were the same as the universe he was in. They were both wrapped in bubbles.
However, there was one universe that was different.
That universe wasn¡¯t enveloped by the bubble.
However, it was wrapped in ayer of special cosmic energy.
This universe was special. Su Yang found that he could also enter this universe freely.
After the cultivators of this cosmos reached a certain realm, they could enter the primal chaos to cultivate or search for resources.
In this way, the Half-Saints of this universe could enter the Chaos to search for the Qi of Chaos.
They could find their own resources to cultivate and have the possibility of breaking through to the Saint Realm.
It was unlike the universe he was in. After reaching the Great Circle of the
Half-Saint Realm, a Half-Saint could only rely on the Universe Fruit Rank to break through.
Su Yang called this kind of universe an open universe. A universe wrapped in bubbles was a closed universe to Su Yang.
As for the reasons for the formation of these two universes.
Su Yang had already asked around in this open universe.
When the universe war ended and a universe master appeared, the universe could enter an open state.
Cultivators within the cosmos could enter the primordial chaos to search for resources.
In that case, the universe where Su Yang was located would also be an open universe when the universe war ended.
This open universe was called the Heavenly Cloud Universe. The primal chaos continents surrounding this universe were already being explored and attacked by the Half-Saints of this universe.
They were also attacking the primal chaos continent to obtain resources from it.
They had even taken root on the primal chaos continent, and many cultivator cities had appeared.
This was the correct way for a cosmos to grow.
Breaking through the universe¡¯s seal, developing the surrounding resources, slowly improving, and slowly bing stronger.
This was the correct direction of cultivation.
Of course, Su Yangs cultivation direction was also correct, but the situation between the two was different, so there was nothing topare.
However, in this open universe, Su Yang also made a new discovery.
It turned out that the Saint Realm expert he had killed hade from this universe.
His name was Sacred Sovereign Flowing Cloud!
His current realm was the middle stage of the Sacred Sovereign realm.
With this discovery, Su Yangs eyes lit up.
Very good¡Now, it wouldn¡¯t be too troublesome to seek revengeter.
He secretly marked the location of this universe. When his strength had a breakthrough and he could take down the other party, he would naturallye here to get back at him.
Perhaps in Sacred Sovereign Liuyun¡¯s opinion, killing Su Yang, a perfected Half-Saint, did not require so much consideration.
If he killed him, so be it. At this realm, it would be even harder for Su Yang to catch up to him.
How could a Sacred Sovereign be afraid of a perfected Half-Saint?
If he was afraid of that, he would not be able to advance to the Sacred Sovereign realm.
Unfortunately, he was destined to offend the wrong person this time.
Su Yang did not alert the enemy.
Then, what he needed to do next was to increase his strength.
Thus, he quietly changed his direction and continued to collect the Immortal
Qie
In the blink of an eye, another year had passed.
As he spent more and more time in the primal chaos.
The information he knew was also increasing.
In this one year, he encountered more and more other universes, including many open universes.
Through one of the open universes, he obtained moreprehensive information about the Chaos.
Firstly, in the primal chaos, organizations could be divided into individual universes, which were existences that had justpleted a cosmic war and be open universes.
This kind of singr universe was the weakest and had the worst foundation. It was the lowest level existence among the chaos forces.
Next was the Universe Alliance.
Even though it was called the Universe Alliance, it was only in name.
In fact, the strongest among them was still respected.
However, other than the strongest universes in some universe alliances, the other universes weren¡¯t too weak, so it wasn¡¯t to the extent that they could rule by themselves.
The universe alliance needed at least 100 universes to form a universe alliance. Such a Cosmos Alliance required a Great Dao Realm cultivator to oversee it. Generally speaking, the Alliance Master was definitely a Great Dao Realm cultivator.
The existence of such an alliance was to better develop some of the resources in the primordial chaos.
Furthermore, there were countless primal chaos universes. When some high-grade resource locations appeared, the number of cultivators gathered would not be small.
There were two reasons why Su Yang had yet to encounter an advanced resource location.
Firstly, he had only entered the Chaos for a short period of time. Others would use ten thousand years as a unit, but he had years. Wasn¡¯t that short?
Secondly, high-grade resource points did not appear so easily.
In short, Su Yang had entered the Chaos for too short a time.
However, when Su Yang understood this information, he suddenly realized that the Universe Alliance was only an alliance and not a force.
From the alliance, Su Yang also learned a little about the forces.
Only those who controlled 10,000 open universes could be called a power, and only then were they qualified to be called a universe power!
Su Yang was in a bad mood. He wanted to take this opportunity to understand the Chaos Court.
However, he didn¡¯t manage to gather any information about the Chaos Court in the White Fog Universe Alliance.
Su Yang had a feeling about this. The level of the White Fog Universe Alliance was too low toe into contact with the Chaos Court.
The strongest expert in the White Fog Universe Alliance was only at the Great Dao Realm. In the Primal Chaos Court, he was only slightly stronger than someone who had just entered the sect.
There was also a Chaos power within the 10,000 open universes.
It was known as the Starry Pce, and it controlled 10,000 open universes. It was a force that all cultivators who came out of these 10,000 open universes wanted to join..
Chapter 398 - 398: Becoming a Saint!
Chapter 398: Bing a Saint!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Two years passed in a sh
While understanding the information of Chaos and collecting resources, Su Yang finally collected enough resources.
Opening the interface and looking at the three trillion wills of all living beings, Su Yang finally heaved a sigh of relief.
¡± It¡¯s finally enough¡¡±
In order to collect this resource, Su Yang spent a lot of time.
It had been more than two years, almost three years.
The feeling of collecting resources over and over again was really
ufortable.
Even Su Yang had to sigh. Cultivation was really not easy.
Inparison, other cultivators would take tens of thousands of years, a hundred thousand years, a million years to reach this realm¡ At this point, Su Yang really admired their perseverance.
Perhaps he could do it, but he couldn¡¯t do it now.
[Will of All Beings:
¡°Upgrade! ¡®t
With a thought, the will of all living beings on his interface disappeared in the blink of an eye, leaving only three trillion alone on it.
At the same time, his sword intent alsopleted molting in an instant.
A vast amount of sword intent was born in his mind. It appeared from nothingness without any source.
However, in just one breath, he had broken through from the Perfection of the Half-Saint Realm to the Early Stage of the Saint Realm!
Su Yang closed his eyes and carefully felt the power at this moment.
Threads of sword will appeared on his palm.
It was swimming, floating¡
The powerful energy, even if it was a strand, caused the primal chaos void to tremble.
¡± Is this the power of the Saint Realm?¡±
¡°It¡¯s indeed extraordinary¡Compared to a Half-Saint, it¡¯s like the difference between heaven and earth!¡±
After feeling the power of the Saint Realm, Su Yang immediately understood why the gap between the Half-Saint Realm and the Saint Realm was so big. Even if he was invincible among the Half-Saints, he still had no chance of winning against the Upper Saint Realm.
As he had said before, the difference between the two realms was like the difference between clouds and mud. Any trace of the power of the Saint Realm was something that a Half-Saint needed to take seriously.
Although he had only taken a step forward and had just reached the initial stage of the sage realm, it could be said that he couldpletely beat up his previous self.
At this moment, his strength had increased by at least a thousand times!
Su Yang waved his hand, and the sword intent hovering in the air was dispersed by him.
¡°Very good. Next, we can enter the central region of the primal chaos continent. I wonder how the resources there are¡Can you give me a surprise?¡±
Su Yang was looking forward to it. Right now, he was only collecting resources from the outer area of the Chaotic Continent. It was rtively small and could not satisfy his current cultivation needs.
The central region had theirs of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos of the Saint Realm. It was inevitable that theseirs contained more Immortal Qi.
He just did not know how far it would go. He was not strong enough before, so he could not enter and explore.
As for going to the Heavenly Cloud Cosmos to find trouble with Sacred Sovereign Flowing Cloud, it was still a little too early. Not to mention that the other party was a mid-stage Sacred Sovereign, directly going to the other party¡¯s nest to find trouble with him was equivalent to going against the entire universe.
The Heavenly Cloud Universe¡¯s strength was still not bad. Among them, there was ate-stage Sacred Sovereign Heavenly Cloud Saint.
If the other party interfered and helped, he might not be able to take down the other party even if he was at the mid-stage Sacred Sovereign realm. It would be best if he directly cultivated to thete-stage Sacred Sovereign realm or even perfected it before finding trouble with the other party. That would be more practical.
This idea had been confirmed when he had gathered enough information about the Heavenly Cloud Universe.
Therefore, Su Yang did not consider taking revenge immediately.
The moment hepleted his breakthrough, he set his sights on the central region of primal chaos continent.
That was what he needed to explore.
As Su Yang rushed towards the central region of the Chaotic Continent, he was also sorting out all his current examples.
After he advanced to the early-stage Sacred Sovereign realm, the increase in strength that the Intrinsic Immortal Sword could bring him became much smaller.
Now that he was using an early-stage Sacred Sovereign sword technique, it could probably only increase his power by five times.
This increase was much smaller than the increase of the Half-Saint Great Circle. However, a five-fold increase would still allow him to sweep away his opponents in the early stage of the Sacred Sovereign realm.
Coupled with the high-grade Great Dao Divine Power, Spark, it should not be a problem for him topete with a middle-stage Sacred Sovereign.
This was his estimation of his own strength. He would only know the specifics after actualbat. What he said now was just his own spection. In a few shes, Su Yang arrived at the central region of the Chaotic
Continent.
He had already forgotten how many primal chaos continents he had explored.
However, that was not important. Su Yang released his sword intent and took the initiative to explore the central region for the first time.
Previously, his sword intent was not even qualified to enter the central region. The moment it entered, it would be shattered by an unknown force.
He was still specting whether it was the obstruction of the powerful Ominous Beasts of Chaos or the rules of the Primal Chaos Continent.
Now that he had mastered the power of the Saint Realm, he already had the answer.
This was caused by thews of Primal Chaos Continent.
It was also possible that there were many Saint Realm Ominous Beasts of Chaos in the central region, and there were many Saint Realm powers left behind.
Therefore, when Su Yangs sword intent, which had not yet reached the Saint Realm, approached, it was automatically shattered.
To be more precise, this was caused by environmental forces.
Now that Su Yang had stepped into the Saint Realm, his sword intent also possessed the power of the Saint Realm.
If he continued to explore, he could easily do so.
It would no longer be directly shattered.
However¡ When Su Yang released his sword intent unscrupulously and explored the entire central region of the Chaotic Continent, he immediately discovered that something was wrong..
Chapter 399 - 399: Becoming a Saint! (2)
Chapter 399 - 399: Bing a Saint! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Not good! ¡±
As soon as Su Yang finished speaking, a huge beast w instantly appeared in front of him and pped down on him.
¡°Boom!¡±
After an explosion, Su Yangs avatar shattered on the spot.
World of the Grand Xia
¡°He is really too arrogant¡¡±
Su Yang was a little helpless. He was indeed a little too arrogant this time.
Although he was now qualified to explore the central region of the primal chaos continent, the entire central region contained countless saint level chaos beasts.
Among them, there were many powerful Ominous Beasts of Chaos. He had invaded other people¡¯s territory without restraint, so he had naturally provoked powerful Ominous Beasts of Chaos of the Saint Realm.
The result was obvious. He was killed by a Chaotic Ominous Beast of the Sage
Perfection Realm.
¡°The gap is still a little big, but there are still some early-stage Sacred Sovereign Chaos Ominous Beastirs.¡±
¡°I should have no problem dealing with this ce where the chaotic beasts of the early stage of the Sacred Sovereign live.¡±
Although his action this time was a little reckless, it still had some effect. At least he had explored some information that he needed, such as someirs of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the early stage of the Sacred Sovereign.
With a thought, Su Yang condensed another avatar and entered the chaos. With the help of the teleportation array he left behind, he returned to the previous chaotic continent.
This time, he went straight to the central region.
But this time, he didn¡¯t release his sword intent directly. If he did this again, his ending wouldn¡¯t change.
He might still be killed by the other party.
That would be too unfair.
Fortunately, when he released his sword essencest time, he had already memorized the locations of someirs of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the early stage of the Sacred Sovereign realm.
Now, he only needed to rush over ording to his memory and then attack.
He wondered if it would be a problem for him to attack the nest of the Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the Sage Realm with his strength.
If there were no other idents, there should be no problem.
He just didn¡¯t know if there would be any idents.
For example¡Would the other Saint Realm Chaotic Ominous Beasts help?
If the other beasts of the Chaos of the Saint Realm were to help, some unexpected situations might ur.
After all, there were many Saint Realm Chaotic Ominous Beasts in the central region of the primal chaos continent, and there were many powerful ones among them.
¡± In that case, I¡¯d better be careful and make a foolproof n. Even if there are other beasts of Chaos at the Saint Realm helping me, I must seed in one try.¡±
Su Yang came to the location of a nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the Saint Realm while thinking about the next countermeasure.
In order to avoid the trouble caused by the help of other beasts, the best way was to solve the battle quickly and get the benefits directly. In this way, even if other beasts came to help him, he could get the benefits immediately. It didn¡¯t matter even if he was killed.
This was the countermeasure he had thought of.
After making up his mind, Su Yang directly condensed a high-level Great Dao Super Power level Spark on the spot. He did not intend to test his conventionalbat strength.
It would take a long time for the test, which was enough time for other Saint Realm Chaotic Ominous Beasts toe and help.
First, he would go all out and kill a nest of Ominous Beasts of Chaos at the Saint Realm. If there were no other Ominous Beasts of Chaos at the Saint Realm to help him, he would consider testing his own strength.
The Spark hovered above his head and condensed. During the process, it didn¡¯t make much noise. Moreover, because of his special body, he didn¡¯t need to mobilize the energy in the space. The energy that the Spark condensed and consumed was produced by his own body. Therefore, before heunched the attack, the Spark wouldn¡¯t have too much energy fluctuation. In other words, there wouldn¡¯t be any energy fluctuation. In this way, he wouldn¡¯t disturb his prey in advance.
It still took him ten breaths. His current realm hadn¡¯t reached the intermediate stage of the sage realm. Therefore, the time he spent was still the same. After ten breaths, the Starfire Sword hovering above his head became extremely real.
Su Yang looked at the nest of the Saint Realm Chaotic Ominous Beasts below and said.
The Starfire Sword above his head cut through the void and instantly arrived at the nest of the Ominous Beast of Chaos at the Saint Realm. It shed down!
¡°Howl!¡±
With a loud bang, the entire world shook violently.
This Saint Realm Chaotic Ominous Beast nest was also blown up by Su Yang!
All the Ominous Beasts of Chaos living inside were killed by this move.
Whether it was the Half-Saint Realm or the few Early Sage Realm Ominous Beasts of Chaos, they were all killed by Su Yangs move.
At the same time, all the resources in their of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos appeared in the air.
¡°Immortal Qi, 1,260 wisps¡¡± ¡® Low-grade Chaos Spirit Stones, fifteen million!¡¯
¡°Chaos Spiritual Item¡Six!¡±
¡± Not bad, not bad. This resource is really not bad. Just the Immortal Qi alone can contain 1,260 wisps of Immortal Qi in the nest of a Saint Realm Ominous Beast of Chaos!¡±
¡± This is equivalent to 126 trillion living beings ¡®wills!¡±
After seeing these resources, Su Yang was a little surprised at that time. This was the weakest Saint Realm Chaotic Ominous Beast nest.
However, after thinking about the consumption of his next advancement, he felt that it was not that much.
Su Yang opened the interface and looked at the consumption needed to level up again.
Sword Intent (Early Saint Realm): 0/3,000,000,000 Will of All Beings, Chaotic Qi
It required a total of three quadrillion wills of all living beings. If he calcted ording to the number of wills of all living beings provided by a Chaotic Ominous Beast nest at the Early Stage of the Saint Realm¡
He needed to kill at least 30,000 of these nests, and it would take him a lot of time.
First of all, he couldn¡¯t be as unrestrained as he was when he killed thoseirs of Half-Saint Ominous Beasts of Chaos in the outer regions of Primal Chaos Continent. It was much more convenient for him to sweep through them.
He needed to be careful when he attacked the nests of the Saint Realm Chaotic Ominous Beasts. He could only search slowly and attack the nests of the Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the Saint Realm.
If he provoked a powerful Saint Realm Ominous Beast of Chaos, he wouldn¡¯t be able to deal with it. He would have more concerns, and the time consumed would increase exponentially.
If this situation continued, Su Yang would have a headache. If this continued, it would be difficult for him to break through to the Sage Perfection Realm within a hundred years.
He did not have much confidence in what realm he could break through to.
Su Yangs eyes suddenly lit up.¡± 1 wonder if the power of the Spark can deal with the Chaotic Ominous Beasts of the intermediate stage of the sage realm. If it can be dealt with, then the amount of Chaotic Qi that can be obtained should be much more. Moreover, the efficiency of action should be higher.¡±
ording to his own spection, it was still possible to deal with him. However, that was only his own spection after all. He had not fought in actualbat yet.
Everything would be clearer after the actual battle.
After dealing with the nest of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos here, Su Yang immediately transferred all the resources to his main body.
However, he did not leave immediately.
A momentter, he found that the hugemotion he had just made didn¡¯t disturb the other beasts of the Chaos of the Saint Realm. Neither did theye to check on the situation or help.
From this, Su Yang spected that as long as he did not take the initiative to provoke other Saint Realm Ominous Beasts of Chaos, such as enveloping his sword intent on the heads of those beasts, he would not be in trouble, nor would he be targeted by other beasts.
In this case, Su Yang felt much more at ease.
Su Yang followed the memories in his mind to the next Chaos Ominous Beast nest.
There were a total of 121irs of Ominous Beasts in the central region of this primal chaos continent. This was the information he had obtained from locking onto the entire central region of the primal chaos continent without any restraint.
There were a total of 53 nests of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the Saint Realm.
There were thirty-sixirs of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm.
In fact, there were quite a number of Ominous Beast of Chaosirs of these two levels. Now, his target was air of an Ominous Beast of Chaos at the intermediate stage of the sage realm.
There was no other purpose in choosing thisir of Ominous Beasts of Chaos. It was only because it was close to the nest.
The moment he arrived, Su Yang had already gathered the sword of sparks above his head.
After ten breaths, he would make his move..
Chapter 400 - 400: The Undying Lifeform That Successfully Entered the Universe
Chapter 400 - 400: The Undying Lifeform That Sessfully Entered the Universe
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Su Yang hid in the void. Ten breaths passed in an instant.
If it wasn¡¯t a battle, ten breaths would only take a short while,
Su Yang looked up at the top of his head. The Starfire Sword had been sessfully condensed.
With a thought from Su Yang, the Starfire Sword fell straight down.
There was a nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm right below.
Su Yang also looked down with great anticipation after making this move. He also wanted to know if this move could directly kill a Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm.
If he couldn¡¯t kill it directly, it would take him some time to deal with the nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm.
He wasn¡¯t absolutely sure if he could kill an Ominous Beast of Chaos at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm directly. However, his move could definitely injure an Ominous Beast of Chaos at this level.
As long as he could cause injuries, he would have a chance to kill them.
It would be very difficult to kill him if he was only at the intermediate stage of the sage realm. However, he could use the Starfire Sword to injure his opponent. This was his advantage.
With this advantage, coupled with his undying ability, he was basically guaranteed to win.
The only problem was how long it would take to achieve victory.
If it took too long, it was obviously not worth it.
However, it still depended on how much he could gain from killing a nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm.
Comparing the time spent and the gains, whether it was right or not.
For example, if he killed a nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the Saint Realm, he could obtain more than 100 trillion wills of living beings. However, it would only take him a short time.
Even with the addition of the time needed to travel to the next primal chaos continent, it would not be very long.
If the time needed to exterminate a nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm was far beyond his expectation, he would not care about the nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm for the time being.
It would be better to spend this time on killing the nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the Saint Realm.
Su Yang looked down expectantly.
His sword strikended directly at the center of their.
¡°Boom!¡±
With a violent explosion, a huge amount of energy poured into their of the Ominous Beasts of Chaos like a flood.
In this violent explosion, Su Yang could clearly sense that the lives of many Chaos Ominous Beasts had disappeared.
However, there were extremely powerful Ominous Beasts of Chaos resisting this huge energy and roaring angrily.
¡°Roar!¡±
This violent roar even produced sound waves one after another.
It brought with it gusts of wind, causing Su Yangs clothes to flutter.
Her hair that wasn¡¯t bound flew backward.
Su Yang did not look sideways. Even such a strong sound wave could not make him dodge.
At the same time, a Starfire Sword was already condensing above his head.
He wasn¡¯t sure if he could finish off his opponent with one strike, so it was best to prepare for the next strike.
In Su Yangs opinion, even if this sword couldn¡¯t kill the Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm in an instant, it would be best to severely injure it.
This was the most advantageous situation for him. If the other party was severely injured, he wouldn¡¯t need to spend much effort to take down this nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm.
If it was just a light injury or an undetectable injury, even if he continued to fight with the other party, it would still take him a lot of time to kill the Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Sage Realm. It would not be worth it.
Therefore, the result of this sword was especially important. It was a very important reference for him to make his next choice.
After two breaths, the power of this sword gradually subsided. Su Yang could also clearly understand the situation below through the perception of the sword intent.
Su Yang couldn¡¯t help but feel happy when he found that the Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm had been seriously injured.
Very good!
When he attacked with his sword, he had directly locked onto the Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm. He had killed the other Chaotic Ominous Beasts in their by relying solely on his might.
But this was enough.
Even the Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Initial Stage of the Saint Realm couldn¡¯t resist the residual power of the core of this sword.
At the same time, he sensed that the Chaotic Ominous Beast at the
Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm had been seriously injured. There was a wound on his chest that was about to cut it in half.
This wound was extremely terrifying. If it had been any deeper, this Ominous Beast of Chaos would have died on the spot!
After seeing the power of this sword, Su Yang also had a judgment in his heart.
If the Ominous Beast of Chaos was only at the intermediate stage of the sage realm and didn¡¯t have any special means, then he would only need a few swords to deal with it.
For example, he only needed to use the second sword strike, and the Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm wouldn¡¯t be able to stop him!
The Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm that had sessfully blocked Su Yang¡¯s sword was breathing heavily as its chest heaved up and down.
At this time, he also raised his head to look at the void, his gaze falling straight on Su Yang, his enemy.
Su Yang could even clearly sense the other party¡¯s powerful killing intent towards him.
¡°This killing intent is quite powerful, but our realms are simr. Killing intent can¡¯t affect me at all. Moreover, you¡¯re only a dying person now.¡±
Su Yang whispered softly. His gaze was also locked on the Ominous Beast of Chaos below. Once the Starfire Sword above his head sessfully condensed, it would be the death of the other party.
Before the Starfire Sword above his head was sessfully condensed, Su Yang still needed to maintain 120% vignce and maintain a safe distance from the other party..
Chapter 401 - 401: The Immortal Life Form That Successfully Entered the Universe (2)
Chapter 401 - 401: The Immortal Life Form That Sessfully Entered the Universe (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
If he wasn¡¯t careful, it would be easy for an intermediate sage expert to kill him.
However, something unexpected happened.
The severely injured Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm tore the void apart and left the ce. It didn¡¯t even want anything from its nest.
Seeing this scene, although he was a little stunned, after thinking about it carefully, this was also something that should be done.
For this Chaotic Ominous Beast at the intermediate stage of the sage realm, it was no longer a matter of whether its nest could be preserved or not. It was a matter of whether its life could be preserved or not.
If he stayed here, if Su Yang attacked him again, he would die on the spot.
As for whether Su Yang could give him another sword strike, he was not sure, but he did not want to gamble.
Therefore, for this Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Sage Realm, leaving directly was the best and safest choice.
Su Yang didn¡¯t have any objections to this. Killing this Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm wouldn¡¯t bring him any extra gains.
If the other party continued to stay here, there might be some idents. It would be best to leave immediately.
This way, he could directly clean up the resources here.
Su Yang looked at the top of the nest.
He could clearly sense how many resources were present under the sword intent.
¡°6,230 wisps of Immortal Qi¡After conversion, it¡¯s 623 trillion wills of all living beings!
¡± This is six times the size of their of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the Saint Realm!¡±
¡± This harvest is really not bad. If it can solve the nest of the Chaotic Ominous
Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm, I still have to solve it.¡±
¡°120 million low- grade Chaos Spirit Stones. This is also a good harvest. 1 just don¡¯t know if I can use this resource in the future.¡¯
¡± There are also some Mid Grade Spiritual Treasures of Chaos. There are only ten of them, but they can also be used to feed the Natal Immortal Sword and umte some foundation.¡¯
After getting everything, Su Yang counted them and immediately felt that they were not bad.
Now, he had an idea of his own strength.
It wasn¡¯t difficult for him to deal with the nests of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the initial and intermediate stage of the sage realm with his current strength.
If there were no idents, then he was basically certain that he would seed. Even if there were asional idents, he could ept it.
Therefore, he only needed to fight steadily and harvest the nests of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the initial and intermediate stage of the sage realm. That would be enough.
After having a clear understanding of his strength, Su Yang did not dy and directly entered the battle state.
Time flew by in this state.
As time passed, Su Yang was also calcting more data. For example, how many trillions of living beings ¡®will could a Chaotic Continent provide him? How much time would it take for him to find another primal chaos continent?
He had all these statistics.
He had only taken care of nearly 80irs of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the
Early and Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm in the central region of a Chaotic Continent.
The time required was very short. Even if the time needed to travel to the next primal chaos continent was included, it was still very short.
The main reason was that he had the coordinates of many primal chaos continents. Furthermore, he had set up teleportation arrays on them to teleport directly. He did not need to search again, so he could settle a primal chaos continent in about a day.
Dealing with the nests of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Early Stage of the
Saint Realm and the nests of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm on a Chaotic Continent could bring him about 20 quadrillion wills of all living beings.
This was not a small number. Therefore, it would not take him a long time to break through to the intermediate stage of the sage realm.
He needed the will of three quadrillion beings.
It would take about 150 days, which was shorter than the time he needed to break through to the Saint Realm from the Great Circle of the Half-Saint Realm.
This news was good news for Su Yang.
At the same time, he put in more effort to harvest these Chaos Ominous Beastirs.
However, during this process, there were also unexpected situations.
There would always be some special existences among the many Saint Realm Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
Some of the more perceptive ones had sensed his existence before he made his move and fought with him one step ahead of time,
In the fierce battle, although the Ominous Beast of Chaos could not do anything to Su Yang, Su Yang could not do anything to the other party either. This was because if he used the Starfire Sword in the open, the other party would have dodged it in advance.
Under such circumstances, Su Yang did not bother with the other party too much. Since he could not take down this ce, he would go to the next ce. Instead of wasting time, it was better to make a new choice.
Su Yang could basically finish the battle by going to the next ce and would not waste any more time.
Just like that, two months passed quickly.
On this day, Su Yang came to a new chaotic continent as usual.
After arriving here, Su Yang subconsciously prepared to head to the central region of this chaotic continent to hunt.
However, when he saw the situation on this primal chaos continent, he suddenly realized that something was wrong!
At this moment, this primal chaos continent had already been shattered. Furthermore, the surrounding void was still fluctuating from the intense battle!
He had been to this primal chaos continent before and had set up his own sword intent teleportation array.
There had been no special situation here before, but the intense battle now indicated that a new situation had urred.
What shocked Su Yang was that this chaotic continent had been cracked!
He couldn¡¯t do this with the power of his Spark Sword. Moreover, ording to his calction, even a Sage Perfection expert couldn¡¯t do this because there was more than one Chaotic Ominous Beast of Sage Perfection residing on the Chaotic Continent.
So¡ The person who caused such amotion must be an existence above the Saint Realm!
What was going on?
Su Yang was a little curious about this. He looked at the battle.
¡°That is¡
Su Yang looked at the location of the battle and soon saw the two existences fighting.
One of them was wearing a light yellow robe with some white stars on it.
This was definitely a cultivator from the universe, but he did not know which force or which universe he was from. However, Su Yang felt a sense of familiarity with the existence of his opponent.
It was a huge finger. It was only one segment, but it was about two meters
There were some green hairs on the finger.
Su Yang naturally felt familiar with this kind of unusualbination and
Wasn¡¯t this the appearance of those undying lifeforms that had broken through the inner world barrier when his Grand Xia had advanced?
So this special finger, could it be an undying life form that had escaped from the inner world?
The undyings he hade into contact with before were all suppressed by the universe consciousness, their strength was only at the True Immortal level. It was easily killed by him, but the aura released by this special finger was definitely above the Saint Realm.
If this was an undying life form, then it was definitely an undying life form that had escaped from the inner world.
His strength wasn¡¯t restricted, this was the true strength of an undying.
Although he could not sense the realm of this finger, he guessed that it should be the strength of the Great Dao Realm. It did not exceed the Saint Realm by much, but was only one realm higher than the Saint Realm.
One had to know that every undying life form contained at least a wisp of immortal energy. If he had the power to kill these undying life forms, wouldn¡¯t he be able to kill his way into the inner world?
Su Yangs thoughts kept spinning, and many ideas were breeding. However, the premise of these ideas was that he had enough strength.
Clearly, his current strength did not allow him to think too much, so he did not have the intention to continue understanding.
After all, he did not know if he could continue to understand the situation. Even if he did, he did not have the strength to carry it out. It was better to continue his own actions.
When he followed the Sky Thunder Hall Master to the Primal Chaos Temple, he would find all the information he needed there. Most of the secrets in the Primal Chaos would be known there.
Therefore, at this moment, Su Yang left without hesitation and let this cultivator continue to fight with the immortal¡
Chapter 402 - 402: Five Years!
Chapter 402 - 402: Five Years!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Immortal Dimension Realm
It had been three months since the start of the second phase of the war.
In these three months, the days in the Immortal Domain of the 97th Battle Area were very difficult.
With the start of the second phase of the battle in the universe, it also meant that only those who had reached the Half-Saint Realm could participate in the battle.
It could be said that only Half-Saints would stay at this stage. Monks of other realms had already left the war zones.
Simrly, after the second phase of the battle in the universe, all kinds of resources became more abundant, enough to improve the cultivation of a Half-Saint.
Under such circumstances, the ces where resources appeared became the battleground for both sides.
It was also the venue for the battle between the two sides.
If they were not strong enough, they could only give up the high-level resources that appeared in front of them and withdraw from thepetition.
If everyone was only a Half-Saint, then even if the Immortal Realm cultivators were weaker, they could stillpete.
But there was one problem. In the 97th battle area, a Saint Realm evil god appeared.
This situation was a devastating blow to the cultivators of the Immortal Realm. No Half-Saint could resist the appearance of the Saint Realm Evil God.
In these three months, many high-level resource points had appeared, and some of them containedrge amounts of Chaos Qi.
However, the Immortal Realm cultivators in the 97th battlefield did not dare to go out and fight for it.
If they went out, they would be targeted by the Saint Realm Evil God.
Under such circumstances, many cultivators from the Immortal Realm had already died.
It could be said that after reaching the second stage, the Immortal Realm cultivators were still suppressed.
At this moment, arge number of cultivators were gathered in a secret stronghold in the 97th battlefield.
Zhou Tianyu, Xu Zhu, and ck me were all there.
The atmosphere in this stronghold was very gloomy. No one made a sound.
This kind of oppressive feeling made people very ufortable.
The main reason they had gathered here was naturally to discuss
countermeasures.
However, they had already discussed for a long time, but there was still no useful countermeasure that could solve the situation they were currently facing.
Of course, they all had a solution in their hearts, which was to find Su Yang and ask him to help.
However, no one had mentioned this point yet.
The main reason why they chose to discuss first was that they did not want to look for Su Yang whenever there was trouble. This would make them look like trash.
But now, it seemed that they had to find Su Yang. With their ability, they really couldn¡¯t solve the trouble they were currently facing.
After all, the other party was a Saint Realm Evil God. How could they, Half-Saints, be a match for him?
They knew this in their hearts, but they were also very resistant to seeking Su Yangs help.
After a long period of silence, Zhou Tianyu finally took the lead and stood up. ¡°Everyone, other than asking Su Yang for help, do we have any other way?¡±
¡°If we don¡¯t seek Su Yangs help, there will definitely be less than 100 people in the top 1,000 in our battle zone.¡±
¡°There might even be fewer people.¡±
Indeed, we might not be of much use in the final phase of the battle, but we haven¡¯t entered the final phase of the battle yet. We don¡¯t know what kind of situation we¡¯ll face at that time.¡¯
¡± What we can do now is to seize every bit of power. We can¡¯t give up on every bit of power. Only then will we have a chance of winning.¡±
¡°If we think about giving up now, what about the final stage? Can we only rely on The Lord?¡±
Zhou Tianyu¡¯s voice resounded throughout the ce, The other cultivators seemed to be even more silent.
Xu Zhu naturally knew what Zhou Tianyu meant.
However, what Zhou Tianyu said was indeed reasonable. Right now, they were already at a disadvantage. Even in the final battle stage, they would definitely be at a disadvantage. Then, they needed to seize every bit of strength. Otherwise, there would be no hope of victory.
¡°Fellow Daoists, in that case, I¡¯ll contact Fellow Daoist Su now and see what he has to say.¡±
Xu Zhu was also helpless. She knew too little about Su Yang and the others.
It could even be said that other than the information on the surface, he did
not know anything else.
Moreover, Su Yangs way of action was also extremely strange. He clearly participated in the war in the universe, but it seemed that he was not active in the Immortal Dimension Realm at all.
This could be seen through Su Yangs continuous deduction of points.
If Shu Yang was in the Immortal Dimension Realm, his points wouldn¡¯t be deducted.
After making the decision, Xu Zhu directly contacted Su Yang through the transmission token and informed him of the situation here.
chaotic
Su Yang, who was hunting in the nest of the most chaotic beasts on a chaotic continent, paused for a moment.
¡°Information about the Immortal Dimension Realm?¡±
¡°In the second phase of the battle, is the situation of the immortal realm cultivators very bad?¡±
¡°However, this does not seem to be too important¡¡±
¡± As long as I can break through to the Sage Perfection Realm or even above the Sage Realm within 100 years, all my problems will be solved with absolute strength.¡±
¡°On the other hand, if my cultivation base isn¡¯t high enough in the next hundred years and I can¡¯t win the final battle, then what¡¯s the point of having an advantage in the second stage? After all, this is a world where one¡¯s individual strength is the most important.. Even if there are more people participating in the final battle, they can¡¯tpare to a Sage Perfected Realm expert¡
Chapter 403 - 403: Five Years! (2)
Chapter 403 - 403: Five Years! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After seeing the information sent by the other party, Su Yang quickly made his own judgment.
The most important thing was to improve his own strength. Everything else had to be set aside.
Therefore, Su Yang directly rejected the other party¡¯s request and told him his thoughts.
As for whether the other party would fly into a rage out of humiliation or have some unnecessary thoughts about him¡
Su Yang did not care. If she really dared to dance in front of him, he would not be polite.
The so-called allies were just cultivators who temporarily belonged to the same camp.
As long as they provoked him, they would not belong to the same camp.
Immortal Dimension Realm
Under the gazes of many cultivators, the token that Xu Zhu had just used tomunicate with Su Yang emitted a light and appeared with a vibration.
They knew what this meant. It meant that Su Yang had already replied to him.
¡± How is it?¡± Zhou Tianyu asked expectantly.¡± How is it?¡± What did fellow Daoist Su say?¡±
After seeing Xu Zhu¡¯s calm expression, Zhou Tianyu had a bad feeling.
If Su Yang had agreed to help, Xu Zhu would not have reacted so calmly. At the very least, there would have been some emotional fluctuations.
However, it was obvious that Xu Zhu did not have any special emotional fluctuations. In fact, Zhou Tianyu could sense that Xu Zhu was a little disappointed.
Xu Zhu shook his head and said,¡±Fellow Daoist Su said¡¡± ¡°He¡¯s not free now. He told me that if we can¡¯t defeat the evil gods, we should first attack them. He told us to hide first or directly leave the Immortal Dimension World¡¡±
Zhou Tianyu¡¯s face darkened. Did Fellow Daoist Su really say that?¡±
Xu Zhu nodded and said,¡± That¡¯s right. That¡¯s what he said. Perhaps he¡¯s busy with something more important. I¡¯m afraid we have to think of a way ourselves. Or perhaps we might as well do as Fellow Daoist Su said¡¡±
¡°After all, the final stage of the battle will definitely be a battle between the
Sacred Sovereigns. Even if we participate, we might not be able to help much.
On the contrary, we might be like those Perfected Immortals of the Great All-Embracing Heaven who can only directly withdraw from the battle¡¡±
¡°This situation is not impossible.¡±
¡°What truly decides the oue of a battle is the topbat strength.¡±
¡°In that case, there is no need for us to care too much about the oue of this battle. Let¡¯s do our best¡
However, we can use this opportunity to obtain more resources. We can¡¯t snatch high-level resource points but we can still snatch smaller resource points. ¡±
The Immortal Realm cultivators gathered here made this decision after discussing for a while.
Soon, they dispersed and stopped fighting the evil gods.
When they encountered evil gods, they chose to retreat.
If that was the case, the evil gods would not be able to do anything to them. However, if this continued, the more resources the evil gods obtained, the stronger they would be.
If this situation continued, they would definitely lose this battle.
However, that was all they could do. If they wanted to do more, they were powerless.
In the blink of an eye, two months had passed.
Su Yang looked at his interface.
After nearly five months of collecting resources.
He had finally collected enough will of all living beings to raise his realm again.
¡°Upgrade! ¡±
With a thought, the three quadrillion wills on his interface rapidly decreased. Soon, only a few quadrillion wills were left.
Correspondingly, his strength had also reached the intermediate stage of the sage realm. In the blink of an eye, his strength had increased by arge margin.
Sword Intent (Intermediate Saint Stage): 0/30 million wills of living beings, 0/10 billion Chaotic Qi
After raising his realm, Su Yang looked at the consumption required to continue raising his realm.
This time, the consumption had increased by ten times.
Su Yang was already mentally prepared for this, but it was still alright.
Even with the speed at which he collected the wills of all living beings, he would only need 1,500 days, which was close to five years.
He could ept this time. Moreover, if he could deal with the nest of Chaotic Ominous Beasts of thete stage of sage realm, his speed would be much faster. However, he didn¡¯t have a special advantage in dealing with Chaotic Ominous Beasts of thete stage of sage realm. Therefore, he might not be able to deal with them.
He could deal with Chaotic Ominous Beasts of the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm with the help of high-level Great Dao Divine Sense.
Thinking of this, he felt a bit regretful. Previously, he was lucky enough to encounter a Supreme Grade Great Way Super Power Seed, but it was snatched away. If he had that Supreme Grade Great Way Super Power Seed, he would definitely be able to deal with the Chaotic Ominous Beasts of the Late Stage of the Sage Realm.
Su Yang shook his head. He didn¡¯t want to think too much. Even if he could only deal with the Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Intermediate Stage of the Saint Realm, he would only have five years to deal with them at his current speed.
After Su Yang tried his new strength, he continued his path of harvesting.
Just as he had spected, he could deal with a Chaotic Ominous Beast of thete stage of sage realm with his current strength. However, he would need to spend a lot of time. It would take him at least a month to slowly grind a Chaotic Ominous Beast of thete stage of sage realm to death in the continuous battle.
Su Yang was not satisfied with this result. The time spent was not proportional to the harvest. It was far slower than the resources he harvested from the Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the beginning and intermediate stage of the sage realm.
Therefore, he didn¡¯t have any intention of killing the Chaotic Ominous Beasts of the Late Stage of the Saint Realm after trying once.
Then, he continued to harvest.
In the next five years, there were no major idents. Even if some idents caused his clone to be destroyed, it did not affect him much. After all, it was only a clone and not his main body.
During these five years, Su Yang had been constantly moving in the chaos, and he had gradually seen more scenes, such as some Saint Realm experts fighting.
Su Yangs understanding of immortal life also increased.
In five years, Su Yang had seen a total of six immortal life forms appear.
The moment an undying appeared, it would attract the pursuit of the primal chaos experts.
The main goal of these undyings was to devour the universe.
The universe seemed to contain the energy of these undying beings.
To cultivators like them who came from the universe, the undying life forms were their greatest enemies.
He wasn¡¯t too sure what exactly was going on, but all cultivators who had stepped into the primordial chaos would definitely not allow an undying to do as they pleased.
Perhaps he would have to wait until he entered the Chaos Temple to find out more.
Five years passed in the blink of an eye, and Su Yang had gathered enough will of all living beings.
After obtaining the will of all living beings, Su Yang immediately raised his realm to thete stage of the sage realm.
¡°Upgrade! ¡±
-30 quadrillion living beings ¡®will.
With the deduction of the will of all living beings, Su Yangs realm directly reached thete stage of the sage realm.
It was very simple. There were no bottlenecks or restrictions.
His strength increased by more than a hundred times in an instant.
With his current strength, it would not be a problem for him to deal with a Chaotic Ominous Beast of thete stage of the sage realm.
However, whether or not he could instantly kill them was a problem that he needed to consider.
If he had a top-grade Great Dao Super Power Seed, he could refine it into a top-grade Great Dao Super Power. Then, he would have no problem killing a
Chaotic Ominous Beast at the Late Stage of the Saint Realm.
He originally had it, and the culprit of all of this was Sacred Sovereign
Liuyun¡
Now that he had enough strength, it was time to find trouble with the other party.
Even if Sacred Sovereign Liuyun had helpers, they would at most be ate-stage Sacred Sovereign.
Now that he had already stepped into thete-stage Sacred Sovereign realm, he dared to say that he was invincible in this realm!
Su Yang looked up at the depths of the chaos.
A vortex slowly appeared in front of Su Yang. It was the vortex that led to the Heavenly Cloud Universe.
Su Yang stepped into it.
When he reappeared, he was already outside the Heavenly Cloud Universe.
A long time ago, he had made a mark the moment he discovered the Heavenly Cloud Universe.
He had been waiting for this moment.
¡°So, should I go in and observe first, or should I go straight to the door?¡±
¡°Yes¡ In order to prevent him from escaping, it¡¯s better to find this guy first.¡±
After thinking about it, Su Yang decided not to give the other party any chance to escape, so he first secretly entered this universe.
He went straight to the Sky Cloud Martial School founded by Saint Venerable Flowing Cloud.
During this process, Su Yang also looked at his interface.
Sword Intent (Mastery Saint Realm): 0/300 million living beings ¡®will, o/trillion Chaotic Qi .. .
Chapter 404 - 404: There Are Two Paths Above the Saint Realm!
Chapter 404 - 404: There Are Two Paths Above the Saint Realm!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Looking at the interface, Su Yang realized that if he wanted to increase his strength again, the consumption would increase by ten times.
However, he was already mentally prepared, so he was not shocked at all.
He could still ept a tenfold increase.
Even if it was converted into time, it would only be 50 years.
Moreover, he could now kill Chaotic Ominous Beasts of thete stage of the sage realm.
Airs of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at thete stage of the Saint Realm contained more Immortal Qi.
There were about tenirs of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Late Stage of the Saint Realm on a Chaotic Continent.
In other words, theirs of Chaotic Ominous Beasts at thete stage of the Saint Realm alone could provide him with 100 quadrillion wills of all living beings.
In addition to the initial and intermediate stage of the sage realm¡
In that case, his harvest from a primal chaos continent would be around 102,000,000 wills of all living beings.
However, this was not bad.
Under such circumstances, it didn¡¯t seem difficult to collect the will of 300 million living beings. It might even be faster than the speed of breaking through from the intermediate stage of the sage realm to the sage realm.
In less than five years!
Thinking of this, Su Yang was a little excited and quickly calcted.
However, he soon had a rough estimate.
It might take about five years, but it didn¡¯t get any faster.
But this was fast enough!
He had broken through from thete stage of the sage realm to the Sage
Perfection realm within five years. If this news was released to any sage expert, they might not believe it.
It was too terrifying!
¡± That¡¯s good. If he can break through so quickly, then there¡¯s no doubt about the victor of this cosmic war¡
Su Yang dared to say this because he naturally had his confidence.
A sealed universe would not allow existences above the Saint Realm to appear.
Those Sacred Sovereigns, regardless of whether they were Evil Gods or Immortal Realm cultivators, were at most at the perfected Sacred Sovereign realm.
Their cultivation realm would definitely not surpass the perfected stage of the Sacred Sovereign realm.
This was Su Yangs confidence.
After thinking about his strength, Su Yang began to move again.
He took the initiative to collect information about Sacred Sovereign Liuyun.
His time was precious, and he did not want to waste too much time with the other party.
He could directly enter the Sky Cloud Martial School and use his own strength to obtain the information he wanted without anyone noticing.
Don¡¯t forget, his sword intent contained the power of allws.
He wanted to know something¡Naturally, it was also very convenient.
¡± Exploring the ckpit Continent?¡±
At first, Su Yang was still a little confused when he heard the news.
What ck Pit Continent?
However, as he gained more understanding, he understood that this was the name the Heavenly Cloud Cosmos had given to the surrounding primal chaos continents.
The ckpit Continent was a primal chaos continent.
After knowing this information, Su Yang instantly locked onto the location of the ck Pit Continent.
Then, he disappeared in a sh.
The Sky Cloud Martial School didn¡¯t offend him, so he wouldn¡¯t destroy them.
When he reappeared, he was already in the sky above a primal chaos continent.
Many cultivators were currently exploring this primal chaos continent, collecting the resources on it.
However, most of them were exploring the outer regions.
There were very few people in the central region.
His strength had greatly increased after he had broken through to thete stage of the sage realm.
Even if the sword intent covered the entire central region, it would not be discovered by the Saint Realm Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
Naturally, no Ominous Beasts of Chaos would find trouble with him.
Previously, his strength was too weak at the initial stage of the sage realm. It was normal for him to be discovered.
Enveloped by the sword intent, he also directly locked onto Sacred Sovereign Liuyun¡¯s position.
Su Yangs eyes shed coldly, and he disappeared from where he was.
When he appeared again, he was already in front of Sacred Sovereign Liuyun.
¡°Sacred Sovereign Liuyun¡We meet again.¡±
Faced with Su Yangs sudden appearance, Sacred Sovereign Liuyun also quivered and was shocked.
Before Su Yang appeared, he did not sense anything. It was not until he appeared in front of him that he realized it.
This meant that Su Yangs strength had surpassed his, or he had some special means.
However, since it had appeared in front of him, it was most likely the former.
Even though rational analysis told him the correct answer at the first moment.
However, after he saw Su Yang clearly and recognized him, he scoffed at this answer.
Su Yang¡ Wasn¡¯t he the guy who had previously stolen a top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed?
At that time, he was only at the Great Circle of Half-Saint Realm, not even at the Early Stage of Saint Realm.
How could his strength surpass his?
He must have had some fortuitous encounter to break through to the Saint Realm and hide his strength at the same time.
Thinking of this, Sacred Sovereign Liuyun became greedy and stared at Su Yang without hiding it.
¡® I was wondering who it was. So it¡¯s you. Looks like your luck is pretty good, but you seem to have made a wrong choice¡¡±
Sacred Sovereign Liuyun was halfway through his sentence when he was suddenly stunned. His expression became a little ugly.
¡°Damn it¡You¡¯re really afraid of death. Another clone. Boring, boring¡¡±
After sensing that Su Yang was another avatar, Sacred Sovereign Liuyun immediately lost interest.
A clone definitely wouldn¡¯t have anything good on him.
This was something that could be expected.
Su Yang saw the undisguised greed in Sacred Sovereign Liuyun¡¯s eyes.
¡°I really can¡¯t be bothered to waste my breath on a fellow like you. It¡¯s time to return what you stole from me.¡±
¡°Starfire Sword River!¡±
After Su Yang finished speaking, he did not give Sacred Sovereign Liuyun a chance to speak and directly attacked.
In an instant, the Spark Swords that had reached the power of thete stage of the sage realm were condensed by Su Yang.
Some of them were shed out by Su Yang with his Intrinsic Immortal Sword.
His Natal Immortal Sword had already reached the level of the Highest Grade Spiritual Treasure of Chaos. Even if he was at thete stage of the Saint Realm, it could still increase his strength by five times..
Chapter 405 - 405: Two Paths Above the Saint Realm (2)
Chapter 405 - 405: Two Paths Above the Saint Realm (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
No one within thete stage of the sage realm would be his opponent under normalbat strength.
It would depend on whether the other party had mastered any special power.
If not¡Then just wait for death!
¡°Not good!¡±
After sensing the power of Su Yang¡¯s sword light, Sacred Sovereign Liuyun immediately felt that something was wrong.
¡°How can you be ate-stage Sacred Sovereign?!¡±
Sacred Sovereign Liuyun¡¯s expression changed drastically. He was no longer as calm as before.
The current situation waspletely beyond his expectations.
It could even be said to have broken his cognitivemon sense.
Su Yang did not care how surprised he was and attacked mercilessly. ¡°You¡¯d better go down and ask the King of Hell about this question!¡± Hundreds and thousands of Starfire Swords instantly surrounded the battlefield.
Sacred Sovereign Liuyun was in the middle of being surrounded!
Sacred Sovereign Liuyun¡¯s pupils dted continuously.
Such a deadly trap¡How to break it?
No solution!
Su Yang¡¯s realm was one small realm higher than his, not to mention that each of his moves was the full strength of thete stage of the sage realm!
After a breath, there was not a single piece ofnd left intact.
The surrounding ten million miles were filled with potholes.
As for Sacred Sovereign Liuyun¡
He was already dead.
Su Yang touched his chin and said, ¡°I seem to have used too much force¡¡± It doesn¡¯t matter. It¡¯s fine as long as he¡¯s dead.¡±
It was also because he had overestimated Sacred Sovereign Liuyun andpared his strength to his own strength at the intermediate stage of the sage realm.
However, he wasn¡¯t an ordinary intermediate sage realm expert.
How could theypare?
So¡ With just two strikes, Sacred Sovereign Liuyun died on the spot.
He died without a whole body.
The corpse was gone, but his storage equipment was still there.
Su Yang went forward and put it into his bag. After checking, the top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed was inside.
¡°Not bad!¡±
Recovering something that was lost was a good thing.
At the very least, it would greatly increase his strength.
Now, as his strength increased, high-grade Great Dao divine powers could no longer keep up with his pace.
This top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed probably would notst long.
However, top-notch Great Dao divine powers could at leastst until the perfected Sacred Sovereign realm.
Above the Great Dao Divine Power was the Chaos Divine Power. If he could obtain the Chaos Divine Power Seed, he could also master the Chaos Divine Power.
Chaos god art seeds were even rarer, at least for now.
He had only heard of it.
He had never seen her before.
Su Yang was still a little curious about this.
Putting that aside for the time being, he should first refine the top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed in his hand. [Great Dao Divine Power Seed]
[Rarity: Top-grade]
[Refinement condition: Ten trillion wills of all living beings]
This bit of consumption was only a drop in the oceanpared to the consumption he had to increase his cultivation realm.
Su Yang chose to refine it on the spot.
He had upgraded Spark from a high-grade Great Dao Divine Power to a top-notch Great Dao Divine Power!
Just like that, Su Yang watched as the top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed melted in front of him and became a part of his strength.
The whole process was smooth.
The ability of the interface had always been like this.
Su Yang had always been at ease.
After dealing with Sacred Sovereign Liuyun, he snatched back the top-grade Great Dao Divine Power seed and refined it.
It also resolved the anger in Su Yang¡¯s heart.
He didn¡¯t rob other people¡¯s things, but if others robbed his things, he wouldn¡¯t be polite either!
The moment Sacred Sovereign Driftcloud died, someone in a hall in the Heavenly Cloud Universe learned of the news immediately.
However, after hearing this news, he did not think about revenge.
Instead, he felt terrified.
¡°It¡¯s over, it¡¯s over¡Liu Yun was dead¡His realm is only one realm lower than mine. Who did he provoke?¡±
¡°No matter who it is, just kill Liu Yun. Don¡¯t even think about killing him. If you can¡¯t kill me, I definitely won¡¯t avenge him¡¡±
To be able to kill Sacred Sovereign Cloudcloud, in Sacred Sovereign Skycloud¡¯s opinion, it was not impossible to kill him.
Of course, Su Yang would note and find trouble with him. After killing Sacred Sovereign Flowing Cloud, he immediately continued to devote himself to harvesting the Chaotic Continent.
Why would he think so much?
Unfortunately, Sacred Sovereign Skycloud did not know about this and was still on tenterhooks for a period of time.
In the blink of an eye, another five years passed.
Su Yang¡¯s strength was just as he had guessed. After five years of hard work, he had be stronger.
He had also sessfully advanced to the perfected Sacred Sovereign realm.
Next was the key to advancing from the Saint Realm to the Great Dao Realm.
He had some understanding of the Great Dao Realm.
He also had some understanding of how cultivators from other universes broke through.
However, he didn¡¯t know if he would be different from the universe cultivators.
Breaking through from the Saint Realm to the Great Dao Realm.
There would be two paths.
One was called Dao Body Cultivator One was called Universe Cultivator
[Dao Body Cultivator]
[Strengths: Fast increase in realm]
[Weakness: Combat power is inferior to cosmic cultivators of the same realm.
After condensing the Dao Body, thews are fixed and cannot be added.]
[Description: Condenses the body of the Great Dao and opens the path of cultivation.]
[Condensation requirements: Low-grade Great Dao nomological crystal, 10 billion low-grade Chaos Spirit Stones]
[Resources required for future cultivation: Law crystals of the same type, immortal energy, and chaos spirit stones]
This was probably the situation of Dao Body cultivators.
Condensing a Dao Body was a very important matter. It was rted to his future cultivation path.
For example, condensing a fire-typew crystal. Then, in the future, he could only refine fire-typew crystals.
It could be considered a single-attribute Dao body, and its strength was the weakest among cultivators of the same realm.
When fusing with the Dao Body, the more nomological crystals he fused, the stronger his Dao Body would be.
However, it could not be fused casually. There was a sess rate for fusion.
Thews of fusion could not restrain each other. They had to be able to fuse.
There was another point. Fusing morews would increase the difficulty of cultivation.
To break through to the next realm, one had to fuse all thews together.
Then, he needed to collect the correspondingw crystals.
As for the specifics, Great Dao Realm nomological crystals were already very difficult to collect. Furthermore, they required a specific nomological crystal, so it was naturally even more difficult to raise it.
However, no matter what, this was a Dao Body cultivator.
Thew crystal increased the power of control.
The Dao Body was the key to how manyws it could contain. If one wanted to improve the Dao Body, they would need arge number of Chaos Spirit Stones.
The Dao Body was the shell, and the power ofws was the key.
After the Great Dao Realm, a fight was aplete fight of nomologicalws. It did not involve any energy.
The only thing that could represent energy was the strength of the Dao Body.
Let¡¯s talk about Cosmos cultivators.
[Universe Cultivator]
[Strengths: Strongbat strength, crushing Dao Body cultivators of the same realm. Later on, morews can be added to the internal universe.]
[Weakness: Extremely slow increase in realm]
[Description: Condenses the universe in one¡¯s body, improves the universe, condenses the heart of the universe, and thus increases one¡¯s strength]
[Condensation method: Greater World x1, Great Dao Law Crystal Metal Wood Water Fire Earth Wind Rain Thunder Lightning Vin Yang x1, low-grade Chaos Spirit Stone x1 trillion]
¡°Resources required for future cultivation: Immortal Qi, Great Dao nomological crystals, Chaos Spirit Stones.¡±
This was the situation of cultivators in the universe.
When he learned this information, Su Yang was also shocked.
Good heavens, just nomological crystals alone required eleven types. This was the most basic, theoretically speaking.
When opening up a universe in his body, the more Great Daow crystals he provided, the better.
The stronger the universe would be, the stronger one¡¯s own strength would be.
However, even the weakest universe cultivator was theoretically stronger than any Dao Body cultivator of the same realm.
This was because under normal circumstances, it was impossible for a Dao Body cultivator to fuse eleven types of nomologicalws.
If possible, he might as well open up an internal universe.
Immortal Qi was a resource that only Great Dao Realm cultivators could use.
This made Su Yang feel that he was close to the truth of the interface.
Wasn¡¯t the interface currently using the Immortal Energy?
This was only his spection. He would only know the truth if he continued to move forward.
Su Yang opened the interface and looked over.
He wanted to see what was the difference between breaking through from the Sage Perfection Realm to the Great Dao Realm.
[Sword Intent (Sage Perfection)]
[Breakthrough direction 1: Ten Thousand Techniques Sword Physique (10 billion trillion can choose aw to break through. You can choose multiplews. By providingw crystals, the consumption can be reduced to 100 million trillion. Even if you choose aw at the beginning, you can add itter.]
[Breakthrough Direction 2: Internal Universe-rmended (11 trillion living beings ¡®wills can undergo the most basic breakthrough. For every additional 10 billion living beings¡¯ wills provided, strength +1. For everyw crystal provided, the consumption of 99 billion living beings ¡®wills can be reduced.]
This was the first time two breakthrough directions appeared on his interface.
Just like the information he had learned in the universe.
However, his Dao body seemed to be different from that of the universe cultivators.
However, his gaze had alreadynded on the second breakthrough direction.
There was no other reason. The interface clearly stated the word ¡®rmend.¡¯
It meant that this path would definitely be better.
As for whether the interface would harm him?
To put it bluntly, everything he had was given to him by the interface, so why should he think about these things?
Chapter 406 - 406: Territory, The Powerful Chaotic Court!
Chapter 406 - 406: Territory, The Powerful Chaotic Court!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After checking the changes in the interface, Su Yang also noticed the difficulty of the next level increase.
It could be said to be quite big.
Only the wills of 11 trillion beings could open up an internal universe, and the Greater World was the core.
Fortunately, he had a Greater World in his hands.
The world of the Grand Xia waspletely capable of bing a Greater World for his breakthrough.
He wanted to fuse the world of the Grand Xia into his internal universe.
From now on, the cultivators of the Grand Xia would only benefit from being bound to him.
The Greater World was not a problem.
However, Su Yang really did not have to think about collecting these 11 trillion living beings ¡®wills quickly in a short period of time.
However, there was another way¡
That was to collect the 11w crystals needed to open up the internal universe.
If he could collect them.
Then, he only needed to provide 1.1 trillion living beings ¡®wills to open up his internal universe.
The consumption was greatly reduced.
The problem was that he didn¡¯t know how to obtain thew crystals.
Moreover, it was absolutely difficult to find a suitable nomological crystal.
He just didn¡¯t know if he would have the chance to collect these nomological crystals in the Chaos Court¡
Or if there was any news about this.
Su Yang had already set his sights on the Chaotic Court.
After all, this was the force he was going to join next.
Moreover, ording to the information he had learned so far.
The Chaos Court was either extremely powerful, so powerful that ordinary Chaos cultivators could not easily know about it.
They were either extremely weak, so weak that no one knew.
Judging from the primal chaos court¡¯s formal appearance and the other party¡¯s attitude.
It was obviously the former.
In that case, there must be a way to obtain resources.
The only thing he did not know was the difficulty of obtaining the resources he needed.
Su Yang could only hope that the difficulty of obtaining it would be lower.
Before that, he still needed to gather as much will as possible.
There was still a period of time before the war in the universe came to an end.
During this period of time, he could continue to collect the wills of all living beings.
Even if he collected 11w crystals from the Primal Chaos Court, he would still need to provide 1.1 trillion wills.
Only then could the universe be created.
Moreover, no matter what, to him, the more will of all living beings, the better.
Now that he had the time, he would definitely do his best to collect them.
He wondered how much Immortal Qi he could get from attacking the nest of the Chaotic Ominous Beasts of Sage Perfection Realm.
Su Yang scratched his head. He seemed to have overlooked something.
What was hidden in the core region of primal chaos continent?
Other than that, he seemed to have overlooked something else¡
Su Yang frowned, but he couldn¡¯t remember for a moment.
Forget it. I¡¯ll find a Chaotic Continent and check out the situation in the core area as well as the gains from their of the Chaotic Ominous Beasts at the Sage Perfection Realm.
Su Yang did not dwell on this matter.
He immediately took action.
The void in front of him tore apart, and a crack instantly appeared.
Stepping into it, when he reappeared, he had already arrived on a primal chaos continent.
Sword intent instantly enveloped the entire primal chaos continent.
This time, his sword intent was not blocked, nor was it shattered.
It easily enveloped the entire continent.
Su Yang looked at the core region of the primal chaos continent and felt puzzled.
¡°What¡¯s going on? There¡¯s nothing in the core area?¡±
Under the perception of the sword intent, the core area was empty. There was nothing except for some powerful aura that was still spreading.
That was also the reason why he had shattered his sword intent.
¡± No, someone beat us to it. They¡¯ve already taken the things in the core area.¡±
After careful observation, Su Yang quickly realized that something was wrong. There must be more powerful Ominous Beasts of Chaos or other creatures in the core area.
However, it had already been killed, so it was empty.
Although the traces of battle in the core area were weak, they were not as strong as before.
However, the lingering pressure and the faint traces of battle proved that a battle had taken ce in the core area.
¡°Did someone else get to this primal chaos continent first, or¡Are the other primal chaos continents the same?¡±
After seeing the situation in the core area, Su Yang had a hunch.
This situation might not be a special case.
The other primal chaos continents might be in the same situation.
Su Yang was not in a hurry to collect resources. He immediately set off for the next Chaotic Continent.
When he arrived at the second primal chaos continent, the situation was simr to what he sensed on the first primal chaos continent.
There were powerful beings in the core area.
It was now empty, and the traces of battle were very clear.
At first nce, Su Yang understood that there must have been a battle here.
Su Yang was still unwilling to give up and continued to change the Chaotic
Continent.
The third¡
The fourth¡
The fifth¡
The tenth¡
After changing ten primal chaos continents, the situation was the same.
This also made Su Yang discouraged.
It seemed that the situation here was special. It was not as simple as he thought.
The resources at the core of the primal chaos continent were definitely extremely important.
There must have been a powerful expert who came down and took the item
away.
Otherwise, the traces of battle would not be so weak.
No matter how big the mark was, it would only leave behind a ten thousand mile sinkhole.
Su Yang could easily make this mark.
Arge area of destruction was not considered a skill. If one was strong, the area of destruction would be small. That was a skill.
This was also the reason why Su Yang must have had a stronger existence to take action.
However¡ What kind of resources were there in the core region of primal chaos continent?
This time, Su Yang was even more curious.
After that, he didn¡¯t keep changing chaotic continents. Instead, he attacked the nest of saint level chaotic beasts first..
Chapter 407 - 407: Territory, The Powerful Chaotic Court! (2)
Chapter 407 - 407: Territory, The Powerful Chaotic Court! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
He was going to harvest the undying energy anyway, so he could attack them one by one and take a look at the situation of each primal chaos continent.
With his current strength, attacking Primal Chaos Continent was not a problem at all, and the process was needless to say.
Afterpletely conquering the next primal chaos continent, his harvest was roughly 500 trillion wills of all living beings.
In addition, there were a billion low-grade Chaos Spirit Stones and some Chaos Spirit Treasures.
Attacking a primal chaos continent would take about three days.
It would take him some time to deal with a Chaos Ominous Beast in the Perfection of Saint Realm.
It was still eptable.
He did not seem to need low-grade Chaos Spirit Stones when he broke through to the Great Dao Realm and created the universe.
The other cultivators needed it, but he did not know if he would need it for his future cultivation.
In the blink of an eye, three years had passed.
In the vast and boundless primordial chaos, a cultivator dressed in yellow robes with specks of starlight on them was shuttling through the primordial chaos.
Suddenly, he frowned.
¡°What happened? Who is attacking the primal chaos continent that is under the jurisdiction of my Starry Pce?¡±
There was some doubt in his eyes. He immediately tore through the void and rushed towards the source of themotion.
During these three years, Su Yang silently harvested the Primal Chaos Continent.
Currently, he had umted a total of 160 million trillion living beings ¡®will.
At this speed, if he wanted to gather enough will of all living beings, break through to the Great Dao Realm, and open up his internal universe, he would have to wait for a long time.
He simply did not know how long it would take.
It was too slow.
Now, he could only ce his hopes on the Chaotic Court.
He hoped that there would be nomological crystals in the Chaos Court.
In that case, with his current speed of collecting the will of all living beings, it would not take too long for him toplete the breakthrough.
At this moment, a void fluctuation came from Su Yang¡¯s body.
Then, a figure appeared in front of him.
Yellow clothes with starlight on them¡
Someone from Starry Pce?
Su Yang had also stayed in the chaos for a while.
Starry Pce had some understanding of the only Chaos power in this area. At the very least, he had seen this outfit before.
He just didn¡¯t know why the other party had suddenly appeared in front of him.
After the other party saw Su Yang, he first sensed a lot, then went straight to the point.
¡°Fellow Daoist, why are you ughtering the primal chaosnds controlled by my Starry Pce?¡±
This question stunned Su Yang.
¡°Starry Pce¡¯s primal chaos continent?¡±
¡® This primal chaos continent still has an owner?¡±
The other party frowned, not sure if Su Yang was pretending to be stupid or really stupid.
He had already cultivated to the Sage Perfection Realm, yet he still didn¡¯t know this rule?
If you were at the initial stage of the sage realm or even the intermediate stage of the sage realm, I would believe you even if you said so.
Sage Perfection¡He must have cultivated for at least ten million years, right?
Wasn¡¯t he just acting dumb now?
If it wasn¡¯t for the fact that your Sage Perfection realm is simr to mine, I wouldn¡¯t have talked nonsense with you.
Huang Long suppressed the anger in his heart and said,¡± This is only natural. Primal chaos continents all belong to someone. The resources that are born on it all belong to the power that controls the primal chaos continent.¡±
¡± Other cultivators in the cosmos can¡¯t simply mine it, especially when it¡¯s as destructive as what you¡¯ve done.¡±
As Huang Long spoke, he looked down. The outer region of this primal chaos continent had already been bombarded by Su Yang.
Originally, Su Yang was about to continue attacking, but Huang Long appeared.
At this time, Su Yang could not figure out whether what the other party said was true or not. Previously, when he was collecting resources on those chaotic continents, there was no such thing.
He also carried out destructive mining.
However, no one came out to stop him.
Su Yang pointed in the direction he wasing from and asked, ¡°Since the
Chaotic Continent has its own owner, which force does that direction belong
Huang Long looked at where Su Yang was pointing and chuckled.¡± Fellow Daoist, that¡¯s the territory of the Chaotic Court. If you were to mine in such a destructive manner on the other side¡¯s Chaotic Continent, you would have been pped to death.¡±
Su Yang¡¯s heart skipped a beat. This was the first time he had heard the name of the Chaos Court.
Su Yang keenly sensed some information from the other party¡¯s words.
So¡ He hadn¡¯t even officially joined the Chaotic Court yet, and he was already enjoying a wave of the Chaotic Court¡¯s resources in advance? ¡°Is the Chaotic Court very powerful?¡±
Su Yang turned his head and immediately asked this question.
This was the first time he had heard about the Chaos Court. He would definitely try his best to collect it.
After all, it was the force he was going to join next. It was best to understand as much as possible.
¡°Powerful?¡± When Huang Long said this, his eyes were filled with worship, yearning, and reverence.
¡°It¡¯s not just powerful, my Starry Pce knows about it, right?¡±
¡°I know.¡±
¡± Controlling thousands of open universes is a force that those open universes want to join after reaching the Half-Saint level. They want to join even after bing a Saint.¡±
¡® But our Starry Pce is nothing in front of the Primal Chaos Temple.¡±
Next, Su Yang took this opportunity to replenish his knowledge of the universe.
This primal chaos continent indeed had a ce of belonging.
Just like those open universes.
It was also possible that he had reaped the benefits of the Chaotic Court in advance.
Otherwise, with his destructive mining methods, he would have been pped to death by the Chaotic Court.
Every primal chaos continent was a resource point, a resource point that could be regenerated.
It was very important that they would not easily choose destructive mining.
Only Su Yang did not understand the situation, so he did it directly.
Fortunately, he was about to join the Chaotic Court. Otherwise, it would be hard to say.
Now, a problem was ced in front of him..
Chapter 408 - 408: Territory, The Powerful Chaotic Court! (3)
Chapter 408 - 408: Territory, The Powerful Chaotic Court! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Should he continue to harvest the primal chaos continents within the range of the Primal Chaos Court, or should he stop here?
Su Yang hesitated for a moment and decided to ask the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce about the situation.
After learning this information from Huang Long, Su Yang also thanked him.
¡°Thank you for your exnation, Fellow Daoist. I was fortunate enough to cultivate until now, so I didn¡¯t know about these things.¡±
¡°Alright, alright. As long as Fellow Daoist doesn¡¯t act rashly, it¡¯s fine.¡±
Huang Long did not care whether Su Yang was telling the truth or not. Su Yang¡¯s attitude was already considered lowering his head.
Moreover, they had a good chat and even exchanged contact information.
One more friend meant one more path. This applied everywhere.
The two sides did not have any life-and-death enmity.
A few resources from the primal chaos continent would not be a big deal.
¡°I wonder if you have joined any forces?¡±
¡°Not at the moment.¡±
¡°If Fellow Daoist is willing to join the Starry Pce, I can introduce you to them at any time.¡±
¡°Thank you, Fellow Daoist. However, I just came out of seclusion, so there are many things I don¡¯t understand. I¡¯d better understand first.¡± ¡°Understood¡
After a round ofmunication, both parties bid farewell.
Su Yang did not continue to harvest the primal chaos continent and quickly returned to his universe.
He was certain that the Chaotic Court knew everything he had done after leaving the universe.
He just didn¡¯t know if the other party would covet the treasures on him after seeing his rapid breakthrough.
Su Yang was a little worried, but not very worried.
His intuition told him that the Chaotic Court didn¡¯t care about his treasures.
He did not care how he could break through so quickly.
Because if he really cared, if he really had thoughts.
She would have attacked him long ago.
He did not have the ability to resist.
He was no match for the Sky Thunder Hall Master alone. The other party could easily suppress him.
After knowing what he had done and how quickly he had improved his strength, he was shocked.
If she had any designs on him, she would have made a move long ago.
With a heavy heart, Su Yang came to the location of the Sky Thunder Pce Master again.
¡°Su Yang, I¡¯m here to pay my respects to the Sky Thunder Pce Master.¡± Su Yang¡¯s voice was not loud. When he said that, he bowed.
At this realm, even if Su Yang did not say it, the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce probably sensed his arrival.
¡°Come in.¡±
Su Yang stepped into the small space where the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce was in seclusion.
Seeing the other party again, Su Yang became more and more respectful. He could not be afraid of existences that were stronger than him, but he needed to have the respect he deserved.
¡°I know what you want to ask.¡±
¡± Firstly, the entire eastern region of the Primal Chaos belongs to the Primal Chaos Court, including the territory of the Starry Pce. If you hold the identity token of the Primal Chaos Court and show it to the other party, no matter what you want to do, he won¡¯t dare to stop you.¡±
¡± You can destroy primal chaos continent as you wish. With my orders, the members in charge of this region won¡¯t make things difficult for you.¡± ¡°Yes¡ The three tokens in your hand are also fine.¡±
¡® Secondly, we¡¯re not interested in the reason why you¡¯re improving your strength so quickly. Go ahead and improve yourself. The faster and stronger the better. As a top-notch force in Chaos, it would be a failure if you still covet the things in the hands of your own members.¡±
¡°However, in front of outsiders, you still need to hide a little.¡±
¡® Third, you haven¡¯t gone to the Chaotic Court yet, so you don¡¯t know how to collect high-level resources. If you need resources from the Chaotic Continent, you can continue your operation.¡±
¡°A few primal chaos continents, so what if they are destroyed? It¡¯s not worth mentioning.¡±
¡® If anyone tries to stop you, you can show me the token of the Chaotic Court.¡±
After arriving here, before Su Yang could say anything, the Sky Thunder Pce Master directly made it clear.
Su Yang¡¯s doubts were all resolved.
Chapter 409 - 409: Climbing to the Top!
Chapter 409 - 409: Climbing to the Top!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Thank you for your exnation, Hall Master.¡±
¡°Okay, go ahead.¡±
After arriving here, Su Yang did not have much chance to speak.
The Sky Thunder Hall Master already knew everything that he wanted to ask and had given him the answer the moment he arrived.
Su Yang was not surprised by this.
Everything was within his expectations.
He didn¡¯t ask anything else. There was a hidden meaning in the Sky Thunder Pce Master¡¯s words.
There was a lot of information that he would know when he went to the Chaotic Court. There was no need to ask here.
Therefore, Su Yang did not continue to ask and left.
The main purpose ofing here was to confirm his conjecture.
After achieving his goal, Su Yang left the ce in peace.
He entered the primal chaos once again to search for primal chaos continents and collect the resources he needed.
Since the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Hall had said that he was fine, then what was there to be pretentious about?
The most important thing was to quickly collect the resources he needed.
Even though it was fine if they headed towards the primal chaos continent in the direction of Starry Pce to harvest.
However, Su Yang still did not n to harvest in the direction of Starry Pce.
No matter what, he had a friendship with Huang Long, and Huang Long was also a member of Starry Pce, so he naturally couldn¡¯t go and destroy other people¡¯s territory.
Judging from the Sky Thunder Hall Master¡¯s attitude and the information he had, the Primal Chaos Continent might not be worth mentioning to the Primal Chaos Court.
Therefore, it was better to reap the harvest from his own family.
There was another possibility. The territory controlled by the Chaotic Court was extremely huge.
The area he destroyed was not worth mentioning.
The overlord of the eastern primal chaos region.
How big was the eastern region?
Su Yang did not have any idea about this.
His understanding of Chaos was limited.
However, these were not things he needed to consider.
In the blink of an eye, nearly ny years had passed.
Ny years was a number that only the long-lived mortals could reach.
For cultivators who had already stepped into the primordial chaos, it was only a blink of an eye.
When they went into seclusion, it would start at ten thousand years.
Ny years. Unless it was a special period of time, nothing special happened.
No cultivator would care about such a short amount of time.
In 90 years, Su Yang went all out to harvest the primal chaos continent.
This was because he had only harvested primal chaos continents within the region of the Primal Chaos Court, and nothing unexpected had happened.
These 90 years passed peacefully.
Ordinary matters were not worth mentioning. Even if he died countless times along the way, they were only clones and not his main body.
Other than that, nothing special happened.
There were no opportunities everywhere, no special events.
A hundred years was just a snap of the fingers, how could there be so many opportunities?
Within a primal chaos continent.
Su Yang opened the interface and looked at his own interface.
[Will of All Beings: 4-5 trillion will of All Beings]
This was the result of nearly ny years of hard work.
Without a moment¡¯s rest, he continued to kill¡
It was like a mechanical harvest.
If not for his current strength and powerful divine soul, he would not have been able to withstand such high-intensity operations.
4-5 trillion¡Su Yang was quite satisfied with this harvest.
If he worked hard, he could use this method to break through to the Great Dao Realm and open his internal universe in about 3,000 years.
However, in Su Yang¡¯s opinion, this was not a long-term solution.
In the past 90 years, he had destroyed countless primal chaos continents.
After all, this was the property of the Chaotic Court.
It was not good for him to destroy it like this.
Furthermore, the resources on the primal chaos continent were all regenerative.
As long as the Spring of Life and the Immortal Qi were left, the Spiritual Stones and Spiritual Treasures of Chaos would be born over time.
Unfortunately¡ What Su Yang needed was the Immortal Qi, so he could not preserve the Spring of Life.
They could only carry out destructive mining.
However, he estimated that he could only do this for a period of time.
He probably wouldn¡¯t be able to do that when he entered the Chaotic Court.
It was almost time for him to leave.
The second phase of the war in space wasing to an end.
There was only one year left.
When the final year passed, it would be the final year of the final battle.
Now¡He should return to the Immortal Dimension Realm and end this cosmic war.
¡°Then let¡¯s go¡¡±
Su Yang disappeared in a sh and returned to the periphery of his universe.
Looking at the bubble in front of him, he still felt powerful.
With his strength, he couldn¡¯t do much to change this sealed universe.
However¡ The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce could definitely do it.
This also made Su Yang feel the difference in his realm and wanted to speed up the improvement of his realm.
Fortunately, he had the universe consciousness to open the back door for him to enter and exit the universe.
Opening the chaos channel, Su Yang returned to the universe.
He didn¡¯t stop there. He tore open the barrier of the Immortal Realm and entered the Immortal Dimension Realm.
Su Yang also randomly entered a location in the Immortal Dimension Realm. He had entered at random and did not have a fixed location.
Su Yang looked at the unfamiliar environment around him. This was the first time he had entered the Immortal Dimension Realm since the universe battle entered the second stage.
Of course, this did not affect him much.
So what if it was unfamiliar? Under the cover of the sword intent, everything was within his perception range.
With a thought, a huge sword intent soared from Su Yang¡¯s body and quickly enveloped the entire battle area.
Everywhere he passed, everything was imprinted in Su Yang¡¯s eyes.
Battlefield 97.
The second phase of the battle was almost over.
Without Su Yang¡¯s participation, the situation of the Immortal Realm cultivators was very bad.
It could be said to be a game of cat and mouse.
Evil Gods were cats and they were rats.
They didn¡¯t dare to fight with evil gods..
Chapter 410 - 410: Climbing to the Top! (2)
Chapter 410 - 410: Climbing to the Top! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
In a head-on confrontation, the two sides were not on the same level at all.
Whether it was quantity or quality.
As such, the sevenrge resource points that appeared in the second phase of the battle were all upied by the Evil Gods.
The cultivators of the Immortal Realm could only harvest some scraps.
He had to be careful and not be surrounded or captured by evil gods.
Otherwise, it was basically over.
Under such a high-pressure situation, most of the Immortal Realm cultivators who were not strong enough chose to leave directly.
Now, there were only a few Half-Saints in the Great Circle and seven Half-Saints at the limit who were struggling.
Originally, there were only three Half-saints. However, during this period of time, they had relied on the high-level resources that appeared in the second phase of the universe war.
Another four broke through.
Unfortunately, it was useless.
The Evil God¡¯s side had a limit of over a hundred Half-Saints.
There was even a Saint Realm Evil God guarding it.
They could only hide like rats.
He had to be very careful when he came out to snatch some resources from time to time.
There were only 50 Immortal Realm cultivators in the top 1,000 on the points rankings.
There weren¡¯t even a hundred of them.
He waspletely suppressed by the evil gods.
Without Su Yang around, they had no choice.
In a secret location.
¡°It¡¯s thest year¡lf Su Yang doesn¡¯t appear soon, it¡¯ll be toote.¡±
¡°Contact Fellow Daoist Su. No matter what, he has obtained the Sacred Sovereign status. He has to do something, right?¡±
¡°After taking the resources, he doesn¡¯t care about anything. If the immortal realms are defeated, will he have a good life?¡±
A group of cultivators gathered together. They were the only remaining Immortal Realm cultivators.
After a moment of silence, Xu Zhu said,¡± Everyone, please calm down. As I said before, if Fellow Daoist Su has not appeared at this stage, I will definitely contact him.¡±
¡°Sigh¡ Under such circumstances, how can we not be anxious? This concerns the life and death of the entire Immortal Realm.
¡°I believe Fellow Daoist Su must be as concerned about this battle as we are.
Since he didn¡¯t appear, he must have gone to do something more important.¡± ¡°For example¡lncrease your strength.¡±
¡® It was like thisst time. When he appeared again, he had advanced from the initial stage of the Half-Saint Realm to theplete stage of the Half-Saint
Realm. ¡±
¡°This time¡Even if he isn¡¯t at the Sage Perfection Realm, he might be able to reach the Sage Intermediate Realm.¡±
¡°But it¡¯s already the final stage.¡±
¡°No matter what Fellow Daoist Su thinks, I definitely have to make contact.¡±
Xu Zhuforted everyone.
It was normal for everyone to be anxious.
However, at this moment, Xu Zhu suddenly saw a name appear in the top ten of the leaderboard.
Su Yang!
Ranking: 8th!
[Ability: Unknown (No longer disyed above Half-saint)] Xu Zhu¡¯s heart skipped a beat. What was going on?
¡°Hahaha¡¡±
The others looked over in confusion at Xu Zhu¡¯s suddenughter.
Xu Zhu didn¡¯t exin. His eyes lit up.¡± There¡¯s no need to contact me. Look at the eighth ce on the rankings!¡±
What did he mean?
Everyone¡¯s heart skipped a beat as a bold guess appeared in their minds.
When they opened the rankings and saw the name, they immediately heaved a sigh of relief.
He appeared, he really appeared!
It was him, Su Yang!
No wonder Xu Zhu said that there was no need to contact him. So that was what she meant.
¡°Interesting, most of these evil gods gathered together. This saved me a lot of time.¡±
Su Yang released his powerful sword intent and instantly enveloped the entire
97th battle area.
Everything above appeared in his mind.
He could easily know everything on it, but those who were enveloped by his sword will did not know that their location had been exposed.
Even the Saint Realm Evil God didn¡¯t know.
Su Yang¡¯s strength surpassed them by too much.
That Saint Stage Evil God was only at the initial stage of the Saint Stage.
How could she sense Su Yang¡¯s existence?
Under the perception of his sword intent, sevenrge resource points and countless small resource points appeared in Su Yang¡¯s mind.
Most of the evil gods were gathered at sevenrge resource points.
In that case, Su Yang naturally chose to attack these sevenrge-scale resource points first.
There was nothing to study. He chose the nearest one and charged over in a sh.
Although the quality of space in the Immortal Dimension Realm wasn¡¯t bad, it was still far inferior to the primal chaos.
Su Yang could even tear the primal chaos void, let alone the Immortal Dimension Realm.
When he reappeared, he was already at arge resource point.
This ce covered a radius of a million miles, and all kinds of high-grade resources were born at any time.
Of course¡These high-level resources were only for Half-Saints.
It had no effect on Saint Stage powerhouses.
Su Yang held his Intrinsic Immortal Sword and casually shed down.
Of course¡Regardless of whether it was a casual sword strike or a full-force sword strike, they were all sparks.
He did not have many fancy moves.
There was no need for too many moves, as long as one move was powerful enough.
If he wanted more moves, it was just a matter of a thought.
However, he still had one more attack to charge up, which was the top-notch Great Dao divine power level Spark.
It required twenty breaths to umte power. The power was very strong. Even if he was at the Sage Perfection Realm, it could still increase his power by 1,500 times.
To deal with these Half-saints, there was naturally no need for any top-notch Great Path Super Power.
A casual strike from his sword was enough.
As his sword descended, thisrge-scale resource point turned into a million-mile deep pit.
There were no living creatures in the deep pit.
All the Half-Saint Evil Gods that were here were killed by him.
He also received arge number of points.
Originally, in the second phase of the universe war, his ranking points were
zero.
However, this sword had caused his ranking to drop to eighth ce!
Su Yang nodded slightly.¡±Not bad, but my goal is to kill all the evil gods. Then let¡¯s continue¡¡±
Su Yang waved his hand and put away all the resources that dropped here.
He had no use for these resources.
However, don¡¯t forget that he still had the world of the Grand Xia. Next, he was preparing to establish his internal universe.
After opening an internal universe, the growth of the internal universe required arge amount of resources.
Not onlyw crystals, but any resources in the internal universe could be used. Moreover, a lot of resources were needed to improve!
Internal Cosmos cultivators were stronger than Dao Body cultivators. Correspondingly, the consumption of resources was also extremely huge.
Without consuming a huge amount of resources, how could he have the strength that far surpassed cultivators of the same realm? Although he had yet to cultivate to the point of breaking through.
However, Su Yang had already made his decision.
Walking the path of internal universe cultivation.
After putting away all the resources, Su Yang disappeared in a sh and went to the next resource point.
There were six more such resource points, and there were many Half-Saint Evil Gods.
These¡ They were all his hunting grounds!
Everything he did was also seen by the Sacred Sovereign who was restricted in the sky.
No matter if it was the Evil God side or the Celestial Realm side, they could not calm down.
The strength Su Yang disyed hadpletely exceeded their expectations.
They could not understand how Su Yang did it.
After devouring the Sacred Sovereign fruit, he could indeed directly break through to the early stage of the Saint Realm.
But¡ After that, cultivation was not that simple.
In a hundred years, it was basically impossible to advance to the middle-stage Sacred Sovereign realm.
Moreover¡Su Yang was now a Sage Perfected Realm expert!
There were six Sacred Sovereigns among the Evil Gods who had reached the Great Circle of the Sacred Sovereign realm.
There were more cultivators from the Immortal Realm, eight of them.
However, it had been countless billions of years since they started cultivating.
Each of them could be said to be the first generation of the universe.
It was because of this that they had cultivated to the Sage Perfection Realm.
But what about Su Yang?
ording to the test of the Primal Chaos Stone Tablet¡Less than a hundred years old!
For a time, the sky fell into a deathly silence.
The thoughts in their minds spun rapidly.
All kinds of thoughts were born in their minds.
The evil gods were more direct.
The most powerful existence among the Evil Gods, the existence known as the Holy King, only gave one order.
After the final stage was activated¡Find Su Yang and kill him immediately!
Now that they were all restricted by the universe¡¯s consciousness, they could not target Su Yang now.
Otherwise, they would have charged out immediately.
The secondrge-scale resource point¡
The thirdrge-scale resource point¡
The fourthrge-scale resource point¡ [District 97 Kill Points Rankings]
First ce: Su Yang, points: 7 million¡
After killing fourrge-scale resource points in a row, Su Yang¡¯s ranking directly reached the top.
The entire journey took less than fifteen minutes.
District 97¡¯s evil god finally reacted.
The Saint Realm Evil God also came in front of Su Yang and blocked his way.
¡°After hiding for nearly a hundred years¡Why did youe out to cause trouble at thest moment? Can¡¯t you just hide?¡±
The Saint Realm Evil God stared at Su Yang and frowned. He could not sense Su Yang¡¯s realm.
However, he was not afraid. He had just fused with the Sacred Sovereign realm.
He also cultivated for a hundred years. During this time, he borrowed the resources born in the Immortal Dimension World.
His strength had also increased slightly.
Su Yang disappeared for a hundred years.
In these hundred years, he probably didn¡¯t make any progress.
What was there to be afraid of?
Chapter 411 - 411: Universe Battle, Final Stage
Chapter 411 - 411: Universe Battle, Final Stage
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°You seem very confident?¡±
Su Yang¡¯s voice was very calm, which made MO Yuan feel a little ufortable.
¡°Should I be nervous?¡±
¡°No, no, no. You should be in despair.¡±
¡°Hell¡¡±
MO Yuan revealed a mocking expression. However, before he could finish speaking, he saw a shocking sword sh towards him.
His expression changed from mockery to fear. His mouth was wide open, but he didn¡¯t have the chance to make a sound.
¡°Puchi!¡±
A sword shed through the center of MO Yuan¡¯s body. Blood sttered everywhere, and his body was also cut into two halves.
Just like that¡He was killed by Su Yang¡¯s sword.
There was nothing strange or unexpected about it.
Early Sage Realm?
Su Yang could no longer remember how many he had killed.
Therefore, his emotions did not fluctuate at all.
He had just killed an ant.
After killing the Saint Realm evil god who blocked his way, Su Yang continued to move.
There were still threerge resource points that he had yet to clear.
He didn¡¯t want to give these evil gods a chance to escape.
After Su Yang killed the demonic essence, the cultivators of the Immortal Realm gathered in the hall immediately noticed this situation.
After Su Yang appeared on the rankings, their eyes never left the rankings.
They watched as Su Yang¡¯s ranking rose rapidly.
Eighth¡Third¡Second¡First ce!
The entire process was so fast that they could not imagine it.
It was even more certain that Su Yang had directly found therge resource points where the evil gods gathered and killed them!
Maybe¡ Most of the Half-Saint Evil Gods had already died at Su Yang¡¯s hands.
When they looked at the rankings, they could also see that many familiar names had disappeared from the rankings.
Whether it was the top ten, top hundred, top thousand¡
As long as they remembered it, it would disappear.
It wasn¡¯t that his ranking had dropped.
He was killed directly!
Just as they were looking at the rankings excitedly, someone suddenly said excitedly.
¡°Look at the second one!¡±
Everyone was a little puzzled. After Su Yang reached the top, wasn¡¯t the second ce the Saint Realm Evil God Essence?
What was the problem?
Hmm?
The Devil Essence disappeared!
After looking at the rankings, no one could remain calm.
¡°How is this possible? MO Yuan had the strength of the Saint Realm. Like Su Yang, he had refined the Sacred Sovereign Fruit Rank. Under the same realm.. How could Su Yang kill MO Yuan?¡±
¡°What if they are not of the same realm?¡±
Xu Zhu said quietly from the side.
This sentence caused a thousand ripples, and the shock on everyone¡¯s faces became even stronger.
Not in the same realm?
Wouldn¡¯t that be even more impossible?
If they weren¡¯t at the same realm¡Su Yang was at least at the intermediate stage of the sage realm.
Breaking through a minor realm in a hundred years?
¡°That¡¯s impossible¡¡±
Someone could not help but question in a low voice. However, he did not have much confidence and sounded very weak when he said this. ¡± Although it¡¯s hard to believe, nothing is impossible in this world.¡± ¡°How many times have we seen since we started cultivating?¡±
¡± Just because we¡¯ve stopped at this level doesn¡¯t mean that some monstrous geniuses will stop as well.¡±
Zhou Tianyu spoke slowly. His voice was very calm, calming everyone¡¯s shocked emotions.
However¡The shock in his heart was no less than everyone else¡¯s.
Breaking through to the Saint Realm at the same time¡Now, Su Yang had the power to kill a Saint Realm evil god!
¡®This¡¡¯ How powerful!
¡°Look, our rankings have all risen by arge margin¡There are already more than 500 people in the top 1,000!¡±
Soon, someone discovered another problem.
Originally, there were only 50 of them who had made it into the top 1,000. Now, after Su Yang¡¯s massacre, the number of people in the top 1,000 instantlv soared to 534!
The top 1,000 evil gods had basically changed their names.
It also proved that¡Su Yang was ruthless.
Moreover, this situation continued to ferment as time passed.
More and more evil gods died, and more and more Immortal Realm cultivators were on the rankings.
Su Yang seemed to be¡ They were targeting all the evil gods in the entire battlefield!
¡® How many evil gods did he kill?¡±
¡± I¡¯m afraid the Evil Gods gathered at the sevenrge resource points have all been killed¡¡±
Some people spected, and soon everyone agreed.
¡°Yes, that¡¯s possible.¡±
¡°Looking at the speed at which the evil gods disappeared on the rankings¡l¡¯m afraid Fellow Daoist Su doesn¡¯t have the intention of stopping.¡±
¡± If this goes on, all the evil gods in the war zone will probably be cleared by
Fellow Daoist Su.¡±
¡°If that¡¯s the case, that¡¯s great!¡±
Hearing this, someone¡¯s heart shook.
This was good news for them.
If Su Yang really killed all the evil gods¡
Then wouldn¡¯t the top 1,000 of the rankings only be their Immortal Realm cultivators?
In fact, that was indeed the case.
In a very short period of time, Su Yang killed all the evil gods gathered at the sevenrge-scale resource points.
Then, he started to clean up the scattered evil gods.
Other than the time spent on the road, nothing unexpected happened.
His speed was too fast.
It was so fast that the Evil God didn¡¯t even have time to think or react.
Even if the evil gods knew of his existence and knew of his power.
However, before they could discuss a countermeasure, Su Yang had already attacked them one by one.
Moreover, most of the evil gods ¡®leaders had been killed by him.
None of them could say anything.
Only a group of shrimp soldiers and crab generals were left. Under such circumstances, their reaction speed became even slower.
In about two hours, Su Yang had killed all the evil gods in the entire battlefield.
After dealing with all the evil gods, Su Yang shed to the ce where the cultivators of the Immortal Realm gathered.
His sword intent enveloped the entire battlefield, so it was not difficult to do this..
Chapter 412 - 412: Universe Battle, Final Stage (2)
Chapter 412 - 412: Universe Battle, Final Stage (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The moment Su Yang appeared, the cultivators of the Immortal Realm immediately bowed.
¡°We greet Sacred Sovereign Sul¡±
Su Yang didn¡¯t stand on ceremony with these people. He nodded in response.¡± Yes, I¡¯ve already dealt with the evil gods in the war zone. Since the top 1,000 can enter the next stage, you can make the arrangements.¡±
¡°Next, you can collect the resources that are born in the war zone.¡±
After Su Yang said this, everyone understood that Su Yang was leaving again. They were used to it and immediately expressed their understanding.
¡°Thank you, Saint Venerable Su.¡± Everyone thanked him.
Su Yang nodded slightly and left.
There was still a year left.
There was no need to stay here.
He did not want to continue collecting resources.
It was time for him to return to the world of the Grand Xia to rest and rx for a period of time.
In that case, controlling the actions of the clone would still require a portion of spiritual control.
He had rarely experienced a true sense of rest.
After joining the Chaotic Court, it would be a new journey and he might have less time to rest.
Since that was the case, he would take advantage of this period of time to tell her the good news.
True cultivators were all rxed and rxed.
Even if he was special, he had to rest.
With this thought in mind, Su Yang dispelled his avatar.
He began to focus on rxing and resting. A year was not long.
In this rxed state, it passed very quickly.
During this year, Su Yang did not care about anything.
He lived a leisurely life.
They found a wilderness in the mountains, a wild river, and a farmhouse.
Make a recliner and hold a fishing rod.
A year passed leisurely.
Su Yang lived afortable life for a year.
His body and mind were very rxed.
However, inparison, he seemed to prefer to constantly collect resources and improve his life.
The visible improvement felt really good.
¡°I was born to work hard¡Or a cultivation maniac?¡±
¡°I¡¯m not used to enjoying it.¡±
Su Yang felt the change in his emotions and did not know whether tough or cry.
But no matter what, he just had to choose the life he liked.
¡± A year has passed, and the war in the universe has reached its final stage. Since that¡¯s the case¡Then it¡¯s time for me to head to the Immortal Dimension
Realm. ¡±
Su Yang looked up at the sky.
His gaze seemed to pierce throughyers of space and see the Immortal Dimension Realm that existed in the Immortal Realm.
In the next moment, the long-lost clone appeared in front of him again.
He took a step forward, and the void automatically tore apart.
The barrier of the Immortal Realm had no ability to block it at all.
Just like that, Su Yang arrived at the Immortal Realm in one step.
Then, he entered the Immortal Dimension World.
The moment he arrived at the Immortal Dimension Realm, the voice of the universe consciousness rang out.
[The second phase of the space war has ended.]
[The decisive battle begins!]
[All participants will enter the final battlefield.]
¡± The top 1,000 in the battle zone will be teleported. Please be prepared.¡±
[Teleporting¡]
As the voice of the universe consciousness drew a full stop.
At the same time, all the Evil Gods and Immortal Realm cultivators felt a force enveloping them.
This force pulled the void and brought them away from where they were.
When they reappeared, they were already in a brand new scene.
[The final battle begins.]
[Title: Hunting]
[Description: All participants will gather in a battle zone and join arge number of Ominous Beasts of Chaos at the same time. Killing Ominous Beasts of Chaos will give you points. Killing opponents will give you all the points on them. The party with the most points will win. This willst for one year.]
¡® Rule 1: Perception Restriction. During this period of time, the power of perception will be greatly restricted.¡±
[Rule 2: The participants are not allowed to withdraw within a year. Otherwise, they will not be able to enter again.]
[Rule 3: The perception restriction will be released in thest month of the final battle.]
Su Yang looked around at the unfamiliar environment.
Without a doubt, he had been randomly teleported again.
After arriving at the new battle zone, new rules had also appeared.
After understanding it for a while, Su Yang did not feel anything.
The hunting theme was added to the Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
There were two ways to obtain points.
Three new rules were added.
The first rule was actually very good for immortal realm cultivators.
However, this had also restricted him.
It had to be said that the power of the universe consciousness was truly powerful.
Even though he had the strength of Sage Perfection Realm, his perception was still suppressed.
At present, his perception range was only a mere ten thousand miles.
The second rule was to block everyone¡¯s escape route.
There was no way out.
Thest rule¡ln Su Yang¡¯s opinion, that was the beginning of the real decisive battle.
The first eleven months were just the time for both sides to develop.
It was not important to Su Yang.
In the end, it was still apetition of strength.
If they didn¡¯t have enough strength, even if they gained an advantage in the front, they wouldn¡¯t be able to defend in the back.
Of course¡lf they were evenly matched, it would still be useful.
Su Yang felt that with him around, there would not be any evenly matched opponents.
It was only one-sided.
With his strength, he could wipe out all evil gods.
Thinking of this, Su Yang did not care too much about the period before the final battle.
He would kill all the evil gods in the end.
unrortunate1Y, It would take some time.
He had thought that the final battle would be here and that he would be able to head to the Chaos Court after he was done.
Now, it seemed that he still had to wait.
However, it didn¡¯t matter. These eleven months didn¡¯t matter.
It was the opposite of Su Yang.
He was not in a hurry for these eleven months, but the other cultivators and evil gods were.
They had already begun to take action.
The numbers on the individual leaderboard and the two world leaderboards were jumping rapidly.
From the rankings alone, the gap between Immortal Realm cultivators and evil gods was still very obvious.
Half a day.
Evil God harvested 10 million points.
There were only one million cultivators in the Immortal Realm.
Without Su Yang, the final result would not be too optimistic.
At the same time¡After the final battle waspletely initiated, the restricted Sacred Sovereigns could already move.
All the Sacred Sovereigns among the evil gods were carrying out an order.
While harvesting the Ominous Beasts of Chaos, he also tried his best to find traces of Su Yang!
Find Su Yang and kill him!
This was¡lt was listed as the first mission!
Under this order, many Saint Realm Evil Gods were looking for Su Yang while hunting the Ominous Beasts of Chaos.
Su Yang did not know about these things.
If he knew, he would only be happy.
Wasn¡¯t he rushing to his death?
¡°Damn it¡This damn universe consciousness, what kind of lousy rules did it set?¡±
¡± I could have locked onto him directly, but now I have to wait a little longer.¡±
¡°Forget it, forget it¡So what if we wait a little longer?¡±
¡± Eleven months. He won¡¯t be able to cause any trouble.¡±
¡°In the face of absolute strength, everything is useless. The gap between us and the immortal realm cultivators is too great. It¡¯s a gap that they can¡¯t even imagine.¡±
¡® That¡¯s right. They probably thought that only thirteen people from our Evil God Tribe had stepped into the Sacred Sovereign realm. They didn¡¯t know that this was a trap that we had set up long ago.¡±
¡°With the Holy King leading the way¡We will definitely win this battle!¡±
When the evil gods started to move, they felt the suppression of the universe consciousness.
Without being able to fully open their perception, they had no way of finding Su Yang immediately.
The n to kill Su Yang at the first moment could only be to search for Su Yang while hunting Chaos Ominous Beasts.
After entering the final battle.
Whether it was an evil god or an immortal realm cultivator.
They were all risking their lives¡They would do everything they could to increase their chances of winning¡
Perhaps only Su Yang would walk on the battlefield heartlessly.
They strolled along the mountain path and enjoyed the scenery.
He walked very slowly, not showing any signs of urgency.
It was as if the mountain scenery had a different taste to him.
At this moment, he was just like an ordinary person.
Walking on foot¡
Walking on the battlefield where all existences were wound up.
After some time, Su Yang met an old man.
This old man was just like Su Yang, strolling in the mountains calmly. The tense battlefield did not seem to have much to do with him.
The old man was no different from an ordinary old man, but it was obviously abnormal for him to appear here.
¡°You are very special.¡±
This was the first thing the old man said after seeing Su Yang.
¡°You too.¡±
Su Yang replied calmly, not caring about the old man¡¯s identity, or rather¡ He could tell at first nce.
¡°You don¡¯t mind walking with me, right?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t mind. There¡¯s still time, right?¡±
¡°Hahaha¡ That makes sense..¡±
Chapter 413 - 413: The Despair of the Devil Tower
Chapter 413 - 413: The Despair of the Devil Tower
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°My name is Su Yang.¡±
¡°Little friend, you can call me Devil Tower.¡±
¡°Then Senior Devil, what do you think of this cosmic war?¡±
¡± The fight for benefits has nothing to do with right or wrong. It¡¯s only about life and death.
¡°That makes sense.¡±
¡°Then what do you think, young friend?¡±
¡°The Great Dao is all about fighting.¡±
¡°Little friend, you¡¯ve seen it very clearly. It¡¯s just apetition of who¡¯s better.¡±
In the wilderness, an evil man and a person walked slowly.
asionally, they would chat, and their tone was not sharp.
An impossible scene appeared.
This scene was very strange.
During this period, other cultivators appeared and were sent away by Su Yang.
Evil Gods appeared and were sent away by the old man.
No one broke the peace.
There were also no fools who did not listen to advice and insisted on causing trouble.
Cultivating to this realm, his strength was already not weak, and he had even experienced who knew how many hardships.
Those who were not smart would have died long ago.
Those who were smart could tell what was going on at a nce. Naturally, they slipped away and did not dare to stay any longer.
Not to mention looking for trouble.
That¡¯s not looking for trouble, that¡¯s courting death Time passed quietly.
Time passed quickly, and many things happened.
As the decisive battle began, after a period of time.
The Sacred Sovereign of the Immortal Realm suddenly realized that something was wrong.
The Sacred Sovereigns that existed among the Evil Gods¡Not only thirteen!
But¡ Tens of millions of years ago, they had investigated that there were only thirteen Sacred Sovereigns in the four-dimensional world where the Evil Gods lived.
They had collected information through various channels and confirmed it thousands of times¡
In their opinion, it was definitely not wrong.
The situation of the higher-ups of the evil gods was simr to theirs. They were all 13 Sacred Sovereigns.
In other words, there were more experts below the Sacred Sovereign than them.
There was a saying that everyone below the Sacred Sovereign was an ant¡
They did not care how big the gap between them and the Sacred Sovereign was.
That was why they started the war in the universe and dragged the four-dimensional world into the battle.
In their opinion, with their strength, they would definitely be able to obtain victory in the final battle.
But the current situation¡lt directly made their vision turn ck! The Sacred Sovereign Evil God¡lt was as high as ny-nine!
¡°It¡¯s over¡¡±
This was the only thought that came to the Sacred Sovereign of the Immortal Realm after he learned of this information.
¡°Good method¡This was set up at least tens of millions of years ago. It began to hide its own information, allowing us to obtain the wrong information¡
¡°Perhaps¡¡±ln an even longer era, the evil gods have been plotting. They have long wanted to devour the immortal realms.¡±
¡°This time, we¡l fell for their trick¡
After knowing that the situation was not right, the Sacred Sovereign of the Immortal Realm instantly came back to his senses.
They were not fools.
He clearly knew where the problem was.
However, even if he knew where the problem was, it was useless.
It had to be said that the evil god¡¯s n had seeded.
They were the ones who pushed the Immortal Realm into the abyss.
They were all sinners of the Immortal Realm!
If it weren¡¯t for their greed, they wouldn¡¯t have dragged the four-dimensional world into the war.
If not, the current situation would not have happened.
NO!
The reason why they pulled the four-dimensional world into the war in the universe was not entirely because they coveted the power of the four-dimensional world.
There was also the trouble that the four-dimensional world brought to the Immortal Realm.
In other words¡invading the Immortal Realm and causing trouble for the Immortal Realm, making them think of pulling them into the four-dimensional world to solve this problem in one fell swoop¡
These¡ It was all a trap set up by the Evil Gods of the four-dimensional world! For a moment, many things began to be clear and clear, allowing them to understand in an instant.
Unfortunately, it was useless even if he figured it out.
The Sacred Sovereigns of the Immortal Realm gathered together.
The 13 Sacred Sovereigns ¡®faces had long lost their initial high spirits.
All of them were dejected and silent, making the atmosphere in the air strangely quiet.
¡°Now¡ What should we do?¡±
¡°Hen¡ What could he do! Isn¡¯t the ending already decided!¡±
¡± Don¡¯t tell me you want to fight against 99 Saint Stage Evil Gods?¡±
¡± With a gap of nearly ten times, how are we going to fight with the other party?¡±
¡® Don¡¯t think about fighting head-on. Think about how to retreat and how to preserve the tinder.¡±
¡°Immortal Realm¡lt doesn¡¯t belong to us anymore.¡±
As the Sacred Sovereign spoke the truth, the atmosphere at the scene became even more oppressive.
However, everyone knew that this person was right.
¡°Even if we retreat, where can we retreat to now?¡±
¡°We¡¯re sealed in the immortal realms, we can¡¯t even return to the mortal realms, how can we escape?¡±
The Divine Power Sacred Sovereign opened his mouth to tell the cruel truth.
They had nowhere to run!
The Spacetime Sacred Sovereign said calmly, ¡°Perhaps¡¡± We can head to that chaotic region.¡±
Sacred Sovereign Shen Li frowned. He clearly knew the location that Sacred Sovereign Spacetime had mentioned.
¡°But¡ There is only a small area there, and the environment is extremely harsh..
¡°Do you have a better idea?¡±
The Spacetime Sacred Sovereign asked.
His words made the Sacred Sovereign speechless.
Yes, they were at their wits ¡®end now.
¡°Sigh¡ Then let¡¯s take it one step at a time. If it really doesn¡¯t work, then we can only do so.¡±
After a round ofmunication, they felt even more helpless.
Eleven monthster In the wild mountains
¡°Time is almost up.¡±
¡± That¡¯s right, if the Evil God n chooses to admit defeat, I can give you a chance.¡±
Su Yang looked ahead. It was a battle of interests. If the other party was willing to admit defeat, Su Yang did not mind letting the other party go.
¡°Hahaha¡ You are very confident.¡± ¡°Coincidentally, I¡¯m also very confident. If you can take the Immortal Realm and surrender, I can give you a chance.¡± MO Lou looked at Su Yang and smiled.
Their eyes met.
He was calm and confident..
Chapter 414 - 414: The Despair of the Devil Tower (2)
Chapter 414 - 414: The Despair of the Devil Tower (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Confidence in his own strength.
¡°You only have one chance.¡± Su Yang spoke again.
¡°Then let¡¯s do it.¡± MO Lou didn¡¯t say anything else.
It is useless to say more when you see the real chapter in your hands.
Both sides represented different factions, and at the same time, they had absolute confidence in their strength.
Under such circumstances, how could they lower their heads to each other?
Just as they finished speaking, the voice of the universe consciousness rang out again.
¡± Countdown to thest month. Sensory restriction removed.¡±
Su Yang and MO Lou looked up at each other at the same time.
At this moment, both sides attacked with their full strength.
Su Yang¡¯s sword intent instantly spread for thousands of miles.
MO Lou raised his hand and a ck sh rushed towards Su Yang.
Su Yang instantly disappeared from where he was and his main body appeared in another position. ¡°Your strength¡lt¡¯s very strange.¡±
¡°Do you know why?¡±
¡± Yes.¡± MO Lou did not wait for Su Yang to answer and continued,¡± Although I stillck some key things and haven¡¯t stepped into the Great Dao Realm, I can already grasp some of the nomological power of the Great Dao Realm.¡± ¡°Otherwise¡What do you think I used to suppress the other evil gods?¡±
¡°How about it? Admit defeat.
Su Yang chuckled.
¡± You are indeed special, but I can¡¯t lose. I¡¯m the only one who will win this battle.¡±
His sword intent could transform into ten thousand techniques. Attacks.. Escape¡Dodge¡Predictions¡
These abilities were all top-notch existences in this realm.
Moreover, this was just a clone. Even if it died, it could still be reformed.
So what if the Devil Tower had strength that surpassed the half-step realm?
As long as he could not kill him, he would have a chance.
¡°Hmph, stubborn!¡±
After being repeatedly rejected, the Devil Tower was also a little angry.
No matter what Su Yang thought, he no longer held back and attacked with all his might.
In an instant, the scene was enveloped by ck gas, and Su Yang was also covered in it.
This speed was too fast, so fast that Su Yang did not have enough time to react.
However, this ck gas did not have any offensive power. It only restricted his figure.
It made Su Yang feel that his movements had be much slower.
Unfortunately¡ This was ineffective against him!
His speed¡lt was the speed of space!
With the help of the sword intent, he could instantly leave his original spot.
Unless he was restricted in the spatial dimension, everything else was useless.
Above Su Yang¡¯s head, a Starfire Sword was already condensing.
The battle between the two sides officially began!
The ck gas in the air turned into sharp des under the control of MO Lou, tearing through the void and surrounding Su Yang.
Su Yang instantly disappeared from where he was and dodged.
¡°Not a bad move, but this is not enough.¡±
The Demon Building immediately made a judgment after sensing Su Yang¡¯s escape method again.
A transparent crystal appeared in his hand.
The white crystal instantly spread out, and the surrounding void was instantly sealed.
Su Yang, who had just stabilized his body, immediately felt a sense of imprisonment.
As expectedpared to this old monster, my foundation is still a littlecking.
The Devil Tower had lived for countless billions of years.
Who knew how many treasures he had collected.
Su Yang was sure that no matter what move he used, he would not be able to do it.
Even the Devil Tower had a way to deal with it.
However¡ If I take out the Undying and Imperishable, how will you deal with
After immobilizing Su Yang, MO Lou stepped in front of Su Yang.
¡°Now, you can¡¯t run away.¡±
¡°Indeed.¡± Su Yang did not refute, but asked curiously, ¡°How many more times can you use the Great Dao Law you have mastered?¡±
It was not that Su Yang did not gain anything from the first fight.
The Devil Tower was indeed very strong.
It had far surpassed his.
But¡ His strength was not unlimited.
Su Yang could feel that every time MO Lou used the power of the Great Dao, the aura on his body would decrease a little.
This also meant that the power of the Devil Tower was very powerful, but it was limited.
After using it, it was very difficult to replenish it.
After using it, the Devil Tower would be the same as an ordinary Sage
Perfection Realm.
Suddenly¡lt was time for him to make his move.
¡± You¡¡± Devil Tower wasn¡¯t surprised.¡± At least, I can deal with you, including the Sacred Sovereigns of the Immortal Realm.¡±
¡°Is that so?¡±
¡°Then let¡¯s give it a try.¡±
Su Yang no longer forcefully condensed the Starfire.
He needed twenty breaths to condense a top-notch Great Dao divine power. It was too long and was not suitable for the current battle.
After saying that, MO Lou already mobilized the power ofws to attack him.
If he didn¡¯t defend, the Devil Tower would be able to kill him easily. In this case, he would not be able to use the Devil Tower effectively.
so¡
¡°Starfire Sword River!¡±
One after another, the Starfire Sword flew out from Su Yang¡¯s back and blocked the ck gas that MO Lou casually mobilized.
The effect was minimal.
His attack was easily shattered by the devil building. Sparks exploded,pletely unable to block the devil building¡¯s attack.
In addition, he was restricted to the same spot and could not resist at all.
So¡ He still ¡®died¡¯ in the hands of the Devil Tower.
Seeing Su Yang get beaten up, MO Lou did not feel much joy.
He still understood Su Yang, even though he had always been high up in the sky.
Now, he had only killed Su Yang¡¯s avatar.
If Su Yang still had the ability to quickly create clones at this time.
Then everything would be troublesome.
This was also what the Devil Tower was most worried about.
He could only pray that Su Yang¡¯s ability would fail after reaching this realm.
Otherwise¡He would definitely lose this battle.
The Devil Tower didn¡¯t leave, it just stood there and waited.
If Su Yang could be resurrected, he believed that Su Yang would appear immediately.
After a few breaths of time, the space in front of the devil building was torn apart.
When Su Yang¡¯s figure came out of it.
Despair instantly rose in his heart.
MO Lou looked at Su Yang silently. His expression looked very calm. ¡°I really want to know, how many times can you resurrect?¡±
¡°If you¡¯re only talking about clones¡ Countless times. Do you believe it?¡±
¡°I do, but I have to try.¡±
MO Lou did not deny it. He already knew before whether Su Yang could condense avatars indefinitely.
However, why did Su Yang break through to the Sage Perfection Realm at an iprehensible speed?
He could still possess such power?
The world was truly unfair¡
MO Lou felt some sadness in his heart, but he didn¡¯t think too much about it.
At this point, no matter what the oue was, he had to do what he had to do!
Betting on the fate of the Evil God n, he was really unwilling to lose!
MO Lou appeared in front of Su Yang in a sh and punched directly, no longer controlling the ck gas.
¡°Why¡ Why did this ident happen?!¡±
Apanied by the punch, there was also the unresigned roar of the devil building.
¡°There¡¯s no reason¡Perhaps you shouldn¡¯t have done this. The heavens aren¡¯t helping you.¡±
Su Yang said as he cast the Starfire Sword River.
Under this attack, he was still blown up.
But so what?
After a few breaths, he appeared in front of the devil building once again.
MO Lou did not say anything and continued to attack Su Yang.
Su Yang couldn¡¯t withstand a single move and was sent away by him.
But¡ This was only Su Yang¡¯s avatar.
He, on the other hand, was expending a limited amount of energy.
If this continued, he would die when his Great Dao Realm energy was depleted.
He could not think of any way to solve Su Yang¡¯s problem.
The only way was to find Su Yang¡¯s main body.
However, he was very sure that Su Yang¡¯s main body was not in the Immortal Dimension Realm.
In this way, he had no other choice.
After thinking about it, there were only two words in his mind¡No solution!
What could he do?
There seemed to be no other way¡
This feeling was really suffocating.
As time passed, MO Lou¡¯s aura grew weaker and weaker.
The aura that had surpassed the Sage Perfection Realm was diminishing continuously.
Until only the aura of the Sage Perfected Realm remained¡
When Su Yang appeared again, he also felt that the power of the Great Dao Realm on the Demon Building had disappeared.
¡°It¡¯s over.¡± ¡°Is that so? Are you so sure that you¡¯re my match in the same realm?¡±
¡°Naturally.¡±
¡°I¡¯m invincible in the same realm!¡±
¡°Heh¡ How arrogant. Let¡¯s see if you have the capital to be arrogant!¡±
Su Yang raised one hand, and the endless Starfire Sword condensed with his will.
¡°Starfire Sword River!¡±
MO Lou¡¯s expression was calm as boundless ck qi gushed out from his body.
¡°Four-dimensional Throne!¡±
In an instant, boundless ck qi condensed into a throne that raised the devil building up high.
MO Lou sat on the throne, which was suspended in the sky. ck stairs condensed one after another and reached Su Yang.
¡°Judgement!¡±
¡°sh!¡±
Divine Inscriptions of ck Qi!
The sword river cut through everything!
The strength of both sides¡At this moment, they collided head-on!
Chapter 415 - 415: End, Name the Universe!
Chapter 415 - 415: End, Name the Universe!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Boom!¡±
The collision of power¡
The void exploded¡
The terrifying shockwaves turned into torrents, wreaking havoc in this space. The sturdy battlefield was torn apart!
¡°Not good! ¡±
MO Lou¡¯s eyes widened as he watched his mo matrix being torn apart.
His attack was disintegrated the moment it came into contact with Su Yangs attack.
It was not that his strength was inferior to Su Yangs¡ It was Su Yangs sword technique that was strange!
The perception power of the Demon Building had always been locked onto the battlefield. Before it erupted, Su Yangs sword move had an aura seal, so he could not sense it.
After a head-on confrontation and aplete explosion of power, the two of them were stunned.
He immediately understood the problem.
Su Yangs every strike was a full-force attack, but his moves were not like that.
In this case, the power of his attack was naturally inferior to Su Yangs.
He was no match for him in a head-on confrontation.
Fortunately, he also knew Su Yangs weakness.
MO Lou stretched out his hand, and a ck gourd appeared in his hand.
There was a wooden stopper on the ck gourd. When MO Lou pulled out the stopper, a powerful suction force appeared, forming a ck hole in the space.
Su Yangs sword moves were all absorbed into it!
The Devil Tower did not stop for a moment. It raised its hand and another birdcage appeared.
The birdcage was not big and floated in the air. Under the control of the Demon Building, it instantly enveloped Su Yang.
From then on, Su Yang had nowhere to hide, and his attack was also resolved. The Demon House¡¯s victory was in their hands.
This was Su Yangs weakness.
He was very strong, but the speed of his improvement was too fast, too fast.
There was always a weakness.
His foundation was Su Yangs weakness.
Su Yangs foundation was insufficient, and he had few treasures in his hands, which became his breakthrough.
¡°l have to admit that you are very strong and very undefeatable.
Unfortunately¡lf that¡¯s the case, you¡¯re destined to not be able to affect the battlefield.¡¯
MO Lou mercilessly killed Su Yang while attacking him verbally.
Su Yang was already trapped by him and could not avoid it. Death was only a matter of the next second.
As for using sword techniques to offset his attack¡
At this moment, all of Su Yangs sword moves were absorbed by him with the gourd.
Su Yang lost his means of counterattack and his ability to escape. He could only wait for death on the spot.
¡°Is that so?¡±
Su Yangs expression was calm as he carefully observed everything that happened on the battlefield.
Under the perception of sword intent, his perception was at the peak of this realm.
He immediately felt that the ck gourd was rapidly expanding after continuously absorbing his sword intent.
It was originally the size of a palm, but now it was almost the size of a torso.
This was¡lt must be the weakness of this treasure.
As for the birdcage that trapped him, because Su Yang did not resist, there was no change.
But it didn¡¯t matter. One thing at a time¡
Once the ck gourd was destroyed, it would be the birdcage¡¯s turn.
His thoughts crossed, and in the next moment, his clone was blown up.
However, the Devil Tower didn¡¯t feel rxed at all.
He looked at the ck gourd in front of him that had already expanded to about his height, and his expression became even more solemn.
¡± The ck Hole Gourd can devour at least a thousand of my full-powered attacks¡
¡± But now, it¡¯s already on the verge of shattering¡¡±
Even though the Devil Tower had existed for countless years, their scalps still felt numb at this moment.
What kind of pervert was this!
Even though he had lived for countless years, he had only a few treasures of this level.
Each of them was his foundation-level true treasure.
It was not that powerful in his hands. It had been nurtured by him for countless years before it had such power.
He had spent an unknown amount of time and resources.
But now, he was about to be blown up in one round.
It could be foreseen that when Su Yang came back again, the ck Hole Gourd in his hand would say goodbye to him.
If they could solve the problem, the Devil Tower wouldn¡¯t feel any heartache.
Even if he used up all the treasures on him, it would be fine as long as he could take down Su Yang.
However¡She was afraid that she would not be able to take down Su Yang.
Even though it was not thest moment yet, the oue could be predicted based on the current situation.
¡°Infinite clones¡There was no concept of consumption¡This is the Sage Perfection realm! ¡±
MO Lou gritted his teeth and spoke. His tone was filled with unwillingness and confusion¡
¡°But¡ It¡¯s been a while, but that guy still hasn¡¯t appeared¡¡±
¡°Could it be!¡±
MO Lou was delighted. This time, Su Yang appeared much slower than thest time.
Did it mean that Su Yangs speed of condensing clones was slowing down?
If that was the case, then there was hope¡
MO Lou thought as he prepared to attack. He casually ate some sacred pills to recover his strength.
World of the Grand Xia
After Su Yang condensed his avatar, he was not in a hurry to attack.
First, he condensed a top-notch Great Dao divine power above his head- Spark!
When it was about to take shape, he would charge over and give the Devil Tower a surprise.
¡°That ck gourd is quite good at absorbing¡l¡¯m quite curious about how much I can absorb¡
After the condensation was almostplete, Su Yang controlled the avatar and attacked again!
After a few breaths, Su Yang had returned to the ce where they had fought before.
The Demon Tower had been waiting for a long time. The moment Su Yang appeared, all kinds of killing techniques rushed towards him.
In the face of such a scene, Su Yang also retaliated with a top-notch Great Dao Divine Power!
Under the collision, Su Yang was surprised to find that his move did not gain any advantage.
He had fought to a draw with the Devil Tower.
Yes¡He had a top-notch Great Dao divine art, how could the Devil Tower, which had existed for countless years, not have one?
They had more battle experience than him, so they had to be prepared.
He couldn¡¯t take any advantage of it.
Under such circumstances, he could only continue to fight.
However, it didn¡¯t matter. He was the one who had the advantage.
The Starfire Sword River instantly condensed in the void and rushed towards the Devil Tower without any hesitation.
Mo Lou once again used the same move to resist..
Chapter 416 - 416: End, Name the Universe! (2)
Chapter 416 - 416: End, Name the Universe! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The ck gourd absorbed the attack while the birdcage retaliated.
At thest second before he was about to take Su Yang down, the ck gourd finally reached its capacity.
The gourd had already expanded to nearly five meters. Cracks appeared on its body, and it looked like it was about to explode.
If the energy inside leaked out¡ That power would not be weak.
MO Lou¡¯s expression remained unchanged as he threw the ck gourd into the void and instantly disappeared.
¡°Looks like you have one less trick up your sleeve.¡± This scene was naturally not ignored by the sharp-eyed Su Yang.
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. I have many such methods. It¡¯s only a matter of time before I deal with you.¡± There were no changes on the surface of the devil building.
At the very least, he was a tough talker.
In the next moment, Su Yangs avatar died in the hands of the Demon Building again.
After a few breaths, Su Yang appeared again.
After this resurrection, he did not make any more preparations.
If he made preparations, the Devil Tower would also make preparations.
There would not be any more advantages.
Forcefully attacking was the best choice.
Moreover¡ He had already destroyed one of the treasures of the devil building.
On the other hand, after seeing Su Yang appear again, MO Lou¡¯s entire person became extremely bad.
His previous guesses turned into empty talk.
Su Yang dyed his appearance to prepare for the top-notch Great Dao Divine Power.
Now that Su Yang was not prepared, he immediately appeared.
¡°Hahaha¡ Hahaha¡
¡°Perhaps this is fate!¡±
Nio Lou suddenlyughed loudly, his expression filled with madness.
Only despair was spreading. Anyone would feel the same.
He was smiling¡Hisughter was filled with despair.
Su Yang did not say anything else.
His opponent deserved respect, even if he won.
Su Yang calmly attacked. He would not show mercy just because the Demon Tower was in despair.
In this battle, there was only life and death!
The battle continued!
As expected of the Devil Tower, it had lived for countless years.
The treasures in his hands were endless.
Su Yang would take out another one after killing one.
The scene fell into a stalemate.
However, as long as the treasures in the Devil Tower were exhausted, it would be his death!
Two hours¡
Four hours¡
Six hours¡
Themotion caused by the battle here was huge, and it was more intense than anywhere else on the battlefield.
Gradually, evil gods and cultivators discovered this ce.
When they saw the battle, they were all shocked.
They didn¡¯t even have the qualifications to get involved in such a huge battle.
At the same time, they also understood that this battlefield was the key to determining the oue.
Among them, whether it was the evil gods or cultivators, it was useless to gain an advantage.
The moment the victor was decided, it would be the end of this battle.
However, whether it was the evil gods or the cultivators, they didn¡¯t do nothing because of this.
What if Su Yang and the Demon Tower died together?
What if they were the ones who decided the oue?
No matter what the result was, they just had to work hard during the process.
He would do his best to help his side achieve victory.
They might be insignificant¡However, they could also contribute a portion of their strength!
One day¡Three days¡Nine Heavens!
Half a monthter¡
With a thought from Su Yang, the Starfire Sword River surged out and broke thest treasure in the Demon House¡¯s hands.
At this point, the Devil Tower no longer had any treasures in their hands.
The umtion of countless years had been destroyed in this battle.
In front of Su Yangs unreasonable attack, these treasures and umtions seemed extremely pale and powerless.
Up until now, the Devil Tower¡¯sst chance to turn the tables was gone.
Thest trace of hope waspletely destroyed by Su Yang.
If he could stall Su Yang until the end of the battle, then they would win.
After all, even without him, the number of other Sacred Sovereigns of the Evil God was nearly ten times that of the Immortal Realm.
Unfortunately¡ The idea was beautiful, but reality was cruel.
In the end, he still couldn¡¯t dy until the end.
At this moment, the devil building had put away its madness and unwillingness.
Since the oue was already decided, there was no need to struggle anymore.
He could afford to lose. This was also hisst dignity.
The world was unpredictable, and there was no such thing as foolproof.
He could only me himself for not being strong enough to deal with Su Yang.
¡°It¡¯s over.¡±
MO Lou didn¡¯t struggle anymore. Instead, he calmly spoke.
Su Yang stopped and stood opposite the Demon House.¡± Indeed, it¡¯s time to end it. Is there anything you want to say?¡±
MO Lou understood that Su Yang was giving him a chance, a chance to make hisst words reasonable.
Did he need a reasonablest word?
¡°Come on.¡±
¡°Alright.¡±
MO Lou opened his arms, not intending to struggle anymore.
Su Yangs expression was solemn as top-notch Great Dao divine powers gathered above his head.
He would use his strongest move to give his opponent his final respect.
¡°Spark!¡¯
A momentter, as Su Yang spat out the word, Spark tore through the void.
The devil building was also torn apart.
Everything ended here¡
Watching the Demon Buildings body disappear into the world, Su Yang paused for three seconds before moving¡
ughter¡lt unfolded in the final battle zone!
At the instant MO Lou died, both sides on the battlefield instantly knew.
This battle was destined to be watched by everyone.
Even if they were focused on doing their own things, there would be people watching them.
After the ending was out, all the evil gods and cultivators knew.
¡°It¡¯s over¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Although it¡¯s hard to understand, it¡¯s fortunate that Sacred Sovereign Su appeared. Otherwise, the Immortal Realm would have lost everything in this battle.¡±
¡°What a pity. The winner will eventually be the human race.¡±
¡± After receiving the rewards from the war in the universe, the human race is going to soar into the sky and be the ruler of this universe.¡±
¡°Even without the rewards from the universe war, with Su Yang around, isn¡¯t the human race number one?¡±
¡± Although that¡¯s the case, it¡¯s still a difference in foundation. With the rewards from the universe war, the human race¡¯s foundation will instantly be the number one in the universe. No one can match them.¡¯ I¡¯m really envious. Unfortunately, everything is already destined.¡±
Many Immortal Realm cultivators were discussing.
The battle hymn of victory had already sounded in advance.
The human race was about to be the uncrowned king of this universe!
And all of this was brought about by that person¡
At this moment, all the human cultivators could not help but look in Su Yangs direction.
The ughter that followed did notst long.
Without the obstruction of the Demon Building, the remaining evil gods couldn¡¯t even withstand a single blow.
In just a day, all the evil gods that were still resisting were killed by Su Yang.
Su Yang topped the individual rankings!
Two Realm Rankings, Four-Dimensional ughter Points: o!
All the evil gods were killed, so the killing points were naturally zero.
[The battle in the universe has ended¡The Immortal Realm won¡The human race won first ce.]
¡± In the final stage of the civil war, those who have objections to this ranking can challenge the strongest human individually within ten minutes. Each race has one chance.¡¯
The so-called individual challenge was a one-on-one battle.
Those who were not convinced stood up and fought with Su Yang. Then, they still had a chance to win.
However, it was obvious that none of the Sacred Sovereigns wanted to die. Ten minutes of silence passed quickly.
[Rankings locked. The human race has be the destined race of this universe. All humans will have the opportunity to awaken their natal divine powers that grow with their realm.]
[First ce on the individual points leaderboard, Su Yang. He has the authority to name this universe and will also control part of the authority of this universe. It involves the opening of the subsequent universe. The details have been transmitted to my mind.]
¡® Universe naming rights¡¡±
¡± In the universe, he obtained the power of the universe and has the strength of a mid-stage Great Dao Realm expert. Damn, he¡¯s quite strong.¡±
¡°Then what is this universe called?¡± ¡°Yes¡ Let¡¯s call it the Grand Xia Cosmos.¡¯
[Naming sessful.]
[Universe Announcement: From now on, this universe is the Great Xia Universe, and the universe master is Su Yang!]
As Su Yangs thoughts fell, the naming ended.
The space battle ended at the same time.
The human race became the chosen race of the Grand Xia Cosmos.
Because of Su Yangs existence, the human race became the biggest winner.
He won by lying down.
The human Sacred Sovereign looked at the void in front of him and at the figure standing proudly in the void.
However, this was not bad¡Wasn¡¯t it?
Chaotic Court
¡°Heavenly Treasure Holy Man, the new members should be here soon. They¡¯re ready to pay off their gambling debts.¡±
¡± What¡¯s the rush? I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll take all your bets.¡±
¡°Hehe¡¡±That won¡¯t be the case unless all the new members have top-notch qualifications.¡±
¡°If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯ll just ept it. I¡¯ll have another thigh in the future.¡±
¡± Just you wait. The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce should be bringing him back soon.¡¯
¡® I just didn¡¯t expect that the new member would actually be in a sealed universe where the war hasn¡¯t even ended.¡¯
¡°Tsk tsk¡l wonder what kind of monster it is. I¡¯m a little curious.¡¯
At this moment, the members of the Chaotic Court who were originally cultivating woke up one by one,
However, they were only ordinary members or guardians.
The powerful members did not participate in this bet.
Chapter 417 - 417: Chaos Court, The Benefits of Identity!
Chapter 417 - 417: Chaos Court, The Benefits of Identity!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
It was over¡
Many Immortal Realm cultivators were expelled from the Immortal Dimension Realm by the universe consciousness.
The entire Immortal Dimension Realm was disbanded.
Everything might be boiling for a while, but Su Yang did not join in the fun.
After that, he left alone.
He no longer needed to stay in the Immortal Realm.
Many things that he didn¡¯t understand became clear after the war in space.
At this moment, he was nominally the ruler of this universe. Naturally, he had the authority tomunicate with the universe consciousness.
First of all, many Sacred Sovereigns pursued a higher level of power.
They could borrow the power of the universe to reach the Great Dao Realm.
This was actually no different for universe Sacred Sovereigns.
Their strength was originally obtained by refining the Sacred Sovereign fruit.
The Sacred Sovereign realm was the power of the universe.
This was the power growth that all universe Sacred Sovereigns looked forward to the most.
Unfortunately, it was useless to Su Yang.
His strength was obtained through his own cultivation.
Even if he could borrow the power of the universe to grasp the power of the Great Dao Realm, what was the use? He could only use it in the universe.
He was already considered invincible in the universe.
This reward was useless.
There was also the barrier between the immortal realm and the mortal realm.
This thing did not have any shocking conspiracy.
It was purely created by the consciousness of the universe.
They restricted the powerful cultivators and put them together.
They were not allowed to move in the Mortal Domain.
It was to prevent them from wreaking havoc.
The mortal domain could not withstand the power of the immortal path.
The Mortal Domain was equally important to the universe. It was the foundation of the universe.
If they couldn¡¯t act recklessly, there would be a difference between immortals and mortals.
With the end of the war, there was nothing in the Grand Xia Cosmos that he didn¡¯t know.
It was time for him to leave the Grand Xia Cosmos and head to the Primal Chaos Court.
However¡ He had to give an exnation.
He couldn¡¯t use his avatar on this trip to the Primal Chaos Court.
You have to go to the main body.
Since he was joining this extremely powerful force, he had to be more formal.
As for the danger¡
It did not exist.
If the Chaotic Court wanted to attack him, they would have done so long ago, As for idents¡
Could it be that there would be no idents if he stayed in the Grand Xia Cosmos?
Not necessarily.
None of the idents could escape.
Unreal idents wouldn¡¯t happen.
Therefore, this time, the priority of the operation had changed.
His avatar would be stationed in the Grand Xia Cosmos while his main body would head to the Primal Chaos Court.
As for after that¡Then, he would wait until he went to the Chaotic Court to obtain sufficient information.
Nothing was set in stone.
After returning to the world of the Grand Xia and giving Gu Xiu a simple exnation, Su Yang went straight to the periphery of the Grand Xia universe.
The Grand Xia Cosmos was still sealed.
In another year, the Grand Xia Cosmos would be an open universe.
There was still a year of buffer time.
All cultivators in the Celestial Realm who had reached the Half-Saint Realm knew about this.
Other than that, there was also the four-dimensional world, which was a world simr to the Immortal Realm.
It was also created by the Grand Xia Cosmos.
It was just that the power system was different.
Now, after the fusion, Su Yang had absolute control over the four-dimensional world.
However, Su Yang did not intend to do anything.
He would just let them develop freely ording to the previous method.
Everything in the Great Xia Universe had been quietly arranged, or rather, there was no need for Su Yang to arrange anything.
However, the war in space had ended.
Su Yang came to the ce where the Heavenly Thunder Pce Master was in seclusion.
¡°Come in.¡±
Before Su Yang could speak, a voice came from inside.
Su Yang walked in skillfully.
The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce sized up Su Yang who came in, his eyes revealing praise.
¡°Is everything arranged?¡±
¡°Yes, everything has been arranged.¡±
Su Yang replied briefly.
¡°Alright, let¡¯s go now. It¡¯s time to return to the Chaos Court.¡±
After a brief conversation, the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce came to
Su Yangs side in a sh.
Then, he waved his hand and left with Su Yang.
Su Yang was also shocked. At this time, he could not resist at all.
Like a marite, he was carried away by the Heavenly Thunder Pce Master.
Entering the primal chaos void, he traversed throughyers of space at an unbelievable speed.
His body was wrapped in the power of the Sky Thunder Pce Master.
At this moment, his actions werepletely under the control of the Sky Thunder Pce Master.
Su Yang could not help but feel depressed.
This wasn¡¯t very cool.
As a big shot, shouldn¡¯t he take out a Void Divine Boat and leave with him?
The result was still the most primitive and brutal method.
However¡ This was indeed useful. This feelingsted for about half a day.
¡°We¡¯re here.¡¯
The Sky Thunder Pce Master¡¯s words brought his wandering thoughts back to reality.
Su Yang came back to his senses, and the scenery began to appear in front of him.
In front of him, there was a huge group of pces.
Originally, Su Yang subconsciously wanted to use his sword intent to sense it, but the moment he released it, he felt a barrier.
It suppressed his sword intent so hard that he couldn¡¯t use it at all.
¡± Don¡¯t even think about using your perception here.¡± The voice of the Master of the Sky Thunder Hall came at the right time.¡± There¡¯s a restriction in the array. You can¡¯t use it.¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go first.¡±
Su Yang nodded and followed the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce.
Since he could not sense it directly with his sword intent, Su Yang could only look at it with his eyes.
He tried his best to obtain more information.
Soon, he had a set of data in his mind.
There were about ten thousand pces in the entire pceplex.
There were also differences in size.
He observed carefully¡There were five levels.
He just didn¡¯t know if the size of the pce was rted to one¡¯s strength.
It was very intuitive to feel the difference in strength..
Chapter 418 - 418: Chaos Court, The Benefits of Identity! (2)
Chapter 418 - 418: Chaos Court, The Benefits of Identity! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Su Yang thought to himself.
Under the lead of the Sky Thunder Hall Master, he soon arrived at thergest hall in the pceplex, which was also the hall in the center.
Su Yangs heart skipped a beat.
Here¡Could it be the pce of the Chaos Heavenly Venerate?
Or the core hall of the Chaotic Court?
After all, this ce could have two meanings.
As for the specifics, it still depended on the manager¡¯s decision.
However, he soon understood.
They walked into the hall. The interior of the hall was not the solemn and glorious ce that Su Yang had imagined.
Instead, it was a mountain forest that was extremely ipatible.
After they entered, they arrived at a courtyard at the foot of a mountain.
In the courtyard, a figure was watering a flower.
It looked like an ordinary courtyard house.
However, Su Yang did not dare to underestimate this person. ¡°Exalted Celestial, I¡¯ve brought him back.¡±
As expected¡This person was the Chaos Heavenly Venerate.
He was dressed in a ck suit and looked very young and handsome.
However, under his young appearance, there was an ancient aura that was very strange and ipatible¡
¡°Yes.¡± The Chaos Heavenly Venerate looked at them and nodded at the Heavenly Thunder Hall Master. Then, his gaze fell on Su Yang with a kind smile.¡± Don¡¯t be nervous, little guy. Treat it as your own home. After entering the Chaos Court, we¡¯ll be family from now on.¡±
¡°But 1 think you need some time to get used to it.¡±
The Chaos Heavenly Venerate did not wait for Su Yang to answer and finished speaking in one breath. Then, he took out two tokens.
¡°Your talent is not bad. One side of these two tokens is your identity token, and the other side contains your reward.¡±
¡® From now on, you will follow the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce. If you have any questions, you can ask him.¡± ¡°Understood. Thank you, Celestial Venerable.¡±
¡°Okay, go ahead.¡±
There was not muchmunication. After a simple arrangement, it ended.
There was nothing cumbersome, but it made Su Yang feel veryfortable.
However¡ Thinking of the young appearance of the Chaos Heavenly Venerable, but his old appearance waspletely contrary to his appearance, Su Yang felt very strange.
Shaking his head, he didn¡¯t want to think about this. He just wanted to be himself.
His arrival did not show any signs of experts fighting for disciples or fighting over ownership.
Su Yang had thought a lot beforeing, but he had never thought it would be so simple.
It was directly arranged by the Chaos Heavenly Venerate.
However, this also proved how powerful the Chaotic Court was.
Even if he was very talented, he would not lose hisposure and act too exaggerated.
Following that, he began to understand the Chaos Court with the Sky Thunder Hall Master.
First of all, there was the problem of amodation. Su Yang now had the authority to build a pce.
You can choose to build a pce outside the area controlled by the Sky Thunder Hall Master for living.
Whatever the interior of the pce looked like, he could just build it ording to his liking. After all, it was his ce of residence.
However, the exterior appearance had to be a ck pce.
In the words of the Sky Thunder Hall Master, the interior was his own residence, so he could do whatever he wanted. The exterior was the face of the Chaotic Court, so it was not a joke.
A simple usage of spatialws would do.
This was not difficult for any cultivator of their level.
Even existences who didn¡¯t have any understanding of spatialws were the same.
This was not a problem.
Next was the identity token.
This was a very important item, and he could not afford to lose it.
If they were lost, they had to report it immediately.
The Primal Chaos Court would send people to search for them, but they would need to pay a certain amount of contribution points.
If it was because his disciple died¡The Chaotic Court would definitely avenge their disciples.
At the same time, he took back the token.
The Chaotic Court controlled a huge territory.
Not only in Chaos, but even¡ln the inner world.
Within these territories, there were many special resource locations.
Some of these resource locations could be entered directly with an identity token.
Some of the more valuable ones could be entered for cultivation by paying contribution points.
This was one of the greatest benefits of being a member of the Chaotic Court.
These resource points, even the most ordinary ones, were extremely precious in the universe.
Even Great Dao Realm cultivators would find it extremely difficult to enter. They had to pay a high price.
However, the members of the Chaotic Court could enter and leave as they pleased. This was the benefit of joining arge faction.
The resources covered all aspects, and Su Yang was absorbing them bit by bit.
The identity token was the best way to understand this information.
The identity token could be bound to one¡¯s identity and could store contribution points. It was also a huge database.
It stored the information that the Primal Chaos Court had gathered over countless years. If he wanted to know anything, he could just use his mind to ask.
It waspletely free, no matter how precious the information was.
This was also a huge benefit.
Information¡lt was also an extremely expensive resource.
Many times, information was more precious than many resources.
After careful study, Su Yang had a clearer concept of resource points.
It could be roughly divided into two types.
One was cultivation resource points, which included all kinds of cultivation resources, chaos spirit stones, immortal energy, immortal crystals,w crystals¡
In any case, all the resources for cultivation could be summarized.
The other was the nomological cultivation field. This was a special resource point and also a special environment.
In such a special environment, it could speed up theprehension ofws.
Cultivation resources that could speed up the cultivation ofws were notmon.
Even if it appeared, it was very difficult to obtain.
When there were no resources to speed up the cultivation ofws, it was extremely important for a special environment to speed up theprehension ofws..
Chapter 419 - 419: Chaos Court, The Benefits of Identity (3)
Chapter 419 - 419: Chaos Court, The Benefits of Identity (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
For example, Dao Body cultivators who wanted to gain insights into fire-attributews would need to enter a special environment filled with fire-attributews.
This way, he could also speed up hiswprehension.
Under the premise of having sufficientwprehension, even withoutw crystals, one could still rapidly increase one¡¯s realm.
This kind of cultivation ground that could speed upwprehension was extremely precious. If one wanted to enter and cultivate, one would need to spend contribution points.
However, it might not be of much use to Su Yang.
He probably wouldn¡¯t go to such a ce.
This was the division of the two types of resource points.
However, there was still another direction to obtain resources.
That was the battlefield.
That¡¯s right, it was a battlefield!
The battlefield was named the ¡± node.¡¯
It was formed after the intersection of Chaos and the inner world shattered.
After the intersection of the two worlds shattered, there would be a huge amount of energy produced.
After a huge amount of energy was generated, it would quickly produce all kinds of resources.
Any kind of resource could appear.
Such a ce would naturally attract arge number of Chaos cultivators and lifeforms.
The living beings of the two realms were not on good terms, so they would not be polite when they met at a resource point like this.
Thus, the ¡°node battlefield¡± was formed.
This kind of ce was very dangerous, but as long as one could survive, the rewards would also be huge.
How he chose would depend on himself.
Even though the battlefield was extremely dangerous, it was not a ce that ordinary Chaos cultivators could enter.
Without a background, don¡¯t even think about it.
Chaos forces could be divided into four levels: elementary, intermediate, advanced, and top-tier.
The Chaotic Court was at the peak, and its members could enter and exit freely with their identity tokens.
However, below the peak, one needed to obtain the ¡°qualification¡±.
Without the qualifications, he would not have the authority to enter.
One qualification meant at least one low- grade Great Dao Realm nomological crystal.
The higher the level of the node battlefield, the more precious the qualification to enter.
However, with the identity token of the Chaotic Court, one could enter and leave any battlefield node at will.
Let¡¯s talk about contribution points.
The contribution points of the Chaotic Court could be said to be extremely precious.
They could exchange for all kinds of resources that they needed.
The way to obtain them was usually through missions. They would bring back some useful resources and hand them over.
Among them, Su Yang had noticed that guarding a chaotic area and dealing with the asional immortal life form was a way to obtain contributions. It reminded Su Yang of the situation he had encountered by chance before.
Perhaps he was earning contribution points?
Su Yang was not in a hurry to obtain contribution points. He finally had a ce to go after collecting some useless resources.
Up until now, there were many resources that he did not need at every level.
However, to others, it might be more precious.
It was useless in the past, but now it was useful.
Moreover, he looked at the token given to him by the Chaos Heavenly Venerate. There were 10,000 contribution points inside.
1,000 contribution points could be exchanged for a low- grade Great Dao Realm nomological crystal.
In other words, if he obtained another 1,000 contribution points, he would almost be able toplete the preparations for opening his internal universe, This reward¡Truly rich!
After Su Yang understood more or less, the Master of the Sky Thunder Pce said beside him,¡±How is it? Which path do you n to take for the next breakthrough?¡±
¡°Cosmos cultivators, I guess.¡± Su Yang replied without hesitation. This was the direction he had long thought of.
¡°l knew you would think so. However, this path is not easy to walk. You have
to be mentally prepared.¡± The Thunder Pce Master reminded.
¡°Thank you, Hall Master. I understand.¡± Su Yang thanked him.
¡°Alright, I¡¯ll bring you to meet the other members of the Pce of Heavenly
Thunderter.¡¯
¡°But before that, let me bring you to another ce.¡±
Following the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce, Su Yang quickly arrived at a ce where cultivators gathered. He could hear their conversation.
What kind of bet was this?
So¡ What was the meaning of this?
Bring me to gamble first?
Chapter 420 - 420: An Unexpected Joy, Opening an Internal Universe!
Chapter 420 - 420: An Unexpected Joy, Opening an Internal Universe!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Greetings, Heavenly Thunder Hall Master!¡±
All the cultivators present greeted the Sky Thunder Pce Master.
It was clear how important the position of the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Hall was.
¡°Yes, this is the information of the new member. Tianbao, take a look.¡± The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce threw out a jade pendant.
This jade pendant contained Su Yangs basic information.
¡± Thank you, Heavenly Thunder Pce Master!¡±
It was obvious that the Heavenly Treasure Holy Man was looking forward to it.
However, in Su Yangs opinion, he was not only looking forward to the Heavenly Treasure Holy Man.
The other members of the Chaotic Court were looking forward to it.
What was the meaning of this?
Why was she looking forward to his information?
There must be karma involved, and he would soon find out.
The Heavenly Treasure Holy Man immediately began to read the information.
At this moment, the members gathered here also looked over.
Su Yang noticed that the Heavenly Treasure Holy Man was shocked and happy when he saw the information.
¡°Talent assessment¡Monster! ¡®t
As soon as he said this, the scene was in an uproar.
The Red Lotus Holy Man widened his eyes.¡± What?!¡±
¡°Heavenly Treasure Holy Man, are you serious?¡±
¡°Nonsense, how can I say that?¡±
Hearing the Sky Treasure Holy Man¡¯s answer, the group of people immediately felt a pang of pain.
¡°Ah¡ My resources¡If I had known earlier, I would have bet on the demon.¡± ¡± What do you mean we knew? We didn¡¯t bet on the monster, did we?¡±
The crowd started discussing. They had originally thought that everyone was the same.
But soon, someone said faintly,
¡°No, the Tiancheng Holy Man is suppressing a demon¡¡±
¡°Hiss¡100 times the odds. Tiancheng Holy Man, you¡¯ve made a killing this time!¡±
¡°How much did you bet?¡±
The Tiancheng Holy Man chuckled.¡± Not much, not much. It¡¯s just a low-grade white Immortal Crystal¡¡±
The Tiancheng Holy Man¡¯s face was already smiling like a chrysanthemum. Originally, he thought that he had made a mistake and was just joining in the fun.
Now it seemed like¡It was good to join in the fun!
That¡¯s right, he made a killing!
He had the resources to break through to the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
The Heavenly Treasure Holy Man didn¡¯t care about the discussions of the crowd.
Compared to the entire bet, the Tiancheng Holy Man¡¯s bet was indeed very small.
It was only one low grade white undying crystal. Even if it was a hundred times more, it would only be a hundred low grade white undying crystals.
One had to know that other than the Tiancheng Holy Man, he was the one who would kill everyone else!
He was the biggest winner at the scene.
He was really numb from winning.
The way he looked at Su Yang became more friendly.
Moreover¡ The next round of betting was also a kill! ¡°Alright, next up is the second round of betting.¡±
¡°Everyone, are you looking forward to it?¡±
The Heavenly Treasure Holy Man smiled and looked at everyone.
This gave everyone a bad feeling.
¡°Hurry up and say it. Don¡¯t die.¡±
The Red Lotus Holy Man couldn¡¯t hold it in anymore.
¡°Red Lotus, why are you so anxious? You¡¯re going to lose anyway,¡± the Sky Treasure Holy Man said helplessly. ¡°Comprehension¡The ninth step!¡¯
¡°The new brother is so fierce?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s not talk about it anymore. This is definitely a thigh. Hurry up and hug it in advance.¡¯
¡°Then doesn¡¯t that mean that no one will bet on us?¡±
¡°No, no¡¡±
¡°I bet on it.¡± The Tiancheng Holy Man chuckled.
Shua!
Everyone¡¯s gaze turned over in unison.
If not for the Heavenly Thunder Hall Master, the Tiancheng Holy Man would have been bullied by everyone.
¡± Daoist Tiancheng, good trick. However, it¡¯s not good to get rich without bringing everyone along¡¡±
The Tiancheng Holy Man¡¯s voice sounded and the smug look on his face disappeared.
He realized that the situation was not right. If he continued to be arrogant, he might be beaten up.
¡± Fellow Daoists, you¡¯ve misunderstood,¡± he hurriedly exined.¡± I made the wrong bet. I¡¯m just ying now. Otherwise, why would I only bet a low-grade white Immortal Crystal¡¡±
What he said was reasonable. With that said, everyone stopped arguing.
Everyone snorted coldly and no longer looked at this lucky fellow.
The Heavenly Treasure Holy Man smiled as he started counting.
This settlement could be said to be the simplest he had ever done since he became the banker.
He waved his hand and took out 202 low grade white undying crystals.
¡± Congrattions, Fellow Daoist, for obtaining the odds of two hundred times.
Congrattions, congrattions¡¡±
¡°Congrattions, congrattions¡¡±
The Tiancheng Holy Man epted it with a smile. However, when he saw the murderous gazes of the crowd, he restrained himself.
He was afraid of being beaten up.
¡°Don¡¯t forget our agreement.¡±
The Heavenly Treasure Holy Man reminded.
¡°No, no.¡±
Speaking of this, the Tiancheng Holy Man also perked up and came to Su Yang with the Heavenly Treasure Holy Man.
¡°Fellow Daoist Su, after joining the Chaotic Court, we are one family. For every new member who joins, we will ce bets and guess their talent.¡±
¡± Be it the banker or the person who ced the bet, half of the winnings must be given to the new member as financial aid. This has been a rule since the establishment of the Chaos Court.¡¯
The Heavenly Treasure Holy Man solemnly stated this rule.
At the same time, he waved his hand and took out arge number of resources.
Among them werew crystals, immortal crystals, chaos spirit stones¡
The Tiancheng Holy Man also took out 100 low-grade white Immortal Crystals. This was the reward he had just won.
Arge number of resources were piled up in front of Su Yang.
Su Yang was stunned. Damn, was there such a big surprise when he just arrived?
Was this greeting gift so generous?
With these resources¡There was no longer any problem in opening up his internal universe.
However¡ Can I take it?
Su Yang looked at the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce.
The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Hall nodded.¡± Take it. It¡¯s just as they said. It¡¯s a financial aid for the neers. However, you must remember your identity in the future and remember to protect your own people..¡±
Chapter 421 - 421: An Unexpected Joy, Opening an Internal Universe! (2)
Chapter 421 - 421: An Unexpected Joy, Opening an Internal Universe! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Understood!¡± Su Yang nodded immediately.
His sense of belonging to the Chaotic Court grew stronger.
Joining such a force seemed like a good idea.
Su Yang waved his hand to ept the resources and bowed to all the seniors.
¡°Thank you for your help, seniors. I will definitely remember it.¡±
Everyone smiled when they saw this. The new member was not bad.
¡°Sure, sure. If you have anything you don¡¯t understand in the future, feel free to send it to the chat channel. You can log in with your identity token. Us seniors are very happy to help neers solve their doubts.¡±
¡± After all, neers are too rare. There will be one every few years. Thest one was the Tiancheng Holy Man from 100 million years ago.¡±
After somemunication, the Sky Thunder Pce Master left with Su Yang.
They headed towards the territory of the Heavenly Thunder Pce.
On the way, Su Yang checked his gains.
There were 11,000 low- grade white undying crystals. This item corresponded to an early- stage Great Dao Realm. It was a resource obtained from an early- stage Great Dao Realm undying.
It could be obtained by killing a Great Dao Realm undying.
This had to mention the undying lives that Su Yang had killed before.
They weren¡¯t evenplete undying beings.
It was just a weak clone of a true undying.
Therefore, there was only a wisp of Immortal Qi.
And that was the limit that the universe could amodate.
Next was the low- grade white nomological crystals of various attributes.
However, this did not matter.
The entire Primal Chaos Court was huge, even thoughw crystals were extremely rare.
However, Great Dao Realm nomological crystals were not precious to the Chaos Court.
He could exchange for it through his identity token. If he needed anyw
crystals, he could exchange them withw crystals.
Laws were a very important direction in the cultivation of the Great Dao Realm.
Law crystals were also a very important resource.
However, it also depended on whatw one cultivated.
To cultivate fire-attributews, one could only use fire-attributew crystals.
This was actually a benefit of the Chaos Court.
In a small faction, there might not even be a few magic crystals, let alone exchanging magic crystals that he could not use for ones that he could use.
There were a lot lessw crystals, and he only got 320 in total.
Obviously, it was many times more valuable than the Immortal Crystal.
However, it was enough. With the help of these nomological crystals, Su Yang had already met the conditions to open his internal universe.
When he hadpletely settled down, it would be time for him to break through.
Finally, there was the top-grade Chaos Spirit Stone. Up until now, Su Yang had not been able to use it.
There were also the most of these things, a total of one trillion.
He just didn¡¯t know if he could use it after he broke through.
Soon, Su Yang followed the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce to a hall.
When he came in, Su Yang saw the que, which was called the Heavenly Thunder Hall.
Without a doubt, it was the residence of the Heavenly Thunder Pce Master.
These pces did not have any special use.
It was where the members of the Chaotic Court lived.
After entering, Su Yang immediately found that there were already six people waiting inside.
¡°Greetings, Hall Master.¡±
¡°Yes, let me introduce you. This is the seventh official member of my Heavenly Thunder Hall, Su Yang. Take care of him in the future.¡±
The six of them immediately looked at Su Yang.
They had long guessed that the reason why the Pce Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce had summoned them here was probably because he wanted to recruit new members into the Heavenly Thunder Pce.
Therefore, he did not look too surprised at this moment.
Following that, Su Yang also became familiar with the six people under the rmendation of the Sky Thunder Pce Master.
They exchanged contact details.
After getting to know everyone, only the Sky Thunder Pce Master and Su Yang were left in the arena.
¡°Since you have already joined the Heavenly Thunder Pce, as the Pce
Master, I cannot be stingy.¡±
I¡¯ve already transferred 50,000 contribution points to your identity token. It¡¯s definitely not a problem for you to cultivate for a short period of time. During this period of cultivation, you can also properly understand the rules outside the universe.
¡® It¡¯s not easy to train in the internal universe. You can try to understand it more.¡±
¡± If I want to break through, 1 can use my contribution points to cultivate in the Comprehension Tower. I can increase myprehension and speed up the refinement of the nomological crystals there.¡±
¡± Other than contribution points, there are three Great Dao nomological divine power tokens. With the tokens, you can go to the Technique Impartation
Pavilion to obtain the Great Dao nomological divine power cultivation method.
However, the prerequisite is that you break through to the Great Dao Realm.
As for the cultivation of the Great Dao nomological divine power¡¡±
¡°The identity token contains everything you want to know. There is a basic information inside. After reading the basic information, if there is anything you don¡¯t understand, you can directly consult the identity token.¡±
¡± If you don¡¯t have a detailed understanding of the identity token, you can enter the Group chats to ask. You can also ask the other six members of the Heavenly Thunder Pce, or even me.¡±
¡°Alright, go.¡±
¡°Thank you, Pce Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce.¡±
After the entire process, Su Yang had understood almost everything he needed to know.
He would understand the rest himself.
The first thing he needed to do now was to build a pce to live in.
This was not difficult.
With a thought, it was done.
There were rules for upyingnd.
His current status was that of an ordinary member, so he could build a pce that was 1,000 square meters.
The members of the Chaotic Court were ordinary members, guardians, elders, hall masters, and founders.
Different identities meant different benefits.
The basic benefit of being a normal member was that he could receive 1,000 contribution points every month.
It didn¡¯t seem like a lot, but one had to know that 1,000 contribution points was equivalent to a low- grade white nomological crystal or an immortal crystal.
In the outside world, even Great Dao Realm experts would have to fight to the death to obtain it.
However, if he joined the Chaotic Court, he could easily obtain it.
It could be seen how great the benefits were.
Putting these aside for the time being, Su Yang began to organize his other gains.
The Great Dao nomological divine power that the Heavenly Thunder Hall Master had mentioned was a divine power that could only be cast by those at the Great Dao Realm.
It was different from the Great Dao divine power.
Great Dao divine power only relied on the Great Dao divine power seed to steal the power of a portion of the Great Daow divine power.
However, Great Dao nomological divine powers wereplete Great Dao nomological powers!
Its power was on apletely different level from the Great Dao divine power.
This was the difference between the two.
Great Dao nomological divine powers could only be cultivated after breaking through to the Great Dao Realm.
It also involved thew nodes, which Su Yang had not carefully understood.
After all, what he needed the most now was to open up his internal universe.
¡® Speaking of which, how much will of living beings can this low grade white undying crystal be exchanged for?¡±
Su Yang was a little curious about this.
However, when he tried to exchange for it, he was immediately stunned.
[It is not rmended to trade with the universe. This is an important resource for the growth of the universe. After opening the internal universe, it can be used for personal growth.]
This was the notification given to him by the interface.
It also made hime back to his senses. The reason why he used the immortal energy to exchange for the will of all living beings was because he had signed a contract with the Grand Xia Universe.
In other words, he had traded the Immortal Energy to the Grand Xia Cosmos in exchange for the will of all living beings.
now¡ He was about to open his own universe.
The interface did not allow him to trade.
In that case, Su Yang did not intend to trade.
¡± Then I¡¯ll open up my internal universe first¡¡±
Su Yang did not think too much about it. What he needed most now was to open up his internal universe.
Everything else had to be pushed back.
Only with sufficient strength could one continue to advance in the primordial chaos.
He casually took out eleven nomological crystals.
Su Yang suddenly remembered that if he wanted to open up his internal universe, he would need 11 fixedw crystals.
¡® Five elements, wind, rain, thunder, lightning, Yin and Yang, a total of eleven types, as well as the will of 1.1 trillion beings.¡±
Suddenly, Su Yang noticed something.
His interface only said that he wanted a magic crystal. There seemed to be no fixed requirements, right?
Su Yang looked at the interface again and confirmed it carefully.
Yes¡His interface did not have any requirements for magic crystals.
Didn¡¯t this mean that he could use anyw crystal to break through?
In the future, wouldn¡¯t he be able to use anyw crystal to increase his realm?
This might not be of much help to Su Yang now. After all, he could also exchange for anyw crystals from the Chaos Court.
But what about in the future?
What if he couldn¡¯t exchange for the nomological crystals he needed in the Chaos Court in the future?
This ability of his suddenly became extremely important.
Su Yang couldn¡¯t help but gasp. No wonder he felt like he had missed something when he advanced.
So this was the reason!
Su Yangs eyes were burning with excitement.
¡°Come, break through first!¡±
This time, Su Yang did not dwell on thew crystals. He casually took eleven and absorbed them.
For other cultivators, refining nomological crystals was not an easy task. It required a long time.
I¡¯m moved to regret the beginning of a hundred years.
The Thunder Pce Master had previously suggested that he go to the Comprehension Tower to cultivate.
However, he was different from ordinary people after all. He did not need to go to the Comprehension Tower. He could just break through on the spot. At the same time, 1.1 trillion living beings ¡®will decreased on his interface.
In an instant¡The feeling came!
The Great Dao Realm was right in front of him!
Chapter 422 - 422: The Path to the Strongest!
Chapter 422 - 422: The Path to the Strongest!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
A majestic power descended from an unknown space.
It directly appeared in his body and gathered in his dantian, starting to change.
The first change was that a ck bead appeared in his dantian.
An unknown aura of chaos pervaded the pearl.
Then, Su Yangs iprehensible power rushed into the ck bead and began to transform it.
In fact, there was no movement, but Su Yang felt an explosion.
Su Yang instantly thought of a word.
The Big Bang!
The beginning of the universe!
Just as Su Yang thought of this possibility.
The interior of the ck pearl began to change.
A dark universe appeared, and energy poured out of the universe. Pieces of meteorites formed from energy began to form¡
The changes were still intensifying.
The universe inside the bead began to expand.
In the beginning, it was at most ten million miles.
After an unknown amount of time, it became a light year.
At this moment, a appeared in his internal universe.
This was none other than the world of the Grand Xia.
It was naturally due to the interface that it could appear directly in his body.
He had already asked the interface before he started breaking through.
The world of the Grand Xia wasn¡¯t by his side. Did he need to return to the world of the Grand Xia to make a breakthrough?
The answer he received was no,
Therefore, he directly broke through.
With a core in his internal universe, it was equivalent to having a pir.
The turbulent environment began to stabilize.
However, it seemed that this was the end¡
The entire internal universe was only one light year in size and did not continue to increase.
At that moment, he had alsopleted a breakthrough and became a Great Dao Realm cultivator.
A Great Dao Realm cultivator in his internal universe.
In an instant, he sensed many changes.
What he had toin about was that this internal universe was really ¡± big , a universe of one light year.
It seemed that upgrading the universe was the main direction for his strength to increase.
Su Yang knew that as his strength increased, the universe would inevitably berger.
There was a huge difference between this man-made universe and the original universe.
No matter what, it was fine as long as he could increase his strength.
With the help of the power of the Great Dao Realm in his internal universe, he could easily kill those at the Sage Perfection Realm.
This was the change in strength. He had just entered the Great Dao Realm and had yet to raise his strength.
Su Yang began to receive the changes after the breakthrough bit by bit.
There seemed to be a lot of changes this time.
First was the interface.
[Su Yang]
[Realm: Early-stage Great Dao Realm]
[Cultivation Direction: Internal Universe]
[Universe Laws: Five Elements, Wind, Rain, Thunder, and Lightning, Yin and Yang (Added Laws: 100 Golden Wills of All Living Things or a low-grade white Law Crystal +1 Law. Theplete universe has 3,000 Laws)]
[Law Level: Stage One]
[Universe Range: 1/1100 light years]
[Life: 1/1,100,000 (1 low-grade white immortal crystal/l life. Note: Immortal crystal contains extremely strong life force and can elerate the birth of lifes. A maximum of 1,000 lifes can be born within a light year)]
[Golden Will of All Beings: 0.0001/1 day]
[Cosmic Time Flow: 10000 internal universes/l chaos]
Law node, stage one: 0/1100 (0/1 golden will of all living beings. Note: One point of golden will of all living beings can be used toprehend aw node.
Thew node determines the power of the Great Daow divine art. The upper limit is determined by the number ofws of the universe. Aw can have at most 100 nodes.)
[Upgrade Requirement 1: Upgrade thew to the second stage (0/11,000 Golden Will of All Beings. Note: Consumingw crystals can reduce the cost of upgrading)]
[Upgrade Requirement 2: Internal Universe increased to 1,100 light years (10 billion top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones/l light year. Note: Other energy items or
Chaos cardinal treasures can also increase the universe range)]
[Golden Will of All Beings: 34]
This was the new interface.
One point of the golden will of all living beings was equivalent to 100 million trillion of will of all living beings. Before the conversion, he still had 3-4 billion of will of all living beings.
After the conversion, the golden Will of All Beings only had 34 points.
If he wanted to increase his realm, he would need thews and the internal universe to advance at the same time.
Su Yang could finally use the Chaos Spirit Stone.
However, the greatest benefit was the way to increase thews.
Other cultivators needed to cultivate in special-gradews.
Regardless of whether it was his ownprehension or the help ofw crystals, they all required a fixed amount ofw energy.
Su Yang did not need it. As long as it was aw crystal, he could absorb it.
It could even be directly upgraded through the golden will of all living beings.
Even without thew crystals, he could still increase his strength.
The other was the nomological nodes. This was something that determined the power of the Great Dao nomological divine power.
Just as Su Yang had spected, he could use the will of all living beings to improve and did not need toprehend it himself.
If he had toprehend it himself, it would be troublesome.
If heprehended it himself, it would be very slow.
One needed toprehend thews and sense the existence of the node.
He could not use the nomological nodes just by sensing them. He had to arrange the nomological nodes ording to the rules recorded in the Great Dao Law Divine Power Spell to use the Great Dao Law Divine Power.
Previously, the Sky Thunder Hall Master had given him three tokens that allowed him to obtain the cultivation method of the Great Dao nomological divine power.
Those were all Great Daow divine powers that the seniors had created afterprehending for countless years.
Without the help of external forces, it was probably impossible for Su Yang to create his own Great Dao Law Divine Power.
However, things were different now.
With the existence of the interface, he only needed to consume enough golden living beings ¡®will toprehend the nomological nodes..
Chapter 423 - 423: The Path to the Strongest! (2)
Chapter 423 - 423: The Path to the Strongest! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Then, he would be able to use all the nomological nodes he hadprehended, just like how he had created the sword move previously.
One type ofw could at mostprehend 100w nodes.
If he was a cultivator with a single nomological Dao body, he would at mostprehend 100 nomological nodes.
The moves he used also knew how to fuse 100 nomological nodes.
This was also the difference between Cosmos cultivators and Dao Body cultivators.
Cosmos cultivators all had at least eleven types ofws.
In that case, a universe cultivator would be able toprehend at least 1100w nodes.
If all of them were integrated into the move, the power would be eleven times that of the other party.
Under such circumstances, how could cultivators with Dao Bodies of the same realm fight against cultivators from the universe?
He was currently at the early-stage Great Dao Realm. His nomological nodes and nomologicalws belonged to the first stage.
Every time he advanced a small realm, thew stage would increase by one level.
There was another point. For example, he had advanced to the mid-stage Great Dao Realm and wanted toprehend the second-stage nomological nodes.
Then, he had toprehend the first-stagew node to the limit.
In other words, he hadprehended all 100 nomological nodes.
Including otherws.
This was the difficulty of Cosmos cultivators.
If he wanted to be stronger, he would have to pay a higher price.
It was the same for the advancement of realms. One needed to raise all thews in order to raise their realms.
This was very difficult for other cultivators who had restrictions.
The further they went, the harder it became.
The basic five elements were still alright.
The difficulty of upgrading the fourws of wind, rain, lightning, and thunder directly increased by a level.
Finally, the Yin-Yang difficulty increased again.
However, Su Yang was also thinking about a problem now.
Should he increase his nomologicalws to 3,000 nomologicalws?
He had never thought about it.
However, the interface suggested that he increase the number of Maxims to 3,000.
After forming aplete universe, his internal universe would definitely be stronger, and his strength would reach its limit. However, the road ahead would be extremely difficult.
Ha¡
Difficult?
He was not afraid.
Therefore, when this suggestion appeared on the interface, he had already made up his mind.
With the help of the interface, he was destined to increase his realm faster than any other cultivator.
Since that was the case, then he would walk the strongest path!
With 3,000 nomologicalws added to his body, he would create the strongest universe and embark on the path of the strongest!
With a thought, 309 low-grade white nomological crystals appeared in front of him.
This was what was left after he broke through.
¡°Fuse! ¡±
[Detected 309 low-grade white magic crystals. Fusion with a choice of magic or random magic.]
[It is rmended to choose Life, Fate, Time, Space, Soul, and the others are random.]
Su Yang naturally saw the suggestion on the interface.
Su Yang could understand why he chose these fivews. The birth of lifes in the universe would determine the speed at which his golden will of all beings was born.
Life, time, these twows had to be in ce.
This was the reason why the Immortal Crystals were left behind and the Grand Xia Cosmos did not trade with them.
This was something that elerated the birth of life in the universe.
If the universe gave birth to enough life, then Su Yang would have a point of regenerative resources.
In the future, even if he did not do anything, with enough lifes in his internal universe, he would be able to obtain the golden will of all living beings.
Su Yang roughly understood that the birth of the will of all living beings was because life died in his internal universe.
The internal universe was a part of him. If one died in his body, they would naturally be able to produce the will of all living beings.
At this time, there were enough lifes and the speed of time was elerated.
If he sped up the time in his internal universe, then the life on the life would die faster.
The speed at which he obtained the golden will of all living beings would increase.
Therefore, the twows of life and time were inevitable.
And if the lifew was strong enough, the utilization rate of the undying crystal would be much higher.
Right now, a low-grade white undying crystal could only give birth to one.
If his Life Law was strong enough, he could give birth to two¡
In short, the stronger the Life Law and Time Law, the more advantageous it was for him.
However¡ He could add a clonew.
After all, clones were one of his important strategic methods.
After making the selection, Su Yang let the interface fuse.
In an instant, all the low-grade white nomological crystals disappeared in front of him.
At the same time, his internal universe was also undergoing earth-shattering changes.
All kinds ofws emerged, gathered in the universe, and hid in the universe, making the universe more real, stronger, and stronger¡
Thesews were all Great Dao Realmws!
Each of them was the foundation of the universe.
As the universe became more powerful, the scope of improvement within this realm would also berger, and the number ofs that could be amodated would also increase.
The stronger Su Yang would be.
In an instant, new changes appeared on the interface.
[Su Yang]
[Universe Laws: 320]
[Universe Range: 1/32000 light years]
[Life: 1/32 million] [Universe Time Flow: 100,000 Times]
[Law node, Stage 1:0/32,000]
[Upgrade Requirement 1: Upgrade thew to the second stage (0/320,000
Golden Will of All Beings. Note: Consumingw crystals can reduce the cost of upgrading)]
[Upgrade Requirement 2: Internal Universe increased to 32,000 light years (10 billion top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones per light year. Note: Other energy items or Chaos cardinal treasures can also increase the universe range)]
[Golden Will of All Beings: 34]
These were the data that had changed.
Under the augmentation of the timew, the time flow that was previously 10,000 times had now be 100,000 times.
The main reason for the change was that he had fused 320 types ofws..
Chapter 424 - 424: The Path to the Strongest (3)
Chapter 424 - 424: The Path to the Strongest (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Therefore, the requirements for raising one¡¯s realm had changed, and so had the increase in strength.
It was hard to imagine that ordinary cultivators with a single nomological Dao body could only use Great Dao nomological divine powers with 100 nomological nodes at most.
If he used a Great Dao nomological divine power that contained 32,000 nomological nodes, what would happen?
This was only the beginning.
His goal was to gather 3,000 nomologicalws.
An ultimate Great Daow divine power formed by gathering 3,000ws¡How powerful would that be?
At this realm, one could be invincible among those of the same realm.
When faced with an expert who was a small realm higher than him, he could also choose to escape.
However, there had never been a battle of a higher level.
This was recorded in the Chaotic Court.
So¡ If heprehended the 3,000 nomologicalws and developed all the nomological nodes of the 3,000 nomologicalws, it would form a Great Dao nomological divine power.
Could he jump realms to fight?
Su Yang was looking forward to it.
Since this was the path of the strongest, it was bound to be worlds apart from ordinary cultivators.
If he couldn¡¯t even cross ranks¡Was it worthy of being called the strongest path?
Was he even worthy of wasting arge amount of resources to increase his nomologicalws by 3,000?
Even if there was no actualbat, Su Yang was certain that it was inevitable to fight someone of a higher level.
However, he had to increase his strength first.
He had already used up all thew crystals.
Next were the Immortal Crystals and Chaos Spiritual Stones.
The prerequisite for upgrading a life was that the universe wasrge enough.
At the moment, a light year was only enough for a thousand lifes.
Therefore, Su Yang also consumed top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones first and began to increase the universe¡¯s range.
He had a trillion top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones in his hands. Ten billion would increase his cultivation by one light year.
As he threw all the chaos spirit stones in, his universe instantly increased to 101 light years.
The instant it expanded, one could clearly feel that his strength was increasing.
With his current Universe Strength, he suspected that no one within the early-stage Great Dao Realm would be his match.
It was the same even if he had not grasped the Great Daow divine power yet.
After increasing it to 101 light years, Su Yang took out another 11,000
Immortal Crystals.
They all smashed into it again.
As a result, arge number of lifes instantly appeared in his body.
It wasn¡¯t 11,000 because of the appearance of the Life Law.
The number of lifes had reached 12,000, and the utilization rate of the
Immortal Crystals had increased a little.
Don¡¯t underestimate this. After conversion, it was an additional 1,000 immortal crystals.
This amount of resources was not small.
After upgrading, his interface changed again.
Su Yangs consciousness was immersed in his internal universe, observing the 12,000 lifes.
With the help of the Immortal Crystal, life had indeed appeared.
However¡These life forms were all strange, they seemed to have inherited the appearance of the owner of the undying crystal. For example, a palm with eyes, a tree with long hair¡
These creatures were extremely strange.
However, as long as he could provide him with the golden will of all living beings, that would be good.
[Su Yang]
[Universe Range: 101 light years/32000 light years]
[Life: 12 light years (Note: 1,000 per light year)]
[Golden Will of All Beings produced: 1.2/1 day. Note: Chaos time.]
After consuming all the resources he had in one go, this was a change in the current situation.
In one day, he would have 1.2 golden wills of living beings.
A that was about a light-year away could provide him with 0.1 gold will of all living beings.
However, this was still because theses had just started. Although life had appeared, it had not yet developed.
When these lifeforms developed and began to multiply rapidly, the speed at which he could obtain the golden will of all living beings would increase.
¡°Phew¡
The resources were digested so quickly that they were gone in the blink of an eye.
Su Yang shook his head helplessly. It seemed that he had to think of a way to get resources.
He only had 60,000 contribution points left.
However, Su Yang did not n to use this thing for the time being. Let¡¯s first study how the Chaos Court obtains contribution points..
Chapter 425 - 425: Mission, Battlefield
Chapter 425 - 425: Mission, Battlefield
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Opening the identity token, Su Yang began to study the way to obtain resources.
The first method was to go to the resource point to collect resources.
The resource points belonged to the Chaotic Court.
However, the resources inside had not been collected yet.
The problem was that the resources in these resource points were not so easy to obtain.
To get resources from resource points, one needed more than just strength.
They had to act ording to the rules of the resource point in order to collect resources.
For example, at a resource point in the ocean.
You might turn into a fish and obtain resources ording to certain rules. After understanding this strange method, Su Yang did not n to go to the
resource point to collect resources.
It wasn¡¯t purely based on strength, but arge amount of time.
Through umtion over a long period of time, they could obtain resources.
This was the benefit of resource points.
The danger wasn¡¯t high. What was needed was time.
It was a good choice for other cultivators.
To him, it was much worse.
He walked the path of the strongest. His strength was so strong that it was not for decoration.
Moreover¡He had the ability to split himself, so he was not afraid of death.
It was over.
Therefore, after understanding it a little, Su Yang rejected the idea of going to the resource point to obtain resources.
Then the second option was to go to thewnd to collectw crystals.
This method was not bad, and it also emphasized strength.
The problem was that if he wanted to collectw crystals in thewnd, he needed to have the means to collectw crystals.
Relying on strength was not enough.
For example, a nomologicalnd that contained arge number of fire-type nomologicalws.
Thews were abundant.
However, thesews were scattered and not crystallized.
If he wanted to collect thesews and form crystals, he needed to have the means to collectws.
If he did not have any means, he could only cultivate in the nomologicalnd and absorb the nomologicalws on the spot.
Su Yang did not have the means to collect scatteredws, and the resources in the Land of Law were limited.
The speed of obtaining it was not necessarily that fast.
It was more suitable than resource points, but not very good.
Su Yang understood a little.
This top-notch cultivation ground was once again rejected by Su Yang.
The third method was toplete the mission of the Chaotic Court.
Bypleting missions, he could earn contribution points and exchange them for resources.
After a simple understanding, this method was not bad.
If they were strong enough, they could carry out some high-risk and
high-reward missions.
If they were not strong enough, they could also take on some missions with lower risks.
All in all, there would always be something suitable for him.
For example, some missions that took a long time were directly rejected by Su Yang.
Guarding a ce for tens of thousands of years¡To obtain thousands or tens of thousands of contribution points¡
Su Yang directly blocked it.
He would never do such a mission.
That would be a waste of his strength.
After removing these safety, risk-free, and time-consuming missions.
Soon, there were only some high-risk and high-reward missions left.
Since it was a high-risk mission, it was naturally unavoidable to fight.
Most of these missions were in the node battlefield.
There were also some who stayed in the primordial chaos to deal with some troublesome matters.
For example, some blind forces.
Inparison, Su Yang immediately took a fancy to the mission of the node battlefield.
Dealing with some chaotic forces or undying beings hidden in the chaos.
The rewards from these missions were not bad.
However, there was also a special characteristic.
It also required time to find the mission target.
However, the mission for the node battlefield waspletely different.
The mission targets of the node battlefield were generally fixed, so Su Yang did not need to find them.
As long as he had enough strength, he could solve it directly.
This was the advantage of the node battlefield mission.
The disadvantage was that it was even more dangerous.
However¡ What Su Yang was least afraid of was danger.
In the end, the node battlefield mission was the most suitable for him.
Whilepleting the mission, he could also collect resources in the node battlefield.
It was killing two birds with one stone.
After having a target, Su Yang set an order on the identity token again.
He only searched for missions in the node battlefield.
Other than the node battlefield, he did not look at anything else.
After setting it up, the virtual image projected by the identity token only showed the mission of the node battlefield.
Su Yang only needed to find something suitable for him.
With his strength, he could solve the missions that had good rewards and carry them out.
¡®Primal Chaos realm node battlefield¡This isn¡¯t something I can participate in, so I¡¯ll just directly reject it.¡±
¡± Yes, it¡¯s more convenient to search for the Great Dao Realm node battlefield directly.¡±
After checking, Su Yang narrowed the search range again.
After shrinking, the number of missions that could be selected decreased by a lot.
The number of missions that could be selected increased visibly.
The remaining missions were all in line with his requirements and his strength.
It just depended on which one he wanted to be.
Su Yang looked at the missions carefully.
Whether he could solve it himself and the reward were two points that he took into consideration.
[Mission: Battle for the core of the Greenwood Land]
[Location: One-eyed Battlefield]
[Level: Mid-stage Great Dao Realm]
[Requirements: Head to the One-eyed Battlefield and enter the Land of Greenwood. Seize the core of the Land of Greenwood and gain control over it.]
[Reward: 100,000 contribution points]
After observing for a while, Su Yang felt that this mission was more suitable for him.
It wasn¡¯t that there weren¡¯t any early-stage Great Dao Realm missions. However, the contribution points awarded from early-stage Great Dao Realm missions didn¡¯t seem to be much to him.
At most, it was 10,000 contribution points, which was equivalent to 10 low-grade white nomological crystals..
Chapter 426 - 426: Mission, Battlefield (2)
Chapter 426 - 426: Mission, Battlefield (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
This reward was very rich for any cultivator at the early-stage Great Dao Realm, but that was only for ordinary cultivators.
For Su Yang, it might be more ordinary.
It was also because of this that Su Yang set his sights on the mid-stage Great Dao Realm mission.
After observing the difficulty and rewards, he was immediately tempted.
Su Yang did not have the confidence to deal with a middle-stage Great Dao
Realm expert now, but he would have the confidence after a period of time.
After arriving at the node battlefield, he was not immediately able to find the core of the Land of Greenwood.
Any mission required strength and a certain amount of time. It was just a matter of time.
The core of the Greenwood Land was hidden in the entire battlefield.
The node battlefield greatly suppressed the perception of cultivators. It was not easy to find the core of the Land of Greenwood and control it.
This Greenwood Land was a ce forw cultivation. It was a ce for wood attributew cultivation. If one grasped the core, it was equivalent to grasping this cultivationnd.
Therefore, it was listed as a mission target.
It would take some time to find the core of the Land of Green Wood in the node battlefield, but it was exactly what Su Yang wanted.
He could take advantage of this period of time to understand the node battlefield. At the same time, he could obtain resources from the node battlefield to increase his strength.
When he was strong enough, he would take down this mission in one fell swoop.
The existence of each node battlefield would attract countless cultivators, including undyings.
Any node battlefield was not something that arge faction could upy alone.
To be precise, it was controlled by the five major factions of the primordial chaos.
Other than the members of the five major factions, they had to pay a certain price to enter.
The Chaotic Court was one of the five major powers.
The reason why the battlefield he chose was called the one-eyed battlefield was because the undyings gathered here were humanoid monsters with only one eye.
Usually, the name of the node battlefield was decided by the appearance of the undying.
After a carefulparison, Su Yang locked onto this mission.
He would be rewarded with 100,000 contribution points, and he could also take the opportunity to understand the situation of the node battlefield.
No matter how he looked at it, it was not bad.
100,000 contribution points was not a small amount.
That was equivalent to 100 low-grade white nomological crystals.
After thinking about it, Su Yang realized that the gifts given to him by the old members of the Heavenly Treasure Holy Man were still very valuable.
This also made Su Yang feel a little grateful to them.
His way of life was very simple. He would treat others the way they treated him.
There was kindness to repay kindness, and there was hatred to take revenge.
After locking on to the mission, Su Yang immediately epted it, and then he obtained the location of the one-eyed battlefield.
He split up his clone and started moving forward ording to his position. Because he had mastered thew of clones, he was still able to condense clones that corresponded to this realm. This had to be said to be very good.
However, there were still ws.
As his strength grew stronger, even if his clone was also perfect, the power he could control was still greatly weakened.
At present, his clone could only store 50% of his main body¡¯s power.
Su Yang was not worried. He was walking the path of the strongest. So what if he had 50% of his strength?
He was invincible among those of the same level!
It was just a matter of how many levels higher he could fight.
That¡¯s right, Su Yang was considering how many levels he could skip, not whether he could skip levels.
If he could really control the 3,000 nomologicalws and allow his internal universe to reach its most perfect state, even if his clone could only control 50% of its power, he could still fight those of a higher level.
This was his confidence in the path he was about to take.
If he couldn¡¯t even fulfill this minimum requirement, how could he call it the path of the strongest?
Su Yangs heart was as calm as water. The avatar had already begun to move forward ording to the coordinates. However, his speed in the chaos was not fast, and it would take a long time to arrive.
It would take at least two months.
This also surprised Su Yang. It had to be known that the Sky Thunder Hall Master did not waste much time when he brought him to the Chaotic Court. It was enough to show that the difference in strength between them was like heaven and earth.
Su Yang had already understood the strength of the Heavenly Thunder Pce Master.
Sempiternal realm primary stage!
It was two realms higher than him. He did not know how many years it would take for him to reach the Sempiternal realm. The resources required for his current realm were too huge. Moreover, he was walking the path of the strongest. Therefore, he was not sure when he would be able to reach the Sempiternal realm.
As long as he didn¡¯t die, it was only a matter of time. He could see his future.
This was not nonsense. Even if other cultivators were immortal, they could not guarantee that they would definitely reach the Sempiternal Realm, but Su Yang could guarantee it.
It was not a waste of time to travel.
In these two months, his internal universe would continue to expand. Under the 100,000 times time flow, the lifes in his internal universe would naturally develop.
Those lifes had only just appeared and were far from reaching their growth limits.
Only when they reached the limit of their growth through continuous development would the dust finally settle.
The development of lifes would be more, and the birth of life would bring him more golden will of all living beings.
This was one of the situations that would ur during the two months of travel.
Another thing was that he would obtain 1.2 gold colored will of all living beings every day for two months.
He would probably be able to obtain 72 points of the golden will of all living
beings..
Chapter 427 - 427: Mission, Battlefield (3)
Chapter 427 - 427: Mission, Battlefield (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Currently, the best way to use the golden will of all living beings was to use it toprehend the nomological nodes and form the Great Dao nomological divine power.
With 72 points of the golden will of all living beings, he couldprehend 72 stage onew nodes.
It was basically equivalent to the limit of a cultivator with a single nomological Dao Body at the early- stage Great Dao Realm.
If he was given a little more time, his strength would be even stronger.
This was currently the best way to use the golden will of all living beings.
Laws could be raised throughw crystals. Within the universe, it could be raised through chaos spirit stones. It did not necessarily need to use the golden will of all living beings.
After arranging these things, Su Yangs main body had nothing to do.
For the next period of time, its main body would definitely have to stay in the Primal Chaos Court. Compared to the Grand Xia Cosmos, this ce was much safer.
Even if his clone really provoked some powerful existence, he would be able to rely on the Chaotic Court to find him.
This was equivalent to giving him a guarantee of safety.
So what was he going to do in the next period of time?
First, he could constantly understand the situation in the primordial chaos through themand medallion.
Secondly, he had to understand the situation in the Chaotic Court. Third, try your best to obtain more channels to collect resources.
After setting three directions, Su Yangs heart calmed down. However, he remembered that he had three Great Dao Law Divine Power Tokens in his hand.
Should he go to the Technique Teaching Pavilion to take a look at the situation?
Su Yang thought about it and decided to take a look.
Even if he didn¡¯t need it, he could still broaden his horizons.
It was very difficult for other cultivators to cultivate Great Daow divine powers. Firstly, they needed toprehend enoughw nodes. Secondly, they had to arrange thesew nodes in a fixed way before they could use Great Daow divine Dowers.
This was under the condition that he had the cultivation method of the Great Daow divine power.
Su Yangs ability was countless times stronger.
Comprehending nomological nodes was much easier.
Afterprehending the nomological nodes, the interface would create whatever moves he needed for him. He did not need toprehend them himself.
This was also one of its greatest advantages.
In the end, he still decided to go to the Technique Teaching Pavilion to take a look at the situation. While widening his horizons, he could also try his best to understand thebat methods of others.
Just like that, Su Yang left his hall.
Pce of Heavenly Thunder
The Master of the Sky Thunder Pce opened his eyes.
¡°This little guy really isn¡¯t a good person. He just arrived here and sent his avatar away. What does he want to do?¡±
¡°If you haven¡¯t broken through to the Great Dao Realm¡¡±
¡± Huh?!!¡±
The Heavenly Thunder Pce Master originally wanted to say something, but when he sensed the strength of Su Yangs avatar, he was stunned.
Previously, when Su Yang was in the Half-Saint Realm, he was not surprised that he could quickly improve his strength.
Even if Su Yang could quickly improve his strength in the Saint Realm, he would not be surprised.
But now, he had broken through to the Great Dao Realm from the Sage Perfection Realm!
Su Yang hadpleted his breakthrough in the blink of an eye?
From the surface, he could tell that Su Yang had indeedpleted the breakthrough from the Sage Perfection Realm to the Great Dao Realm. Furthermore, he was walking the path of the internal universe.
This¡
The Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce was really a little unsettled.
¡°At this realm, this guy can still condense an avatar with a certain strength of the main body. What kind of monster is he?¡±
After observing Su Yang for a while, the Sky Thunder Pce Master entered seclusion again.
His final words echoed in the void.
¡® He¡¯s truly a peerless genius. However, he¡¯s different from the other peerless geniuses.¡±
¡± There¡¯s no arrogance. There¡¯s only cautiousness. When you¡¯re extremely careful, you won¡¯t give your enemy any chance at all.¡±
¡°Hahaha¡ Not bad, not bad, not bad at all..
Chapter 428 - 428: Use of Divine Power, Awakening
Chapter 428 - 428: Use of Divine Power, Awakening
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
impartation Pavilion
Su Yangs main body had nothing to do, so he came here.
There was no one guarding the door.
There was also no one guarding the interior.
After all, the Impartation Pavilion was located within the Chaotic Court. Who would dare to cause trouble here under such circumstances?
As long as there was any movement, the Chaos Heavenly Venerate would definitely be the first to know.
Perhaps there were other people from the Chaotic Court who paid attention to the situation in the entire area of influence.
In short, there was no need for a small figure like him to worry. The safety of the Magic Teaching Pavilion was not something he could question or even provoke.
When he came to the interior of the Technique Teaching Pavilion, the situation inside was also disyed in front of Su Yang.
The first level of the Pavilion of Spiritual Impartation had first-stage nomological divine powers.
The first-stage nomological divine power corresponded to the first-stagews of the early-stage Great Dao Realm.
There were a lot of them. He could sense that there were at least hundreds of thousands of first-stage nomological god arts.
If this was in the primal chaos, it would be something that itinerant cultivators would fight to the death to obtain.
To a behemoth like the Chaotic Court, it was just the most ordinary cultivation resource.
Now, Su Yang had three stage one nomological god power tokens in his hands.
In other words, he could now take three cultivation methods of stage onew god art from it at any time without paying any price.
There was no doubt that his decision to join the Chaos Court was the right one.
It allowed him to broaden his horizons, making it extremely easy for him to obtain information. At the same time, he could obtain more resources.
There were no other cultivators in the pavilion.
Su Yang walked quietly among them.
He had plenty of time.
On the first level of the pavilion, the cultivation methods of the first-stage nomological god art were ced on the bookshelves.
Su Yang approached and could briefly understand the approximate power of each divine power, what was special about it, and whatws could be cultivated¡
All kinds of information were very detailed. If Su Yang needed it, he could directly receive a cultivation method by taking out the three tokens of the Technique Teaching Pavilion given to him by the Master of the Heavenly Thunder Pce. However, each time he needed to consume a token.
The purpose of Su Yanging here was not to receive the first-stage nomological divine power cultivation method.
He only wanted to understand the power of these nomological divine powers, the way they were used, and whether there were any restrictions. Through some observation, he could roughly understand the methods of other cultivators.
From there, he could know himself and his enemy.
It had to be said that the number of first-stage nomological divine powers was veryrge. If Su Yang continued to watch, it would really take some time.
In the beginning, the first-stagew divine arts he came into contact with were all singlews, and they were all conventionalws, so there was nothing strange about them.
Su Yang mainly wanted to understand how to use it and what restrictions there were.
The way to use it was usually very simple. It was to condense the nomological nodes ording to the requirements of these nomological divine powers, and then they could use these nomological divine powers.
How long it would take to condense thew nodes to the designated location would depend on his proficiency in controlling thew nodes and his ability to control the points required by thew divine power.
The stronger one¡¯s control ability was, the faster the speed of unleashing the nomological divine power would be. There was no fixed time for this, but there was no doubt that cultivators who had juste into contact with the nomological divine power would definitely not be able to instantly cast it. They would need a certain amount of time.
This was useful news for Su Yang.
When he lit up enough nomological nodes and condensed a nomological divine power.
It could probably be cast instantly.
This was his trust in the interface.
As long as it was something created by the ability of the interface, it was definitely the strongest existence among those of the same grade.
Su Yang continued to observe the other stages of the nomological divine power.
As time passed, he gradually saw some first-stage nomological divine arts that were fused from multiplews.
Without a doubt, the power of the first-stage nomological divine power of the fusion of multiple nomologicalws would be even stronger.
Such a nomological divine power would contain even more nomological nodes.
If two types ofws were fused, there would be at most 200 stage onew nodes. If three types ofws were fused, there would be 300 stage onew nodes.
However, this type of cultivation was extremely difficult. For other cultivators, it was also a test in itself.
If one wanted to cultivate, it was not something that could be done just by saying it.
The more he observed, the more he understood. Su Yang was more confident in himself.
With 3,000 nomologicalws added to his body, this was a path of strength!
If he could fuse the 3,000 nomologicalws together to form the strongest sword move, the power would be even more powerful.
Then, Su Yangs eyes suddenly lit up.
Stage One Divine Power: Misfortune Entanglement
[Requirement: 80 first stage nodes of the Law of Doom.]
[Ability: Curse the enemy directly or use the enemy¡¯s hair and body samples to curse, causing the enemy to be extremely unlucky and gued by misfortune.]
[Characteristic: Support-type Divine Power]
After seeing this move, Su Yangs eyes immediately lit up.
In the past, his sword intent could transform into any kind of nomologicalw, but his usage was very shallow. He did not carefully study thebination of various moves, nor did he unleash this ability to the extreme.
In the past, it might not have been necessary. After all, his realm had increased very quickly, and he could easily leave his enemies behind. If he studied it, it would only be a waste of time.
However, it might be different now. In the future, his cultivation level would not increase ridiculously fast, so it was necessary for him to maximize his advantages when fighting with people of the same cultivation level..
Chapter 429 - 429: Divine Power Usage, Awakening (2)
Chapter 429 - 429: Divine Power Usage, Awakening (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Only by perfectly unleashing his own abilities could hisbat strength not be restricted.
For example, the 3,000 nomologicalws. As long as he could perfectly use some of the special nomologicalws of the 3,000 nomologicalws to restrict or entangle the enemy, the enemy would fall into some trouble.
Then, he would be able to win more easily in the battle.
If he encountered danger that he could not resist, he might be able to use these specialws to counterattack. Even if he could destroy his clone, he would not let the other party have it too easy.
For example, the curse before death.
If the difference in strength was not too great, it was not bad to use some nomological divine arts that cost one¡¯s life to forcefully expose themselves and drag the other party down with them.
There were also some who fought endlessly in the same realm. They could not defeat the other party, and the other party could not defeat them. For those who were in a protracted battle, they might also choose the venomousw divine power to weaken the other party¡¯s strength and add negative buffs to the other party.
There were countless methods under the 3,000 nomologicalws. His development of nomological power was ultimately too weak.
Su Yang felt something in his heart. His greatest gain in the Technique Teaching Pavilion today was perhaps this enlightenment. He was familiar with the use of variousws to create the best battle environment for himself.
His only weakness was that he had too little research on the power ofws.
This pavilion could make up for this w of his. He looked at them one by one. As long as he knew their abilities, he could make use of them.
The power on the interface was not just for show. As long as he wanted to, any nomological god art he saw could be created by her.
Knowing the power of the sword technique, he could ask the interface to create a sword technique with the same power or even stronger!
For a moment, Su Yangs eyes became even brighter. Originally, he only wanted toe to the Technique Teaching Pavilion to broaden his horizons. He did not expect to have such a huge harvest. This trip was worth it.
As a result, Su Yangs interest in checking the first- stage nomological powers became even higher. He looked at them carefully one by one and did not care about the passage of time.
Ten days passed in the blink of an eye.
He spent the past ten days in the Technique Teaching Pavilion.
Today, he had escaped from the state of selflessness because he sensed a change in his internal universe. Or rather, that change had reached its limit.
The life he created with the low- grade white undying crystal had reached its growth limit.
The life that was originally one light year could only provide him with
0.1 of the golden will of all living beings every day.
As ten days passed in the outside world, a million years passed inside.
The lifes that were born had also reached the limits of their growth.
The amount of golden living beings ¡®will that the life could provide him with every day had increased from 0.1 to 1, a full ten times.
He had a life that was twelve light years away. From now on, he would be able to obtain twelve points of golden living beings ¡®will every day.
However, this was already his limit. Before his clone blocked the node battlefield, there shouldn¡¯t be any changes.
Unless he could harvest more Immortal Crystals and create more lifes.
However, this was obviously impossible.
The mostmon way to obtain an undying crystal was by killing an undying.
Before he reached the battlefield, if he wanted to kill an undying, he would have to depend on luck. He would have to meet an undying first, and one that he could defeat.
However, even if he could meet it, he probably wouldn¡¯t gain much. Therefore, Su Yang was certain that he could collect 12 points of golden will of all living beings every day for a period of time in the future.
Su Yang was not greedy. It was enough to do this.
He could obtain 12 points of the golden Will of All Living Things by lying down every day. If this was before, he would have to hunt for 10 years without rest.
Now, he had finally figured out the growth limit of the life.
One light year of life could provide him with a bit of golden will of all living beings. This was not bad. He had just started. The more lifes he produced in the future, the more golden will of all living beings he would obtain.
For the next period of time, Su Yang continued to quietly understand the many nomological divine powers.
The more he checked, the more he understood.
He was also increasingly aware of his shallow use of his own strength.
Even though what he did was to fuse all his power into the star fire.
He wanted Spark¡¯s power to reach its limit.
It was also the strongest sword move in his current realm.
However¡The various nomological powers were different. Forcefully fusing them would not be effective at all.
Spark couldn¡¯t fuse the power of all thews, so he could only take a part of it to be the strongest killing sword move.
There was nothing to say about this. In terms of attack power alone, the power of Spark was definitely the highest that Su Yang could reach in his current realm.
It was just that the support abilities of manyws were never weak.
Compared to the strongest frontal attack, this was actually not difficult to achieve.
However, it was the most difficult to cultivate some strange moves to the extreme.
Killing¡ It was just the basics!
His own situation was special. Studying the specialw power would allow his actualbat strength to rise to a higher level.
For example, the power of curses.
Luck Deprived.
Soul attack.
Slow¡ Gravity¡
A negative imprint that could not be removed¡
Only bybining these special powers could Su Yang be the strongest in the same realm.
He skillfully used all the power ofws..
Chapter 430 - 430: Divine Power Usage, Awakening (3)
Chapter 430 - 430: Divine Power Usage, Awakening (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Otherwise, if he onlyprehended it without using it, it would be a waste of the manyws heprehended.
He had wasted a lot of his time doing meaningless things.
Fortunately¡ It wasn¡¯t toote to wake up now.
In the past, he did not have to think too much about it.
The situation would be different in the future. The stronger the enemy was, the more difficult it would be to deal with them. Thus, it would be even more important to unleash every ounce of strength in one¡¯s body. But¡ What kind of move could unleash all the power ofws?
Or could it only be used individually?
Su Yang fell into deep thought.
With the ability of the interface, it was not impossible to fuse all thews and create an ultimate divine power.
If he could fuse the 3,000 nomologicalws, what was wrong with using the power of the 3,000 nomologicalws?
However, Su Yang did not think of a good way for a moment. A singlew could not exert the power of multiplews. He could exert a few kinds ofws, but if all 3,000ws were integrated, he could not exert the power of 3,000ws at all.
Su Yang simply continued to study these nomological divine powers.
His current umtion was still too shallow.
When he studied more information, some of the problems he was troubled with would naturally be solved.
It was the same for nomological divine powers.
Since he couldn¡¯t think of it, he would understand it more first.
Time passed quietly.
In the Technique Teaching Pavilion, Su Yang was still quietly reading the cultivation manuals of the nomological divine powers.
Up until now, nearly two months had passed.
His clone was about to arrive at the node battlefield.
At the same time, after two months of understanding.
Su Yang also had a better understanding of thew divine power.
He also knew what kind ofw divine power he should condense next.
This was all thanks to aw god art that enlightened him.
[Five Elements Domain]
[Level: Stage 1]
[Requirements: Five-Element Laws. Eachw has at least 60w nodes at the first stage.]
[Ability: The five elements transform into a domain that covers the entire world, trapping the enemy within. The power of the five elements can rotate and attack, and can also bebined to attack. The nomological nodes form a barrier, and all the power can be used perfectly. If you don¡¯t have the power to break the domain, you can only be trapped within and be continuously consumed until you die.]
[Type: Domain]
When he saw this domain-type god art, his eyes lit up.
As the saying goes, the five elements could be transformed into a domain.
Then he could naturally turn the 3,000 nomologicalws into a domain.
The strongest divine power, Three Thousand Domains!
All the nomological nodes were created into barriers, and all kinds of nomological powers operated within them.
If the enemy wanted to escape, they had to break through the domain barrier first.
The domain barrier was formed by all the nomological nodes he hadprehended. It could be said that it had unleashed all his power.
If the enemy couldn¡¯t break it, they wouldn¡¯t be able to escape the domain.
He couldn¡¯t escape¡Then, she could only be slowly tortured to death by him.
All kinds of nomological powers could be used one by one in the domain.
Support-type, negative state, positive state, strongest killing move¡
With all kinds of powers stacked together, his strength would be the strongest at this stage within the 3,000 domains.
This method was used to deal with enemies who were not much stronger than themselves.
However, there were some enemies who were much stronger than him and
could easily kill him in an instant.
Then, the effect of the domain would be ineffective.
The seed explosion was probably useless. If he surpassed him too much, the seed explosion would not be able to kill him. However, Su Yang also thought of a kind of power.
That was a curse.
[Curse of Life]
[Ability: The person who kills your clone will be cursed by your full strength.] [Snatching Luck with Life]
[Ability: The person who killed your clone will have their luck taken away by you.]
[Stealing with Life]
[Ability: You will take away an item from the person who killed your clone.]
These three abilities were set by Su Yang for himself, or it could be said that they were set for his clones.
The three abilities could be activated at the same time or separately.
As for the choice, it would depend on the strength of the enemy.
If it was too strong, it was best to use it alone. Otherwise, the risk of failure was very high.
The risk of death was high when controlling the clone to go out and have fun.
However, every time he died in vain, he always felt a little unhappy.
Even if he could take revengeter, he would still be angry for a period of time.
After realizing that he did not make full use of the Three Thousand Laws, Su Yang began to study them carefully.
Through this research, Su Yang realized that his use of the power ofws was indeed not very good.
After studying it for a while, he found three pending god arts.
Curse, seize luck, steal!
As for why it was pending¡It was only because he did not have enough golden living beings ¡®will toprehend all the nomological nodes.
Even the 3,000 nomologicalws had yet to take shape.
When his strength reached the required level, these three abilities would appear on him immediately.
The enemy wanted to resist these three abilities.
Then he had to have a way to deal with it.
If they didn¡¯t have enough means, they would just wait to suffer.
Or perhaps his strength surpassed Su Yang by too much.
There was nothing much to say. If he couldn¡¯t afford to offend him, then forget it.
However, Su Yang estimated that as long as he did not directly surpass him by a major realm, ordinary cultivators would not be able to deal with his ability.
That was basically impossible.
Two months had passed, and his clone had arrived at the one-eyed battlefield.
The golden will of all living beings in his hands had also umted to 100 points.
He could already light up 100 stage onew nodes.
Su Yang was not in a hurry to light it up. It was not toote to make a decision after seeing what would happen next.
If they needed to fight, they would definitely choose to kill.
However, Su Yang wanted to try the power of the curse.
Compared to killing methods, curses were sometimes more effective.
This was especially true when fighting against people of the same level. It would be very difficult for ordinary opponents of the same level to deal with the power of the curse.
There were very few cultivators who cultivated in the Curse Laws.
It wasn¡¯t that they weren¡¯t strong, but that suchws were too rare.
The prerequisite for cultivation was to have such resources.
Without such resources, how could he cultivate?
The reason why it was so powerful was because it had few ways to deal with it.
Thinking of this, Su Yang was also a little tempted.
At the same time, he saw a temporary stronghold set up by Chaos cultivators outside the one-eyed battlefield.
Although it was a temporary stronghold, it did not look bad.
After all, they were not mortals. They could create the environment they wanted with a wave of their hands.
However, it wasn¡¯t tooplicated. After all, a temporary stronghold¡¯s main purpose was to trade and rest.
Trading, trading resources, information.
Rest, literally.
Su Yang looked over and saw that it looked like a small town.
When he got close, he immediately sensed a barrier isting him.
He was not allowed to enter the town.
If he wanted to enter the One-eyed Battlefield, he had to enter the town first.
The entrance to the one-eyed battlefield was also in the town.
The node battlefield was a product of the two worlds ¡®shatterednd.
It was more like a special interspatialyer.
It was not exposed.
Su Yang looked at the center of the town, where there was a ck vortex.
Entering through the vortex was the true battlefield of the nodes. After feeling the obstruction, Su Yang took out his identity token.
The void in front of him rippled.
At the same time, it also meant that he could enter.
His token represented the right to enter. If he did not have the right to enter¡ That was impossible.
Taking a step forward, Su Yang entered..
Chapter 431 - 431: Understood, Enter!
Chapter 431 - 431: Understood, Enter!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After entering this temporary stronghold, the first thing Su Yang had to do was to understand the structure,
This was easy to deal with. They could just head directly to the Chaotic Court¡¯s encampment.
The five top forces controlled the node battlefield together.
This temporary stronghold was jointly established by the five top forces.
Naturally, there were also the five major forces ¡®bases.
Su Yang did not release his perception.
His perception ability had been sealed here and couldn¡¯t be used.
Of course, it could also be used forcefully.
But that would be breaking the rules.
Even if he was a member of the Chaotic Court, he couldn¡¯t do so. After all, this wasn¡¯t a one-word rule in the Chaotic Court.
Fortunately, even if he did not use his perception, Su Yang had the means to quickly find the residence of the Chaotic Court.
Don¡¯t forget his identity token.
It had many functions, including the ability to contact any member of the Chaotic Court.
He only needed to send a message in the group and someone would naturally respond to him.
Su Yang,[l wonder which senior is in the One-eyed Battlefield. I¡¯m in the
One-eyed Battlefield now. I want to know some news about the One-eyed Battlefield.]
As he sent the message, someone soon sent him a private message.
The Longevity Holy Man said,[The central area of the town. You will see the Chaotic Court¡¯s base when youe over.]
Su Yang, ¡°Understood.¡±
At the center of the town, the Changsheng Holy Man was extremely puzzled.
¡°This brat¡Didn¡¯t he just join? Why did youe to the node battlefield?¡±
¡°Could it be that you are in a hurry to collect resources?¡±
¡°But even if you¡¯re anxious, you can¡¯t be so anxious, right?¡±
¡°What can we do in two months? Can you break through to the Great Dao Realm?¡±
¡°Even if I¡¯m lucky enough to break through, withoutprehending nomological nodes or grasping nomological divine powers, whatbat strength will 1 have?¡±
¡® I¡¯ve funded him with so many resources. Even if I go all out, I¡¯ll need at least a thousand years to refine it. I wonder what this kid is up to.¡±
The Longevity Holy Man shook his head. He was not optimistic about Su Yangs arrival.
Perhaps he was just here to y and broaden his horizons.
A momentter, Su Yang arrived at the center of the town and saw the residence of the Chaotic Court.
Su Yang stepped into it and saw an old man in green guarding it.
¡°Su Yang greets Senior.¡±
He had seen the Longevity Holy Man before in the Chaotic Court, which was the day he joined.
¡± There¡¯s no need to be so polite. I didn¡¯t expect you to break through so quickly and enter the Great Dao Realm. As expected of a monster.¡± ¡°However, why have youe this time?
Su Yang did not hide it and immediately told her his purpose.
¡°Senior, I¡¯m only here to understand the node battlefield so that I can pave the way for obtaining resources in the future. After all, I¡¯ll definitely need more resources for my future cultivation.¡±
Su Yang made some modifications to his words.
It was not appropriate to say that he had exhausted all his resources and needed more.
He did not want to attract too much attention, nor did he want to exin too much.
It would be best if he could collect resources in peace.
He only needed information.
The Longevity Holy Man nodded.¡± That¡¯s true. Cultivators should have a long-term vision and pave the way for their future.¡±
¡°It¡¯s not wrong of you to do this. You just have to be careful.¡±
¡°Junior understands.¡±
¡°The information about the one-eyed battlefield has been sent to your identity token. You can understand it yourself.¡±
¡°If you have nothing to do, you can rest in the encampment. There are many rooms here, and they are all protected by formations. Each room is independent and isted from detection.¡±
¡°Thank you, Senior.¡±
Su Yang bowed and thanked him.
After getting what he needed, he also took the opportunity to stay here.
The reason why the Chaotic Court had built a base here was for the convenience of its members.
Now that he was here, he could naturally enjoy this treatment.
It was obvious that the Longevity Holy Man had epted the garrison mission.
For a middle-stage Great Dao Realm node battlefield like this, he could earn 10,000 contribution points in 10,000 years.
Not bad. There was no risk, and the rewards were not too little.
However, it would take a long time.
Su Yang had long ruled out such missions.
However, while carrying out this garrison mission, he could also simultaneously carry out missions rted to this node battlefield.
For example, collecting the cores of the Land of Greenwood.
This was probably what the Longevity Holy Man was nning.
The two missions were carried out simultaneously. Even if they couldn¡¯t snatch the core of the Land of Greenwood, they could still gain something by staying here.
He would not be empty-handed after failure.
After some research, Su Yang also understood.
This had nothing to do with him.
The Longevity Holy Man gave him a token and followed it to his room.
Su Yang went in, closed the door, and activated the array.
It was impossible for the cultivators outside to know what was going on in his room.
Including the Longevity Holy Man.
Unless he surpassed the Great Dao Realm.
The array formation¡¯s power could only defend against Great Dao Realm cultivators.
This was enough. A mere mid-stage Great Dao Realm battlefield would not have any expertsing.
Su Yang began to check the information that the Longevity Holy Man had given him.
The most important thing was to obtain resources.
As for the information about the core of the Land of Greenwood, Su Yang did not expect the other party to give him any useful information.
If there was, the Longevity Holy Man would have taken action long ago.
There was not much information.
There were many things that he had learned about. The node battlefields were simr in many ces, but the details were different.
The node battlefield here was the lowest level node battlefield. The energy produced by the destruction of the two worlds was not too much.
Therefore, they usually did not have too many resources to gather.
Under normal circumstances, although a certain amount of resources would be produced every day, it was not a lot..
Chapter 432 - 432: Understood, Enter! (2)
Chapter 432 - 432: Understood, Enter! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Every day, there were about ten Immortal Crystals, ten nomological crystals, and some top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones.
However, there were hundreds of chaos cultivators and undyings.
Usually, thepetition was very intense.
Great battles continued, and Great Dao Realm cultivators were in danger of dying.
This was a normal situation, but there was a special situation.
That was the day of the tide.
This kind of tidal day could be found in any node battlefield.
The eruption of the tide day was not fixed, but every time it erupted, arge amount of resources would be formed.
Immortal crystals, the speed at whichw crystals were condensed became extremely fast.
Top- grade Chaos Spirit Stones were everywhere.
The energy that erupted during the Tidal Day came from the shattering of the barrier between the two worlds.
The new battlefield nodes wouldst for a long period of time during the tide days, so the resources were the most abundant.
The longer it appeared, the shorter the duration of the Tide Day, and the fewer it appeared.
When the node battlefield disappeared, the barrier between the two worlds was restored.
The One-eyed Battlefield hadn¡¯t appeared for a long time, but it wasn¡¯t too short either. Currently, the Tide Day only appeared once every year.
It had been nine months since hest appeared.
Under normal circumstances, Su Yang only needed to wait another three months to participate in the Tide Day.
However, he did not n to wait for the tide to appear before entering the node battlefield.
That would waste a lot of his time.
There were also resources that appeared during normal times, but thepetition was a little intense.
With his uniqueness, would he be afraid of fiercepetition?
Death was just the beginning of another clone.
Those who killed him would pay a heavy price.
The clone only needed two months to travel for the first time.
However, he would not need the same amount of time to arrive at a ce he had arrived at once.
Sword Intent Teleportation Formations were no joke.
In the primal chaos, his sword intent teleportation formation indeed had a distance limit.
It was unrealistic to travel tens of thousands of light years in one go and arrive here directly from the Chaotic Court.
However, he only needed to build multiple sword intent teleportation arrays.
After reaching the limit, he would set up more sword intent teleportation formations.
They were connected to each other, so there was no so-called distance limit.
That was what he was doing now.
It was also because of this that even if his clone died, it would not waste too much of his time.
There were only a hundred chaos cultivators and undyings in the battlefield.
It did not seem like much, but in fact, it was quite a lot at this realm.
Even if the Chaos contained thousands of universes, it was still impossible for the Great Dao Realm to be everywhere.
It was fine if a Saint Realm expert was inferior to a dog.
However, the Saint Realm and the Great Dao Realm were worlds apart.
Under normal circumstances, a cultivator who was able to open up a cosmos and turn his own cosmos into an open cosmos was already very powerful and had great talent.
However, this existence wanted to break through the barrier and break through from the Saint Realm to the Great Dao Realm.
However, there was no hope at all.
Talent aside.
Resources were an iparably heavy shackle.
It was able to suppress these ordinary Saint Realm cultivators until they could not breathe.
He had been trapped in the Saint Realm for countless years.
This was the life of a normal Saint Realm cultivator.
In front of this huge dividing line, too many cultivators had already been eliminated.
However, it was even more difficult to reach the node battlefield.
Other than the members of the five top factions of the Primal Chaos, who could enter freely, the other cultivators had to pay a hefty price to enter and exit.
There were about sixty Chaos Cultivators in the one-eyed battlefield.
Among them, the five major factions upied about 50.
There were only ten itinerant cultivators, or members of forces below the top forces.
Those who came here were definitely Great Dao Realm cultivators.
In other words, 60 people would be attacking a node battlefield.
It was not as much as he had imagined.
However, this was a normal situation in the node battlefield.
This was also a normal situation in the primordial chaos.
There were not many Great Dao Realm cultivators in some small battlefields.
Unless it was a battlefield with abundant resources and all kinds of resources.
That was where arge number of cultivators gathered.
The chaos had no idea how long it had been, and there were many cultivators in existence.
However, it also depended on the difference between being scattered and being concentrated.
If they were all gathered in one ce, no matter how little they were, it would not seem to be much less.
After some understanding, Su Yang decided to enter the node battlefield now.
However, before entering, he had to light up the magic node and get the magic skill out.
Now, he had 600 points of golden living beings ¡®will, which could light up 600 stage onew nodes.
Firstly, he had set up the nomological god art that would automatically activate after the three clones died.
[Curse of Life] [Snatching Luck with Life]
[Stealing with Life]
These three abilities could make the person who killed him pay a huge price.
He wouldn¡¯t lose out even if he died.
As for the other 300 golden wills of all living beings, Su Yang lit up the soulw, the mew, and the burningw.
He would temporarily fuse these threews into a brand new Starfire!
The Soul Law gave Spark the power to kill souls. Even at this realm, the soul was still his weakness.
The Laws of me amplified its power.
The Burning Law increased its power once again.
It increased the power of the Starfire Soul ying Sword to a higher level.
This was his current arrangement.
Ultimate Divine Power, Three Thousand Domains
This move was not bad, but he could not do it yet.
600 points of golden will of all living beings smashed down, and he immediately lit up the 601- stagew node.
From that moment on, it was impossible for an early- stage Great Dao Realm expert to kill him.
It was even unlikely for him to be at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
Other than the threews of soul, fire, and burning, the threews of fire were the same.
There were also the threews of curse, providence, and theft.
Curse, fate stripping, stealing, these three nomologicalws could also be used individually.
He did not have to wait for the other party to kill him.
With 600 nomological nodes, he could still form a single move.
However, the fusion of nomological nodes with ipatible attributes would not increase its power by much.
Just these methods were enough to make him invincible at the early- stage Great Dao Realm.
It was not that easy for a middle-stage Great Dao Realm to kill him. After everything was ready, Su Yang came to the center of the town and stepped into the node battlefield through the ck vortex.
At this moment, the Longevity Holy Man suddenly broke out of his closed-door cultivation.
¡°Not good! ¡±
¡°What¡¯s wrong with this kid? Didn¡¯t you say you were here to understand the situation?¡±
He just broke through to the Great Dao Realm and entered without mastering any techniques. He doesn¡¯t have the ability to resolve danger.¡±
¡°l can¡¯t die like this.¡¯
The Longevity Holy Man was only at the mid- stage of the Great Dao Realm. He could not tell that Su Yang was just an avatar.
Unless he forcefully investigated Su Yang.
However, they couldn¡¯t do that as they were from the same camp.
He immediately sent a message to Su Yang, asking him toe back quickly and not to act rashly.
However, he soon received Su Yangs answer.
He was only a clone, so it didn¡¯t matter if he died. He just wanted to see the true situation of the node battlefield.
¡°Clone?¡± ¡°How could this be¡lf it was just a clone, how could I not see his strength?¡± ¡°Unless¡
All of a sudden, the Changsheng Holy Man thought of something. He frowned and thought that it was impossible.
¡°Unless¡His avatar¡¯s strength has reached the Great Dao Realm.¡±
¡°But how is this possible¡¡±
The Changsheng Holy Man¡¯s rationality told him that it was impossible, but the truth also told him that Su Yang would not lie to him.
The Longevity Holy Man felt a headache.
Fortunately, after a round of confirmation.
It was indeed Su Yangs avatar.
However, this made the Longevity Holy Man¡¯s scalp tingle even more.
To break through to the Great Dao Realm in two months, even with sufficient resources and the help of the Dao Comprehension Pagoda, the fastest record was 1,150 years.
He had just broken through from the Perfected Saint Realm to the early- stage Great Dao Realm.
However, Su Yang was¡ He had broken through in two months?
No!
The Longevity Holy Man was shocked.
If someone with strength at the early- stage Great Dao Realm rushed here from the Chaos Court¡
It would take at least two months.
In other words, Su Yang had broken through on the day he received the resources?
What kind of monster was this!
Even though he had seen countless Heaven¡¯s Favorites and defeated them, the Longevity Holy Man couldn¡¯t remain calm.
His face was filled with shock.
His aura could not calm down at all.
Apart from the increase in strength, there was another point.
Su Yang also had an avatar with the strength of the early- stage Great Dao Realm.
This was¡How did he do it?
¡°l don¡¯t think he cultivated it himself.¡¯
For such a prodigy, the Heavenly Thunder Pce Lord¡¯s reward will definitely be quite generous. Perhaps this clone was condensed with the help of some kind of reward.¡¯
Thinking of this, the Longevity Holy Man seemed to have discovered the truth.
Only this exnation is reasonable
Chapter 433 - 433: Team, Waiting
Chapter 433 - 433: Team, Waiting
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
No matter what the Longevity Holy Man thought.
Then, he did not stop Su Yang.
Su Yang also sessfully entered the one-eyed battlefield.
The one-eyed battlefield was not small.
The interior of the vortex was a space of its own, and the exterior looked like a small whirlpool.
When Su Yang really entered it, he could sense that it was no different from entering a real world.
It was stated in the information he had collected.
The one-eyed battlefield had three regions.
A huge forest
A huge desert a in
The three environments formed a huge world.
As for why such a special environment would appear in the ce where the barrier between the two worlds was broken.
Perhaps it was a product of the energy impact.
Su Yang was not sure about this, and he did not need to know.
All the unknowns would be ced clearly in front of you when you reached that realm.
The entrance was fixed. At this moment, he appeared in a huge forest.
It was also a fixed location for Chaos cultivators to enter.
There was a ck vortex behind him.
If he wanted to go back, he could just go through the vortex.
Now that he had officially entered the one-eyed battlefield, what he needed to do next was to find resources and collect them.
After entering this ce, Su Yang could sense that his perception had been extremelypressed, and the damage that his strength could cause was limited.
This was the reason for the increase in spatial strength.
The area where the energy of the two realms fused, even the weakest, had a huge suppression on him.
His perception ability was about ten thousand miles away, and his sword technique¡¯s destructive ability was about a hundred thousand miles away. The ability had beenpressed, and this ability had be very weak.
The range of influence was limited.
However, other cultivators were also restricted. This wasmon, and no one was special.
It was nothing.
The One-eyed Battlefield was so huge that he naturally couldn¡¯t search for resources like a headless fly.
There was still a way.
These methods were all mentioned in the information given to him by the Longevity Holy Man.
For example, the center of the forest, an oasis in the desert, or a special depression in the in.
The energy fluctuations in these three special locations were rtivelyrge, and the probability of producing resources was extremely high.
Of course, other than these three locations, resources could also appear in other locations.
This was not fixed.
However, these three locations would definitely produce resources every day. They were the ces where cultivators gathered to fight and kill.
Su Yang looked at the huge trees below.
Since he came here first, he would go to the center of the forest to take a look.
After making the decision, Su Yang immediately took action.
In this ce, he could only fly, and so could the other Great Dao Realm cultivators.
His speed was suppressed. ording to the coordinates provided by the Longevity Holy Man, he would need four hours to get there.
However, ording to the information, an ordinary early-stage Great Dao Realm cultivator would need at least 12 hours to rush over.
The benefits of choosing the path of the strongest were already beginning to show.
This was only the beginning. He had not even started to improve his strength.
Just byprehending morews, his strength was already close to the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
It would take two hours for a middle-stage Great Dao Realm expert to rush
over.
Reality proved that he was still inferior to the middle-stage Great Dao Realm.
As he flew in the air, the towering trees below him formed a sea of trees.
Su Yang looked down and could only see the tops of giant trees.
Four hours passed in the blink of an eye, and no idents happened along the
way.
There were no resources directly condensed in front of Su Yang.
This made Su Yang sigh,¡±There are indeed not so many coincidences in the world. All coincidences are premeditated, or¡¡± I was prepared.¡±
Suddenly, Su Yang¡¯s eyes lit up.
He seemed to have discovered something.
In a node battlefield like this, the energy of the two worlds gathered and randomly formed resources.
If he was lucky enough, the resources would be gathered in front of him.
Luck¡Luck was never a simple thing.
All true coincidences were definitely rted to luck.
A good coincidence was luck.
A bad coincidence was bad luck.
In that case¡He cultivated thews of luck and thews of fate. Wouldn¡¯t he be able to raise his luck to the extreme?
Su Yang thought so and immediately nned to experiment.
Currently, he had already lit up 100 luckw nodes.
The providencew could be said to be a branch of the destinyw.
However, there were some differences between thisw and thew of fate.
He specialized in luck and didn¡¯t have any other impurities.
Su Yang followed his own ideas and asked the interface to create a new move for him.
[Ten Thousand Luck Return to One]
[Level: Stage 1]
[Ability: Able to see one¡¯s own Fate and plunder the Fate of others for one¡¯s own use. Fate is divided into ck, white, green, blue, purple, and gold. The thicker the Fate, the more precious the opportunities one will obtain. After triggering the Fate, the opportunities obtained will be reduced to a certain extent.]
Soon, he saw the luck on his body.
There were only three wisps of white Fate around him. He immediately understood that his current Fate was ordinary.
There was nothing special about it, so it was not considered unlucky.
This might be normal, but since he had already grasped this divine power, he would have to make good use of it.
It was also very easy to steal the luck of others.
This move of his was to forcefully seize it. Other cultivators could sense it and would resist.
If they resisted, it would be very difficult for them to absorb the luck of other cultivators.
If Su Yang beat them up and they could not resist, they could just plunder their luck.
There was also¡lf he encountered a strong enemy and let the other party kill him, he could also forcefully plunder it..
Chapter 434 - 434: Team, Waiting (2)
Chapter 434 - 434: Team, Waiting (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
It was just a matter of how much they plundered.
It was a pretty good ability. With this ability, he could give it a try when he met an opponent.
Whoever became his enemy next would be in trouble.
And from this, more ideas came to Su Yang¡¯s mind.
Previously, he did not need to find any cultivation resources or treasure hunting.
As a result, he did not develop thew of treasure hunting among the 3,000ws.
Now, he could give it a try.
Su Yang secretly remembered this. When the golden will of all living beings was sufficient, he would increase it.
After a while, he had arrived at the core area of the forest.
After arriving at the edge of the core area, Su Yang did not continue moving forward.
Stepping into the core region now was not a wise move.
At this moment, there was no cultivator or undying in the core region.
ording to the information, Su Yang knew that these existences were hidden in the surroundings.
Su Yang frowned. He seemed tock concealment methods.
Now that there was no way to hide, things were not looking good.
However, it was not a big problem. So what if he could not hide?
Those who wanted to find trouble with him could just stand up. He would not be afraid.
Just as he was thinking this, he also sensed a wave of divine soul power sweeping across his body.
It was obviously done by an existence hidden in the surrounding void.
After the first perception, this perception continued to attack.
There were a total of 27 strands of perceptual power.
He had caught it, but he didn¡¯t know if there were any other perceptual powers that he couldn¡¯t catch.
There were at least 27 cultivators gathered here.
There were a few more Chaos cultivators.
However, there was also the undying.
This was normal.
Su Yang¡¯s heart was calm. Since these people did not jump out to find trouble with him, so what if they were sensed?
After a period of time, he would naturally solve this problem.
Although he had been discovered, Su Yang still did not intend to go directly to the middle.
It was fine at the edge, but if he went to the middle, he would definitely be surrounded.
It was not a good thing to be the target of public criticism.
Even if his clone was not afraid of death, he did not want to be killed for no reason.
They waited quietly.
During this free time, Su Yang was also thinking.
Even if the resources appeared, if there were too few of them, it would naturally be impossible to avoid a tragic battle.
Moreover, without absolute speed, they could not seize the initiative.
After a while, he would have to increase his speed as well¡
In the future, he indeed wanted to increase his nomologicalws by 3,000 and walk the path of the strongest.
However, before he could fully unleash it, he definitely had to choose some suitablews to increase hisbat strength in advance.
Even though the spatialws were amazing, they had huge restrictions in certain scenarios.
He did not know if it would be effective.
When the time came, he would know that he could not fall behind in terms of space and speed.
Su Yang pondered seriously.
In the surrounding void, many existences had long noticed Su Yang.
Unlike Su Yang, these people were in groups.
Basically, there were a few of them.
¡°This neer¡He seems to be from the Chaotic Court?¡±
¡± Are the people from the Chaotic Court so ferocious?¡±
¡± He doesn¡¯t hide at all. I think he¡¯s only at the early-stage Great Dao Realm. How arrogant.¡±
¡°Uh¡ Could it be that this person doesn¡¯t have any concealment techniques?¡± ¡® Don¡¯t joke around. If he doesn¡¯t have one, then doesn¡¯t the Chaotic Court?¡±
¡± I wonder what the Chaotic Court is doing. It¡¯s really strange.¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. Strength is the foundation. It¡¯s useless to y tricks.¡±
In the surrounding void, with Su Yang¡¯s appearance, it also aroused the desire of these people to discuss.
Everyone was studying what Su Yang was up to.
However, it was obvious that they had avoided the correct answer perfectly.
Su Yang did not have any concealment methods.
He did not think too much about it.
This might be one of the ws of getting used to the action of clones.
He became extremely bold and subconsciously ignored many things.
If this was the main body, Su Yang would definitely be extremely careful and not dare to be careless.
The surrounding Void cultivators had discovered Su Yang, so the people of the Chaotic Court naturally discovered Su Yang. ¡°Fellow Daoist Fang Han, this¡ Should we pull him in?¡±
In a special hidden void, someone suggested.
There were a total of three people in this space.
Fang Han stood at the forefront, clearly the leader.
¡°This person must be Su Yang, who just joined our Chaotic Court. Since we¡¯re from the same sect, we naturally have to take care of him.¡± Fang Han was wearing a pale white Daoist robe with the logo of the Chaotic Court on his left chest.
After Fang Han agreed, the person who spoke immediately took action.
They knew that Fang Han would definitely agree, but now the three of them acted together.
Fang Han was the leader, so he naturally had to ask.
Su Yang, who was thinking, suddenly raised his eyelids.
Someone was using his identity token to contact him. It was someone from the Chaotic Court.
Call him to their hiding spot.
Su Yang did not refuse. They were all on the same side. If he refused, he would seem out of ce and too arrogant.
Su Yang simply agreed.
After he went to the designated location, his figure disappeared from where he was.
They entered a special space.
The surrounding cultivators who saw this scene thought to themselves, This is normal.
Who woulde here without concealing their presence?
¡°I¡¯m Su Yang. Greetings, fellow Daoists.¡±
¡°I¡¯m Cheng Ping. This is Lu Yu, and this is Fang Han¡¡±
Under Cheng Ping¡¯s introduction, Su Yang also got to know the three people here.
The three of them were all from the Chaotic Court, so it was naturally for his own good that he was dragged in.
After entering the hidden space, he could immediately take action when the treasure appeared.
His movements would not be noticed immediately..
Chapter 435 - 435: Team, Waiting (3)
Chapter 435 - 435: Team, Waiting (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Moreover, this hidden space was not fixed. It could be moved.
After pulling Su Yang in, he began to move and change his position.
After entering the hidden space, they only needed to wait for the resources to appear.
If he could appear in front of them directly, that would be the best.
After Su Yang entered, he also observed the luck of the three of them.
The Fate on Cheng Ping¡¯s body was white, but it was not a strand. There was a small white Fate cloud above his head that just covered his head.
Lu Yu¡¯s luck was simr to Cheng Ping¡¯s.
However, Fang Han¡¯s luck waspletely different. There was a one-meter-long luck cloud above his head, and it was green.
Although it was more advanced, Su Yang felt that it was very strange.
When he thought about how he would have to go through the same process of plundering Fate to level up, his expression darkened.
Good heavens¡Fortunately, he didn¡¯t have a Daopanion.
He wondered if Fang Han had a Daopanion¡
Su Yang thought to himself.
¡°Fellow Daoist Su, since the four of us are in a team now, we should get to know each other better. We can cooperate when we fight for resources,¡± Cheng Ping said at this moment.
¡® I¡¯m more skilled in fire-elemental killing divine arts. Fellow Daoist Lu Yu is faster. Fellow Daoist Fang Han is at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm and is the strongest among us. He mainly focuses on killing, but he cultivates ice-elemental nomologicalws, so he¡¯s also good at blocking.¡±
¡± Usually, when the three of us join forces and encounter resources that we can fight for, Fellow Daoist Fang Han and I will stop them, while Fellow Daoist Lu Yu will fight for them. After obtaining them, we will distribute them.¡±
Cheng Ping¡¯s exnation made Su Yang understand that he was joining the team to cooperate.
He had never done such a thing since he started cultivating.
They were all fighting alone, and Su Yang was a little ufortable at this moment.
However, the difference in strength between everyone was not too big, so it was indeed necessary to cooperate.
After a while, it might not be necessary for Su Yang.
After thinking for a moment, Su Yang said, ¡°I¡¯m currently cultivating the Law of the Soul. My killing methods are okay, and my auxiliaryws also have curses and luck.¡±
Originally, Fang Han did not care much about Su Yang. He just felt that he was one of them and should take care of him.
Su Yang had just joined the Chaos Court, so his strength was definitely not good. Even if he did not know why he could break through so quickly, it was useless.
He had just broken through. What strength could he have?
Coming here, he must have gained some knowledge.
However, after Su Yang said what he was good at, Fang Han could not help but be a little surprised.
The Law of the Soul was not something to be trifled with. When it matured, this Law was extremely powerful.
Correspondingly, the Law of the Soul was not so easy to cultivate.
Moreover¡ There was also luck and curses.
For a moment, Fang Han did not know how to evaluate Su Yang.
Did he really think that he was extremely monstrous?
Cheng Ping and Lu Yu had strange expressions on their faces.
The three of them didn¡¯t lose theirposure too much. All kinds of thoughts shed through their minds and disappeared in an instant.
¡°In that case, Fellow Daoist Su can also stop the enemy with us. Fellow Daoist Lu Yu will be the one to snatch the resources,¡± Cheng Ping continued.
¡°Of course, if the resources appear in front of us, whoever can get them faster can take them directly. However, don¡¯t be too rigid and wait for a fixed person in the team to take them.¡±
Su Yang listened to Cheng Ping¡¯s words with a strange expression. Who would not take the resources in front of them?
On second thought, the appearance of a strange rule meant that something strange must have happened first.
Perhaps someone had done this before.
¡°Understood..¡±
Chapter 436 - 436: Seizing Luck!
Chapter 436 - 436: Seizing Luck!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After hiding in the void, Su Yang wondered if he could see other cultivators with his current method of observing luck.
He locked onto their location through luck.
Thinking of this, Su Yang decided to give it a try.
Thews of providence circted. His eyes shed with golden light as he looked at the surrounding void.
The result suddenly appeared.
Some of the guys whose concealment methods were not good were directly locked onto by Su Yang.
There weren¡¯t many of them.
There were only six of them.
There were at least twenty-seven hidden existences here. This number was clearly not right.
His method was not used for searching.
It was not bad to be able to do this.
He did not see six cultivators. He only saw six ces where providence gathered.
Three ces were surrounded by strands of white luck. One look and one could tell that the luck was not strong.
Two white clouds the size of a palm gathered above his head.
There was a fifty-centimeter-long green luck cloud.
From the looks of it, Fang Han¡¯s luck seemed pretty good.
Perhaps there would be good opportunities if he followed him.
Since he could lock onto the location of the six cultivators, Su Yang did not intend to hide it and directly told Fang Han and the others.
¡°Fellow Daoist Fang, thews of providence that I cultivate can detect some cultivators with weak concealment techniques. Currently, I know the location of six cultivators. I wonder if it¡¯s of any use?¡±
Su Yang¡¯s words exploded, and Fang Han¡¯s heart moved.
¡°Really?¡±
¡°Naturally.¡±
Fang Han¡¯s face lit up.¡± Of course it¡¯s useful. If we know their location, we¡¯ll be able to deal with them more easily when resources appear.¡±
¡°Where are they? Can you see their appearance and identity?¡±
¡°I can know their location because of their luck. I can only see their luck, but I can¡¯t see their appearance.¡± Su Yang said.
¡± The six cultivators are divided into two positions. One is 700 meters in front of us, and the other is 500 meters to our left. They are both closer to the center.¡±
Fang Han praised.¡± Not bad. This way, we can grasp their whereabouts first. Fellow Daoist Su, continue to keep an eye on them and see if they will move.¡± ¡°Understood.¡± Su Yang nodded.
Fang Han was in a good mood at the moment. He had only wanted to help theter.
She did not expect Su Yang to be so capable.
If they could help the situation, at least they wouldn¡¯t be a burden.
¡°Fellow Daoist Fang, your ability is indeed not bad, but¡ It will be difficult to cultivate in the future.
Cheng Ping was a little envious, but he was also thinking about Su Yang.
This was only the beginning of the Great Dao. In the early stages, choosing a stronger and more difficult power to cultivate would indeed allow one¡¯s strength to surpass cultivators of the same stage at the beginning.
However, there was a price to pay.
The further he went, the slower his cultivation speed would be.
The more difficult it would be to obtain resources that matched his own.
Even with the support of the Chaos Court, some resources were still difficult to obtain.
This was the price.
Ordinary cultivators would not touch thews that made it difficult to gather resources.
Many times, choice was more important than hard work.
Su Yang knew that the other party had good intentions, but his situation waspletely different.
Moreover,pared to the soulws, the providencews were merely two remotews.
Compared to the Three Thousand Laws¡That was really not worth mentioning.
¡°Of course I know this. I¡¯ve already considered it.¡±
¡± Although it¡¯ll get harder as we go on, at least I don¡¯t have to worry too much in the early stages.¡±
¡°As for the future, we will naturally talk about itter. As cultivators, we must press forward and ovee all obstacles before we can reach the peak of the Great Path.¡±
Su Yang¡¯s tone was calm. These words were for these people to hear, but also for himself.
The 3,000 nomologicalws. Since he chose this path, there was no turning back. He did not want to turn back either.
To him, this was definitely the right choice.
The path of the strongest was the path he should take.
However, this path was indeed difficult.
Even for him, it was the same.
He needed to put in 3,000 times more effort than a cultivator with a single nomological Dao body to reach each realm.
It was already extremely difficult for ordinary cultivators to break through. If it was increased by 3,000 times¡He really didn¡¯t dare to think about it.
Su Yang¡¯s words were naturally firm.
Fang Han and the other two had the same idea.
However, they thought that Su Yang had only firmly chosen these twows.
Little did he know¡lt was the 3,000 Laws.
Then, they began to chat.
Arrange the tactics and prepare for the possible changes.
The discussion quickly ended.
Su Yang stared at the ces where the luck was.
He really wanted to snatch this luck.
However¡lf he did so, he would immediately be discovered and be enemies with the other party.
Even though he really wanted to give it a try.
But he still decided not to do so.
Offending people for no reason was not in his character.
When the battle broke out, the undying would be his target.
As for the Chaos cultivators, he would not be polite if they provoked him.
Luck¡lt was a very mysterious thing.
If bad luck gued him, he would also face the risk of death if he didn¡¯t handle it well.
Just like that, for the next period of time, it was temporarily quiet.
About four hourster, the space here finally fluctuated.
The void trembled a thousand meters in front of their hiding spot.
It was a situation caused by the convergence of the powers of the two worlds.
A huge amount of energy gathered and strangely fused in an instant.
The space exploded at this moment.
After the void was torn apart, a low-grade white nomological crystal appeared..
Chapter 437 - 437: Seizing Luck! (2)
Chapter 437 - 437: Seizing Luck! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Thisw crystal was flickering with traces of lightning. It was a lightning-typew crystal.
No matter whatw it was, the moment this thing appeared.
All the cultivators hiding in the area moved out at once.
Someone from Water Pavilion immediately rushed out of the hidden space and reached out to snatch the nomological crystal.
Su Yangs gaze was fixed on it. The first to attack was a one-eyed undying.
At the same time he attacked, the other 3 one-eyed undyings appeared.
However, they didn¡¯t rush toward the nomological crystals. They only formed a defensive formation, prepared to stop others from snatching them.
¡°Attack! ¡±
Fang Han shouted.
The other cultivators all attacked the undying at the same time.
As for the undying snatching thew crystals, the chaos cultivators only had one opinion.
If he could snatch it, then he would, if he couldn¡¯t, then he would think of a way to kill the undying.
Even if he couldn¡¯t kill them, he could at least injure them.
He only needed to achieve one of these goals.
Therefore, in an instant, arge number of nomological divine arts bombarded over.
Any cultivator who wanted to seize resources would inevitably be baptized by such attacks.
Even Chaos cultivators couldn¡¯t escape the bombardment of undying life forms.
Only by blocking the attack could he enjoy the harvest.
Fang Han did not need to shout.
Su Yang had already made his move the moment he saw the undying life form appear.
He had long wanted to test the power of seizing luck.
He just didn¡¯t want to make the wrong move, so he had been enduring it.
Now that he had confirmed his target, he naturally did not need to worry.
¡°Luck Snatch!¡±
Su Yangs body shed with luckw, it enveloped a one-eyed undying in front of him.
In a perspective that no one could see, the power of thew of luck controlled by Su Yang was pulling the luck on the other party¡¯s body.
In an instant, ten wisps of white luck were taken away and added to Su Yangs body.
The white luck on Su Yangs body also turned from three wisps to thirteen wisps in an instant.
Not bad!
After gaining something, Su Yang became even more motivated, grabbing this one-eyed undying and crazily snatching its luck.
The other cultivators didn¡¯t know what was going on, but as the victim, the one-eyed undying naturally felt that something was wrong.
That vertical pupil instantly stared at Su Yang.
¡°Chaos cultivators! How dare you steal my luck? Die!¡±
The one-eyed undying instantly exploded, his reaction was extremely huge.
Without saying a word, he took the initiative to attack Su Yang.
Su Yang was shocked.
What a big reaction!
It seemed that he had underestimated the importance of luck.
However, he wasn¡¯t worried, as the 4 single eyed undyings were being surrounded.
Even if Su Yang provoked the other party, the other party only shot out a ck light at him.
Its power was only at the early-stage Great Dao Realm. Su Yang casually shed out a Starfire Soul ying Sword.
The collision obliterated the iing attack.
Even though that one eyed undying wanted to fight Su Yang.
However, the actual situation did not allow him to do so.
Arge number of cultivators ¡®attacks rained down on them.
They could only resist.
Su Yang took this opportunity to be even more impolite.
The luckws were unleashed to the extreme, tearing apart the luck of this one eyed undying.
In a breath¡¯s time, the luck of the one-eyed undying was taken away by Su Yang.
There was no trace of luck.
At this point, Su Yangs luck method immediately failed.
Seeing that things couldn¡¯t be done, he suddenly had an idea.
The experiment of seizing was over, but the experiment of curses had not been done¡
Su Yang immediately took action again and used the power of the curse in his luck.
Under his control, a ck gas was born in the void.
It then wrapped around the one-eyed undying.
The one-eyed undying was too busy dealing with the killer moves of the other cultivators, he couldn¡¯t care less about Su Yang.
Su Yangs attack was not fatal. If he was hit by other cultivators, there was a risk of death.
In a breath, 3 wisps of ck luck appeared on the one-eyed undying.
This thing should be called bad luck.
Three wisps wasn¡¯t a lot, but it would definitely be bad luck.
As expected¡The power of bad luck took effect on the spot.
Two breaths was enough for them to seize the nomological crystals and retreat.
Just as they were retreating, the originally meticulous defense suddenly slipped through.
A nomological divine power directly hit the one-eyed body.
He was sent flying while vomiting blood.
This one-eyed man gritted his teeth and looked at Su Yang. The hatred in his eyes soared to the sky, and he wished he could PK with Su Yang on the spot.
However, he was still rational and made the right choice, retreating with the team.
After one unlucky encounter, the three wisps of ck gas on the one-eyed man that Su Yang had targeted also disappeared.
Obviously¡After the bad luck, the ck gas naturally disappeared.
Su Yang was a little unsatisfied.
He did not know what would happen if there was more ck gas.
Moreover, he wanted to seize more luck, but unfortunately, he did not have enough time.
These undyings were very crafty.
Looking at himself, he already had 27 wisps of white luck.
It looked like there were finally a few more.
At the same time, many Chaos cultivators who appeared looked at Su Yang.
His eyes were filled with shock and fear.
They had seen Su Yangs methods just now. Snatching luck and then creating bad luck¡
The twobined to form a chain.
This method made them list Su Yang as thest person they wanted to provoke.
If he provoked them, he had to kill them.
Otherwise, offending an existence that grasped thews of providence would cause one to die without knowing how.
His luck had been taken away, and he had even been cursed¡
This was¡No one wanted to try¡
However, Su Yang was a member of the Chaotic Court and could not be killed easily..
Chapter 438 - 438: Seizing Luck! (3)
Chapter 438 - 438: Seizing Luck! (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
They couldn¡¯t withstand the revenge of the Chaotic Court.
When they fought for resources, they might even have conflicts with other members of the Chaotic Court.
However, if it was Su Yang, he would forget it after thinking about it.
He could just give up some resources.
They had plenty of time. Their safety was the most important thing.
The core battlefield instantly quieted down. Everyone hid in the void again and adjusted their positions.
After a battle, Fang Han and the others, who had a preliminary understanding of Su Yangs methods, looked at Su Yang differently again.
He did not feel anything special before, so he treated Su Yang as a fellow disciple and took care of him.
But now¡Their attitude towards Su Yang immediately became more enthusiastic.
After all, they did not want to try such a terrifying method.
Of course, fellow disciples could not kill each other, but Su Yang¡¯s ability was special. Perhaps they would ask Su Yang for help in the future?
It was definitely not wrong to build a good rtionship now.
Even if they were from the same sect, they still needed to maintain their rtionship.
¡± Su Dao, you have good methods. If you cultivate thews of providence to such a level, those who provoke you will definitely be in trouble. You will gain a lot of benefits in this battlefield.¡¯
Fang Han was a little envious. This kind of specialw was indeed difficult to cultivate in the future.
But now, it was really useful.
Even if he did not snatch thew crystal just now, Su Yang had gained a lot of luck.
As long as their enemies could not deal with Su Yang, they would definitely be in a passive position.
¡°Not bad, not bad. After all, it will be difficult to cultivate in the future. I only have an advantage now.¡± Su Yang said.
It wasn¡¯t low- key, and there was no intention of being low-key in his words.
However, by repeatedly mentioning his disadvantages, the other party would not have any bad thoughts.
¡°This is indeed¡
¡°Fellow Daoist Fang, I want to ask if all the Chaos cultivators attacked just now. No one is hiding in the void anymore, right?¡± Su Yang stared at the front with his sharp eyes.
Fang Han nodded.¡± Indeed. Did you find anything?¡±
¡°Of course. Since the Chaos cultivators have already made their move, the six auras that my luck has locked onto must be immortal life forms,¡± Su Yang said with a smile.
Fang Han frowned. What did he mean?
¡°You want to¡Attacking an undying?¡±
Fang Han suddenly thought of a possibility and blurted out.
¡°I do have this idea. After all, I¡¯ve already locked onto their location. I wonder if Fellow Daoist Fang thinks it¡¯s feasible?¡±
¡°This¡¡± For a moment, Fang Han hesitated.
The main reason was that he had never encountered such a situation before.
His brain was spinning rapidly, considering the pros and cons.
If they attacked, the problem was that they might be surrounded by other undyings.
The other Chaos cultivators might not help.
After all, the Chaos Court and the other Chaos forces were allies when facing the inner world, but they were alsopetitors for resources.
Depending on the situation, they would make different choices.
Given the current situation, he probably wouldn¡¯t help them for the sake of more resources.
However¡Even if the undyings surrounded them, it would be useless.
Under the circumstances where the difference in realms was not big, there would not be a life-and-death crisis.
Su Yangs ability could ruthlessly punish these undying beings.
At the same time, he could also show off his muscles to the surrounding Chaos cultivators.
If there were resources to be gathered in front of them, the other Chaos cultivators would have to think twice before snatching them.
After all, even if undying beings couldn¡¯t kill them, so could chaos cultivators.
When both sides could not do anything to each other, it would depend on whose methods were stronger.
There was no doubt that Su Yangs methods were very strong.
Fang Han¡¯s eyes shed. There¡¯s no harm in targeting these undyings, but we need to be prepared.¡±
After making his decision, Fang Han began to set up the ce and talked about the n.
Cheng Ping and the others were also a little excited.
He was very concerned about this matter¡.
Chapter 439 - 439: Taking the Initiate
Chapter 439 - 439: Taking the Initiate
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
After deciding to take action, the few of them sat in a circle and began to discuss.
This matter must be led by Su Yang.
The three of them were mainly responsible for assisting Su Yang.
If these one-eyed undyings counterattacked, then they would have to help Su Yang defend.
He couldn¡¯t let the one m eyed undying threaten Su Yang.
If these one-eyed undyings wanted to escape¡Then they had to do their best to stop them. They could not let them escape so easily. Since he had decided to make a move, he had to be ruthless.
He was afraid after being beaten once.
Otherwise, it would not be good if they continued to tangle with each other.
¡°In that case¡¡± ¡°Fellow Daoist Su, feel free to attack. We¡¯ll help you from the side.¡± Fang Han¡¯s eyes flickered with eagerness.
¡°Alright, thank you, everyone.¡± Su Yang nodded.
After all, this kind of thing was only beneficial to him alone. For Fang Han and the other two, the benefits were not too great. They did this because they were from the same sect.
Su Yang also owed him a favor.
Since he was going to make a move, Su Yang had to be fully prepared.
First, the ability to seize luck, all 600w nodes were added.
Among them, although 500 of the nomological nodes were not thews of luck, the increase in the power of seizing luck was not very great. However, when fused together, the power would definitely increase.
He swore to seed.
In that case, he had to consider his target.
What Su Yang coveted the most was the immortal life with green luck.
However¡ The other party¡¯s strength was probably at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
He was only at the early- stage Great Dao Realm. Even if his strength was odd, he was very strong at the early m stage Great Dao Realm.
However, if he attacked a middle- stage Great Dao Realm expert, he would
probably fail.
The other party would immediately resist.
Su Yang was not so arrogant that with his strength, he could still suppress the other party¡¯s resistance by seizing the providence of the middle- stage Great Dao Realm.
Even if Fang Han and the others attacked together, they probably wouldn¡¯t be able to suppress it.
Su Yang could only reluctantly move his gaze away and look at the immortal life with white luck.
Even though it was impossible to determine the other party¡¯s strength through luck.
However, during the battle just now, Su Yang also discovered that most of the white providence was at the early- stage Great Dao Realm.
Perhaps¡Luck and strength were still rted to a certain extent.
Su Yang did not know much about this for the time being.
However, he still decided to attack the white luck first.
The difficulty of seizing luck was also rted to the level of luck seized.
The stronger the luck, the more solid it was, and the harder it would be for him to seize it.
In addition, there was also the risk of failure if the other party stopped him.
In his opinion, it was better to get the benefits first.
After observing for a while, he finally chose an undying with a cloud of white luck the size of a palm.
After choosing his target, Su Yang also told Fang Han and the other two about his target.
¡°Fellow Daoist Fang, I¡¯m going to attack 500 meters to the left. Be prepared.¡±
¡°No problem. Don¡¯t worry and do it.¡±
After Su Yang said the target, Fang Han immediately expressed that there was no problem.
Su Yang did not dy and immediately mobilized thew of luck.
Thews around Su Yang shed, and thews of luck were mobilized around his body.
Then, a spiritual light flew out under Su Yangs control!
¡°Swoosh!¡±
In an instant, this spiritual light hit the target Su Yang had chosen.
At the moment of contact, a piece of the luck cloud above the other party¡¯s head was torn off and flew towards Su Yang.
After obtaining it, it fused directly with Su Yang.
It directly increased Su Yangs white luck by 20 wisps!
Su Yangs face lit up. Not bad!
¡°Chaos cultivators! ¡±
The targeted undying immediately shouted out, mobilizing hisws to defend.
It wasn¡¯t that the undying wasn¡¯t vignt, not defending in advance, only counterattacking when attacked.
The main reason for this result was that Su Yangs luckw was very concealed.
There was no danger.
In addition, Su Yangs strength was definitely at the top of the early- stage Great Dao Realm.
Under such circumstances, it was normal for the undying to only react after being attacked.
After being resisted, Su Yang immediately felt that the speed of seizing the luck was like falling into a swamp. It was difficult to directly tear off arge piece of luck.
However, Su Yang naturally did not agree to let it end like this.
He controlled the power of plunder and continued to charge forward.
At this moment, this piging power seemed to have transformed into a vicious wolf.
It pounced on the other party¡¯s luck cloud and bit it.
The other party¡¯s nomological power was resisting, defending¡
However, there was still a gap in their strength. At the early-stage Great Dao Realm, Su Yang was clearly stronger.
From time to time, he would be able to tear some luck from the other party¡¯s luck cloud.
Su Yangs luck was constantly increasing.
The other party was even angrier.
This happened in an instant.
The moment this happened, it attracted the attention of many cultivators.
When he found out what had happened.
The Chaos cultivators were all shocked, and their fear of Su Yang became even stronger.
No one wanted to be enemies with such a method of plundering fate.
Especially when the other party was an existence with a deep background.
However, they knew that this undying life form would be in trouble¡
In a hidden void, someone couldn¡¯t help but praise.
Hmph!¡± There were also voices of dissatisfaction.¡± He¡¯s just acting like a hero now. How far can he go with such methods?¡±
¡°When I reach the end and realize how difficult the path is, I will inevitably fall into endless regret.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true¡
The undyings reacted immediately..
Chapter 440 - 440: Taking the Initiate (2)
Chapter 440 - 440: Taking the Initiate (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
There were other existences around the undying that Su Yang attacked.
He immediately took action to help hispanions resist.
However, at this moment, Fang Han and the others followed suit.
Each of them unleashed their killing moves!
Cheng Pings fire elementalws turned into a fire dragon and charged towards the undying!
Fang Han¡¯s ice elemental nomologicalws rushed out in an instant and arrived in front of the other party. She froze the surrounding space, causing the other party¡¯s movements to slow down and unable to react in time!
Although Lu Yu¡¯s main strength was speed, his strength was not bad either.
He raised his hand, and a ck feather appeared. It turned into a flood and rushed forward.
The killer move arrived in an instant, the two undyings did not dare to be careless, they immediately defended with all their might.
¡°Damn it!¡±
¡°Retreat quickly!
The situation on the battlefield was changing rapidly, the undyings could tell that the situation was extremely disadvantageous for them.
The three of them were all at the early- stage Great Dao Realm, but Fang Han was at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
Fang Han¡¯s nomological divine power had greatly reduced their movement speed. If they did not escape now, it would not be a problem of losing anything¡
In addition, Fang Han had four people, while they only had three¡
The situation was naturally very clear.
He immediately chose to retreat.
The 3 undyings were very decisive, after making their decision, they immediately left.
Su Yang looked at the three escaping undyings and was eager to give chase. However, after thinking about it, he decided not to.
He was surrounded by chaos cultivators, which was why the hidden undying didn¡¯t attack.
If he chased after them, he would immediately be attacked by the undying.
His gains from this battle were not bad.
Su Yang looked at his own luck. It had already reached 67 wisps.
If it reached 100 wisps, it would form a white cloud of luck.
It was still not enough.
It was just the beginning, so Su Yang was not too anxious.
Unfortunately, his clone only had 50% of his main body¡¯s strength.
If he could have the full strength of his original body, then these chosen undyings probably wouldn¡¯t be able to escape.
Su Yang was a little dissatisfied, but he also understood that he could not be too greedy.
It was already quite good for the clone to have 50% of the main body¡¯s strength.
Other cultivators did not even have the ability to create Great Dao Realm avatars.
¡°Comfortable! It feels so good to see this undying run away.¡±
¡°By the way, fellow Daoist Su, didn¡¯t you see another hidden location of an undying life form?¡±
¡°How about we continue?¡±
¡°Sure¡However, there might be a middle-stage Great Dao Realm undying among them. We still need to discuss this.¡±
After taking care of a hidden undying.
The few of them continued to discuss how to proceed.
Obviously, the other hidden location of the immortal life form could not escape Su Yangs attack.
One-eyed Battlefield
In the forest.
The 3 single eyed undyings gathered together, their current appearances were a little pathetic.
These 3 single-eyed undyings were the ones who had just escaped.
¡°Tealwood, how are the losses?¡±
The one eyed undying called Greenwood¡¯s face sank, saying,¡± We lost a portion of luck.¡±
He gritted his teeth and said,¡±This Chaos cultivator deserves to die!¡± We can¡¯t let him be so arrogant. With this special method, the other members of the same race will also be targeted.¡±
Green Wolf nodded. His only vertical pupil looked around.¡± You¡¯re right. We have to get rid of this Chaos cultivator. At the very least, we have to think of a way to deal with him.¡±
¡°Inform the nsmen and think of a countermeasure.¡¯
¡°That¡¯s good!¡±
Tealwood was overjoyed when he heard this. He had suffered such a huge loss without saying anything. He couldn¡¯t bear it if he didn¡¯t take revenge.
Immediately, they began to contact their own kind.
This matter involved the interests of all the nsmen. Sess was inevitable.
However, the countermeasures still needed to be discussed¡
At the center of the forest.
Su Yang had already chosen his target.
This time, his target was another undying hiding ce, one of the guys with white clouds of luck.
Su Yang still did not choose to touch the green cloud¡¯s undying life form.
This was all for safety reasons.
Compared to taking a little risk to gain a bigger harvest, he preferred to keep a bottom line.
Stealing the white Fate would at least give him a portion of the rewards.
After trying it out, Su Yang had some experience.
He could easily tear off the other party¡¯s luck because his strength surpassed the other party¡¯s.
However, after the other party reacted and tried to stop him, it was still difficult for him to continue tearing.
Therefore, if he chose green luck, it would be difficult to tear him apart. If the other party was at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm, it would basically be impossible.
ording to his estimation, if he grasped 1,000 nomological nodes and used them all to plunder providence.
If it was a cultivator with a single nomological Dao body, they would not be able to stop his plunder at the same realm.
ording to his observations, most Great Dao Realm cultivators only had a single Maxim.
There were very few people who had multiple nomologicalws, much less cultivators from internal universes.
Fang Han, Cheng Ping, and Lu Yu all had a single Niaxim.
This was also a very normal thing.
At this realm, advancing was already difficult.
If they were to make it difficult for themselves, it was not something that ordinary people could ept.
Even if they were backed by a top-notch faction, they would still make a choice that suited them.
Not everyone could not recognize themselves and insisted on walking the path of strength.
1,000 nomological nodes were enough to deal with early- stage Great Dao Realm experts.
If he grasped 10,000 nomological nodes, he might be able to plunder even a
mid- stage Great Dao Realm expert.
10,000 nomological nodes. In other words, 100 nomological nodes of 100 types of nomologicalws were all filled..
Chapter 441 - 441: Taking the Initiate (3)
Chapter 441 - 441: Taking the Initiate (3)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
However, it was just a hundredws. His goal was 3,000ws.
Thinking of this, Su Yang was a little eager to try. However, he thought of another serious problem.
Resources¡Rare!
From the looks of it, it was not easy to obtain arge number of resources.
Even a piece of low- grade white nomological crystal required arge group of people to fight over.
It was simply brutal.
Su Yang could only take it one step at a time.
If the resources were too scarce, it would be very difficult to obtain them.
Then he could only increase his strength through time.
Fortunately, even if he did not do anything, he would still be able to produce an endless stream of resources.
Currently, he had 12 points of golden Will of All Living Beings per day.
100 points was equivalent to a low- grade white nomological crystal.
That would only take ten days.
But this was only Su Yangsst resort.
If he could collect resources to increase his strength, he definitely had to collect resources.
Su Yang shook his head and stopped thinking about it.
He looked 700 meters ahead.
¡°Fang dao friend, I¡¯ve locked onto the target, 700m ahead, there are 3 undyings, I¡¯ll choose one to attack.¡±
¡°Alright, go ahead and do it. We will assist you.¡±
After cooperating with each other once, they were much more familiar with it and directly let Su Yang do it without worry.
Su Yang nodded slightly, and thew of providence was at his fingertips.
¡°Quick!
Thews of providence formed the power to seize fate and flew towards the target.
This time, it wasn¡¯t as smooth as thest time. After the sudden incident just now, these immortals and even the Chaos cultivators were all guarding against Su Yang¡¯s strange methods.
The moment he saw Su Yang use this strange method, his target immediately reacted and made a countermeasure, using the power ofw to resist it.
The two forces collided, and the immortal was obviously at a disadvantage, but it blocked Su Yangs attack very well.
Su Yangs n was slightly resolved, but Su Yang would not stop there. Instead, he increased his efforts.
Under such circumstances, as long as they were entangled a little, Su Yang could still seize the other party¡¯s luck.
¡°Let¡¯s go!¡¯
Who knew that these undying beings would not give Su Yang a chance at all? After discovering that Su Yang was targeting them, they left this ce immediately.
In an instant, he disappeared in front of Su Yang. Su Yang frowned, but he could not chase after him.
This time, the operation failed, which made Su Yang feel a little regretful.
Fang Han also saw Su Yangs mood and went forward tofort him.¡± Fellow Daoist Su, you don¡¯t have to be like this. Your ability is already very terrifying. It¡¯s not bad to scare away these undying beings. After the resources appear, we will have a lot lesspetitors.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true, but it¡¯s a pity.¡± Su Yang nodded.
Su Yang calmed down. After a simple review, he understood the reason for this. After all, his strength was not enough. If he was strong enough, such a thing would not have happened.
He still had to take it slow. He was still a little anxious now¡
After all, he had just broken through. There was no need to have such high expectations of himself.
As long as he waited for a while longer, when his strength increased a little, all these resources would be his.
Speaking of which, if they could upy a node battlefield, then their harvest would be quite good.
It was just that he did not know how many resources would be produced on the Tide Day.
As Su Yang thought about his future ns, he thought about whichw power he should increase next.
Staying here and waiting for the resources to respawn, he felt that it was too slow and too fixed.
Perhaps he could improve his searchws and search for resources in this node battlefield.
Some resources would make very little noise when they appeared, and they would hide their auras.
Just like that, he hid in the node battlefield.
Although there were very few such resources, there were still some. If Su Yang mastered the search-typews, he could give it a try.
Also, his main mission here was to obtain the core of the Land of Greenwood.
The core of the Greenwood Land was also hidden in the node battlefield.
It would only appear on Tide Day and open the Land of Green Wood.
If he grasped a sufficiently powerful explorationw, he might be able to find the core of the Greenwood Land in advance.
This was not necessarily the case.
Chapter 442 - 442: Leave, Revenge
Chapter 442 - 442: Leave, Revenge
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Damn it!¡±
¡°Qing Liufeng is worrying too much. We can kill Su Yang now if we gather our men. Why wait for him to be alone?¡±
They had already discussed how to deal with Su Yang, but the result was not very satisfactory to him.
Green Wolf was not blinded by anger. After all, he was not that angry. He was not the one who lost his luck.
However, it was necessary to deal with Su Yang.
He did not want to suffer in the future.
Luck was very important and difficult to replenish. No one wanted their luck to be damaged.
Su Yang had mastered such a strange method, so he had to die.
Otherwise, they would suffer.
But Qing Liufengs n was correct.
At the moment, they really could not forcefully gather people and directly besiege the center of the forest.
That would probably not achieve their goal. After all, there were many Chaos Cultivators in the center of the forest. It would not be difficult to break through their blockade if they joined forces.
Even before they made a move, there was a risk of being exposed.
In that case, he had to consider his actions carefully.
There wasn¡¯t only one chance, but every action had a price to pay.
Then, how to obtain the greatest gains with the least cost was the direction they considered every time they moved.
¡® Qing Mu, Qing Liufeng is not to me for this. Calm down. Don¡¯t let your emotions get to your head.¡±
Green Wolf said sternly.
However, Tealwood was not angry. Instead, he gradually calmed down.
A momentter, Tealwood exhaled heavily.
¡°Understood¡What we need to do now is to keep an eye on that chaos cultivator. When he moves alone, it will be his death.¡¯
¡°Let me do this¡
Tealwood calmed himself down and made his decision.
¡°Okay, go ahead.¡± Green Wolf agreed.¡± He will reveal his weakness sooner orter. Don¡¯t worry. Thest one alive is the winner.¡±
After dealing with the two exposed undying life forms, Su Yang temporarily stopped the fire.
This operation had given the many hidden cultivators and undyings a huge deterrent.
They had no choice but to consider how to deal with Su Yangs problem.
Even the other Chaos cultivators had to consider it.
When fighting for resources, they would not care if they were allies or not.
Unless they were from the same faction, they wouldn¡¯t be so worried.
For example, Fang Han and the others.
No matter what these existences thought.
That was not important.
There was no longer any undyings exposed.
Su Yang could only give up and wait for the next opportunity to appear.
Fang Han and the other two were very happy. Su Yangs method was not bad. It had greatly increased thebat strength of their team.
After waiting for a while, the resources appeared again.
This time, the location where he appeared was not far from Su Yang and the others.
They were also the first to fight for it.
Fang Han was obstructing him, and Lu Yu¡¯s speed was indeed not bad.
This low grade white undying crystal formed from the fusion of the two realms was also sessfully obtained by them.
This was the first spoils of war that Su Yang had obtained after arriving at the team.
However, the collected resources were temporarily kept in Fang Han¡¯s hands.
After a period of time, they would make the distribution.
As for the allocation of resources¡lt was based on the tide days.
After every Tide Day, resources would be distributed.
This cycle continued.
In thispetition for resources, Su Yang followed his previous n.
He stared at the undying.
The moment the undying appeared, he chose one of them as his target.
Thews of providence charged out from his hands. The other party was only at the early-stage Great Dao Realm and could not stop him at all.
However, this one eyed undying was prepared.
The moment Su Yang attacked, he mobilized his ownws to defend.
Even so, Su Yang still took away ten wisps of white luck.
If Su Yangs luck reached 77 wisps and increased a little, he could condense a cloud of luck.
Su Yang was still very tempted by this.
The fight for resources came to an end in an instant.
Since the immortal life was hidden, Su Yang could only give up.
Right now, he still couldn¡¯t see through the undyings ¡®hiding.
If he could see through it¡Not bad.
Judging from the fight for resources this time, these undying beings did not seem to have thought of any good way to deal with Su Yang. Those who were targeted could only admit that they were unlucky.
If that was the case¡
Su Yangs eyes were burning. That was good news for him.
Just wait for his luck to be stolen!
Su Yang was not in a hurry. He followed Fang Han and the others and quietly guarded here.
As time passed, he would only grow stronger.
In the blink of an eye, ten days had passed.
The golden Will of All Beings in Su Yangs hand had reached 120 points, so he could choose anotherw toprehend the node.
He needed toprehend many nomological nodes, but he could onlyprehend one.
After thinking for ten days, he had made a decision.
He had gained too little by staying here.
In ten days, he, Fang Han, and the others had only obtained four low-grade white Immortal Crystals and four low-grade white nomological crystals.
For Su Yang, it was too little¡
However, he had asked Fang Han before, and this bit of harvest was actually quite a lot.
Before Su Yang came, they could only get four sets of resources in ten days.
Now. it had doubled.
This was all thanks to Su Yangs strange methods. Sometimes, he could intimidate some immortal life forms and even Chaos cultivators so that they did not dare topete with them.
After understanding, Su Yang shook his head helplessly.
No wonder it was difficult for Great Dao Realm cultivators to raise their realms..
Chapter 443 - 443: Leave, Revenge (2)
Chapter 443 - 443: Leave, Revenge (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Theck of resources was one thing.
The difficulty of obtaining resources was also a problem.
He couldn¡¯t be confined here.
He had to increase his exploration and perception power, and take the initiative to search for the hidden resources scattered in the One-eyed Battlefield.
Moreover, when the Tidal Day erupted, resources would appear from every corner of the One-eyed Battlefield.
The frequency was also very high. When he had exploration methods, he would gain more.
He had to improve his nomological exploration.
There was nothing to hesitate about, so he might as well raise it now.
Then, he would act alone and see if he could gain anything.
If there really wasn¡¯t, he would juste back.
This was Su Yangs decision.
At the same time, after ten days, his luck had also increased significantly.
The white smoke that looked like it would dissipate at any moment turned into a white cloud that was about one meter long.
To be able to raise their luck to this level, it was naturally an undying that had worked hard to persevere here.
Every time a resource appeared, Su Yang would definitely plunder it.
Every time he targeted an immortal life form, Su Yang would definitely be able to take it down.
A meter long white luck cloud..lt was already much better than before.
However, Su Yang was not satisfied.
Luck¡lt represented opportunities.
Since he also needed resources now, he could notck luck.
Now that he was ready, he had an urate assessment of his own strength.
Su Yang did not intend to dy any longer.
He consumed 100 points of golden will of all living beings to light up all the explorationw nodes.
The entire process happened in an instant.
After doing all this, Su Yang looked at Fang Han and the others.
¡°Fellow Daoists, 1 have to leave now. I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t travel with you.¡±
Fang Han and the other two were stunned, not understanding the reason.
However, they did not ask in detail. Everyone had their own matters.
The moment he made the choice, it meant that there was something more important.
If they were to continue asking, it would seem like they were insensible.
It was alright to be able to say it¡
It was awkward for both sides.
¡°Alright, Fellow Daoist Su, you¡¯ve obtained a total of eight portions of low-grade white materials since you joined. If you split them equally, Fellow Daoist Su can get two portions.¡± Fang Han said directly.
¡°Do you want the Immortal Crystal or the Law Crystal?¡±
Su Yang thought about it. Although thew crystal was good and seemed to be more precious than the immortal crystal, he needed the immortal crystal more.
The undying crystal created the life, and the life continuously gave birth to the golden will of all living beings.
Being able to obtain resources continuously was obviously better thanw crystals.
¡°I¡¯ll take two Immortal Crystals.¡±
¡°Alright.¡±
Fang Han did not hesitate. He took out two Immortal Crystals and handed them to Su Yang.
In fact, if someone in the team left halfway.
Then, the share of resources would be reduced, and what they could get was not up to them.
Fang Han had the intention of befriending Su Yang.
Cheng Ping and Lu Yu did not have any objections.
Su Yang had contributed a lot to obtaining eight low-grade white resources during this period of time.
¡°Thank you.¡±
¡± It¡¯s fine, but you have to be careful when you leave alone. If something doesn¡¯t feel right, just run away. Don¡¯t bother, after all, you have offended many undyings.¡±
¡°l understand.¡¯
The corners of Su Yangs mouth curled up. Revenge?
Then he would be more than happy to take revenge.
I¡¯ll let you know what a suicidal strategy is.
Suicide to seize luck¡lt was even more powerful and unsolvable than what he had disyed on his own initiative.
He didn¡¯t understand. It was clearly the same nomological power, so why could it sublimate after death?
Perhaps this was the power of sacrificing one¡¯s life.
Holding two low-grade white Immortal Crystals, Su Yang directly absorbed them and added two more lifes.
The increase was very small. If one wanted to have a significant increase, one would need at least a thousand low grade white immortal crystals.
At this moment, Su Yang understood even more how precious the resources given to him by the seniors of the Chaotic Court when he first entered the sect.
Tens of thousands of Immortal Crystals, hundreds of Law Crystals¡
Su Yang did not feel the deception of the big forces for the time being.
He truly felt the mutual help.
Every fellow disciple would take care of their fellow disciples.
If the resources obtained when he entered the sect were only superficial, it was a fixed process.
Then everything that he had experienced in the One-eyed Battlefield couldn¡¯t be just a superficial process, right?
As for the disguise¡Heh, don¡¯t think too highly of yourself. A bunch of experts ying house with him?
The Chaotic Court was indeed not bad.
If nothing unexpected happened in the future, he would definitely return the favor to the Chaotic Court.
After greeting Fang Han and the others, Su Yang left the ce.
When he left, Su Yang looked at the surrounding void.
Unfortunately, the explorationw he had lit up focused onrge area search, it was difficult to detect undyings with concealment methods.
At least he couldn¡¯t find the undying hiding in the surroundings.
It didn¡¯t matter. After he lit up the Detection Law and the Illusion Breaking Law in the future, as long as the concealment method didn¡¯t exceed his strength too much.
Then the hidden person would have nowhere to hide in front of him.
The moment he left, he was caught by the chaos cultivators and undyings. ¡°He left¡Although leaving is good, why is this guy leaving now?¡±
¡°Forget it¡ No matter what, at least we don¡¯t have to be restrained in our next actions.
This was the reaction of a Chaos cultivator.
On the side of the undyings, their eyes were wide open, their killing intent turning into something corporeal.
They had long wanted to kill Su Yang¡
Now, the opportunity had finallye.
forest
Tealwood controlled a mirror and watched Su Yang leave the center. ¡°It¡¯s only been ten days and the opportunity hase?¡±
¡°That¡¯s great. I was afraid that you would stay in the center for a hundred years. Then, perhaps I really wouldn¡¯t be able to stand it and give up.¡±
¡°As for now¡lt¡¯s time to send you on your way.¡±
Tealwood¡¯s vertical pupils twitched, and the corners of his mouth curled up in excitement.
He was indeed very excited.
The opportunity for revenge had arrived.
For a moment, undercurrents surged in the one-eyed battlefield. The undyings had already set up a trap and were now quietly surrounding Su Yang.
It was like a big that was constantly shrinking. In the end, Su Yang was in the.
After leaving the center of the forest, Su Yang randomly found a direction to move in.
At the same time, he activated the nomological divine power [Heavenly Net] that he had just mastered!
It covered an area of ten million miles!
He could also carefully sense the energy fluctuations that appeared in this area.
The range was veryrge, a thousand timesrger than the perception he was currently releasing.
The disadvantage was that if the resources were hidden too deeply, they would be missed.
However, ording to the information he had obtained.
Although the energy fluctuations of the hidden resources were notrge, there were still some.
It was just that after cultivators entered the one-eyed battlefield, their perception range was too small.
That was why no one chose to search the area.
That was why Su Yang chose therge-scale perception ability.
In the future, when he added otherws that could see through concealment techniques, this only w would be easily solved.
As soon as he opened it, Su Yang had a harvest.
But it wasn¡¯t resources, hmm¡lt could also be said to be resources.
After all, be it the luck of an undying or the undying crystals within them, they were all considered resources.
How could it not be considered a resource?
¡°They really dare to take revenge¡However, that¡¯s true. Other than seizing providence, I haven¡¯t disyed any powerful strength.¡±
Su Yang thought about it and understood.
uh¡ In fact, if this was his main body.
It really did seem a little dangerous.
After some thought, Su Yang felt that the other party did not seem to be stupid.
He was smart enough to wait for him to leave the ce where the Chaos cultivators gathered before attacking.
They surrounded him without any blind spots.
At this moment, he could be said to be dead.
The only problem was that this was his clone, not his main body. There was nothing to be afraid of.
It was his own strength that prevented him from being in danger.
¡°Since you want to attack me, then let¡¯s wait for these undyings toe.¡±
Su Yang decided not to leave and waited on the spot.
After a moment, Su Yang was surrounded by 23 figures.
Among them, there were six at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
They were all single eyed and vertical eyed undying beings.
Su Yang scanned them, mainly looking at the luck they carried.
The one with the best luck was a ten-meter-long green luck cloud.
¡°You¡¡±
Su Yang locked onto his target. He must try his best to die in this guys handster.
The fate plundering after death would definitely be intense and would bring him the greatest benefits.
The one-eyed undying took the initiative to speak,¡± Chaos cultivator¡¡± It¡¯s not good to master thews of providence and do those disgusting things. You¡¯ll suffer retribution.¡¯
¡°Retribution?¡± Su Yang sneered. I¡¯ve never heard of a cultivator who grasps thews of providence suffering retribution. Only those who target cultivators who cultivate thews of providence will suffer retribution.¡±
¡°For example¡You guys..¡±
Chapter 444 - 444: Upgrade!
Chapter 444 - 444: Upgrade!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
¡°Do it. There¡¯s no need to talk to the dead.¡¯
One of the six middle- stage Great Dao Realm one-eyed undyings who surrounded Su Yang spoke.
¡°Yes, do it!¡±
As soon as he finished speaking, everyone attacked one after another.
These one-eyed undyings attacked differently from the cultivators.
They attacked through their single eye.
Most of them looked like aser, but the color was different.
They represented differentws and different powers.
Red mes, green poison¡
Su Yang did not panic at all when he saw this.
He was prepared to die.
However, who would kill him?
He would definitely die at the hands of the undying with the strongest luck.
That way, he would be able to maximize his gains.
Su Yang stared at the immortal with the strongest luck. Instead of retreating, he charged straight towards the attack of the immortal.
He did not defend.
This situation made the many undyings shocked.
What was Su Yang nning to do?
Realizing that he couldn¡¯t escape, was he prepared to die?
This was their first conclusion.
However, this conclusion did not seem reliable no matter how one looked at it¡
There must be something else going on, something they didn¡¯t know about.
But what could it be?
The many one-eyed undyings frowned and pondered.
However, time did not allow them to think too much.
Su Yang took the initiative to receive their attacks. He could not change it even if he wanted to. He could only watch as the attacksnded on Su Yang.
When they saw Su Yangs body split into pieces, they all heaved a sigh of relief.
¡°Phew¡ Forget it. No matter what he did, since he¡¯s already dead, all his ns will be in vain.¡¯
¡°Not bad¡Not good!¡±
Just as they heaved a sigh of relief, something unexpected happened.
A white wolf suddenly appeared where Su Yang died.
This fierce wolf was formed by thews of providence and was filled with the power of plunder.
Some of the one-eyed men were very familiar with this feeling.
This was robbing them of their luck!
¡°Hurry up! Stop this Ferocious Fortune Wolf!¡±
A one-eyed man shouted and immediately attacked.
However, this wolf was faster than them.
Before they could make a move, they arrived in front of Su Yang at an extremely fast speed.
He bit down on the other party¡¯s head.
Qing Liufengs expression darkened, and he quickly used the power ofws to block it.
As a middle- stage Great Dao Realm expert, his obstruction was effective.
However, arge piece of luck was still torn off from his head by the Ferocious Fortune Wolf.
Qing Liufeng felt empty in his heart.
He looked at the cloud of luck above his head that had been reduced by nearly one-tenth.
Even if Su Yang died and the Ferocious Fortune Wolf was killed by him, his expression would not be any better.
This time¡He had suffered a great loss!
One-eyed, who was watching the scene, did not dare to say anything.
Now was not the time to provoke Qing Liufeng.
However, they had different thoughts.
Some were gloating, some were sympathetic towards Qing Liufeng¡
The only thing they had inmon was that they were d that Su Yang had been dealt with.
Fortunately, when Su Yang died, he didn¡¯t drag them down with him.
Chaotic Court
Su Yang, who was in the Technique Teaching Pavilion, suddenly recovered.
¡°Phew¡Has the white cloud of luck above my head already reached nine meters?¡±
Su Yang circted thew of luck and looked at the top of his head.
Not bad. At the moment of death, he had already transferred everything to his main body.
After his death, the divine power constructed by thews of providence also carried out ording to his expectations, helping him bring back arge amount of providence.
However, Su Yang was not very satisfied.
If he was a little stronger, he would be able to take all of the luck from the one eyed undying, that would be awesome.
The clone only had 50% of his strength. It was already not bad for him to be able to do this.
This was because of the sacrifice of his clone.
If he didn¡¯t sacrifice his clone, he probably wouldn¡¯t be able to snatch the Fate from the other party.
¡°Forget it¡ Hurry up and increase your strength. As long as your strength increases a little more, I¡¯ll be able to sweep through this battlefield.¡±
Su Yangs goal was clear. His most important task now was to improve his strength.
As long as his strength increased, the problem he was facing now would not be a problem.
With this thought in mind, Su Yang quickly condensed an avatar.
Then, he headed to the node battlefield.
Unfortunately, the quality of his natal immortal sword, the Ten Thousand Laws Sword, had not caught up, so it did not increase his strength much.
If he could raise the Ten Thousand Laws Sword to the Great Dao level, it would be able to increase his strength.
Now, his Ten Thousand Laws Sword was a supreme- grade Chaos Spiritual Treasure. It was still a little short of being upgraded to a Great Dao supreme treasure.
It would be difficult to devour other Spiritual Treasures of Chaos.
The amount required was huge. If he could devour some other Great Dao materials, he could improve even faster.
Now, he set this goal on the One-eyed Battlefield. If he could find Great Dao materials or supreme treasures in the One-eyed Battlefield, the quality of his Ten Thousand Laws Sword could also be improved.
After a few breaths, his clone once again arrived at the small town that had entered the one-eyed battlefield.
He was already very familiar with the process, so he didn¡¯t stay in the town and entered the battlefield through the vortex.
At the Chaotic Court¡¯s encampment.
The Longevity Holy Man immediately opened his eyes when he sensed the fluctuations of the vortex.
¡°Eh? This guy shouldn¡¯t havee out, right?¡±
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
As a member of the Chaotic Court guarding this ce, he could clearly see the figure that had just shed past. It was undoubtedly Su Yang.
It was precisely because he could see clearly that the doubt in his heart was even greater. After all, he had seen Su Yang enter. Now, Su Yang had note out at all for the past ten days or so. Now, he had run in from the outside and entered the battlefield again. Something must have happened that he did not know about..
Chapter 445 - 445: Upgrade!(2)
Chapter 445 - 445: Upgrade!(2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The Longevity Holy Man shook his head and stopped thinking about it. No matter what the truth was, it had nothing to do with him. He just needed to guard this ce and wait for the core of the Green Wood Land to appear. Then, he would think of a way to obtain it.
One-eyed battlefield.
Su Yang came here again. After entering, the first thing he did was to open the Nets Above Snares Below, covering a radius of tens of millions of miles. There was only one target in the range, searching for the hidden resources hidden in the One-eyed Battlefield.
He also had a n. Now that his strength was just right, he could use this time to collect these scattered secret resources.
Other cultivators had a limited range of perception, but his perception could cover millions of miles. He did not have this weakness.
After a period of time, regardless of whether he gained anything, his strength would definitely increase by a level. After he had replenished all his powers, he could evenpete with cultivators at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
He even won the battle.
As long as he could do this, he would upy a central position and monopolize all the resources.
This one-eyed battlefield had a total of three central points, all of which were filled with energy. The energy of the two world cracks gathered, and arge number of resources could be produced.
As long as he upied one of the spots, the speed at which he obtained resources would also increase a little. Over time, his strength would naturally increase.
Su Yangs thoughts on this matter were very clear.
Afterunching the Sk, Su Yang began to conduct a carpet search.
After starting the operation, some hidden problems were also ced in front of Su Yang. The first problem was speed. His current speed was not very fast.
There were ws, but there was nothing he could do about it. He could only ept it.
In the center of the forest.
After Qing Mu and the other undyings dealt with Su Yang, they swaggered back to the center of the forest to fight for resources again.
The undying beings naturally knew what had happened. Some of the Chaos cultivators who didn¡¯t know the situation only thought that Qing Mu had only dared to return after seeing Su Yang leave.
Only Fang Han and the others felt that something was wrong.
If Qing Mu had only found out that Su Yang had left this ce, he would not have swaggered over.
Did something happen?
Fang Han felt that something was wrong. Fortunately, they had Su Yangs contact information, so he immediately sent a message to Su Yang. Fang Han asked,¡±Fellow Daoist Su, did something happen on your side?¡± Su Yang,[Thank you for your concern. Nothing unexpected happened.]
Fang Han said,[That¡¯s good. However, 1 see that there are some strange movements on the undying side. You have to be careful.]
Su Yang replied,[Understood.]
After contacting each other, Cheng Ping and Lu Yu looked at Fang Han. Did something happen?¡±
¡± Nothing happened,¡± Fang Han said.¡± Just focus on collecting resources. I¡¯ve already reminded Fang Dao. I think he has some trump cards. We don¡¯t have to worry too much.¡±
¡°Is that so? That¡¯s great¡¡±
Su Yang looked at the message sent by Fang Han and felt a little warm in his heart. Any member of the Chaotic Courtpletely treated the other members as their own people. There was no such thing as mutual deception.
This also made Su Yang feel relieved. Before joining the Chaos Court, he was still wondering if something unpleasant would happen that would cause him to have a conflict with the Chaos Court or even be in danger.
Now, it seemed that he had been overthinking.
In the blink of an eye, ten days had passed.
Su Yang umted a golden will of all living beings in his hand again.
Su Yang also had a n for this golden will of all living beings. Naturally, he would add it to thew of breaking illusion.
In this way, he could see the hidden resources more clearly.
Afterpleting this point addition, he believed that there was probably no resource in this battlefield that could hide from him.
Unless it was the best resource on this battlefield, such as the core of the Greenwood Land.
Su Yang knew about this.
However, he had to admit that there were many hidden resources left on the battlefield. In ten days, he had collected 20 Immortal Crystals and three Law Crystals.
They were all low-grade white grade.
It wasn¡¯t considered a high level, but it was still much better than what he had gained from guarding the central area for ten days. Moreover, he didn¡¯t have to share it with others. It all belonged to him.
After obtaining these resources, Su Yang directly refined them and did not put them in his hands.
There was no obvious change in his strength, but this was all umtion. When there was enough quantity, there would be a qualitative change.
Now, this realm could no longer allow him to advance as quickly as before. Perhaps it was because he had just reached this realm, so the speed of collecting resources was not that fast. After he hadpleted the initial step, everything would be easy to discuss.
Su Yang was not in a hurry to take revenge, nor was he in a hurry to think about other things. He was focused on collecting scattered secret resources.
In the blink of an eye, two months passed¡
At this moment, he had already lit up the first stage of thew nodes. There were 1,500 of them. Thews he needed had all been lit up. The rest could be done slowly.
His strength had also reached the strongest level at the current stage. Su Yang could say without any hesitation that there was absolutely no early-stage Great Dao Realm in the entire One-eyed Battlefield that was his match. Even if he wanted to plunder the luck of an early-stage Great Dao Realm, they could not stop him at all.
This was the confidence that came from his own strength. With 1,500 Stage
One nomological nodes, even if his avatar could only unleash the power of 750 Stage One nomological nodes, it was still much stronger than these early-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators who only cultivated a single nomologicalw.
If he took this most difficult path, he would naturally obtain greater gains and obtain greater strength. This was without a doubt.
Two months passed. He was prepared to upy a core area as his territory. He wanted to see if anyone couldpete with him and if a mid-stage Great Dao Realm expert was his match¡
It was not that he did not want to continue collecting these scattered hidden resources, but after more than two months, he had basically walked around the entire one-eyed battlefield. He had collected everything he could. With the support of powerfulws, his ability was much stronger than those cultivators, and his search speed was many times faster than theirs.
This also allowed him to collect all the scattered resources in the one-eyed battlefield in two months.
Among them, there were six at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
Among them, he had just gathered 1,000 Immortal Crystals, allowing him to light up another life that was a light year away. This allowed him to obtain 13 points of golden will of all living beings every day.
There were also thew crystals. He had obtained a total of 50 of them.
He had only grasped 370 types ofws.
Finally, there was the harvest of top-grade chaos spirit stones.
In the one-eyed battlefield, there were quite a number of top-grade Chaos Spirit Stones, especially those hidden Chaos Spirit Stone mines that had not been discovered. He had made a huge profit.
It increased his internal universe from 101 light years to 150 light years.
This allowed his strength to increase slightly, and his foundation to be much stronger.
The cultivation of this realm could only be improved over time. Su Yangs current speed could be said to be very fast.
However,pared to before, it was still much slower.
Now that he had collected all the resources he needed, and his strength had increased by quite a bit, it was time for him to upy a core position and take revenge on the undying.
He still remembered how he was besieged by the undying life forms and caused his clone to die. Even if he tore off arge portion of luck from the other party, it was not enough. From the moment they became enemies, it was only life and death.
He had never been a person who liked to hold grudges. Usually, he would take revenge on the spot. However, he had endured these two months to increase his strength. It was the same for him to take revenge now¡
Looking at the center of the forest, most of the undyings that surrounded him were there.
Since that was the case, he would naturally choose this position..
Chapter 446 - 446: Green Fate
Chapter 446 - 446: Green Fate
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
In the quiet forest, a young cultivator walked forward.
With every step he took, he would disappear from his original position.
When he reappeared, he was already tens of thousands of miles away from his previous position.
This was Su Yang, who had cultivated the Law of Space.
In order to seize the initiative and make it easier to chase after the enemy, Su Yang naturally had to cultivate the spatialw.
Among the 1,500 first-stagew nodes, 100 of them were spatialw nodes.
After cultivating and grasping spatialws, early-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators would definitely not be able to escape his grasp.
His figure kept shing. After a while, Su Yangs figure appeared in the center of the forest.
He looked over and saw through all the cultivators and undyings hiding here. He knew where they were hiding.
¡°Not bad, it¡¯s not in vain for me to spend 100 points of golden will of all living beings to light up thew of breaking illusion¡¡±
Su Yang directly locked onto the location where the undying was hiding. One of them was the undying that he had spoken to before.
Su Yang did not make any unnecessary movements. He raised his foot and his figure shed. He came directly to Qing Mu¡¯s side and reached out to grab the top of this person¡¯s head. Thews of fate condensed in his palm and turned into sharp ws, wanting to tear apart the clouds of fate gathered above this person¡¯s head.
Faced with Su Yangs sudden appearance, Qing Mu could not react in time. By the time he reacted, the luck cloud above his head had already been plundered by Su Yang into his hands.
Tealwood grunted, feeling extremely ufortable. He was not injured at all.
However, all of his luck had been plundered by Su Yang.
Luck was connected to his essence, qi, and spirit, and it had already hurt his essence, qi, and spirit.
The only vertical eye on his face stared at Su Yang in disbelief.
¡°You¡ Why are you still alive?¡±
¡°Is there a problem?¡±
As Su Yang spoke, he raised his hand and a transparent small sword appeared in his palm.
He pushed his palm forward, and the small transparent sword in his hand shed forward.
[Starfire Soul ying Sword!]
At this moment, Tealwood¡¯s hair stood on end. The danger of death enveloped his entire body.
Not good!
Endless fear enveloped his mind.
At this moment, he made an instinctive reaction. Aser shot out of his vertical pupil, wanting to fight against Su Yangs Starfire Soul ying Sword.
Unfortunately, the strength of the two sides was not on the same level. Su Yangs sword instantly shattered Tealwood¡¯s attack and shed directly at his mind.
A breathter, Tealwood¡¯s body fell straight down from the sky.
He had already died under Su Yangs sword, and his divine soul had been cut in half.
Su Yang did not stop. He took out a low-grade white immortal crystal and a storage magic treasure from Qing Mu l s body.
Su Yang observed this low-grade white immortal crystal. There were 103 tiny stripes on it.
This represented Tealwood¡¯s cultivation realm. At the same time, it also meant that this Immortal Crystal was equivalent to 103 low-grade white Immortal Crystals.
This was the difference between the undying crystals inside an undying and the ones outside.
The quality of the undying crystal in an undyings body was rted to the quality of the outside world. However, the undying crystal in their body would be stronger along with their cultivation.
The way to distinguish them was this pattern.
The undying crystals born in the outside world wouldn¡¯t have stripes, they would be of the same grade.
It was very stable for low-grade and middle-grade items, so there would not be such special stripes.
One mid grade white undying crystal was equivalent to 1,000 low grade white undying crystals.
If an undying could make the undying crystal in their body produce 999 stripes, they could break through to the next realm.
Su Yang put away the Immortal Crystal and then turned to look at the other immortal beings. His goal was not just this one.
Su Yangs sudden attack shocked all the cultivators and undying beings hidden in the center of the forest.
What surprised him was not Su Yangs sudden appearance, but his strength.
An immortal at the early-stage Great Dao Realm could not even resist before he was killed by Su Yang. How could they not be shocked by such a method?
No matter how surprised they were, there was a problem in front of them. How should they treat Su Yang?
The Chaos cultivators were still fine. On the surface, they were still in the same camp as Su Yang, so they did not have to worry too much about this matter.
He would wait and see for the time being.
The ones who needed to consider this problem were the immortal beings. Su
Yang was so powerful that he was already a serious threat to them. If they did not deal with it well, the core area would probably be divided and upied by the Chaos cultivators.
Thinking of this, they were a little excited. They wanted to see what changes would happen next.
In the next moment, the immortals hidden in the void attacked in unison. Obviously, they could not tolerate Su Yang riding on their heads and shitting.
How could they tolerate killing theirpanions in front of them? They had to kill Su Yang!
At the same time, Fang Han and the other two also attacked one after another, wanting to help Su Yang. They were all members of the Chaotic Court and had interacted with each other. How could they watch Su Yang face a siege?
Dozens of attacks locked onto him, but Su Yang did not panic at all. He had already considered the consequences before he attacked.
This was what he had expected..
Chapter 447 - 447: Green Luck (2)
Chapter 447 - 447: Green Luck (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Activating spatialws, he used spatial travel for a short distance, but he also directly avoided all sorts of attacks.
The moment he disappeared, an undying snorted coldly.¡± Do you think you can control us just because you have spacews and can travel through space in a small area?¡±
Truly naive, If spatialws were so invincible, everyone would have gone to cultivate.¡¯
¡°Everyone, use thews to seal the space and stop him from moving. I want to see what other methods he has.¡¯
¡°Good!¡±
The battle in the arena was ever-changing.
After seeing Su Yangs methods, the undying beings immediately counterattacked.
Just like what they said, spatialws were not invincible, and one could not travel through space without restraint. As long as one interfered, the power of spatialws would be limited.
Strands ofw energy came out from the bodies of the 23 undyings, forming lines that covered the entire space. After filling it withw energy, the space became even more stable. If they wanted to forcefully break it, they had to break the prison formed by all thews first.
In a one-on-one battle, Su Yang was indeed invincible. There would be no undying of the same realm as him. He could even exchange two moves with an undying at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm. However, when he encountered an enemy that was multiple times his own, he was still somewhat restrained.
Just like now, when she used spatialw again, she felt somewhat unable to move, as if she was stuck in a swamp.
In the face of this situation, Su Yang did not panic at all. Since he could not escape, he would kill!
Killing one was not a loss, killing two was a gain!
Su Yangs eyes flickered, and he quickly locked onto an early-stage Great Dao Realm undying.
The moment he locked onto the target, Su Yang made a move and mobilized his nomological power to rush towards the other party.
What Su Yang used was thew of luck. Thew of luck turned into a transparent wolf and rushed towards the other party, wanting to snatch the luck of this immortal.
Seeing that Su Yang wasing, they were on guard. In addition, they had the advantage in numbers, so they were not afraid of Su Yang at all.
Combining the power of many immortal life forms, it easily blocked Su Yangs attack.
All kinds ofws surged out and easily tore apart the transparent wolf that Su Yang had attacked.
Seeing this scene, Su Yang was also a little helpless.
In a one-on-one situation, his current strength was enough, but the problem was that others would not fight him one-on-one.
It was a group fight. It was apetition of who had more people and who was stronger. If he wanted to fight alone, Su Yang would have to find a lone immortal.
This was obviously not an easy thing to do. After all, Su Yang had been wandering around the one-eyed battlefield for at least two months, but he
had not encountered any lone undying.
In that case, he could only rely on sacrificing his life to snatch the luck from the other partys body¡
Su Yangs eyes kept shing, looking for a suitable target.
His target was naturally an undying with a strong fate, that way his death would be the most beneficial.
Sweeping his gaze around, he immediately saw an undying with a 9m green cloud of luck on its head.
However, Su Yang found this guy a little familiar.
It was like thest time when he attacked him, the undying he chose had a green cloud of luck that was 10m in size. Now, it was 9m, it was probably because he tore a piece off.
This was also good. Since he had participated in his encirclement, why should he take revenge?
After locking onto his target, Su Yang directly collided with the nomological magical power that Qing Liufeng had unleashed.
Seeing this familiar scene, Qing Liufeng knew something was wrong!
Unfortunately, it was toote for him to stop now. Su Yang had already been blown up by his nomological divine power.
A transparent wolf suddenly appeared at the spot where Su Yang died. Then, the wolf rushed towards Qing Liufeng.
The other undyings wanted to stop it, but theirw energies were unable to stop it.
It was as if this transparent wolf contained some kind ofw energy. Those who had nothing to do with this matter were simply unable to stop it.
Qing Liufengs scalp went numb. Although he tried his best to resist, the luck cloud above his head was still torn off. If there was data, it was about five meters wide.
The luck cloud was connected to his spirit, Qi, and spirit. Such a violent destruction had severely injured Qing Liufengs spirit. He didn¡¯t seem to be injured, but his face turned extremely pale.
¡°Ah¡How despicable! ¡±
Qing Liufeng roared in anger, but he had no choice but to stay where he was.
The Chaos cultivators who had no time to react felt that it was extremely strange.
Fang Han and the others felt their hearts skip a beat, and they knew that things were not good.
Why would Su Yang choose to die like this? What was the difference between this and suicide?
However, they felt that something was wrong. Although they had not been in contact with Su Yang for long, Su Yang was definitely not a fool.
There must be something else going on.
Soon, he seemed to have thought of something. He took out the token and contacted Su Yang directly. After confirming that Su Yang was not in danger and was not dead, Fang Han smiled.
So that was the case¡What a terrifying technique. So this was just a clone!
That¡¯s right, the one who had just been killed was only Su Yangs clone!
After informing Cheng Ping and Lu Yu of this news, the two of them were relieved.
They knew what was going on, but the other Chaos embellishments did not know about the engine, so they looked at them strangely as if saying,¡±
Where did this idiot from your Chaotic Courte from? He¡¯s so brave!
Although these people¡¯s gazes were a little strange, Fang Han would not exin anything to them. He stayed where he was and did not make any unnecessary movements.
Chaotic Court
This operation allowed Su Yang to obtain arge amount of luck again, and the luck above his head finally changed again.
Last time, it was a nine-meter-tall white cloud. Now, after absorbing arge amount of green clouds, the cloud above his head had grown from nine meters to ten meters.
Then, it turned into a meter-long green cloud.
This did not stop. The increase continued until it reached about four square meters before it stopped.
¡°Not bad, not bad at all. My luck is finally looking better now. I just don¡¯t know when this luck will trigger and bring me some benefits.¡±
Su Yang touched his chin and thought. His luck had improved, but it was still random to trigger. He could not control it.
However, as long as it was triggered, there would definitely be good thingsing. Moreover, the stronger the luck, the greater the opportunity that could be triggered. Su Yang was not in a hurry. It was fine to umte some more.
Su Yang was not in a hurry to condense another avatar. He began to check his gains. After killing an immortal, he obtained a natal immortal crystal and a storage treasure.
He opened the storage magic treasure to check the things inside, and soon Su Yangs face darkened.
¡°Good fellow, you¡¯re really a poor bastard¡
¡°There aren¡¯t any Immortal Crystals, but there are six Law Crystals.¡±
¡°Forget it, forget it¡¡±
¡°At least there are some top-grade chaos spirit stones.¡±
After checking his gains, Su Yang was a little disappointed, but he quickly came back to his senses. This was normal. Resources at this realm were already difficult to obtain. It was already not bad for the other party to have six nomological crystals.
After obtaining these resources, Su Yang did not let them go, He directly refined them all and turned them into a part of his strength.
Unfortunately, the Great Dao materials he needed had not been found yet, which also caused his Intrinsic Immortal Sword to be unable to be upgraded.
After doing all this, Su Yang condensed another avatar.
They flew quickly towards the node battlefield.
After a few breaths, he arrived at the town again and entered the node battlefield through the vortex.
The Longevity Holy Man, who was guarding this ce, opened his eyes again.
¡°What exactly is going on with this brat¡¡±
Last time, he could say that he was wrong, but this time, he was definitely not wrong.
Su Yang definitely did note out after entering, and then went in again from the outside.
¡°Could it be a clone problem?¡±
The Longevity Holy Man didn¡¯t understand and decided to investigate.
Soon, he got the correct answer, but it also shocked him.
It was actually a real avatar. Furthermore, it was an avatar that possessed a portion of the main bodys power and could unleash the power of an early-stage Great Dao Realm!
Moreover, Su Yang did not need much effort to condense it, nor did he need to pay any price.
This¡ What a terrifying kid..
Chapter 448 - 448: Occupy a Core Area
Chapter 448 - 448: upy a Core Area
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Not long after, Su Yang arrived at the center of the forest again.
When Su Yang appeared here again, he shocked all the Chaos cultivators and immortals here.
The one who died before could be said to be a clone, but even if it was a clone, why did Su Yange here again so quickly?
As everyone knew, creating a clone required a huge price, especially a clone that possessed a portion of one¡¯s own strength.
Even some cultivators who had mastered thew of clones would not be able to condense a new clone in such a short period of time.
Could it be that Su Yangs main body came?
Because everyone¡¯s strength was simr, they could not tell whether Su Yang was a clone or his main body, but they were obviously a little surprised.
Especially undying beings.
No wonder Su Yang was not afraid of death and dared to fight with them. They even treated death as a method to directly sacrifice themselves to achieve the goal of robbing their luck.
Thest time Su Yang died, it had been at least two months since he appeared again.
This time, Su Yang had just died and immediately appeared. If it was still a clone, then it would be a little terrifying.
Su Yang did not care what these undying beings were thinking. His purpose foring here again was very simple. He wanted to kill the undying beings and obtain the undying crystals in their bodies, and even seize their luck.
Right now, he only had one goal, which was to obtain resources. It would be best if he could upy this ce.
Right now, he urgently needed resources as nourishment to allow himself to grow.
Therefore, aftering here, Su Yang did not care so much and directly locked onto the slightly weaker immortal life forms.
The spatialw was unleashed. In a sh, he instantly arrived in front of the target he locked onto.
Since Su Yang had made a move, the other immortal beings naturally also made a move. The moment Su Yang appeared, they became 120% alert and stared at Su Yang, not giving him any chance. They were prepared for this moment.
Therefore, the battle began in an instant.
The power ofws erupted, and the conflict between the two sides also erupted at this moment.
However, something that made the undyings face turn dark like water happened.
When they used their respective nomological powers, they keenly discovered that Su Yang, who was in the center of their attack range, smiled slightly, revealing an intriguing smile.
This strange smile made the attacking undyings tense up, a bad feeling rising in their hearts.
The truth was just as they had expected. Su Yang died under their divine power again.
However, the immortal life that killed Su Yang also paid the price.
The one-eyed undying looked up at his head, feeling like he was about to cry.
He could feel his luck disappearing¡His divine soul had also suffered a shock. He was not seriously injured, but it would still be affected for a short period of time.
For example, he would be in a trance and unable to concentrate¡
This sort of death style was extremely troublesome for the undyings, they had never seen such a style before.
There was no good way to deal with it.
Even if it was just a clone, it was still a life. How could they defend against such a suicidal style of fighting when the difference in their realms was not big?
Many undyings couldn¡¯t understand.
It would be fine if they did not pay a price to kill Su Yang. Even if Su Yang could resurrect indefinitely and the clone did not need to pay a price, they could still bear it.
However, the problem now was that if they killed Su Yangs avatar, they would also be targeted by Su Yangs avatar and lose arge amount of luck. This was a price they did not want to bear. The loss of luck meant that their future opportunities would be reduced.
This situation made them feel extremely ufortable and aggrieved.
Many undyings didn¡¯t know what to do.
Su Yang did not give them too much time to think. After only a few breaths, he came here again.
He had already prepared a series of teleportation arrays to help him reach this ce quickly.
This way, when his avatar died, he would not waste too much time on his journey. This was also a n that he had made long ago.
As Su Yang appeared again, one could feel that the frequency of breathing at the scene had frozen a lot.
Be it the undying or the chaos cultivator, they were all bewildered.
Only Fang Han and the others from the Chaotic Court did not think too much about it. Their faces were filled with excitement, forming a sharp contrast with the other cultivators present.
Su Yang did not care about anything else. After arriving here, he attacked again. His goal was very simple. If he could not kill them, he would be killed by them.
Since there weren¡¯t any other resources here, it wasn¡¯t a bad idea to steal some luck from these undyings.
As for the undyings not wanting to make a move¡
It didn¡¯t matter. Su Yang would make a move. If you didn¡¯t kill me, I would kill you.
With this thought in mind, Su Yang rushed out again and directly attacked the immortal. He chose to attack the early-stage Great Dao Realm.
Many of the one-eyed undyings were helpless, they had to resist, they couldn¡¯t just watch Su Yang kill theirrades on the spot.
However, if they attacked, they would definitely fall into Su Yangs trap. Su Yang wanted them to attack. Even if they killed Su Yang, they would still have to pay the price. However, they were not sure if Su Yang would have to pay the price..
Chapter 449 - 449: Occupy a Core Area (2)
Chapter 449 - 449: upy a Core Area (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Looking at Su Yangs attitude, even if he had to pay a price, it would definitely be extremely small.
If this continued, they would definitely suffer a great loss.
¡°Let¡¯s go!¡¯
However, the undying was very fast, it had no choice but to react.
That was to retreat¡
Under Qing Liufengs orders, the undyings quickly retreated and disappeared.
Su Yangs attack also missed.
Su Yang shook his head helplessly. It seemed that it was not possible to continue harvesting a wave of luck.
These undyings still had brains, after realizing that they couldn¡¯t deal with him, they chose to retreat temporarily.
They must have gone to think of a way, but when they appeared again, they would definitely use a method that they thought was a way.
However, Su Yang could only tell them that everything was in vain. There was no way to limit him. If they dyed, when he became stronger, there would be even less way to deal with him.
These undying beings naturally did not know that Su Yang was not around either.
After a round of fighting, the luck cloud above his head had also grown a little, At this moment, it had reached five square meters.
By chasing away these undying beings, he had achieved one of his goals.
The next step was to chase away the other Chaos cultivators.
Apart from the Chaotic Court, Su Yang did not care about these Chaos cultivators. He did not need to be too polite with them, even if it was the other four top forces.
He had already learned about this through his identity token. The other four top factions were in a state ofpetition with the Chaotic Court for resources.
When dealing with undying beings, they would ally together, but that was only on the surface. If they were faced with precious resources, they might betray them or even cheat others. Everything would still be based on themselves. Other than people from their own factions, no other cultivators could be trusted.
There were only so many resources. Everyone wanted them, so they could only rely on their strength.
Only the strong could enjoy more resources. This was an eternal truth.
There was no such thing as offending or not offending. If one still wanted to not offend others after stepping on the path of cultivation, that would be too naive.
As long as one was strong enough, they would be good friends wherever they went. They would be treated respectfully wherever they went. On the contrary, they would live like dogs.
Thus, after he chased away all the undyings, he stood at the center and looked around. His gaze fell on the many Chaos cultivators.
¡°Everyone, I want this ce. I wonder if you can give up and leave this ce?¡±
At this moment, Su Yangs words were still rtively polite. After all, he still understood the principle of being polite before using force. If these people refused to be shameless, it would be another matter.
Su Yangs words caused the temperature in this space to drop again. No one spoke, but they were chased away by Su Yang just like that. Where was their face?
Moreover, they were not willing to give these resource points to Su Yang. Therefore, they were all waiting, waiting for someone to make the first choice. They wanted to see if they would leave or fight.
Everyone was smart. No one wanted to be the first to act. Everyone wanted to benefit from it and wait for others to make the first move.
But how could there be any fools in this world?
Su Yang saw that these people were not talking, and he only thought about what they were thinking, so his tone became impolite.
¡°Everyone, it¡¯s not easy to take resources that don¡¯t belong to you. Do you think you¡¯re stronger than the undyings I just chased away?
If that¡¯s the case, then I¡¯ll have to test everyone¡¯s depths.¡±
Hearing Su Yangs unceremonious threat, the expressions of the cultivators at the scene kept changing.
When the itinerant cultivators heard this, they chose to retreat even if they were unwilling.
After seeing the itinerant cultivators retreat, the people from the other four top forces also retreated.
No matter how unwilling they were, no matter how unhappy they were, the reality was that they could not afford to provoke the troublesome Su Yang, so they could only choose to retreat.
They had all seen the battle just now. Even if their identities were switched, Su
Yang was targeting them. They were still helpless and had no way to deal with Su Yang. Instead, they would suffer a huge loss. It was better to make a decision as soon as possible.
No one made any stupid threats. At this realm, what was the point of saying such things? If they could win, they would fight. If they couldn¡¯t, they would hide obediently.
If he couldn¡¯t beat her and still had to say such harsh words, he would only be targeted.
After chasing these people away, Su Yang immediately changed his expression and came to Fang Han and the others with a smile.
Without waiting for Su Yang to speak, Fang Han took the lead to wee him. He smiled.¡± Fellow Daoist Su, you¡¯re so impressive. Your ability is really enviable.¡¯
Su Yang smiled bitterly.¡± I know my own business. Although my ability is good, if I want to continue moving forward, the price I have to pay is also huge.¡±
Su Yang was telling the truth. It was not that easy to increase the 3,000 nomologicalws.
Fang Han understood in his heart, but he still said,¡± There¡¯s no rush to increase our strength. The resources that we need throughout the ages are all in there. As long as we don¡¯t die and cultivate slowly, our strength will definitely increase.¡±
¡°Since Fellow Daoist is so powerful and has upied this ce, we will leave now. I hope that we can work together again when the opportunity arises.¡±
Fang Han took the initiative to mention leaving. He did not want to make things difficult for Su Yang, nor did he want to embarrass himself.
If they continued to stay here, Su Yang might not say anything because they were from the same sect. However, they would feel bad if they shared the fruits of Su Yangs hard work for no reason. That was not something that fellow disciples should do.
¡°Alright, if there¡¯s a chance, I¡¯ll definitely join forces with you again.¡±
After a simple greeting and a casual chat, Fang Han left with the other two.
Su Yang upied this ce and began his own path of collecting resources.
If it wasn¡¯t for the fact that he could only split up one clone, he would have upied the other two spots as well. Unfortunately, the ability of the clone was limited. It was already not bad to be able to upy one core resource point.
Su Yangs side quieted down. He only needed to wait quietly for the resources to appear. However, the cultivators and immortal beings that he had chased away started to move.
Some were thinking of ways to deal with Su Yang, some were thinking of ways, and some were collecting information about Su Yang¡
In short, what they needed now was to understand Su Yang.
After all, Su Yangs ability was too strange. They couldn¡¯t afford to provoke him, so they had to find a way to understand him. If they had to face him in the future, they would at least have some means to deal with him.
However, when they began to collect information on Su Yang, they suddenly realized that there was no information on Su Yang at all.
There were only two possibilities.
First, after Su Yang joined the Chaos Court, he had not made a move, resulting in nothing happening now.
Secondly, Su Yang had just joined the Chaos Court and had not had the time to show his face.
No matter which one it was, it meant that Su Yang had never made a name for himself before and was now a neer.
Once this news came out, it made many cultivators feel even more troubled. In this way, they would be even more unable to know how to deal with Su Yang. In the future, they might really have to hide when they saw Su Yang.
This made many cultivators feel discouraged.
However, at this realm, there were no fools, let alone those one-track-minded fools who would fight to the death over the slightestpetition for resources.
When they found out that they could not afford to offend them, they only had one thought, and that was to hide.
Can¡¯t you hide if you can¡¯t afford to offend me?
The primordial chaos is vast and vast. You¡¯re here, I¡¯ll go somewhere else.
Cultivators who could cultivate to this realm were all very clear-headed. They had also made the most correct choice.
No one would fight to the death with a difficult character like Su Yang for a mere resource point.
After all, these resource points weren¡¯t countless, but they weren¡¯t too precious. They could still give them up.
In this way, Su Yang obtained temporary peace. As for when this peace would be broken again, it was unknown.
However, that was not important. That was all in the future.
In the blink of an eye, another month had passed.
The golden will of all living beings in Su Yangs hand increased.
When it reached 400 points, it could light up another 400 stage onew nodes.
Other than that, he had also obtained a lot of resources by guarding the center of the forest.
White Low-Grade Immortal Crystals x200
White low-grade magic crystals x50
Top-grade Chaos Spirit Stone x 500 billion
Chapter 450 - 450: Tidal Day, Hunter!
Chapter 450 - 450: Tidal Day, Hunter!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
The resources that he had obtained were naturally all refined by Su Yang, allowing his strength to increase slightly.
There were 420 types of universews in his body, and the universe range was
200 light years. He could obtain 13-5 points of golden will of all living beings every day, and he could obtain 1,900 first-stagew nodes.
His strength had risen again, which was a good thing for Su Yang. As long as he continued to guard, his strength would continue to rise.
¡°Counting the days, the Tide Day of this battlefield should be about to begin¡¡±
Su Yang looked at the sky. It had been nearly three months since he came here. The opening of the Tide Day should be in the next few days. It might be dyed a little, but it would not be too long.
At that time, arge number of resources would appear, which would be an opportunity for him to greatly increase his strength.
Other cultivators would need a long time to refine the resources after obtaining them, but he did not need them.
However, at that time, it would also be a tragic battle.
Under normal circumstances, the battlefield would be maintained at around 200 cultivators.
One hundred Chaos cultivators and one hundred undying beings.
However, when the tide day started, the number of people would suddenly increase by ten times.
Cultivators from other ces would rush over. Some cultivators who specialized in fighting on Tide Day would alsoe out of seclusion at this time.
A great battle was unavoidable.
Su Yang smiled. So what if a big battle was inevitable? Was he afraid?
It was a good time for him to show off his skills. The opening of Tidal Day meant that there would be more lone wolves. By then, there would be more lone undyings. This was a good time for him to strike.
It had been a while since his luck had increased.
It was also time to think of a way to increase his luck.
At that time, there would be many cultivators participating in the battle. Many of them would definitely not know Su Yang well. Perhaps there would be some hotheads who would provoke Su Yang.
Su Yang only had one thought about this kind of person who provoked him. He couldn¡¯t lose out anyway.
With this in mind, Su Yang was also quietly waiting for the arrival of the tide day.
Speaking of which, when Tidal Day arrived, the Land of Greenwood would also open, and the core of the Land of Greenwood would also appear. At that time, he would have to take a good look. It would be good if he had the chance to obtain it. If not, he could also make preparations for the next time.
If he couldn¡¯t obtain the core of the Greenwood Land this time, he would definitely be able to obtain it when the next Tideday arrived. This was because he was confident in his own growth speed.
He could even obtain the core of the Land of Greenwood before the next Tideday.
Su Yang thought to himself, but he was not in a hurry.
three dayster
In the blink of an eye, three days passed. On this day, Su Yang sat in the center of the forest as usual, waiting for the appearance of resources.
At this moment, Su Yang keenly felt that the entire node battlefield was suddenly shaking, as if something was about to happen.
Su Yang knew about this. This was a precursor to the start of the tide day.
In another two hours, Tidal Day would arrive.
As the rift between the two worlds, the node battlefield would be filled with the energy of the two worlds. Arge number of resources would also be born from the fusion of the energy of the two worlds.
This was the healing method of the rift between the two worlds.
Therefore, the resources that were born were their cultivation treasures.
Su Yang was also very interested in this.
The only pity was that he had not collected any Great Dao materials so far, so he could not improve the quality of his Intrinsic Immortal Sword.
Su Yang also collected information to understand this. Only then did he realize that Great Dao materials were not so easy to obtain. They could only be born in treasurends, such as the Land of Green Wood.
For this reason, Su Yang was even more interested in the Land of Green Wood.
As the node battlefield changed, the cultivators who had been waiting for this moment quickly gathered at the one-eyed battlefield.
The upper limit of cultivators in the one-eyed battlefield was rapidly increasing.
Arge number of Practitioners entered the One-eyed Battlefield from the vortex of the town, and then headed toward one of the three cores without hesitation.
Even though resources could be produced anywhere on the One-eyed Battlefield during the Tidal Day, the core region still produced the most resources. Those who were confident in their strength would head toward the core region.
If one sensed carefully, they would realize that those heading towards the core area were all mid-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators.
However, there were note-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators among them.
This had to be said about the level division of the node battlefield. This level division was very clear. The one-eyed battlefield was a mid-stage Great Dao Realm battlefield, so only those at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm woulde here.
The reason was that the resources produced here could only be used by cultivators at the early-stage and mid-stage Great Dao Realm.
If he was stronger and reached thete-stage Great Dao Realm, he would no longer have any use for the resources here, so there was no need for him toe.
This was the fundamental reason why the node battlefields were graded.
At the center of the forest.
¡°Shua shua shua¡
With the opening of the Tide Day, the three core areas became even more important.
As a result, it attracted arge number of mid-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators, including both Undying and Chaos cultivators.
When Su Yang saw this scene, he had other thoughts in his mind. It was obviously not advisable to continue staying here.
To him, there wasn¡¯t much benefit in staying here, and there was even the risk of being targeted. He might as well follow his n and wander around the one-eyed battlefield, targeting the lone undyings was the right choice..
Chapter 451 - 451: Tidal Day, Hunter! (2)
Chapter 451 - 451: Tidal Day, Hunter! (2)
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Thinking of this, Su Yang did not think too much and left the ce.
Many cultivators who came here could not help but say when they saw Su Yang leave.
¡°He left just like that. I thought that he would be powerful enough to upy a core region. It seems that he is not much¡¡±
However, most people did not speak. They knew that Su Yangs choice was correct. After all, there were not many resources here previously, and there were not many mid-stage Great Dao Realm experts gathered. With special methods, Su Yang could upy this ce.
With so many mid-stage Great Dao Realm experts gathered, if Su Yang still used the same method as before, he would definitely be resisted by all of them. Clearly, there was no benefit.
However, if Su Yang knew what they were thinking, he would definitely scoff.
He was not afraid. So what if he gathered so many mid-stage Great Dao Realm experts?
With his methods, he could still plunder the luck of these people. If he really did not rest until one of them died¡Not only could Su Yang plunder their luck, but he could also nt a curse on them. Under such circumstances, no one would have to fight to the death with him.
However,pared to plundering the luck of these people, Su Yang wanted to kill some lone immortals. Not only could he obtain luck, but he could also obtain resources. It was killing two birds with one stone.
Moreover, staying in the central region might not be as good as wandering around the One-eyed Battlefield to collect more resources.
He possessed the nomologicalws of searching and could even use the Nets Above Snares Below to cover a radius of tens of millions of miles. He would be the first to know if any resources appeared within tens of millions of miles.
The range that he could explore was muchrger than that of other cultivators.
Even a middle-stage Great Dao Realm cultivator could only explore an area of 50,000 kilometers.
Under such terrifying suppression, most mid-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators would choose to head straight to the core region to fight for resources. After all, there were many resources that appeared in the core region.
Of course, if one were to consider the whole, the resources produced in the
One-eyed Battlefield were definitely more than in the core area, but they were scattered.
However, this restriction was not difficult for Su Yang.
After leaving the central area, Su Yangunched the Heavenly Net and covered a radius of tens of millions of miles.
The hunt had begun.
When the prey appeared, he would rush over immediately.
At this moment, many cultivators had entered the one-eyed battlefield.
The Nets Above Snares Below that covered a radius of tens of millions of miles had already sensed some Chaos cultivators, but they had not found any traces of immortal life for the time being. If it was just Chaos cultivators, Su Yang would not take the initiative to attack them unless he offended Su Yang.
Su Yang was not in a hurry. He continued to move forward quietly. When the energy tidepletely erupted, the battle would begin.
After a while, the energy between heaven and earth became even more violent. From time to time, the void would explode, which meant that the energy tide hadpletely erupted!
¡°It has begun¡¡±
Su Yang flew in the air and looked ahead.
The first wave of energy tide was the most intense, and the resources produced were also extremelyrge.
Within the range of the Sk, 37 energy objects appeared in an instant.
This meant that 37 resources were being born.
At the same time, Su Yang finally found traces of immortal life.
Even though he didn¡¯t know why he couldn¡¯t find any traces of undying life before, but with the official birth of resources, these undying life forms finally couldn¡¯t help bute out. Within a radius of ten million miles, there were already seven undying life forms rushing towards different resource points.
Su Yang sensed that they were all at the early-stage Great Dao Realm. They were all very good prey.
Then the hunt had begun!
Activating the spatialw, Su Yang continued to shuttle through space. Even in this one-eyed battlefield, he was still unable to suppress him.
His body shed as he quickly approached the first undying.
Within a forest, a single eyed undying was rushing forward, his eyes filled with excitement.
¡°As expected, collecting resources should be done on a tidal day. Usually, there would not be so many resources appearing. Even if they did appear, they might not necessarily fall into my hands¡¡±
¡® Now, it¡¯s different. Arge amount of resources have appeared, and I will definitely have a share of them.¡±
¡°Moreover, I have a Heaven Seeking Mirror that can explore up to 500,000 miles. The resources 1 can collect will definitely be more¡¡±
Qing Yin thought happily in his heart.
However, just as he was moving forward quickly, he suddenly sensed a figure suddenly appear within his perception range. It kept jumping and quickly approached him.
A bad feeling suddenly appeared in his heart.
Before he could think too much, the void in front of him tore apart and a figure stepped out.
¡°A Chaos cultivator?¡± Qing Yin stared at Su Yang warily.¡± What is the meaning of your ss? Now that so many resources have appeared, do you want to fight me?¡±
It was unwise to start a war at this time. No one would start a war on the day of the tide.
Even if they wanted to fight for resources, it would only be a few days after the tide. At that time, there would be fewer resources left in the node battlefield. At that time, there would be frequent battles for resources.
Qing Yin said this because he wanted Su Yang to give up the idea of attacking him. After all, it was not good for either of them.
Su Yang couldn¡¯t be bothered to talk nonsense with him. His purpose here was to kill an immortal.
He raised his hand slightly, and a small transparent sword appeared in his hand.
[Starfire Soul ying Sword]
Qing Yin had a bad feeling. The danger of death enveloped his heart. At this time, he only thought that he might not be Su Yangs match, so he immediately wanted to escape.
However, Su Yang had already made his move, How could he let the prey escape like this?
[Slow!]
[Gravity! ]
With a thought, the twows were unleashed at the same time, causing the green seal¡¯s movements to be extremely slow.
At this moment, Su Yang grasped 1,900 Stage One nomological nodes. That was equivalent to cultivating 19 types of nomologicalws to the perfected early-stage Great Dao Realm.
If he could not take down an early-stage Great Dao Realm undying with his strength, then he would be wasting his resources.
¡°sh!¡±
The Starfire Soul ying Sword shed forward quickly. The green seal was restricted by twows and could not counterattack at all. Its divine soul was directly cut off by this sword.
His body was intact, but his soul was destroyed.
Su Yang waved his hand and took out the immortal crystal and storage bag from the immortal¡¯s body.
¡°Fifty-three marks, not bad¡¡±
¡°Aw crystal¡¡±
This harvest was not bad for Su Yang. The Immortal Crystals with 53 marks were equivalent to 53 low-grade white Immortal Crystals.
As expected, killing and stealing was the path to a golden belt.
It was impossible for other Chaos cultivators to do it as easily as Su Yang. After all, not everyone was like him, who cultivated so manyws and was absolutely invincible in the same level.
In a battle of the same level, there would basically be no casualties.
Even if he suppressed them by a minor realm, early-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators could basically escape if they wanted to. Unless they were restrained or the difference was obvious, they would not be able to escape.
Unfortunately, their opponent was Su Yang.
Facing Su Yang, the hunter, all the early-stage Great Dao Realm undying beings in the battlefield would face a nightmare!
After sessfully killing the first undying, Su Yang continued to move.
Soon, he arrived before the second undying.
Under the suppression of absolute strength, nothing unexpected happened.
The Starfire Soul ying Sword fell, and the other partys soul was destroyed.
It allowed Su Yang to gain another harvest. ¡® Immortal crystal, seventy-three dao marks¡¡±
¡°Two low-grade whitew crystals¡¡±
¡°Continue!¡±
After sessfully killing the second undying, Su Yang became a little excited.
Only with such a harvest could he be satisfied. Although he had a fixed amount of resources, it was really difficult for him to be satisfied.
Next was the third undying¡
The fourth undying¡
The fifth undying¡
The sixth undying¡
The seventh undying!
The seven undying lives that appeared in his perception range all died under Su Yangs Starfire Soul ying Sword!
The umted strength finally erupted at that moment. It was impossible for the early-stage Great Dao Realm to escape!
At this moment, he had umted more.
After absorbing the inheritance of these seven undyings, his internal universe had reached 231 light years.
Fifteen light years of them were already filled with lifes.
In other words, he would be able to obtain 15 points of golden will of all living beings every day from now on.
And this was only the beginning of the Tide Day¡
Chapter 452 - 452: Brutal Cultivator!
Chapter 452 - 452: Brutal Cultivator!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
Su Yang stood above the forest and counted his gains.
Other than the increase in the universe¡¯s range and life, the universews he controlled had also increased to 440.
The increase was rtively small, but it was still not bad.
His luck had also increased slightly.
After killing 7 undyings, his green luck had increased from 5 meters to 6 meters.
This increase was not huge, but if he continued hunting, his luck would definitely be stronger and stronger.
Su Yangs perception was always at full strength.
At this moment, there were no undying beings within a radius of ten million miles.
He could only give up and turn around to collect the resources in his perception.
After all, if he wanted the watermelon, he wouldn¡¯t lose the sesame.
Four words: Bring them all!
In the inner world.
One-eyed Stronghold.
¡°Lord Qing Xuan, seven of our nsmen have fallen in a short period of time. Their locations are very close to each other. This situation seems a little abnormal.¡¯
Qing Xuan sat cross-legged on a lotus throne. He frowned.¡± Ask the nsmen inside to investigate the situation. If the Chaos cultivators havee up with some tricks to target me, we can discuss it again.¡±
¡°Understood.¡¯
The one-eyed undying who reported immediately retreated.
This kind of unexpected situation rarely happened. Now that such a situation had suddenly appeared, Qing Xuan was also on guard. At the same time he sent his subordinates to investigate, he was also preparing.
If it was really done by the Chaos cultivators, then he would naturally have to fight back.
At the center of the forest.
Qing Liufeng returned to this ce again. He was very unwilling to be forced back by Su Yang, but he could not find a way to deal with Su Yang, so he could only retreat. Now that he came back and saw that Su Yang was not there, he heaved a sigh of relief.
He did not want to deal with that troublesome fellow.
In just two exchanges, he had lost more than half of his luck. If he did not continue to fight, his luck would probably be gone.
More importantly, the cultivator seemed to know how to use curses as well.
Even though he had only used it once, he still knew about it.
It was precisely because of this that he chose to retreat. If that fellow plundered all of his luck and ced a curse on him, he would really suffer a huge loss.
Even though he was being mocked by his fellow tribesmen at the mid-stage Great Dao Realm, he did not mind. He had never experienced it before.
Anyone who had experienced it would not be as arrogant as he was now.
They had just finished a round of ughter here, the first wave of resources had already been split up by them. Just then, a single eyed undying with a
slightly higher status than him eximed.
¡°Eh? ¡°Lord Qingxuan asked me to investigate the abnormality in the forest. It seems that seven early-stage Great Dao Realm nsmen have died¡¡±
¡°This is not good news. Everyone, I¡¯ll leave tor a while.¡± Qing Shi left after he finished speaking.
Qing Liufeng suddenly had a thought when he saw this.
Seven nsmen had fallen. Could it be that fellow¡¯s doing?
Based on the strength that fellow had disyed previously, he could kill an early-stage Great Dao Realm nsman easily.
Although there was no direct evidence, Qing Liufeng felt that it must be that guy who did it.
However, he didn¡¯t say anything. It was useless for him to say anything now. Others would only think that he was afraid of being beaten.
Rather than being ridiculed, it was better to let them taste the pain first.
Hmph, this was the price for mocking him¡
Qing Liufeng thought to himself and decided not to care about this matter anymore.
If it was really that Chaos cultivator, he would definitely get new information soon. After all, that fellow¡¯s methods were ruthless and unsolvable¡
Forest area.
Su Yang continued to harvest resources. It had to be said that it was really convenient to develop the ability of Sk.
All the resources that appeared within a radius of ten million miles belonged to him alone.
There was no need to go to the core area and fight to the death with many mid-stage Great Dao Realm cultivators.
After dealing with those 7 undyings, he had collected 10 low grade whitew crystals and 10 low grade white undying crystals.
The harvest wasn¡¯t considered a sudden wealth, but this short 15 minutes was equivalent to two days of harvest.
Overall, it was not bad.
After all, at his current realm, increasing one¡¯s strength relied on umtion. Even he would need to umte for a period of time before he could improve.
It was probably impossible for his strength to continuously increase in a short period of time like before.
Just as Su Yang was about to continue collecting resources.
A middle-stage Great Dao Realm undying suddenly barged into his Nets
Above Snares Below.
¡°Hmm?¡±
¡°Aren¡¯t mid-stage Great Dao Realm existences squeezing the core area¡Why are you here?¡±
¡® Is it because of the seven undyings I killed?¡±
Su Yang felt something and roughly guessed the reason. After all, an early-stage Great Dao Realm immortal was considered to have some status.
It was normal for the undying he killed to be investigated.
¡± Mid-stage Great Dao Realm¡Hmph, 1 can¡¯t be bothered to tangle with you now.¡±
¡°After umting for a period of time, I¡¯ll directly kill him.¡±
Su Yangs thoughts were clear. Although he would not lose out if he were to get entangled with a middle-stage Great Dao Realm expert, there was no need for that.
After all, he could only plunder some luck, and he was not very satisfied with
Since he had collected most of the resources here, he decided to leave.
He headed to the next location, hoping to meet more undying life forms. After all, that was his favorite resource..
Chapter 453 - 453: Brutal Cultivator!
Chapter 453 - 453: Brutal Cultivator!
Trantor: Daoist6fubtiW
An undying crystal in his body was equivalent to dozens of them, and the stronger ones were equivalent to hundreds, but they could give him arge number of lifes.
It provided him with the golden will of all living beings that he needed.